2019 OWNER’S MANUAL AND MAINTENANCE INFORMATION · 2019 OWNER’S MANUAL AND MAINTENANCE INFORMATION For your safety, read carefully and keep in this vehicle

2019 OWNER’S MANUALAND MAINTENANCE INFORMATION

For your safety, read carefully and keep in this vehicle.

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNINGWARNING

Operating, servicing and maintaining a passengervehicle or off-highwaymotor vehicle can expose you tochemicals including engine exhaust, carbon monoxide,phthalates, and lead, which are known to the State ofCalifornia to cause cancer and birth defects or otherreproductive harm. To minimize exposure, avoidbreathing exhaust, do not idle the engine except asnecessary, service your vehicle in a well-ventilated areaand wear gloves or wash your hands frequently whenservicing your vehicle. For more information go towww.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.

This manual was prepared to help youunderstand the operation and maintenanceof your vehicle so that you may enjoy manymiles (kilometers) of driving pleasure. Pleaseread through this manual before operatingyour vehicle.

A separate Warranty Information Bookletis included in your Owner’s literature port-folio. Always carry it with you when youtake your vehicle to an INFINITI retailer.The Warranty Information Booklet con-tents provide complete information aboutall warranties covering this vehicle, therequirements to keep the warranties ineffect as well as the INFINITI RoadsideAssistance program.

Additionally, a separate Customer Care andLemon Law Information Booklet will ex-plain how to resolve any concerns you mayhave with your vehicle, as well as clarifyyour rights under your state’s lemon law.

In addition to factory installed options, yourvehicle may also be equipped with additionalaccessories installed by INFINITI or by yourINFINITI retailer prior to delivery. It isimportant that you familiarize yourself withall disclosures, warnings, cautions and in-structions concerning proper use of suchaccessories prior to operating the vehicleand/or accessory. It is recommended youvisit an INFINITI retailer for details concern-

ing the particular accessories with whichyour vehicle is equipped.

READ FIRST — THEN DRIVESAFELYBefore driving your vehicle, read your Own-er’s Manual carefully. This will ensure famil-iarity with controls and maintenancerequirements, assisting you in the safeoperation of your vehicle.

WARNING

IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATIONREMINDERS!

Follow these important driving rules tohelp ensure a safe and comfortable tripfor you and your passengers!

. NEVER drive under the influence ofalcohol or drugs.

. ALWAYS observe posted speed lim-its and never drive too fast forconditions.

. ALWAYS give your full attention todriving and avoid using vehicle fea-tures or taking other actions thatcould distract you.

. ALWAYS use your seat belts andappropriate child restraint systems.

Foreword

Pre-teen children should be seated inthe rear seat.

. ALWAYS provide information aboutthe proper use of vehicle safetyfeatures to all occupants of thevehicle.

. ALWAYS review this Owner’s Man-ual for important safety information.

ON-PAVEMENT AND OFF-ROAD DRIVING

This vehicle will handle and maneuverdifferently from an ordinary passenger carbecause it has a higher center of gravityfor off-road use. As with other vehicleswith features of this type, failure tooperate this vehicle correctly may result inloss of control or an accident. Be sure toread “On-pavement and off-road drivingprecautions”, “Avoiding collision and roll-over” and “Driving safety precautions” inthe “5. Starting and driving” section of thismanual.

MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHI-CLE

This vehicle should not be modified. Mod-ification could affect its performance,safety or durability, and may even violategovernmental regulations. In addition, da-mage or performance problems resultingfrom modification will not be coveredunder the INFINITI warranties.

WARNING

Installing an aftermarket On-Board Di-agnostic (OBD) plug-in device that usesthe port during normal driving, forexample remote insurance companymonitoring, remote vehicle diagnostics,telematics or engine reprogramming,may cause interference or damage tovehicle systems. We do not recommendor endorse the use of any aftermarketOBD plug-in devices, unless specificallyapproved by INFINITI. The vehicle war-ranty may not cover damage caused byany aftermarket plug-in device.

WHEN READING THE MANUALThis manual includes information for allfeatures and equipment available on thismodel. Features and equipment in yourvehicle may vary depending on model, trimlevel, options selected, order, date of pro-duction, region or availability. Therefore,you may find information about features orequipment that are not included or installedon your vehicle.

All information, specifications and illustra-tions in this manual are those in effect at thetime of printing. INFINITI reserves the rightto change specifications, performance, de-sign or component suppliers without noticeand without obligation. From time to time,INFINITI may update or revise this manual toprovide owners with the most accurateinformation currently available. Please care-fully read and retain with this manual allrevision updates sent to you by INFINITI toensure you have access to accurate and up-to-date information regarding your vehicle.Current versions of vehicle Owner’sManualsand any updates can also be found in theOwner section of the INFINITI website athttps://owners.infinitiusa.com/owners/na-vigation/manualsandGuides. If you havequestions concerning any information inyour Owner’s Manual, contact INFINITIConsumer Affairs. See the INFINITI CUS-TOMER CARE PROGRAM page in this

Owner’s Manual for contact information.

IMPORTANT INFORMATION

ABOUT THIS MANUALYou will see various symbols in this manual.They are used in the following ways:

WARNING

This is used to indicate the presence of ahazard that could cause death or seriouspersonal injury. To avoid or reduce therisk, the procedures must be followedprecisely.

CAUTION

This is used to indicate the presence of ahazard that could cause minor or mod-erate personal injury or damage to yourvehicle. To avoid or reduce the risk, theprocedures must be followed carefully.

SIC0697

If you see the symbol above, it means “Donot do this” or “Do not let this happen”.

If you see a symbol similar to those above inan illustration, it means the arrow points tothe front of the vehicle.

Arrows in an illustration that are similar tothose above indicate movement or action.

Arrows in an illustration that are similar tothose above call attention to an item in the

illustration.

CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE

ADVISORYSome vehicle parts, such as lithium bat-teries, may contain perchlorate material.The following advisory is provided: “Per-chlorate Material - special handling maya p p l y , S e e www . d t s c . c a . g o v /hazardouswaste/perchlorate.”

© 2018 NISSAN MOTOR CO., LTD.

All rights reserved. No part of this Owner’sManual may be reproduced or stored in aretrieval system, or transmitted in any form,or by any means, electronic, mechanical,photocopying, recording or otherwise, with-out the prior written permission of NissanMotor Co., Ltd.

INFINITI CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAMINFINITI CARES ...

Both INFINITI and your INFINITI retailer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs. Your satisfaction with your vehicle and yourINFINITI retailer are our primary concerns. Your INFINITI retailer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and serviceneeds.

However, if there is something that yourINFINITI retailer cannot assist you with oryou would like to provide INFINITI directlywith comments or questions, please contactour (INFINITI’s) Consumer Affairs Depart-ment using our toll-free number:

For U.S. customers1-800-662-6200

For Canadian customers1-800-361-4792

The Consumer Affairs Department will askfor the following information:

. Your name, address, and telephone num-ber

. Vehicle identification number (on dashpanel)

. Date of purchase

. Current odometer reading

. Your INFINITI retailer’s name

. Your comments or questions

OR

You can write to INFINITI with the informa-tion on the left at:

For U.S. customersINFINITI DivisionNissan North America, Inc.Consumer Affairs DepartmentP.O. Box 685003Franklin, TN 37068-5003or via e-mail at:[email protected]

For Canadian customersINFINITI DivisionNissan Canada Inc.5290 Orbitor DriveMississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5or via e-mail at:[email protected]

If you prefer, visit us at:

www.InfinitiUSA.com (for U.S. customers)

or

www.Infiniti.ca (for Canadian customers)

We appreciate your interest in INFINITI andthank you for buying a quality INFINITIvehicle.

Illustrated table of contents 0

Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraintsystem 1

Instruments and controls

Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognitionsystems

Starting and driving

In case of emergency

Appearance and care

Do-it-yourself

Maintenance and schedules

Technical and consumer information

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

Table ofContents

11Index

0 Illustrated table of contents

Seats, seat belts and Supplemental RestraintSystem (SRS) ...................................................................... 0-2

Exterior front ..................................................................... 0-3

Exterior rear ....................................................................... 0-5

Passenger compartment ................................................. 0-6

Cockpit ................................................................................. 0-8

Instrument panel ........................................................... 0-10

Meters and gauges ........................................................ 0-11

Engine compartment ..................................................... 0-12

VK56VD engine ....................................................... 0-12

Warning and indicator lights ...................................... 0-13

0-2 Illustrated table of contents

JVC1212X

1. Seat belt for 3rd row center seat(P.1-25)

2. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact androllover supplemental air bags (P.1-52)

3. Head Restraints (P.1-13)

— Front-seat Active Head Restraints(P.1-17)

4. Seat belts (P.1-18)

5. Front seat-mounted side-impact sup-plemental air bags (P.1-52)

6. Supplemental front-impact air bags(P.1-52)

7. Child restraint anchor points (for toptether strap child restraint) (P.1-44,P.1-48)

8. 3rd row seats (P.1-8)

— Child restraints (P.1-31)

9. LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethersfor CHildren) system (P.1-34)

10. Armrest (2nd row seat) (P.1-10)

11. 2nd row seats (P.1-5)

— Child restraints (P.1-31)

12. Seat belt pretensioner (P.1-67)

13. Front armrest (P.1-10)

14. Front seats (P.1-4)

— Occupant classification sensors(weight sensors) (P.1-58)

15. Front passenger air bag status light(P.1-60)

SEATS, SEAT BELTS ANDSUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTSYSTEM (SRS)

JVC1126X

1. Hood (P.3-21)

2. Windshield wiper and washer

— Switch operation (P.2-33)

— Rain-sensing auto wiper system(P.2-35)

— Wiper blade replacement (P.8-16)

— Window washer fluid (P.8-10)

3. Moonroof (P.2-64)

4. Power windows (P.2-61)

5. Roof rack (P.2-60)

6. Towing hook (P.6-18)

7. Front view camera (P.4-3)

8. Sensors

— Camera aiding sonar function(P.4-16)

9. Headlight washers (if so equipped)(P.2-42)

10. Fog light (P.2-44)

11. Headlight (P.2-37)

— Adaptive Front lighting System(AFS) (if so equipped) (P.2-42)

12. Front parking light/daytime runninglight/front turn signal light (P.2-37)

13. Tires

— Wheel and tires (P.8-27, P.10-9)

— Flat tire (P.6-3)

— Tire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS) (P.2-15, P.5-5)

14. Outside mirrors (P.3-37)

— Side view camera (P.4-3)

— Welcome light (P.2-65)

15. Side turn signal lights (P.8-23)

16. Doors

— Keys (P.3-2)

— Door locks (P.3-4)

— Intelligent Key system (P.3-7)

— Remote keyless entry system(P.3-15)

— Remote engine start (if so equipped)(P.3-19)

Illustrated table of contents 0-3

EXTERIOR FRONT


17. Child safety rear door locks (P.3-6)

JVC1127X

1. Fuel-filler door (P.3-26)

— Fuel information (P.10-4)

2. Antenna (P.4-36)

3. Rear combination light (P.8-23)

4. Rear window defroster (P.2-36)

5. Satellite antenna (P.4-36)

6. Smart Rearview Mirror camera (if soequipped) (P.3-31)

7. High-mounted stop light (P.8-23)

8. Liftgate (P.3-22)

— Intelligent Key system (P.3-7)

9. Rear window wiper and washer


— Window washer fluid (P.8-10)

10. Spare tire (under the vehicle) (P.6-3)

11. Rear turn signal light


12. Towing hook (P.6-18)

13. Sensors

— Camera aiding sonar function(P.4-16)

14. Rear view camera (P.4-3)

15. Trailer hitch (P.10-22)


EXTERIOR REAR


JVC1211X

1. Cargo light (P.2-68)

2. Cup holders (3rd row seat) (P.2-55)

3. Rear ventilators (P.4-25)

4. Coat hooks (P.2-59)

5. Rear personal lights (P.2-66)

6. Tray (P.2-58)

7. Door armrest

— Power window controls (P.2-61)

— Power door lock switch (P.3-5)

— Outside rearviewmirror remote con-trol switch (driver’s side) (P.3-37)

8. Automatic drive positioner switch(P.3-39)

9. Sun visors (P.3-30)

10. Map lights (P.2-66)

11. Moonroof switch (P.2-64)

12. SOS call switch (See INFINITI In-TouchTM Owner’s Manual.)

13. Sunglasses holder (P.2-56)

14. Inside rearview mirror (P.3-30)

— Smart Rearview Mirror (if soequipped) (P.3-31)

— HomeLink® universal transceiver(P.2-69, P.2-73)

15. Cargo area

— Power outlet (P.2-51)

— Cargo floor box (P.2-60)

— Luggage hooks (P.2-59)

— Jacking tools (P.6-5)

16. Rear console box (P.2-58)

— Cup holders (2nd row seat) (if soequipped) (P.2-54)

— Pocket (if so equipped) (P.2-58)

17. Cup holders (2nd row seat) (if soequipped) (P.2-54)

18. Mobile Entertainment System (MES) (ifso equipped) (See INFINITI InTouchTM

Owner’s Manual.)

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT

19. Console box (P.2-57)

— Power outlet (P.2-51)

— USB charging connector (P.2-53)

— Rear Media Interface (See INFINITIInTouchTM Owner’s Manual.)

— Rear automatic air conditioning sys-tem (P.4-31)

— Heated seat switch (if so equipped)(P.2-46)

20. Front cup holders (P.2-54)/Tray(P.2-58)



JVC1128X

1. Power liftgate switch (if so equipped)(P.3-22)

2. Heated steering wheel switch (P.2-45)

3. Instrument brightness control switch(P.2-43)

4. TRIP/RESET switch for twin trip od-ometer (P.2-7)

5. Headlight, fog light and turn signalswitch

— Headlight (P.2-37)

— Turn signal (P.2-44)

— Fog light (P.2-44)

6. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (leftside)

— Audio control steering switch (SeeINFINITI InTouchTM Owner’s Manual.)

— Hands-Free Phone System switch(See INFINITI InTouchTM Owner’sManual.)

7. Trip computer switch (P.2-28)

8. Wiper and washer switch (P.2-33)

9. Steering-wheel-mounted controls(right side)

— Cruise control system (if soequipped) (P.5-65)

— Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) sys-tem (if so equipped) (P.5-66)

10. Dynamic driver assistance switch (if soequipped)

— Lane Departure Prevention (LDP)system (if so equipped) (P.5-22)

— Distance Control Assist (DCA) sys-tem (if so equipped) (P.5-87)

— Blind Spot Intervention® (BSI) sys-tem (if so equipped) (P.5-42)

11. Shift lever (P.5-17)

COCKPIT

12. Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) shift switch(if so equipped) (P.5-120)/SNOWmode switch (P.2-49)/TOW modeswitch (P.2-50)/Vehicle Dynamic Con-trol (VDC) OFF switch (P.5-133)

13. Headlight aiming control ( if soequipped) (P.2-41)

14. Power liftgate main switch (P.3-22)

15. Warning systems switch ( if soequipped) (P.2-49)

— Lane Departure Warning (LDW) (ifso equipped) (P.5-22)

— Blind Spot Warning (BSW) (if soequipped) (P.5-32)

16. Electric tilting/telescopic steeringwheel switch (P.3-29)



JVC1129X

1. Side ventilator (P.4-25)

2. Meters and gauges (P.2-6)

3. Hazard warning flasher switch (P.6-2)

4. Center ventilator (P.4-25)

5. Center multi-function control panel(See INFINITI InTouchTM Owner’s

Manual.)

6. Center display (See INFINITI In-TouchTM Owner’s Manual.)

— Around View® Monitor (P.4-3)

— Navigation system (See INFINITIInTouchTM Owner’s Manual.)

7. Clock (P.2-51)

8. Defroster switch (P.2-36)

9. Front passenger supplemental air bag(P.1-52)

10. Fuse box (P.8-20)

11. Parking brake (P.5-22)

12. Hood release handle (P.3-21)

13. Steering wheel

— Horn (P.2-45)

— Driver supplemental air bag (P.1-52)

— Power steering system (P.5-131)

14. Push-button ignition switch (P.5-12)

15. Climate controlled seat switch (if soequipped) (P.2-48)/Heated seatswitch (if so equipped) (P.2-46)

16. Remote tip-up 2nd row seat switch (ifso equipped) (P.1-9)

17. Front passenger air bag status light(P.1-60)

18. Power outlet (P.2-51)

19. USB connection port (See Infiniti In-Touch Owner’s Manual.)

20. Cup holder (P.2-54)/Tray (P.2-58)

21. Automatic climate control system(P.4-26)

22. Audio system (See INFINITI InTouchTM

Owner’s Manual.)

23. Glove box (P.2-56)

INSTRUMENT PANEL

SIC4450

1. Tachometer (P.2-8)

2. Warning/Indicator lights (P.2-11)

3. Speedometer (P.2-7)

4. Engine coolant temperature gauge(P.2-8)

5. Voltmeter (P.2-10)

6. Vehicle information display (P.2-21)/Odometer/twin trip odometer (P.2-7)

7. Engine oil pressure gauge (P.2-9)

8. Fuel gauge (P.2-9)


METERS AND GAUGES


JVC0976X

VK56VD ENGINE1. Window washer fluid reservoir

(P.8-10)

2. Fuse/fusible link holder (P.8-18)

3. Engine oil dipstick (P.8-6)

4. Power steering fluid reservoir (P.8-8)

5. Engine oil filler cap (P.8-6)

6. Brake fluid reservoir (P.8-10)

7. Fuse/fusible link holder (P.8-18)

8. Battery (P.8-11)

9. Radiator filler cap (P.8-4)

10. Engine coolant reservoir (P.8-4)

11. Drive belts (P.8-13)

12. Air cleaner (P.8-15)

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

Warninglight

Name Page

Anti-lock Braking System(ABS) warning light

2-12

Automatic Transmission (AT)check warning light

2-12

Automatic Transmission (AT)oil temperature warning light

2-12

Automatic Transmission (AT)park warning light

2-12

Blind Spot Warning (BSW)/Blind Spot Intervention (BSI)system warning light (or-ange; if so equipped)

2-13

Brake warning light 2-13

Charge warning light 2-14

Distance Control Assist(DCA) system warning light(orange; if so equipped)

2-14

Engine oil pressure warninglight

2-14

Four-Wheel Drive (4WD)warning light (4WD models)

2-14

Forward Emergency Braking(FEB) system warning light

2-15

Warninglight

Name Page

Intelligent Cruise Control(ICC) system warning light(orange; if so equipped)

2-15

Intelligent Key warning light 2-15

Lane Departure Warning(LDW) indicator light (or-ange; if so equipped)

2-15

Low tire pressure warninglight

2-15

Master warning light 2-17

Seat belt warning light 2-17

Supplemental air bag warn-ing light

2-17

Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) warning light

2-18

Indicatorlight

Name Page

Adaptive Front lighting Sys-tem (AFS) indicator light (if soequipped)

2-18

Automatic Transmission (AT)position indicator light

2-18

Blind Spot Intervention (BSI)ON indicator light (green; ifso equipped)

2-18

Check suspension indicatorlight

2-18

Cruise indicator light (if soequipped)

2-19

Exterior light indicator 2-19

Front fog light indicator light 2-19

Front passenger air bag sta-tus light

2-19

High beam assist indicatorlight

2-19

High beam indicator light 2-19

Lane Departure Prevention(LDP) ON indicator light(green; if so equipped)

2-19

Malfunction Indicator Light(MIL)

2-19

Security indicator light 2-20

SNOW mode indicator light 2-20


WARNINGAND INDICATOR LIGHTS


Indicatorlight

Name Page

TOW mode indicator light 2-20

Turn signal/hazard indicatorlights

2-20

Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) off indicator light

2-21

1 Safety — seats, seat belts and supplementalrestraint system

Seats ...................................................................................... 1-3

Front seats .................................................................... 1-4

2nd row seats ............................................................... 1-5

3rd row seats ............................................................... 1-8

Armrest (if so equipped) .......................................... 1-10

Flexible seating ........................................................... 1-11

Head restraints/headrests ........................................... 1-13

Adjustable headrestraint/headrest components ............................ 1-14

Non-adjustable headrestraint/headrest components ............................ 1-15

Remove ........................................................................ 1-15

Install ............................................................................ 1-16

Adjust ........................................................................... 1-16

Front-seat Active Head Restraint ........................ 1-17

Seat belts .......................................................................... 1-18

Precautions on seat belt usage ............................. 1-18

Pregnant women ....................................................... 1-21

Injured persons ........................................................... 1-21

Pre-crash seat belts with comfort function(if so equipped for front seats) ............................. 1-21

Three-point type seat belt ...................................... 1-21

Seat belt extenders ................................................... 1-28

Seat belt maintenance ............................................. 1-28

Child safety ...................................................................... 1-29

Infants ........................................................................ 1-30

Small children ........................................................... 1-30

Larger children ......................................................... 1-30

Child restraints ................................................................ 1-31

Precautions on child restraints ............................ 1-31

Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildrenSystem (LATCH) ...................................................... 1-33

Top tether strap child restraint ........................... 1-36

Rear-facing child restraint installationusing LATCH ............................................................ 1-37

Rear-facing child restraint installation usingthe seat belts ............................................................ 1-39

Forward-facing child restraint installationusing LATCH ............................................................ 1-41

Forward-facing child restraint installationusing the seat belts ................................................ 1-44

Booster seats ........................................................... 1-48

Supplemental restraint system .................................. 1-52

Precautions on supplementalrestraint system ....................................................... 1-52

INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System(front seats) .............................................................. 1-58

Front seat-mounted side-impact supplementalair bag and roof-mounted curtain side-impactand rollover supplemental air bag systems ..... 1-65

Seat belts with pretensioners (front seats) ....... 1-67

Supplemental air bag warning labels .................. 1-68

Supplemental air bag warning light ................... 1-69

Repair and replacement procedure .................... 1-69

SSS0133

WARNING

. Do not ride in a moving vehicle whenthe seatback is reclined. This can bedangerous. The shoulder belt will notbe against your body. In an accident,you could be thrown into it andreceive neck or other serious injuries.You could also slide under the lap beltand receive serious internal injuries.

. For the most effective protectionwhen the vehicle is in motion, theseat should be upright. Always sitwell back and upright in the seat with

both feet on the floor and adjust theseat belt properly. See “Precautionson seat belt usage” (P.1-18).

. After adjustment, gently rock in theseat to make sure it is securelylocked.

. Do not leave children unattendedinside the vehicle. They could un-knowingly activate switches or con-trols. Unattended children couldbecome involved in serious accidents.

. To help avoid risk of injury or deaththrough unintended operation of thevehicle and/or its systems, do not

leave children, people who require theassistance of others or pets unat-tended in your vehicle. Additionally,the temperature inside a closed ve-hicle on a warm day can quicklybecome high enough to cause a sig-nificant risk of injury or death topeople and pets.

. The seatback should not be reclinedany more than needed for comfort.Seat belts are most effective whenthe passenger sits well back andstraight up in the seat. If the seat-back is reclined, the risk of slidingunder the lap belt and being injured isincreased.

Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-3

SEATS

1-4 Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

FRONT SEATS

Front power seat adjustment

Operating tips:

. The power seat motor has an auto-resetoverload protection circuit. If the motorstops during operation, wait 30 seconds,then reactivate the switch.

. Do not operate the power seat switch fora long period of time when the engine isoff. This will discharge the battery.

See “Automatic drive positioner” (P.3-39)for the seat position memory function.

CAUTION

When adjusting the seat positions, besure not to contact any moving parts toavoid possible injuries and/or damages.

SSS1051

Forward and backward:

Moving the switch forward or backwardwill slide the seat forward or backward tothe desired position.

Reclining:

Move the recline switch backward untilthe desired angle is obtained. To bring theseatback forward again, move the switchforward.

The reclining feature allows adjustment ofthe seatback for occupants of different sizesfor added comfort and to help obtain properseat belt fit. (See “Precautions on seat beltusage” (P.1-18).) Also, the seatback can bereclined to allow occupants to rest when the

vehicle is stopped and the transmission is inthe P (Park) position.

SSS1052

Seat lifter:

1. Pull up or push down the adjustingswitch to adjust the seat height untilthe desired position is achieved.

2. Tilt up or down the adjusting switch toadjust the front angle of the seat untilthe desired position is achieved (fordriver’s seat).

SSS1053

Lumbar support:

The lumbar support feature provides lowerback support to the occupants.

Push the front or back end of the switch toadjust the seatback lumbar area.

2ND ROW SEATS

WARNING

. Never allow anyone to ride in thecargo area or on the rear seat when itis in the fold-down position. Use ofthese areas by passengers withoutproper restraints could result in ser-ious injury in an accident or suddenstop.

. When returning the seatbacks to theupright position, be certain they arecompletely secured in the latchedposition. If they are not completelysecured, passengers may be injured inan accident or sudden stop.

. Properly secure all cargo to helpprevent it from sliding or shifting.Do not place cargo higher than theseatbacks. In a sudden stop or colli-sion, unsecured cargo could causepersonal injury.



SSS1081

Captain’s seat

SSS1065

Bench seat

RecliningPull the reclining lever and position theseatback at the desired angle. Release thereclining lever after positioning the seat atthe desired angle.

To return the seatback, pull the lever.

The reclining feature allows adjustment ofthe seatback for occupants of different sizesto help obtain proper seat belt fit. (See“Precautions on seat belt usage” (P.1-18).)The seatback may also be reclined to allowoccupants to rest when the vehicle is parked.

WARNING


. For the most effective protectionwhen the vehicle is in motion, theseat should be upright. Always sitwell back and upright in the seat withboth feet on the floor and adjust theseat belt properly. See “Precautionson seat belt usage” (P.1-18).

. After adjustment, check to be surethe seat is securely locked.

Entry to 3rd row seat

CAUTION

. Do not drive with the 2nd row seattipped up.

. Be careful not to allow the 2nd rowseat to pinch, hit any part of yourbody or other people when operatingthe 2nd row seat. Make sure the seatpath is clear of all objects beforemoving the seat.

The 2nd row seat can be tipped forward foreasy entry to or exit from the 3rd row seat.

SSS1066

For manual type:

To enter the 3rd row seat, pull the lever orlocated on the 2nd row seat and fold the

seatback forward at an angle over theseat base. Then lift up the seat base and tipthe 2nd row seat forward . This will releasethe back of the seat so it may be tipped

forward.

To exit the 3rd row seat, pull the lever orand fold the seatback forward onto the seatbase. Then lift up on the seat base and tip itforward.

SSS1094

For remote release type (if so equipped):

Push and hold the switch located on theinstrument panel. The seatback will folddown and tip forward.

The lower corner of the seat basewill lift andthe 2nd row seat will tip forward.



SSS1116

3RD ROW SEATSThe 3rd row power folding seat controls arelocated behind the 2nd row seat (both thedriver’s and passenger’s side) on the 3rd rowcup holder console . There are also controlslocated on the rear quarter trim panel behindthe 3rd row seats (passenger’s side) .

Before operating the 3rd row seats:

. Make sure the 2nd row seatback is notreclined.

. Lower the 3rd row head restraint to thefull down position.

. Disconnect and secure the center seatbelt and tongues into the retractor base.See “3rd row center seat belt” (P.1-25).

— Always reconnect the center seat beltwhen the seat is returned to theupright position

. Make sure that there are no objects onthe seatback cushion.

SSS1095

Power recliningPush and hold the rear side of the switchbeside the 3rd row cup holders until thedesired seatback angle (up to 20 degrees) isobtained. To move the seatback forwardagain, push and hold the front side of theswitch until the desired angle is obtained.

WARNING

. After adjustment, check to be surethe seat is securely locked.

. Do not ride in a moving vehicle whenthe seatback is reclined. This can bedangerous. The shoulder belt will not

be against your body. In an accident,you could be thrown into it andreceive neck or other serious injuries.You could also slide under the lap beltand receive serious internal injuries.

. For the most effective protectionwhen the vehicle is in motion, theseat should be upright. Always sitwell back and upright in the seat withboth feet on the floor and adjust theseat belt properly. See “Precautionson seat belt usage” (P.1-18).

SSS1118

Power foldingPush and hold the front side of the switchlocated on the passenger side of the cargoroom. The corresponding seatback (R: rightside, L: left side) will be folded downautomatically.

Push and hold the rear side of the switch .The seatback will be returned automatically.The seatback will rise up while holding theswitch.

NOTE:

Operating the power folding seats candischarge the vehicle battery if the vehicleis not running.

CAUTION

When operating the rear power seat-back return, make sure that the vehicle isstopped and the transmission is in the P(Park) position.

WARNING

. Never allow anyone to ride in thecargo area or on the rear seat when itis in the fold-down position. Use ofthese areas by passengers withoutproper restraints could result in ser-ious injury in an accident or suddenstop.

. When returning the seatbacks to theupright position, be certain they arecompletely secured in the latchedposition. If they are not completely



secured, passengers may be injured inan accident or sudden stop.


JVR0557X

Front seats

ARMREST (if so equipped)

Front seatsThe console box lid can be used as anarmrest.

SSS1070

2nd row seat

2nd row seatPull and draw the armrest forward until it ishorizontal.

FLEXIBLE SEATING

WARNING

. Never allow anyone to ride in thecargo area or on the rear seats whenthey are in the fold-down position. Ina collision, people riding in theseareas without proper restraints aremore likely to be seriously injured orkilled.

. Do not allow people to ride in anyarea of your vehicle that is notequipped with seats and seat belts.Be sure everyone in your vehicle is ina seat and using a seat belt properly.

. Do not fold down the rear seats whenoccupants are in the rear seat area orany cargo is on the rear seats.

. Head restraints should be adjustedproperly as they may provide signifi-cant protection against injury in anaccident. Always replace and adjustthem properly if they have beenremoved for any reason.

. If the head restraints are removed forany reason, they should be securelystored to prevent them from causinginjury to passengers or damage to thevehicle in case of sudden braking or

an accident.

. When returning the seatbacks to theupright position, be certain they arecompletely secured in the latchedposition. If they are not completelysecured, passengers may be injured inan accident or sudden stop.


. When folding the bench seat seat-back down for maximum storage,make sure the seat base is in thelatched position by rocking the seatbase. If the seat base is not properlysecured, cargo stored on top of afolded seatback may become a pro-jectile causing personal injury orvehicle damage.

CAUTION

. When folding the 2nd row seat formaximum cargo hauling, be sure thatcargo does not contact the centerconsole of the captain’s seat (if so

equipped) to avoid possible damageto the console.

. When folding or returning the seat(s)to the upright position, to avoidinjury to yourself and others:

— Make sure that the seat path isclear before moving the seat.

— Be careful not to allow hands orfeet to get caught or pinched inthe seat.

Stowing 2nd and 3rd row seatsTo stow 2nd and 3rd row seats for maximumcargo capacity:

Manual Operation:



SSS1119

1. Pull lever located on the 2nd row seat.The seatback folds down and the seatbase will tip forward. See “Entry to 3rdrow seat” (P.1-6).

Power Operation:

1. Push and hold the corresponding switchlocated on the instrument panel belowthe audio system. The seatback will folddown and tip forward. See “Entry to 3rdrow seat” (P.1-6).

SSS1120

2. Push the folded seat down until it locksin position.

SSS1121

3. Fold the 3rd row seat flat using theswitches located in the cargo area. See“Power folding ” (P.1-9).

4. Return 3rd row seats to seating posi-tions by raising the 3rd row seatbacks toan upright position using the switches.Make sure the seatback is locked inposition. See “Power folding ” (P.1-9).

5. Return the 2nd row seat to a seatingposition by raising the 2nd row seat-backs to an upright position. Make surethe seatback is locked in position.

CAUTION

When folding the 2nd row seat formaximum cargo hauling, be sure thatcargo does not contact the center con-sole of the captain’s seat (if so equipped)to avoid possible damage to the console.

WARNING

Head restraint/headrest supplement theother vehicle safety systems. They mayprovide additional protection againstinjury in certain rear end collisions.Adjustable head restraints/headrestsmust be adjusted properly, as specifiedin this section. Check the adjustmentafter someone else uses the seat. Do notattach anything to the head restraint/headrest stalks or remove the headrestraint/headrest. Do not use the seatif the head restraint/headrest has beenremoved. If the head restraint/headrestwas removed, reinstall and properlyadjust the head restraint/headrest be-fore an occupant uses the seating posi-tion. Failure to follow these instructionscan reduce the effectiveness of the headrestraint/headrest. This may increasethe risk of serious injury or death in acollision.


HEAD RESTRAINTS/HEADRESTS


JVR0403X

The illustration shows the seating positionsequipped with head restraint/headrest.

Indicates the seating position isequipped with a head restraint.

Indicates the seating position isequipped with a headrest.

. Your vehicle is equipped with a headrestraint/headrest that may be inte-grated, adjustable or non-adjustable.

. Adjustable head restraints/headrestshave multiple notches along the stalk tolock them in a desired adjustment posi-tion.

. The non-adjustable head restraints/headrests have a single locking notch tosecure them to the seat frame.

. Proper Adjustment:

— For the adjustable type, align the headrestraint/headrest so the center ofyour ear is approximately level withthe center of the head restraint/headrest.

— If your ear position is still higher thanthe recommended alignment, placethe head restraint/headrest at thehighest position.

. If the head restraint/headrest has beenremoved, ensure that it is reinstalled andlocked in place before riding in thatdesignated seating position.

SSS0992

ADJUSTABLE HEAD RESTRAINT/HEADREST COMPONENTS1. Removable head restraint/headrest

2. Multiple notches

3. Lock knob

4. Stalks

JVR0203X

NON-ADJUSTABLE HEAD RE-STRAINT/HEADREST COMPO-

NENTS1. Removable head restraint/headrest

2. Single notch

3. Lock knob

4. Stalks

SSS1037

REMOVE

CAUTION

The front head restraints with a reardisplay are not designed to be pulled out.The rear display may be damaged if thehead restraint is forcibly pulled out.

Use the following procedure to remove thehead restraint/headrest.

1. Pull the head restraint/headrest up tothe highest position.

2. Push and hold the lock knob.

3. Remove the head restraint/headrestfrom the seat.

4. Store the head restraint/headrest prop-erly in a secure place so it is not loose inthe vehicle.

5. Reinstall and properly adjust the headrestraint/headrest before an occupantuses the seating position.



SSS0996

INSTALL1. Align the head restraint/headrest stalks

with the holes in the seat. Make sure thatthe head restraint/headrest is facing thecorrect direction. The stalk with theadjustment notch must be installed inthe hole with the lock knob .

2. Push and hold the lock knob and push thehead restraint/headrest down.

3. Properly adjust the head restraint/head-rest before an occupant uses the seatingposition.

SSS0997

ADJUSTFor adjustable head restraint/headrest

Adjust the head restraint/headrest so thecenter is level with the center of your ears. Ifyour ear position is still higher than therecommended alignment, place the headrestraint/headrest at the highest position.

JVR0259X

For non-adjustable head restraint/head-rest

Make sure the head restraint/headrest ispositioned so the lock knob is engaged in thenotch before riding in that designated seat-ing position.

SSS1035

RaiseTo raise the head restraint/headrest, pull itup.


SSS1036

LowerTo lower, push and hold the lock knob andpush the head restraint/headrest down.


SSS0508

FRONT-SEAT ACTIVE HEAD RE-

STRAINTThe Active Head Restraint moves forwardutilizing the force that the seatback receivesfrom the occupant in a rear-end collision.The movement of the head restraint helpssupport the occupant’s head by reducing itsbackward movement and helping absorbsome of the forces that may lead towhiplash-type injuries.

Active Head Restraints are effective forcollisions at low to medium speeds in whichit is said that whiplash injury occurs most.

Active Head Restraints operate only incertain rear-end collisions. After the colli-



sion, the head restraints return to theiroriginal position.

Adjust the Active Head Restraints properlyas described earlier in this section.

PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELTUSAGEIf you are wearing your seat belt properlyadjusted, and you are sitting upright andwellback in your seat with both feet on the floor,your chances of being injured or killed in anaccident and/or the severity of injury may begreatly reduced. INFINITI strongly en-courages you and all of your passengers tobuckle up every time you drive, even if yourseating position includes a supplemental airbag.

Most U.S. states and Canadian provinces orterritories specify that seat belts be worn atall times when a vehicle is being driven.

SEAT BELTS

SSS0136A

SSS0134A

WARNING

. Every person who drives or rides inthis vehicle should use a seat belt atall times. Children should be properlyrestrained in the rear seat and, ifappropriate, in a child restraint.

. The seat belt should be properlyadjusted to a snug fit. Failure to doso may reduce the effectiveness ofthe entire restraint system and in-crease the chance or severity of injuryin an accident. Serious injury or deathcan occur if the seat belt is not wornproperly.

. Always route the shoulder belt overyour shoulder and across your chest.Never put the belt behind your back,under your arm or across your neck.The belt should be away from yourface and neck, but not falling off yourshoulder.

. Position the lap belt as low and snugas possible AROUND THEHIPS, NOTTHEWAIST. A lap belt worn too highcould increase the risk of internalinjuries in an accident.

. Be sure the seat belt tongue issecurely fastened to the properbuckle.



. Do not wear the seat belt inside outor twisted. Doing so may reduce itseffectiveness.

. Do not allowmore than one person touse the same seat belt.

. Never carry more people in the ve-hicle than there are seat belts.

. If the seat belt warning light glowscontinuously while the ignition isturned ON with all doors closed andall seat belts fastened, it may indicatea malfunction in the system. Have thesystem checked. It is recommendedyou visit an INFINITI retailer for thisservice.

. No changes should be made to theseat belt system. For example, do notmodify the seat belt, add material orinstall devices that may change theseat belt routing or tension. Doing somay affect the operation of the seatbelt system. Modifying or tamperingwith the seat belt system may resultin serious personal injury.

. Once a seat belt pretensioner hasactivated, it cannot be reused andmust be replaced together with theretractor. It is recommended you visitan INFINITI retailer for this service.

. All seat belt assemblies, includingretractors and attaching hardware,should be inspected after any colli-sion. It is recommended you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.INFINITI recommends that all seatbelt assemblies in use during a colli-sion be replaced unless the collisionwas minor and the belts show nodamage and continue to operateproperly. Seat belt assemblies not inuse during a collision should also beinspected and replaced if either da-mage or improper operation is noted.

. All child restraints and attachinghardware should be inspected afterany collision. Always follow the re-straint manufacturer’s inspection in-s t r u c t i on s and r ep l a c emen trecommendations. The child re-straints should be replaced if theyare damaged.

SSS0016

SSS0014

PREGNANT WOMENINFINITI recommends that pregnant womenuse seat belts. The seat belt should be wornsnug, and always position the lap belt as lowas possible around the hips, not the waist,and place the shoulder belt over yourshoulder and across your chest. Never runthe lap/shoulder belt over your abdominalarea. Contact your doctor for specific re-commendations.

INJURED PERSONSINFINITI recommends that injured personsuse seat belts, depending on the injury.Check with your doctor for specific recom-mendations.

PRE-CRASH SEAT BELTS WITHCOMFORT FUNCTION (if so

equipped for front seats)The pre-crash seat belt tightens the seat beltwith a motor to help restrain front seatoccupants. This helps reduce the risk ofinjury in a collision.

The motor retracts the seat belt under thefollowing emergency conditions:

. During emergency braking

. During sudden steering maneuvers

. Activation of the Forward EmergencyBraking (FEB) with pedestrian detection

system. (See “Forward Emergency Brak-ing (FEB) with pedestrian detection”(P.5-100).)

. In the event of a high severity rollovercollision.

The pre-crash seat belt will not be activewhen:

. the seat belt is not fastened

. the vehicle speed is under 10 MPH (15km/h) during emergency braking

. the vehicle speed is under 19 MPH (30km/h) during sudden steering maneuversor in the event of a high severity rollovercollision.

The pre-crash seat belt will not be activewhen the brake pedal is not depressedexcept when sudden steering maneuversoccur or the Forward Emergency Braking(FEB) with pedestrian detection systemactivates.

The motor also retracts the seat belt whenthe seat belt is fastened or unfastened.When the seat belt is fastened, the motortightens the seat belt for a snug fit. Whenthe seat belt is unfastened, the motorretracts the seat belt. If the seat belt is notfully retracted, the motor retracts the seatbelt when the door is opened.

Always wear your seat belt correctly and situpright and well back.

If the motor cannot retract the seat beltwhen the seat belt is fastened or unfas-tened, it may indicate the pre-crash seat beltsystem has a malfunction. Have the systemchecked and repaired. It is recommended youvisit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

When the seat belt is retracted repeatedly ina short period of time, the motor may not beable to retract the seat belt. After 8 minutes,the motor reactivates and retracts the seatbelt. If the seat belt still cannot be retractedby the motor, the pre-crash seat belt systemhas a malfunction. Have the system checkedand repaired. It is recommended you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.

THREE-POINT TYPE SEAT BELT

WARNING

. Every person who drives or rides inthis vehicle should use a seat belt atall times.




. For the most effective protectionwhen the vehicle is in motion, theseat should be upright. Always sitwell back and upright in the seat withboth feet on the floor and adjust theseat belt properly.

JVR0183X

WARNING

Do not allow children to play with theseat belts. Most seating positions areequipped with Automatic Locking Re-tractor (ALR)mode seat belts. If the seatbelt becomes wrapped around a child’sneck with the ALR mode activated, thechild can be seriously injured or killed ifthe seat belt retracts and becomes tight.This can occur even if the vehicle isparked. Unbuckle the seat belt to releasethe child. For the center of the 3rd rowbench seat, the connector tongue mayalso be released. Release the connector

tongue by inserting a suitable tool (suchas a key) into the connector buckle . Ifthe seat belt cannot be unbuckled or isalready unbuckled, release the child bycutting the seat belt with a suitable tool(such as a knife or scissors) to release theseat belt.

SSS0292

Fastening the seat belts1. Adjust the seat. (See “Seats” (P.1-3).)

2. Slowly pull the seat belt out of theretractor and insert the tongue into thebuckle until you hear and feel the latchengage.. The retractor is designed to lock

during a sudden stop or on impact.A slow pulling motion permits thebelt to move, and allows you somefreedom of movement in the seat.

. If the seat belt cannot be pulled fromits fully retracted position, firmly pullthe belt and release it. Then smoothlypull the belt out of the retractor.

SSS0290

3. Position the lap belt portion low andsnug on the hips as shown.

4. Pull the shoulder belt portion toward theretractor to take up extra slack. Be surethe shoulder belt is routed over yourshoulder and across your chest.

The three-point type seat belts have twomodes of operation:

. Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR)

. Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR)

The Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR)mode allows the seat belt to extend andretract to allow the driver and passengerssome freedom of movement in the seat. TheELR locks the seat belt when the vehicleslows down rapidly or during impacts.

The Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR)mode (child restraint mode) locks the seatbelt for child restraint installation.

When the ALR mode is activated the seatbelt cannot be extended again until the seatbelt tongue is detached from the buckle andfully retracted. The seat belt returns to theELR mode after the seat belt fully retracts.For additional information, see “Child re-straints” (P.1-31).

The ALR mode should be used only for childrestraint installation. During normal seatbelt use by an occupant, the ALR modeshould not be activated. If it is activated, itmay cause uncomfortable seat belt tension.

WARNING

When fastening the seat belts, be certainthat seatbacks are completely secured inthe latched position. If they are notcompletely secured, passengers may beinjured in an accident or sudden stop.



SSS0326

Unfastening the seat beltsTo unfasten the seat belt, push the buttonon the buckle. The seat belt automaticallyretracts.

Checking seat belt operationSeat belt retractors are designed to lock seatbelt movement by two separate methods:

. When the belt is pulled quickly from theretractor.

. When the vehicle slows down rapidly.

To increase your confidence in the seat belts,check the operation as follows:

. Grasp the shoulder belt and pull forwardquickly. The retractor should lock and

restrict further belt movement.

If the retractor does not lock during thischeck, get the system checked. It is recom-mended you visit an INFINITI retailer for thisservice, or to learn more about seat beltoperation.

SSS1109

Center of 2nd row seat (if so

equipped)

Selecting correct set of seat belts:

The center seat belt buckle is identified bythe CENTER mark . The center seat belttongue can be fastened only into the centerseat belt buckle.

SSS0391

3rd row center seat beltThe 3rd row center seat belt has a connectortongue and a seat belt tongue . Both theconnector tongue and the seat belt tonguemust be securely latched for proper seat beltoperation.

SSS0241

WARNING

. Always fasten the connector tongueand the seat belt in the order shown.

. Always make sure both the connectortongue and the seat belt tongue aresecured when using the seat belt orinstalling a child restraint. Do not usethe seat belt or child restraint withonly the seat belt tongue attached.This could result in serious personalinjury in case of an accident or asudden stop.

SSS1077



Stowing 3rd row center seat belt:

When folding down the 3rd row seat, the3rd center seat belt can be retracted into astowed position.

1. Hold the connector tongue so that theseat belt does not retract suddenly whenthe tongue is released from the connec-tor buckle. Release the connector tongueby inserting a suitable tool such as keyinto the connector buckle.

2. Store the seat belt tongue into thetongue holder first .

3. Store the connector tongue into theretractor base .

WARNING

Do not unfasten the 3rd center seat beltconnector except when folding down the3rd seat.

SSS1078

Attaching 3rd row center seat belt:

Always be sure the 3rd center seat beltconnector tongue and connector buckle areattached. Disconnect only when foldingdown the 3rd row seat.

To connect the buckle:

1. Pull out the connector tongue from theretractor base .

2. Pull out the seat belt tongue from thetongue holder .

3. Pull the seat belt and fasten the con-nector buckle until it clicks .

The center seat belt connector tongue andbuckle are identified by the andmark.

The center seat belt connector tongue canbe attached only into the 3rd center seat beltconnector buckle.

To fasten the seat belt, see “Fastening theseat belts” (P.1-23).

WARNING

. When attaching the 3rd center seatbelt connector, be certain that theseatbacks are completely secured inthe latched position and the 3rdcenter seat belt connector is comple-tely secured.

. If the 3rd center seat belt connectorand the seatbacks are not secured inthe correct position, serious personalinjury may result in an accident orsudden stop.

SSS1097

Storing 3rd row seat belt bucklesBefore folding down the seat, put thebuckles in the storage of the seat cushionto avoid dropping it under the seat cushion.

SSS0896

Shoulder belt height adjustment (for

front seats and 2nd row seats)The shoulder belt anchor height should beadjusted to the position best for you. (See“Precautions on seat belt usage” (P.1-18).)

To adjust, push the button , and then movethe shoulder belt anchor to the desiredposition, so that the belt passes over thecenter of the shoulder. The belt should beaway from your face and neck, but notfalling off of your shoulder. Release theadjustment button to lock the shoulder beltanchor into position.



WARNING

. After adjustment, release the adjust-ment button and try to move theshoulder belt anchor up and down tomake sure it is securely fixed inposition.

. The shoulder belt anchor heightshould be adjusted to the positionbest for you. Failure to do so mayreduce the effectiveness of the entirerestraint system and increase thechance or severity of injury in anaccident.

SEAT BELT EXTENDERSIf, because of body size or driving position, itis not possible to properly fit the lap-shoulder belt and fasten it, an extender thatis compatible with the installed seat belts isavailable that can be purchased. The ex-tender adds approximately 8 in (200 mm) oflength and may be used for either the driveror front passenger seating position. It isrecommended you visit an INFINITI retailerfor assistance with purchasing an extender ifan extender is required.

WARNING

. It is recommended that only INFINITIseat belt extenders, made by thesame company which made the origi-nal equipment seat belts, be usedwith the INFINITI seat belts.

. Adults and children who can use thestandard seat belt should not use anextender. Such unnecessary use couldresult in serious personal injury in theevent of an accident.

. Never use seat belt extenders toinstall child restraints. If the childrestraint is not secured properly, thechild could be seriously injured orkilled in a collision or a sudden stop.

SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE. To clean the seat belt webbing, apply a

mild soap solution or any solution re-commended for cleaning upholstery orcarpets. Then, wipe with a cloth andallow the seat belts to dry in the shade.Do not allow the seat belts to retractuntil they are completely dry.

. If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt guideof the seat belt anchors, the seat beltsmay retract slowly. Wipe the shoulder

belt guide with a clean, dry cloth.

. Periodically check to see that the seatbelt and the metal components such asbuckles, tongues, retractors, flexiblewires and anchors work properly. If looseparts, deterioration, cuts or other da-mage on the webbing is found, the entireseat belt assembly should be replaced.

JVR0183X

WARNING

Do not allow children to play with theseat belts. Most seating positions areequipped with Automatic Locking Re-tractor (ALR)mode seat belts. If the seatbelt becomes wrapped around a child’sneck with the ALR mode activated, thechild can be seriously injured or killed ifthe seat belt retracts and becomes tight.This can occur even if the vehicle isparked. Unbuckle the seat belt to releasethe child. For the center of the 3rd rowbench seat, the connector tongue mayalso be released. Release the connector

tongue by inserting a suitable tool (suchas a key) into the connector buckle . Ifthe seat belt cannot be unbuckled or isalready unbuckled, release the child bycutting the seat belt with a suitable tool(such as a knife or scissors) to release theseat belt.

Children need adults to help protect them.

They need to be properly restrained.

In addition to the general information in thismanual, child safety information is availablefrom many other sources, including doctors,teachers, government traffic safety offices,and community organizations. Every child isdifferent, so be sure to learn the best way totransport your child.

There are three basic types of child restraintsystems:

. Rear-facing child restraint

. Forward-facing child restraint

. Booster seat

The proper restraint depends on the child’ssize. Generally, infants up to about 1 yearand less than 20 lbs (9 kg) should be placedin rear-facing child restraints. Forward-facing child restraints are available forchildren who outgrow rear-facing child re-straints and are at least 1 year old. Boosterseats are used to help position a vehicle lap/

shoulder belt on a child who can no longeruse a forward-facing child restraint.

WARNING

Infants and children need special protec-tion. The vehicle’s seat belts may not fitthem properly. The shoulder belt maycome too close to the face or neck. Thelap belt may not fit over their small hipbones. In an accident, an improperlyfitting seat belt could cause serious orfatal injury. Always use appropriatechild restraints.

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces orterritories require the use of approved childrestraints for infants and small children. See“Child restraints” (P.1-31).

A child restraint may be secured in thevehicle by using either the LATCH (LowerAnchor and Tethers for CHildren) system orwith the vehicle seat belt. See “Child re-straints” (P.1-31) for more information.

INFINITI recommends that all pre-teens andchildren be restrained in the rear seat.Studies show that children are safer whenproperly restrained in the rear seat than inthe front seat.

This is especially important because your


CHILD SAFETY


vehicle has a supplemental restraint system(Air bag system) for the front passenger.See “Supplemental restraint system” (P.1-52).

INFANTSInfants up to at least 1 year old should beplaced in a rear-facing child restraint.INFINITI recommends that infants be placedin child restraints that comply with FederalMotor Vehicle Safety Standards or Cana-dian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. Youshould choose a child restraint that fits yourvehicle and always follow the manufac-turer’s instructions for installation and use.

SMALL CHILDRENChildren that are over 1 year old and weighat least 20 lbs (9 kg) should remain in a rear-facing child restraint as long as possible upto the height or weight limit of the childrestraint. Children who outgrow the heightor weight limit of the rear-facing childrestraint and are at least 1 year old shouldbe secured in a forward-facing child re-straint with a harness. Refer to the manu-facturer’s instructions for minimum andmaximum weight and height recommenda-tions. INFINITI recommends that small chil-dren be placed in child restraints that complywith Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Stan-dards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety

Standards. You should choose a child re-straint that fits your vehicle and alwaysfollow the manufacturer’s instructions forinstallation and use.

LARGER CHILDRENChildren should remain in a forward-facingchild restraint with a harness until they reachthe maximum height or weight limit allowedby the child restraint manufacturer.

Once a child outgrows the height or weightlimit of the harness-equipped forward-fa-cing child restraint, INFINITI recommendsthat the child be placed in a commerciallyavailable booster seat to obtain proper seatbelt fit. For a seat belt to fit properly, thebooster seat should raise the child so thatthe shoulder belt is properly positionedacross the chest and the top, middle portionof the shoulder. The shoulder belt should notcross the neck or face and should not fall offthe shoulder. The lap belt should lie snuglyacross the lower hips or upper thighs, not theabdomen.

A booster seat can only be used in seatingpositions that have a three-point type seatbelt. The booster seat should fit the vehicleseat and have a label certifying that itcomplies with Federal Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards or Canadian Motor VehicleSafety Standards.

A booster seat should be used until the childcan pass the seat belt fit test below:

. Are the child’s back and hips against thevehicle seatback?

. Is the child able to sit without slouching?

. Do the child’s knees bend easily over thefront edge of the seat with feet flat onthe floor?

. Can the child safely wear the seat belt(lap belt low and snug across the hipsand shoulder belt across mid-chest andshoulder)?

. Is the child able to use the properlyadjusted head restraint/headrest?

. Will the child be able to stay in positionfor the entire ride?

JVR0473X

If you answered no to any of these ques-tions, the child should remain in a boosterseat using a three-point type seat belt.

NOTE:

Laws in some communities may followdifferent guidelines. Check local and stateregulations to confirm your child is using thecorrect restraint system before traveling.

WARNING

Never let a child stand or kneel on anyseat and do not allow a child in the cargoarea. The child could be seriously injuredor killed in a sudden stop or collision.

SSS0099

SSS0100

PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD RE-

STRAINTS

WARNING

. Failure to follow the warnings andinstructions for proper use and in-stallation of child restraints couldresult in serious injury or death of achild or other passengers in a suddenstop or collision:

— The child restraint must be usedand installed properly. Alwaysfollow all of the child restraintmanufacturer’s instructions forinstallation and use.

— Infants and children should neverbe held on anyone’s lap. Even thestrongest adult cannot resist theforces of a collision.

— Do not put a seat belt aroundboth a child and another passen-ger.

— INFINITI recommends that allchild restraints be installed in therear seat. Studies show that chil-dren are safer when properly re-strained in the rear seat than inthe front seat. If youmust install a


CHILD RESTRAINTS


forward-facing child restraint inthe front seat, see “Forward-facing child restraint installationusing the seat belts” (P.1-44).

— Even with the INFINITI AdvancedAir Bag System, never install arear-facing child restraint in thefront seat. An inflating air bagcould seriously injure or kill a child.A rear-facing child restraint mustonly be used in the rear seat.

— Be sure to purchase a child re-straint that will fit the child andvehicle. Some child restraints maynot fit properly in your vehicle.

— Child restraint anchor points aredesigned to withstand loads fromchild restraints that are properlyfitted.

— Never use the anchor points foradult seat belts or harnesses.

— A child restraint with a top tetherstrap should not be used in thefront passenger seat.

— Keep seatbacks as upright aspossible after fitting the childrestraint.

— Infants and children should al-ways be placed in an appropriate

child restraint while in the vehicle.

. When the child restraint is not in use,keep it secured with the LATCHsystem or a seat belt. In a suddenstop or collision, loose objects caninjure occupants or damage the ve-hicle.

CAUTION

A child restraint in a closed vehicle canbecome very hot. Check the seatingsurface and buckles before placing achild in the child restraint.

This vehicle is equipped with a universal childrestraint anchor system, referred to as theLATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers forCHildren) system. Some child restraints in-clude rigid or webbing-mounted attach-ments that can be connected to theseanchors.

For details, see “Lower Anchors and Tethersfor CHildren System (LATCH)” (P.1-33).

If you do not have a LATCH compatible childrestraint, the vehicle seat belts can be used.

Several manufacturers offer child restraintsfor infants and small children of varioussizes. When selecting any child restraint,

keep the following points in mind:

. Choose only a restraint with a labelcertifying that it complies with FederalMotor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 orCanadian Motor Vehicle Safety Stan-dard 213.

. Check the child restraint in your vehicle tobe sure it is compatible with the vehicle’sseat and seat belt system.

. If the child restraint is compatible withyour vehicle, place your child in the childrestraint and check the various adjust-ments to be sure the child restraint iscompatible with your child. Choose achild restraint that is designed for yourchild’s height and weight. Always followall recommended procedures.

. If the combined weight of the child andchild restraint is less than 65 lbs (29.5kg), you may use either the LATCH loweranchors or the seat belt to install thechild restraint (not both at the sametime).

. If the combined weight of the child andchild restraint is greater than 65 lbs (29.5kg), use the vehicle’s seat belt (not thelower anchors) to install the child re-straint.

. Be sure to follow the child restraintmanufacturer’s instructions for installa-tion.

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces orterritories require that infants and smallchildren be restrained in an approved childrestraint at all times while the vehicle isbeing operated. Canadian law requires thetop tether strap on forward-facing childrestraints be secured to the designatedanchor point on the vehicle.

SSS1113

LATCH system lower anchor locations -captain’s seats

SSS1114

LATCH system lower anchor locations -bench seat

Lower Anchors and Tethers forCHildren System (LATCH)Your vehicle is equipped with special anchorpoints that are used with the LATCH (LowerAnchors and Tethers for CHildren) systemcompatible child restraints. This system mayalso be referred to as the ISOFIX or ISOFIXcompatible system. With this system, you donot have to use a vehicle seat belt to securethe child restraint unless the combinedweight of the child and child restraintexceeds 65 lbs (29.5 kg). If the combinedweight of the child and child restraint isgreater than 65 lbs (29.5 kg), use the



vehicle’s seat belt (not the lower anchors) toinstall the child restraint. Be sure to followthe child restraint manufacturer’s instruc-tions for installation.

The LATCH lower anchor points are pro-vided to install child restraints in the follow-ing positions only:

. 2nd row captain’s seats (if so equipped)

. 2nd row bench seat outboard positions(if so equipped)

LATCH lower anchor

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings andinstructions for proper use and installa-tion of child restraints could result inserious injury or death of a child or otherpassengers in a sudden stop or collision:

. Attach LATCH system compatiblechild restraints only at the locationsshown in the illustration.

. Do not secure a child restraint in thecenter rear seating position using theLATCH lower anchors. The child re-straint will not be secured properly.

. Inspect the lower anchors by insert-ing your fingers into the lower anchorarea. Feel to make sure there are no

obstructions over the anchors such asseat belt webbing or seat cushionmaterial. The child restraint will notbe secured properly if the loweranchors are obstructed.

Child restraint anchorages are designedto withstand only those loads imposedby correctly fitted child restraints. Underno circumstances are they to be used toattach adult seat belts, or other items orequipment to the vehicle. Doing so coulddamage the child restraint anchorages.The child restraint will not be properlyinstalled using the damaged anchorage,and a child could be seriously injured orkilled in a collision.

LATCH lower anchor locationThe LATCH lower anchor points are pro-vided to install child restraints in the rearoutboard seating positions only. Do notattempt to install a child restraint in thecenter seating position using the LATCHlower anchors.

JVR0631X

LATCH lower anchor cover removal

The LATCH lower anchor points are locatedunder the covers labelled ISOFIX at thebottom of the rear outboard seat cushions.To access a LATCH lower anchor point,insert your finger into the cover and pull thecover off.

CAUTION

Store the loose LATCH covers (forexample, in the console box) where theywill not get damaged to avoid losingthem. (See “Console box” (P.2-57).)

SSS0643

LATCH webbing-mounted attachment

Installing child restraint LATCH

lower anchor attachmentsLATCH compatible child restraints includetwo rigid or webbing-mounted attachmentsthat can be connected to two anchorslocated at certain seating positions in yourvehicle. With this system, you do not have touse a vehicle seat belt to secure the childrestraint. Check your child restraint for alabel stating that it is compatible withLATCH. This information may also be inthe instructions provided by the child re-straint manufacturer.

SSS0644

LATCH rigid-mounted attachment

When installing a child restraint, carefullyread and follow the instructions in thismanual and those supplied with the childrestraint.



JVR0619X

2nd row captain’s seat

JVR0620X

2nd row bench seat

JVR0621X

3rd row bench seat

TOP TETHER STRAP CHILD RE-STRAINTIf the manufacturer of your child restraintrequires the use of a top tether strap, it mustbe secured to an anchor point.

WARNING

. In the 3rd row bench seat, a childrestraint with a top tether strap canonly be used in the outboard seatingposition (right side). Do not place it inthe outboard seating position (leftside) and center position and attempt

to angle the tether strap to theoutboard seating position (rightside).

. Child restraint anchorages are de-signed to withstand only those loadsimposed by correctly fitted childrestraints. Under no circumstancesare they to be used to attach adultseat belts, or other items or equip-ment to the vehicle. Doing so coulddamage the child restraint an-chorages. The child restraint will notbe properly installed using the da-maged anchorage, and a child couldbe seriously injured or killed in acollision.

. Properly secure cargo and do notallow it to contact the top tetherstrap when it is attached to the toptether anchor. Cargo that is notproperly secured or cargo that con-tacts the top tether strap may da-mage the top tether strap during acollision. Your child could be seriouslyinjured or killed in a collision if thechild restraint top tether strap isdamaged.

Top tether anchor point locationsAnchor points are located in the followinglocations:

. 2nd row bench seat (if so equipped) onthe seatback of the outboard seatingpositions as shown.

. 2nd row captain’s seats (if so equipped)on the seatback of the outboard seatingpositions as shown.

. 3rd row bench seat on the seatback ofthe outboard seating position (right side)as shown.

If you have any questions when installing atop tether strap child restraint on the rearseat, it is recommended you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.

REAR-FACING CHILD RE-

STRAINT INSTALLATION USINGLATCHRefer to all Warnings and Cautions in the“Child safety” and “Child restraints” sectionsbefore installing a child restraint.

Do not use the lower anchors if the com-bined weight of the child and the childrestraint exceeds 65 lbs (29.5 kg). If thecombined weight of the child and the childrestraint is greater than 65 lbs (29.5 kg), usethe vehicle’s seat belt (not the lower an-chors) to install the child restraint. Be sure to

follow the child restraint manufacturer’sinstructions for installation.

Follow these steps to install a rear-facingchild restraint in the 2nd row seats using theLATCH system:

1. Position the child restraint on the seat.Always follow the child restraint manu-facturer’s instructions.

JVR0635X

Rear-facing web-mounted — step 2

2. Secure the child restraint anchor attach-ments to the LATCH lower anchors.Check to make sure the LATCH attach-ment is properly attached to the loweranchors.



JVR0636X

Rear-facing rigid-mounted — step 2

SSS0639

Rear-facing — step 3

3. For child restraints that are equippedwithwebbing-mounted attachments, re-move any additional slack from theanchor attachments. Press downwardand rearward firmly in the center of thechild restraint with your hand to com-press the vehicle seat cushion and seat-back while tightening the webbing of theanchor attachments.

SSS0650


4. After attaching the child restraint, test itbefore you place the child in it. Push itfrom side to side while holding the childrestraint near the LATCH attachmentpath. The child restraint should not movemore than 1 inch (25 mm), from side toside. Try to tug it forward and check tosee if the LATCH attachment holds therestraint in place. If the restraint is notsecure, tighten the LATCH attachmentas necessary, or put the restraint inanother seat and test it again. You mayneed to try a different child restraint ortry installing by using the vehicle seatbelt (if applicable). Not all child restraintsfit in all types of vehicles.

5. Check to make sure the child restraint isproperly secured prior to each use. If thechild restraint is loose, repeat steps 1through 4.

REAR-FACING CHILD RE-

STRAINT INSTALLATION USINGTHE SEAT BELTS

WARNING

. The three-point seat belt with Auto-matic Locking Retractor (ALR) mustbe used when installing a child re-straint. Failure to use the ALR modewill result in the child restraint notbeing properly secured. The restraintcould tip over or be loose and causeinjury to a child in a sudden stop orcollision. Also, it can change theoperation of the front passenger airbag. See “Front passenger air bagand status light” (P.1-60).

. When installing a child restraint sys-tem in the 3rd center seat position,both the center seat belt connectortongue and buckle tongue must besecured. See “3rd row center seatbelt” (P.1-25).

SSS0100


Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the“Child safety” (P.1-29) and “Child restraints”(P.1-31) before installing a child restraint.

Do not use the lower anchors if the com-bined weight of the child and the childrestraint exceeds 65 lbs (29.5 kg). If thecombined weight of the child and the childrestraint is greater than 65 lbs (29.5 kg), usethe vehicle’s seat belt (not the lower an-chors) to install the child restraint. Be sure tofollow the child restraint manufacturer’sinstructions for installation.

Follow these steps to install a rear-facingchild restraint using the vehicle seat belts inthe rear seats:

1. Child restraints for infants must be usedin the rear-facing direction and there-fore must not be used in the front seat.Position the child restraint on the seat.Always follow the restraint manufac-turer’s instructions.



SSS0654


2. Route the seat belt tongue through thechild restraint and insert it into the buckleuntil you hear and feel the latch engage.Be sure to follow the child restraintmanufacturer’s instructions for beltrouting.

SSS0655


3. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fullyextended. At this time, the seat beltretractor is in the Automatic LockingRetractor (ALR) mode (child restraintmode). It reverts to the EmergencyLocking Retractor (ELR) mode whenthe seat belt is fully retracted.

SSS0656


4. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up onthe shoulder belt to remove any slack inthe belt.

SSS0657


5. Remove any additional slack from theseat belt; press downward and rearwardfirmly in the center of the child restraintto compress the vehicle seat cushion andseatback while pulling up on the seatbelt.

SSS0658


6. After attaching the child restraint, test itbefore you place the child in it. Push itfrom side to side while holding the childrestraint near the seat belt path. Thechild restraint should not move morethan 1 inch (25 mm), from side to side.Try to tug it forward and check to see ifthe belt holds the restraint in place. If therestraint is not secure, tighten the seatbelt as necessary, or put the restraint inanother seat and test it again. You mayneed to try a different child restraint. Notall child restraints fit in all types ofvehicles.

7. Check to make sure that the childrestraint is properly secured prior to each

use. If the seat belt is not locked, repeatsteps 1 through 6.

After the child restraint is removed and theseat belt fully retracted, the ALRmode (childrestraint mode) is canceled.

FORWARD-FACING CHILD RE-STRAINT INSTALLATION USINGLATCHRefer to all Warnings and Cautions in the“Child safety” and “Child restraints” sectionsbefore installing a child restraint.


Follow these steps to install a forward-facing child restraint using the LATCHsystem:




JVR0637X

Forward-facing web-mounted — step 2

2. Secure the child restraint anchor attach-ments to the LATCH lower anchors.Check to make sure the LATCH attach-ment is properly attached to the loweranchors.

If the child restraint is equipped with atop tether strap, route the top tetherstrap and secure the tether strap to thetether anchor point. See “Installing toptether strap” (P.1-44). Do not installchild restraints that require the use of atop tether strap in seating positions thatdo not have a top tether anchor.

JVR0638X

Forward-facing rigid-mounted — step 2

3. The back of the child restraint should besecured against the vehicle seatback.

If necessary, adjust or remove the headrestraint to obtain the correct childrestraint fit. If the head restraint isremoved, store it in a secure place. Besure to reinstall the head restraint whenthe child restraint is removed. See “Headrestraints/headrests” (P.1-13) for headrestraint adjustment information.

If the seating position does not have anadjustable head restraint or a headrestand it is interfering with the proper childrestraint fit, try another seating positionor a different child restraint.

SSS0647

Forward-facing — step 4

4. For child restraints that are equippedwithwebbing-mounted attachments, re-move any additional slack from theanchor attachments. Press downwardand rearward firmly in the center of thechild restraint with your knee to com-press the vehicle seat cushion and seat-back while tightening the webbing of theanchor attachments.

5. Tighten the tether strap according to themanufacturer’s instructions to removeany slack.

SSS0638


6. After attaching the child restraint, test itbefore you place the child in it. Push itfrom side to side while holding the childrestraint near the LATCH attachmentpath. The child restraint should not movemore than 1 inch (25 mm), from side toside. Try to tug it forward and check tosee if the LATCH attachment holds therestraint in place. If the restraint is notsecure, tighten the LATCH attachmentas necessary, or put the restraint inanother seat and test it again. You mayneed to try a different child restraint. Notall child restraints fit in all types ofvehicles.

7. Check to make sure the child restraint isproperly secured prior to each use. If thechild restraint is loose, repeat steps 1through 6.

JVR0619X


JVR0620X

2nd row bench seat



Installing top tether strapFirst, secure the child restraint with theLATCH lower anchors (2nd row captain’sor bench outboard seating positions only).

1. If necessary, raise or remove the headrestraint or headrest to position the toptether strap over the top of the seatback.If the head restraint or headrest isremoved, store it in a secure place. Besure to reinstall the head restraint orheadrest when the child restraint isremoved. See “Head restraints/head-rests” (P.1-13) for head restraint orheadrest adjustment, removal and in-stallation information.

2. Secure the tether strap to the tetheranchor point on the back of each seat-back behind the child restraint.

3. Tighten the tether strap according to themanufacturer’s instructions to removeany slack. Make sure the head restraintor headrest does not contact the toptether strap.

If you have any questions when installing atop tether strap on the rear seat, it isrecommended you visit an INFINITI retailerfor this service.

FORWARD-FACING CHILD RE-

STRAINT INSTALLATION USINGTHE SEAT BELTS

WARNING

. The three-point seat belt with Auto-matic Locking Retractor (ALR) mustbe used when installing a child re-straint. Failure to use the ALR modewill result in the child restraint notbeing properly secured. The restraintcould tip over or be loose and causeinjury to a child in a sudden stop orcollision. Also, it can change theoperation of the front passenger airbag. See “Front passenger air bagand status light” (P.1-60)

. When installing a child restraint sys-tem in the 3rd center position, boththe center seat belt connector tongueand buckle tongue must be secured.See “3rd row center seat belt” (P.1-25).

SSS0640

Forward-facing (front passenger seat) —step 1

Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the“Child safety” and “Child restraints” sectionsbefore installing a child restraint.


Follow these steps to install a forward-facing child restraint using the vehicle seatbelt in the rear seats or in the front

passenger seat:

1. If you must install a child restraint in thefront seat, it should be placed in aforward-facing direction only. Movethe seat to the rearmost position. Childrestraints for infants must be used in therear-facing direction and, therefore,must not be used in the front seat.


The back of the child restraint should besecured against the vehicle seatback.

If necessary, adjust or remove the headrestraint or headrest to obtain thecorrect child restraint fit. If the headrestraint or headrest is removed, store itin a secure place. Be sure to reinstall thehead restraint or headrest when thechild restraint is removed. See “Headrestraints/headrests” (P.1-13) for headrestraint or headrest adjustment, re-moval and installation information.

If the seating position does not have anadjustable head restraint or a headrestand it is interfering with the proper childrestraint fit, try another seating positionor a different child restraint.

SSS0360B


3. Route the seat belt tongue through thechild restraint and insert it into the buckleuntil you hear and feel the latch engage.Be sure to follow the child restraintmanufacturer’s instructions for beltrouting.

If the child restraint is equipped with atop tether strap, route the top tetherstrap and secure the tether strap to thetether anchor point (rear seat installationonly). See “Installing top tether strap”(P.1-48). Do not install child restraintsthat require the use of a top tether strapin seating positions that do not have atop tether anchor.

SSS0651


4. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fullyextended. At this time, the seat beltretractor is in the Automatic LockingRetractor (ALR) mode (child restraintmode). It reverts to Emergency LockingRetractor (ELR) mode when the seat beltis fully retracted.



SSS0652


5. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up onthe shoulder belt to remove any slack inthe belt.

SSS0653


6. Remove any additional slack from theseat belt; press downward and rearwardfirmly in the center of the child restraintwith your knee to compress the vehicleseat cushion and seatback while pullingup on the seat belt.

7. Tighten the tether strap according to themanufacturer’s instructions to removeany slack.

SSS0641


8. After attaching the child restraint, test itbefore you place the child in it. Push itfrom side to side while holding the childrestraint near the seat belt path. Thechild restraint should not move morethan 1 inch (25 mm), from side to side.Try to tug it forward and check to see ifthe belt holds the restraint in place. If therestraint is not secure, tighten the seatbelt as necessary, or put the restraint inanother seat and test it again. You mayneed to try a different child restraint. Notall child restraints fit in all types ofvehicles.

9. Check to make sure the child restraint isproperly secured prior to each use. If the

seat belt is not locked, repeat steps 2through 8.

SSS1099


10. If the child restraint is installed in thefront passenger seat, place the ignitionswitch in the ON position. The frontpassenger air bag status light shouldilluminate. If this light is not illuminated,see “Front passenger air bag and statuslight” (P.1-60). Move the child restraintto another seating position. Have thesystem checked. It is recommended youvisit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

After the child restraint is removed and theseat belt is fully retracted, the ALR mode(child restraint mode) is canceled.

JVR0619X


JVR0620X

2nd row bench seat



JVR0621X

3rd row bench seat

Installing top tether strap

WARNING

In the 3rd row bench seat, a childrestraint with a top tether strap canonly be used in the outboard seatingposition (right side). Do not place it inthe outboard seating position (left side)and center position and attempt to anglethe tether strap to the outboard seatingposition (right side).

First, secure the child restraint with the seat

belt.

1. If necessary, raise or remove the headrestraint or headrest to position the toptether strap over the top of the seatback.If the head restraint or headrest isremoved, store it in a secure place. Besure to reinstall the head restraint orheadrest when the child restraint isremoved. See “Head restraints/head-rests” (P.1-13) for head restraint orheadrest adjustment, removal and in-stallation information.

2. Secure the tether strap to the tetheranchor point on the back of each seat-back (2nd row seat) or right side seat-back (3rd row bench seat) behind thechild restraint.

3. Tighten the tether strap according to themanufacturer’s instructions to removeany slack. Make sure the head restraintor headrest does not contact the toptether strap.

If you have any questions when installing atop tether strap on the rear seat, it isrecommended you visit an INFINITI retailerfor this service.

BOOSTER SEATS

Precautions on booster seats

WARNING

If a booster seat and seat belt are notused properly, the risk of a child beinginjured in a sudden stop or collisiongreatly increases:

. Make sure the shoulder portion ofthe belt is away from the child’s faceand neck and the lap portion of thebelt does not cross the stomach.

. Make sure the shoulder belt is notbehind the child or under the child’sarm.

. A booster seat must only be installedin a seating position that has a lap/shoulder belt.

LRS0455

Booster seats of various sizes are offered byseveral manufacturers. When selecting anybooster seat, keep the following points inmind:

. Choose only a booster seat with a labelcertifying that it complies with FederalMotor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 orCanadian Motor Vehicle Safety Stan-dard 213.

. Check the booster seat in your vehicle tobe sure it is compatible with the vehicle’sseat and seat belt system.

LRS0453

. Make sure the child’s head will beproperly supported by the booster seator vehicle seat. The seatback must be ator above the center of the child’s ears.For example, if a low back booster seatis chosen, the vehicle seatbackmust be

at or above the center of the child’s ears.If the seatback is lower than the centerof the child’s ears, a high back boosterseat should be used.

. If the booster seat is compatible withyour vehicle, place your child in thebooster seat and check the variousadjustments to be sure the booster seatis compatible with your child. Alwaysfollow all recommended procedures.

LRS0464

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces orterritories require that infants and smallchildren be restrained in an approved childrestraint at all times while the vehicle isbeing operated.

The instructions in this section apply tobooster seat installation in the rear seats orthe front passenger seat.



Booster seat installation

CAUTION

Do not use the lap/shoulder belt Auto-matic Locking Retractor (ALR) modewhen using a booster seat with the seatbelts.

Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the“Child safety”, “Child restraints” and “Boos-ter seats” sections earlier in this sectionbefore installing a child restraint.

Follow these steps to install a booster seat inthe rear seat or in the front passenger seat:

SSS0640

1. If you must install a booster seat in thefront seat, move the seat to the rear-most position.

2. Position the booster seat on the seat.Only place it in a forward-facing direc-tion. Always follow the booster seatmanufacturer’s instructions.

LRS0454

Front passenger position

3. The booster seat should be positioned onthe vehicle seat so that it is stable.

If necessary, adjust or remove the headrestraint or headrest to obtain thecorrect booster seat fit. If the headrestraint or headrest is removed, storeit in a secure place. Be sure to reinstallthe head restraint or headrest when thebooster seat is removed. See “Headrestraints/headrests” (P.1-13) for headrestraint or headrest adjustment, re-moval and installation information.

If the seating position does not have anadjustable head restraint or a headrestand it is interfering with the proper

booster seat fit, try another seatingposition or a different booster seat.

4. Position the lap portion of the seat beltlow and snug on the child’s hips. Be sureto follow the booster seat manufac-turer’s instructions for adjusting the seatbelt routing.

5. Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seatbelt toward the retractor to take upextra slack. Be sure the shoulder belt ispositioned across the top, middle portionof the child’s shoulder. Be sure to followthe booster seat manufacturer’s instruc-tions for adjusting the seat belt routing.

6. Follow the warnings, cautions and in-structions for properly fastening a seatbelt shown in “Seat belts” (P.1-18).

SSS1099

7. If the booster seat is installed in the frontpassenger seat, push the ignition switchto the ON position. The front passengerair bag status light may or may notilluminate depending on the size of thechild and the type of booster seat used.See “Front passenger air bag and statuslight” (P.1-60).



PRECAUTIONS ON SUPPLE-MENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEMThis Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)section contains important information con-cerning the following systems.

. Driver and passenger supplementalfront-impact air bag (INFINITI AdvancedAir Bag System)

. Front seat-mounted side-impact supple-mental air bag

. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact androllover supplemental air bag

. Seat belt with pretensioner

Supplemental front-impact air bag system:The INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System canhelp cushion the impact force to the headand chest of the driver and front passengerin certain frontal collisions.

Front seat-mounted side-impact supple-mental air bag system: This system can helpcushion the impact force to the chest andpelvis area of the driver and front passengerin certain side impact collisions. The supple-mental side air bag is designed to inflate onthe side where the vehicle is impacted.

Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and roll-over supplemental air bag system: Thissystem can help cushion the impact forceto the head of occupants in front and rear(2nd and 3rd) outboard seating positions in

certain side impact or rollover collisions. In aside impact, the curtain air bags are designedto inflate on the side where the vehicle isimpacted. In a rollover, the curtain air bagson both sides are designed to inflate. Underboth side-impact and rollover situations, thecurtain air bags will remain inflated for ashort period of time.

These supplemental restraint systems aredesigned to supplement the crash protectionprovided by the driver and passenger seatbelts and are not a substitute for them. Seatbelts should always be correctly worn andthe occupant seated a suitable distanceaway from the steering wheel, instrumentpanel and door finishers. (See “Seat belts”(P.1-18) for instructions and precautions onseat belt usage.)

The supplemental air bags operate onlywhen the ignition switch is in the ONposition.

After pushing the ignition switch to the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warninglight illuminates. The supplemental air bagwarning light will turn off after about 7seconds if the systems are operational.

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM

SSS0131

SSS0132

WARNING

. The supplemental front air bags or-dinarily will not inflate in the event ofa side impact, rear impact, rollover, orlower severity frontal collision. Al-ways wear your seat belts to helpreduce the risk or severity of injury invarious kinds of accidents.

. The front passenger air bag will notinflate if the front passenger air bagstatus light is lit or if the frontpassenger seat is unoccupied. See“Front passenger air bag and statuslight” (P.1-60).

. The seat belts and the front air bagsare most effective when you aresitting well back and upright in theseat. The front air bags inflate withgreat force. Even with the INFINITIAdvanced Air Bag System, if you areunrestrained, leaning forward, sittingsideways or out of position in anyway, you are at greater risk of injuryor death in a crash. You may alsoreceive serious or fatal injuries fromthe front air bag if you are up againstit when it inflates. Always sit backagainst the seatback and as far-awayas practical from the steering wheelor instrument panel. Always use the



seat belts.

. The driver and front passenger seatbelt buckles are equipped with sen-sors that detect if the seat belts arefastened. The Advanced Air BagSystem monitors the severity of acollision and seat belt usage theninflates the air bags. Failure to prop-erly wear seat belts can increase therisk or severity of injury in an acci-dent.

. The front passenger seat is equippedwith occupant classification sensors(weight sensors) that turn the frontpassenger air bag OFF under someconditions. This sensor is only used inthis seat. Failure to be properlyseated and wearing the seat beltcan increase the risk or severity ofinjury in an accident. See “Frontpassenger air bag and status light”(P.1-60).

. Keep hands on the outside of thesteering wheel. Placing them insidethe steering wheel rim could increasethe risk of injury if the front air baginflates.

SSS0007

SSS0006

SSS0008

SSS0009

SSS0099

SSS0100

WARNING

. Never let children ride unrestrainedor extend their hands or face out ofthe window. Do not attempt to holdthem in your lap or arms. Someexamples of dangerous riding posi-tions are shown in the illustrations.

. Children may be severely injured orkilled when the front air bags, side airbags or curtain air bags inflate if theyare not properly restrained. Pre-teens and children should be properlyrestrained in the rear seat, if possible.

. Even with the INFINITI Advanced AirBag System, never install a rear-facing child restraint in the frontseat. An inflating front air bag couldseriously injure or kill your child. See“Child restraints” (P.1-31) for details.

SSS0832

SSS0833



SSS0140

SSS0162

SSS0159

WARNING

Front seat-mounted side-impact supple-mental air bags and roof-mounted cur-t a i n s i d e - impac t and ro l l o ve rsupplemental air bags:

. The side-impact supplemental airbags ordinarily will not inflate in theevent of a front impact, rear impact,rollover, or lower severity side colli-sion. Always wear your seat belts tohelp reduce the risk or severity ofinjury in various kinds of accidents.

. The curtain side-impact and rolloversupplemental air bags ordinarily will

not inflate in the event of a frontimpact, rear impact, or lower severityside collision. Always wear your seatbelts to help reduce the risk orseverity of injury in various kinds ofaccidents.

. The seat belts, the side air bags andcurtain air bags are most effectivewhen you are sitting well back andupright in the seat. The side air bagsand curtain air bags inflate withgreat force. Do not allow anyone toplace their hand, leg or face near theside air bags on the side of theseatback of the front seat or nearthe side roof rails. Do not allowanyone sitting in the front seats orrear outboard seats to extend theirhand out of the window or leanagainst the door. Some examples ofdangerous riding positions are shownin the previous illustrations.

. When sitting in the rear seat, do nothold onto the seatback of the frontseat. If the side air bag inflates, youmay be seriously injured. Be espe-cially careful with children, whoshould always be properly restrained.Some examples of dangerous ridingpositions are shown in the illustra-tions.

. Do not use seat covers on the frontseatbacks. They may interfere withside air bags inflation.



JVR0399X

1. Crash zone sensor

2. Supplemental front-impact air bagmodules (INFINITI Advanced Air Bags)

3. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact androllover supplemental air bag inflators

4. Front seat-mounted side-impact sup-plemental air bag modules

5. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact androllover supplemental air bags

6. Door satellite sensors

7. Seat belt pretensioners

8. Satellite sensors

9. Air bag Control Unit (ACU)

10. Occupant classif ication sensors(weight sensors)

11. Occupant classification system controlunit

INFINITI ADVANCED AIR BAG

SYSTEM (front seats)

WARNING

To ensure proper operation of the pas-senger’s advanced air bag system, pleaseobserve the following items.

. Do not allow a passenger in the rearseat to push or pull on the seatbackpocket.

. Do not place heavy loads heavierthan 9 lbs. (4 kg) on the seatback,head restraint or in the seatbackpocket.

. Do not store cargo behind the seatthat can press into the seatback.

. Do not position the front passengerseat so it contacts the rear seat. If thefront seat does contact the rear seat,the air bag system may determine asensor malfunction has occurred andthe front passenger air bag statuslight may illuminate and the supple-mental air bag warning light may

flash.

. If a forward facing child restraint isinstalled in the front passenger seat,do not position the front passengerseat so the child restraint contactsthe instrument panel. If the childrestraint does contact the instrumentpanel, the system may determine theseat is occupied and the passenger airbag may deploy in a collision. Also thefront passenger air bag status lightmay not illuminate. See “Child re-straints” (P.1-31) for informationabout installing and using child re-straints.

. Confirm the operating condition withthe front passenger air bag statuslight.

. If you notice that the front passengerair bag status light is not operating inaccordance with the above descrip-tion, it is recommended you visit anINFINITI retailer to check the pas-senger seat advanced air bag system.

. Until you have confirmed with yourretailer that your passenger seatadvanced air bag is working properly,position the occupants in the rearseating positions.

This vehicle is equipped with the INFINITIAdvanced Air Bag System for the driver andfront passenger seats. This system is de-signed to meet certification requirementsunder U.S. regulations. It is also permitted inCanada.All of the information, cautions andwarnings in this manual apply and must befollowed.

The driver supplemental front-impact airbag is located in the center of the steeringwheel. The passenger supplemental front-impact air bag is mounted in the instrumentpanel above the glove box. The front air bagsare designed to inflate in higher severityfrontal collisions, although they may inflateif the forces in another type of collision aresimilar to those of a higher severity frontalimpact. They may not inflate in certainfrontal collisions. Vehicle damage (or lackof it) is not always an indication of properfront air bag operation.

The INFINITI Advanced Air Bag Systemmonitors information from the Air bagControl Unit (ACU), seat belt buckle sensorsand the occupant classification sensors(weight sensors). Inflator operation is basedon the severity of a collision and seat beltusage for the driver. For the front passenger,the occupant classification sensors are alsomonitored. Based on information from thesensors, only one front air bag may inflate ina crash, depending on the crash severity and

whether the front occupants are belted orunbelted. Additionally, the front passengerair bag may be automatically turned OFFunder some conditions, depending on theinformation provided by the occupant clas-sification sensors. If the front passenger airbag is OFF, the front passenger air bagstatus light will be illuminated (if the seat isunoccupied, the light will not be illuminated,but the air bag will be off). (See “Frontpassenger air bag and status light” (P.1-60)for further details.) One front air bag inflat-ing does not indicate improper performanceof the system.

If you have any questions about your air bagsystem, it is recommended you visit anINFINITI retailer. If you are consideringmodification of your vehicle due to a dis-ability, you may also contact INFINITI.Contact information is contained in the frontof this Owner’s Manual.

When a front air bag inflates, a fairly loudnoise may be heard, followed by release ofsmoke. This smoke is not harmful and doesnot indicate a fire. Care should be taken notto inhale it, as it may cause irritation andchoking. Those with a history of a breathingcondition should get fresh air promptly.

Front air bags, along with the use of seatbelts, help to cushion the impact force on thehead and chest of the front occupants. Theycan help save lives and reduce serious



injuries. However, an inflating front air bagmay cause facial abrasions or other injuries.Front air bags do not provide restraint to thelower body.

Even with INFINITI advanced air bags, seatbelts should be correctly worn and the driverand passenger seated upright as far aspractical away from the steering wheel orinstrument panel. The front air bags inflatequickly in order to help protect the frontoccupants. Because of this, the force of thefront air bag inflating can increase the risk ofinjury if the occupant is too close to, or isagainst, the air bag module during inflation.

The front air bags deflate quickly after acollision.

The front air bags operate only when theignition switch is in the ON position.

After pushing the ignition switch to the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warninglight illuminates. The supplemental air bagwarning light will turn off after about 7seconds if the system is operational.

SSS1099

Front passenger air bag status light

Front passenger air bag and status

light

WARNING

The front passenger air bag is designedto automatically turn OFF under someconditions. Read this section carefully tolearn how it operates. Proper use of theseat, seat belt and child restraints isnecessary for most effective protection.Failure to follow all instructions in thismanual concerning the use of seats, seatbelts and child restraints can increase

the risk or severity of injury in anaccident.

Status light:

The front passenger seat is equipped withthe occupant classification sensors (weightsensors) that turn the front passenger airbag on or off depending on the weightapplied to the front passenger seat. Thestatus of the front passenger air bag (ON orOFF) is indicated by the front passenger airbag status light which is located on theinstrument panel. After the ignition switch isplaced in the ON position, the front passen-ger air bag status light on the instrumentpanel illuminates for about 7 seconds andthen turns off or illuminates depending onthe front passenger seat occupied status.

The light operates as follows:

. Unoccupied passenger seat: Thelight is OFF and the front passenger airbag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash.

. Passenger seat occupied by a small adult,child or child restraint as outlined in thissection: The light illuminates toindicate that the front passenger airbag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash.

. Occupied passenger seat and the pas-senger meets the conditions outlined inthis section: The light is OFF to

indicate that the front passenger air bagis operational.

In addition to the above, certain objectsplaced on the front passenger seat may alsocause the light to operate as describedabove depending on their weight.

For additional information related to thenormal operation and troubleshooting ofthis occupant classification sensor system,please refer to “Normal operation” (P.1-62)and “Troubleshooting” (P.1-62) in this sec-tion.

Front passenger air bag:

The front passenger air bag is designed toautomatically turn OFF when the vehicle isoperated under some conditions as de-scribed below as permitted by U.S. regula-tions. If the front passenger air bag is OFF, itwill not inflate in a crash. The driver air bagand other air bags in your vehicle are notpart of this system.

The purpose of the regulation is to helpreduce the risk of injury or death from aninflating air bag to certain front passengerseat occupants, such as children, by requiringthe air bag to be automatically turned OFF.

The occupant classification sensors (weightsensors) are on the seat cushion frame underthe front passenger seat and are designed todetect an occupant and objects on the seat.For example, if a child is in the front

passenger seat, the Advanced Air BagSystem is designed to turn the passengerair bag OFF in accordance with the regula-tions. Also, if a child restraint of the typespecified in the regulations is on the seat, theoccupant classification sensors can detect itand cause the air bag to turn OFF.

Front passenger seat adult occupants whoare properly seated and using the seat beltas outlined in this manual should not causethe passenger air bag to be automaticallyturned OFF. For small adults it may beturned OFF, however, if the occupant doesnot sit in the seat properly (for example, bynot sitting upright, by sitting on an edge ofthe seat, or by otherwise being out ofposition), this could cause the sensor to turnthe air bag OFF. Always be sure to be seatedand wearing the seat belt properly for themost effective protection by the seat beltand supplemental air bag.

INFINITI recommends that pre-teens andchildren be properly restrained in a rear seat.INFINITI also recommends that appropriatechild restraints and booster seats be prop-erly installed in a rear seat. If this is notpossible, the occupant classification sensorsare designed to operate as described aboveto turn the front passenger air bag OFF forspecified child restraints. Failing to properlysecure child restrains and to use the ALRmode may allow the restraint to tip or move

in an accident or sudden stop. This can alsoresult in the passenger air bag inflating in acrash instead of being OFF. (See “Childrestraints” (P.1-31) for proper use andinstallation.)

If the front passenger seat is not occupied,the passenger air bag is designed not toinflate in a crash. However, heavy objectsplaced on the seat could result in air baginflation, because of the object being de-tected by the occupant classification sen-sors. Other conditions could also result in airbag inflation, such as if a child is standing onthe seat, or if two children are on the seat,contrary to the instructions in this manual.Always be sure that you and all vehicleoccupants are seated and restrained prop-erly.

Using the front passenger air bag statuslight, you can monitor when the frontpassenger air bag is automatically turnedOFF with the seat occupied. The light willnot illuminate when the front passenger seatis unoccupied.

If an adult occupant is in the seat but thefront passenger air bag status light isilluminated (indicating that the air bag isOFF), it could be that the person is a smalladult, or is not sitting on the seat properly.

If a child restraint must be used in the frontseat, the front passenger air bag status light



may or may not be illuminated, depending onthe size of the child and the type of childrestraint being used. If the front passengerair bag status light is not illuminated (in-dicating that the air bag might inflate in acrash), it could be that the child restraint orseat belt is not being used properly. Makesure that the child restraint is installedproperly, the seat belt is used properly andthe occupant is positioned properly. If thefront passenger air bag status light is still notilluminated, reposition the occupant or childrestraint in a rear seat.

If the front passenger air bag status light willnot illuminate even though you believe thatthe child restraint, the seat belts and theoccupant are properly positioned, the sys-tem may be sensing an unoccupied seat (inwhich case the air bag is OFF). YourINFINITI retailer can check that the systemis OFF by using a special tool. However, untilyou have confirmed with your retailer thatyour air bag is working properly, repositionthe occupant or child restraint in a rear seat.

The INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System andfront passenger air bag status light will takea few seconds to register a change in thepassenger seat status. However, if the seatbecomes unoccupied, the front passenger airbag status light will remain off.

If a malfunction occurs in the front passen-ger air bag system, the supplemental air bag

warning light , located in the meter andgauges area will blink. Have the systemchecked. It is recommended you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.

Normal operation:

In order for the occupant classificationsensor system to classify the front passen-ger based on weight, please follow theprecautions and steps outlined below:

Precautions:

. Make sure that there are no objectsweighing over 9.1 lbs (4 kg) hanging onthe seat or placed in the seatback pocket.

. Make sure that a child restraint or otherobject is not pressing against the rear ofthe seatback.

. Make sure that a rear passenger is notpushing or pulling on the back of thefront passenger seat.

. Make sure that the front passenger seator seatback is not forced back against anobject on the seat or floor behind it.

. Make sure that there is no object placedunder the front passenger seat.

Steps:

1. Adjust the seat as outlined. (See “Seats”(P.1-3).) Sit upright, leaning against theseatback, and centered on the seatcushion with your feet comfortably ex-tended to the floor.

2. Make sure there are no objects on yourlap.

3. Fasten the seat belt as outlined. (See“Seat belts” (P.1-18).)

4. Remain in this position for 30 secondsallowing the system to classify the frontpassenger before the vehicle is put intomotion.

5. Ensure proper classification by checkingthe front passenger air bag status light.

NOTE:

This vehicle’s occupant classification sensorsystem locks the classification during driv-ing so it is important that you confirm thatthe front passenger is properly classifiedprior to driving. Also, the occupant classifi-cation sensor system may recalculate theweight of the occupant when the vehiclecomes to a stop (i.e. stop light, stop sign,etc.), so the front passenger seat occupantshould continue to remain seated as out-lined above.

Troubleshooting:

If you think the front passenger air bagstatus light is incorrect:

1. If the light is ON with no frontpassenger and no objects on the frontpassenger seat:

This may be due to the following conditionsthat may be interfering with the weight

sensors:

. An object weighing over 9.1 lbs (4 kg)hanging on the seat or placed in theseatback pocket.

. A child restraint or other object pressingagainst the rear of the seatback.

. A rear passenger pushing or pulling onthe back of the front passenger seat.

. Forcing the front seat or seatbackagainst an object on the seat or floorbehind it.

. An object placed under the front passen-ger seat.

. An object placed between the seatcushion and center console or betweenthe seat cushion and the door.

If the vehicle is moving, please come to astop when it is safe to do so. Check andcorrect any of the above conditions. Restartthe vehicle and wait 1 minute.

NOTE:

A system check will be performed duringwhich the front passenger air bag statuslight will remain lit for about 7 secondsinitially.

If the light is still ON after this, it isrecommended that the vehicle be checkedby an INFINITI retailer as soon as possible.

2. If the light is ON with an adult occupy-ing the front passenger seat:

. Occupant is a small adult — the frontpassenger air bag status light is func-tioning as intended. The front passengerair bag is suppressed.

However, if the occupant is not a small adult,then this may be due to the followingconditions that may be interfering with theweight sensors:

. Occupant is not sitting upright, leaningagainst the seatback, and centered onthe seat cushion with his/her feet com-fortably extended to the floor.





. An object placed between the seatcushion and center console or betweenthe seat cushion and the door.


NOTE:


If the light is still ON after this, the personshould be advised not to ride in the frontpassenger seat and it is recommended thatthe vehicle be checked by an INFINITIretailer as soon as possible.

3. If the light is OFF with a small adult,child or child restraint occupying thefront passenger seat.

This may be due to the followingconditions that may be interfering withthe weight sensors:

. Small adult or child is not sitting upright,leaning against the seatback, and cen-tered on the seat cushion with his/herfeet comfortably extended to the floor.

. The child restraint is not properly in-stalled, as outlined. (See “Child re-straints” (P.1-31).)

. An object weighing over 9.1 lbs (4 kg)hanging on the seat or placed in theseatback pocket.







. An object placed between the seatcushion and center console.


NOTE:


If the light is still OFF after this, the smalladult, child or child restraint should berepositioned in the rear seat and it isrecommended that the vehicle be checkedby an INFINITI retailer as soon as possible.

Other supplemental front-impact

air bag precautions

WARNING

. Do not place any objects on thesteering wheel pad or on the instru-ment panel. Also, do not place anyobjects between any occupant andthe steering wheel or instrumentpanel. Such objects may becomedangerous projectiles and cause in-jury if the front air bags inflate.

. Do not place objects with sharp edgeson the seat. Also, do not place heavyobjects on the seat that will leavepermanent impressions in the seat.Such objects can damage the seat oroccupant classification sensors(weight sensors). This can affect theoperation of the air bag system andresult in serious personal injury.

. Do not use water or acidic cleaners(hot steam cleaners) on the seat. Thiscan damage the seat or occupantclassification sensors. This can alsoaffect the operation of the air bagsystem and result in serious personalinjury.

. Immediately after inflation, severalfront air bag system components willbe hot. Do not touch them; you mayseverely burn yourself.

. No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiring ofthe supplemental air bag system. Thisis to prevent accidental inflation ofthe supplemental air bag or damageto the supplemental air bag system.

. Do not make unauthorized changesto your vehicle’s electrical system,suspension system or front end struc-ture. This could affect proper opera-tion of the front air bag system.

. Tampering with the air bag systemmay result in serious personal injury.Tampering includes changes to thesteering wheel and the instrumentpanel assembly by placing materialover the steering wheel pad andabove the instrument panel or byinstalling additional trim materialaround the air bag system.

. Removing or modifying the frontpassenger seat may affect the func-tion of the air bag system and resultin serious personal injury.

. Modifying or tampering with thefront passenger seat may result inserious personal injury. For example,

do not change the front seats byplacing material on the seat cushionor by installing additional trim mate-rial, such as seat covers, on the seatthat is not specifically designed toassure proper air bag operation.Additionally, do not stow any objectsunder the front passenger seat or theseat cushion and seatback. Suchobjects may interfere with the properoperation of the occupant classifica-tion sensors.

. No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiring ofthe seat belt system. This may affectthe front air bag system. Tamperingwith the seat belt system may resultin serious personal injury.

. It is recommended you visit anINFINITI retailer for work on andaround the front air bag. It is alsorecommended you visit an INFINITIretailer for installation of electricalequipment. The Supplemental Re-straint System (SRS) wiring har-nesses* should not be modified ordisconnected. Unauthorized electricaltest equipment and probing devicesshould not be used on the air bagsystem.

. A cracked windshield should be re-placed immediately by a qualifiedrepair facility. A cracked windshieldcould affect the function of thesupplemental air bag system.

* The SRS wiring harness connectors areyellow and orange for easy identifica-tion.

When selling your vehicle, we request thatyou inform the buyer about the front air bagsystem and guide the buyer to the appro-priate sections in this Owner’s Manual.

SSS1092

FRONT SEAT-MOUNTED SIDE-

IMPACT SUPPLEMENTAL AIRBAG AND ROOF-MOUNTEDCURTAIN SIDE-IMPACT AND

ROLLOVER SUPPLEMENTAL AIRBAG SYSTEMSThe side air bags are located in the outsideof the seatback of the front seats. Thecurtain air bags are located in the side roofrails. All of the information, cautions andwarnings in this manual apply and must befollowed. The side air bags and curtain airbags are designed to inflate in higherseverity side collisions, although they may



inflate if the forces in another type ofcollision are similar to those of a higherseverity side impact. They are designed toinflate on the side where the vehicle isimpacted. They may not inflate in certainside collisions on the sidewhere the vehicle isimpacted.

Curtain air bags are also designed to inflatein certain types of rollover collisions or nearrollovers. As a result, certain vehicle move-ments (for example, during severe off road-ing) may cause the curtain air bags to inflate.

Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not alwaysan indication of proper side air bag andcurtain air bag operation.

When side air bags and curtain air bagsinflate, a fairly loud noise may be heard,followed by release of smoke. This smoke isnot harmful and does not indicate a fire.Care should be taken not to inhale it, as itmay cause irritation and choking. Those witha history of a breathing condition should getfresh air promptly.

Side air bags, along with the use of seatbelts, help to cushion the impact force on thechest and pelvis of the front occupants.Curtain air bags help to cushion the impactforce to the head of occupants in the frontand rear (2nd and 3rd) outboard seatingpositions. They can help save lives andreduce serious injuries. However, an inflating

side air bag or curtain air bag may causeabrasions or other injuries. Side air bags andcurtain air bags do not provide restraint tothe lower body.

The seat belts should be correctly worn andthe driver and passenger seated upright asfar as practical away from the side air bag.Rear seat passengers should be seated as faraway as practical from the door finishersand side roof rails. The side air bags andcurtain air bags inflate quickly in order tohelp protect the occupants. Because of this,the force of the side air bags and curtain airbags inflating can increase the risk of injury ifthe occupant is too close to, or is against,these air bag modules during inflation. In arollover, the curtain air bags on both sidesare designed to inflate. Under both side-impact situations, the curtain air bags willremain inflated for a short period of time.

The side air bags and curtain air bagsoperate only when the ignition switch is inthe ON position.

After pushing the ignition switch to the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warninglight illuminates. The air bag warning lightwill turn off after about 7 seconds if thesystems are operational.

WARNING

. Do not place any objects near theseatback of the front seats. Also, donot place any objects (an umbrella,bag, etc.) between the front doorfinisher and the front seat. Suchobjects may become dangerous pro-jectiles and cause injury if side air baginflates.

. Right after inflation, several side airbags and curtain air bag systemcomponents will be hot. Do not touchthem; you may severely burn your-self.

. No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiring ofside air bag and curtain air bags. Thisis to prevent damage to or accidentalinflation of the side air bag andcurtain air bag systems.

. Do not make unauthorized changesto your vehicle’s electrical system,suspension system or side panel. Thiscould affect proper operation of theside air bag and curtain air bagsystems.

. Tampering with the air bag systemmay result in serious personal injury.For example, do not change the front

seats by placing material near theseatback or by installing additionaltrim material, such as seat covers,around the side air bags.

. Removing or modifying the frontpassenger seat may affect the func-tion of the air bag system and resultin serious personal injury.

. It is recommended you visit anINFINITI retailer for work on andaround the side air bag and curtainair bag. It is also recommended youvisit an INFINITI retailer for installa-tion of electrical equipment. TheSupplemental Restraint System(SRS) wiring harnesses* should notbe modified or disconnected. Un-authorized electrical test equipmentand probing devices should not beused on the side-impact air bagsystem.

* The SRS wiring harness connectors areyellow and orange for easy identifica-tion.

When selling your vehicle, we request thatyou inform the buyer about the side air bagand curtain air bag systems and guide thebuyer to the appropriate sections in thisOwner’s Manual.

SEAT BELTS WITH PRETEN-

SIONERS (front seats)

WARNING

. The pretensioners cannot be reusedafter activation. They must be re-placed together with the retractorand buckle as a unit.

. If the vehicle becomes involved in acollision but a pretensioner is notactivated, be sure to have the pre-tensioner system checked and, ifnecessary, replaced. It is recom-mended you visit an INFINITI retailerfor this service.

. No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiring ofthe pretensioner system. This is toprevent damage to or accidentalactivation of the pretensioners. Tam-pering with the pretensioner systemmay result in serious personal injury.

. It is recommended you visit anINFINITI retailer for work on andaround the pretensioner system. It isalso recommended you visit anINFINITI retailer for installation ofelectrical equipment. Unauthorizedelectrical test equipment and probing

devices should not be used on thepretensioner system.

. If you need to dispose of a preten-sioner or scrap the vehicle, it isrecommended you visit an INFINITIretailer for this service. Correct pre-tensioner disposal procedures are setforth in the appropriate INFINITIService Manual. Incorrect disposalprocedures could cause personal in-jury.

The pretensioner system may activate withthe supplemental air bag system in certaintypes of collisions. Working with the seatbelt retractor, it helps tighten the seat beltwhen the vehicle becomes involved in certaintypes of collisions, helping to restrain frontseat occupants.

The pretensioner is encased with the seatbelt retractor and buckle anchor. These seatbelts are used the same way as conventionalseat belts.

When a pretensioner activates, smoke isreleased and a loud noise may be heard. Thesmoke is not harmful, and it does notindicate a fire. Care should be taken not toinhale it as it may cause irritation andchoking. Those with a history of a breathingcondition should get fresh air promptly.



After pretensioner activation, load limitersallow the seat belt to release webbing (ifnecessary) to reduce forces against thechest.

The supplemental air bag warning lightis used to indicate malfunctions in thepretensioner system. (See “Supplementalair bag warning light” (P.1-69) for moredetails.) If the operation of the supplementalair bag warning light indicates there is amalfunction, have the system checked. It isrecommended you visit an INFINITI retailerfor this service.

When selling your vehicle, we request thatyou inform the buyer about the pretensionersystem and guide the buyer to the appro-priate sections in this Owner’s Manual.

SSS1016

SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG

WARNING LABELSWarning labels about the supplementalfront-impact air bag system are placed inthe vehicle as shown in the illustration.

SRS air bagThe warning labels are located on thesurface of the sun visors.

WARNING

Do not use a rear-facing child restrainton a seat protected by an air bag in frontof it. If the air bag deploys, it may cause

serious injury or death.

SPA1097

SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAGWARNING LIGHTThe supplemental air bag warning light,displaying in the instrument panel,monitors the circuits for the air bag systems,pretensioners and all related wiring.

When the ignition switch is in the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warninglight illuminates for about 7 seconds andthen turns off. This means the system isoperational.

If any of the following conditions occur, theair bag and/or pretensioner systems needservicing:

. The supplemental air bag warning lightremains on after approximately 7 sec-onds.

. The supplemental air bag warning lightflashes intermittently.

. The supplemental air bag warning lightdoes not come on at all.

Under these conditions, the air bag and/orpretensioner systems may not operate prop-erly. They must be checked and repaired. It isrecommended you visit an INFINITI retailerfor this service.

WARNING

If the supplemental air bag warning lightis on, it could mean that the front airbag, side air bag, curtain air bag and/orpretensioner systems will not operate inan accident. To help avoid injury toyourself or others, have your vehiclechecked as soon as possible. It is recom-mended you visit an INFINITI retailer forthis service.

REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT

PROCEDUREThe front air bags, side air bags, curtain airbags and pretensioners are designed toactivate on a one-time-only basis. As areminder, unless it is damaged, the supple-mental air bag warning light will remainilluminated after inflation has occurred.These systems should be repaired and/orreplaced as soon as possible. It is recom-mended you visit an INFINITI retailer for thisservice.

When maintenance work is required on thevehicle, the front air bags, side air bags,curtain air bags, pretensioners and relatedparts should be pointed out to the personconducting the maintenance. The ignitionswitch should always be in the LOCKposition when working under the hood orinside the vehicle.

WARNING

. Once a front air bag, side air bag orcurtain air bag has inflated, the airbag module will not function againand must be replaced. Additionally,the activated pretensioner must alsobe replaced. The air bag module andpretensioner should be replaced. It is



recommended you visit an INFINITIretailer for this service. However, theair bag module and pretensionersystem cannot be repaired.

. The front air bag, side air bag, curtainair bag and the pretensioner shouldbe inspected if there is any damage tothe front end or side portion of thevehicle. It is recommended you visitan INFINITI retailer for this service.

. If you need to dispose of a supple-mental air bag or pretensioner orscrap the vehicle, it is recommendedyou visit an INFINITI retailer. Correctsupplemental air bag and preten-sioner system disposal proceduresare set forth in the appropriateINFINITI Service Manual. Incorrectdisposal procedures could cause per-sonal injury.

. If there is an impact to your vehiclefrom any direction, your OccupantClassification Sensor (OCS) should bechecked to verify it is still functioningcorrectly. It is recommended that youvisit an INFINITI retailer for thisservice. The OCS should be checkedeven if no air bags deploy as a resultof the impact. Failure to verify properOCS function may result in an im-proper air bag deployment resulting

in injury or death.

2 Instruments and controls

Cockpit ................................................................................. 2-3

Instrument panel ............................................................... 2-5

Meters and gauges .......................................................... 2-6

Speedometer and odometer ..................................... 2-7

Tachometer ................................................................... 2-8

Engine coolant temperature gauge ....................... 2-8

Fuel gauge ..................................................................... 2-9

Engine oil pressure gauge ......................................... 2-9

Voltmeter ..................................................................... 2-10

Meter/ring illumination and needle sweep ........ 2-10

Warning lights, indicator lights andaudible reminders ............................................................ 2-11

Checking lights ........................................................... 2-12

Warning lights ............................................................ 2-12

Indicator lights ........................................................... 2-18

Audible reminders ..................................................... 2-21

Vehicle information display .......................................... 2-21

Operational indicators ............................................. 2-24

Maintenance indicators ........................................... 2-27

Trip computer ............................................................. 2-28

Security systems ............................................................. 2-31

Vehicle Security System .......................................... 2-31

INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System .................. 2-32

Wiper and washer switch ............................................ 2-33

Washer operation ................................................... 2-34

Rain-sensing auto wiper system ........................ 2-35

Rear window wiper and washer operation ..... 2-36

Rear window and outside mirrordefroster switch ............................................................. 2-36

Rear window and outside mirror defroster ..... 2-36

Headlight and turn signal switch ............................... 2-37

Headlight switch ..................................................... 2-37

Headlight washer (if so equipped) ..................... 2-42

Instrument brightness control ............................. 2-43

Turn signal switch .................................................. 2-44

Fog light switch ...................................................... 2-44

Heated steering wheel ................................................. 2-45

Horn ................................................................................... 2-45

Heated seats (if so equipped) ..................................... 2-46

Front ........................................................................... 2-46

Rear ............................................................................. 2-47

Climate controlled seats (if so equipped) ............... 2-48

Warning systems switch (if so equipped) ............... 2-49

SNOW mode switch ..................................................... 2-49

TOW mode switch ........................................................ 2-50

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF switch ........ 2-50

Clock ................................................................................... 2-51

Adjusting the time ..................................................... 2-51

Power outlet .................................................................... 2-51

USB (Universal Serial Bus)charging connector ................................................... 2-53

Storage .............................................................................. 2-54

Cup holders ................................................................. 2-54

Sunglasses holder ...................................................... 2-56

Glove box ..................................................................... 2-56

Console box ................................................................ 2-57

Tray ............................................................................... 2-58

Coat hooks .................................................................. 2-59

Luggage hooks .......................................................... 2-59

Cargo floor box ......................................................... 2-60

Roof rack .................................................................... 2-60

Windows ........................................................................... 2-61

Power windows ......................................................... 2-61

Moonroof .......................................................................... 2-64

Power moonroof ....................................................... 2-64

Welcome light .................................................................. 2-65

Battery saver system .............................................. 2-66

Interior lights .................................................................... 2-66

Interior light switch .................................................. 2-66

Console light ............................................................... 2-67

Map lights ................................................................... 2-67

Rear personal lights .................................................. 2-68

Vanity mirror lights ........................................................ 2-68

Cargo light ....................................................................... 2-68

HomeLink® Universal Transceiver (Type A) (ifso equipped) .................................................................... 2-69

Programming HomeLink® ..................................... 2-69

Programming HomeLink® for Canadiancustomers and gate openers ............................... 2-71

Operating the HomeLink®

Universal Transceiver ............................................. 2-71

Programming troubleshooting ............................ 2-71

Clearing the programmed information ............. 2-72

Reprogramming a singleHomeLink® button .................................................. 2-72

If your vehicle is stolen .......................................... 2-72

HomeLink® Universal Transceiver (Type B) (ifso equipped) .................................................................... 2-73

Programming HomeLink® ..................................... 2-73

Programming HomeLink® for Canadiancustomers and gate openers ............................... 2-75

Operating the HomeLink®

Universal Transceiver ............................................. 2-75

Programming troubleshooting ............................ 2-75

Clearing the programmed information ............. 2-76

Reprogramming a singleHomeLink® button .................................................. 2-76

Using the garage doortwo-way communication ...................................... 2-76

If your vehicle is stolen .......................................... 2-77

JVC1128X

1. Power liftgate switch (if so equipped)

2. Heated steering wheel switch

3. Instrument brightness control switch

4. TRIP/RESET switch for twin trip od-ometer

5. Headlight, fog light and turn signalswitch

— Headlight

— Turn signal

— Fog light

6. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (leftside)

— Audio control steering switch

— Hands-Free Phone System switch

7. Trip computer switch

8. Wiper and washer switch

9. Steering-wheel-mounted controls(right side)

— Cruise control system (if soequipped)

— Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) sys-tem (if so equipped)

10. Dynamic driver assistance switch (if soequipped)

— Lane Departure Prevention (LDP)system (if so equipped)

— Distance Control Assist (DCA) sys-tem (if so equipped)

— Blind Spot Intervention® (BSI) sys-tem (if so equipped)

11. Shift lever

12. Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) shift switch(if so equipped)/SNOW mode switch/TOW mode switch/Vehicle DynamicControl (VDC) OFF switch

13. Headlight aiming control ( if soequipped)

14. Power liftgate main switch

Instruments and controls 2-3

COCKPIT

2-4 Instruments and controls

15. Warning systems switch ( if soequipped)

— Lane Departure Warning (LDW) (ifso equipped)

— Blind Spot Warning (BSW) (if soequipped)

16. Electric tilting/telescopic steeringwheel switch

JVC1129X

1. Side ventilator

2. Meters and gauges

3. Hazard warning flasher switch

4. Center ventilator

5. Center multi-function control panel

6. Center display

— Around View® Monitor

— Navigation system

7. Clock

8. Defroster switch

9. Front passenger supplemental air bag

10. Fuse box

11. Parking brake

12. Hood release handle

13. Steering wheel

— Horn

— Driver supplemental air bag

— Power steering system

14. Push-button ignition switch

15. Climate controlled seat switch (if soequipped)/Heated seat switch (if soequipped)

16. Remote tip-up 2nd row seat switch (ifso equipped)

17. Front passenger air bag status light

18. Power outlet

19. USB connection port

20. Cup holder/Tray

21. Automatic climate control system

22. Audio system

23. Glove box


INSTRUMENT PANEL


SIC4450

1. Tachometer*

2. Warning/Indicator lights

3. Speedometer*

4. Engine coolant temperature gauge*

5. Voltmeter*

6. Vehicle information display/Od-

ometer/twin trip odometer

7. Engine oil pressure gauge*

8. Fuel gauge*

*: The needle indicators may move slightlyafter the ignition switch is pushed to theOFF position. This is not a malfunction.

CAUTION

. For cleaning, use a soft cloth, dam-pened with water. Never use a roughcloth, alcohol, benzine, thinner or anykind of solvent or paper towel with achemical cleaning agent. They willscratch or cause discoloration to thelens.

. Do not spray any liquid such as wateron the meter lens. Spraying liquidmay cause the system tomalfunction.

METERS AND GAUGES

SIC4369

Speedometer

SPEEDOMETER AND OD-

OMETER

SpeedometerThe speedometer indicates vehicle speed inmiles per hour (MPH) and kilometers perhour (km/h).

JVI0543X

Odometer/twin trip odometer

Odometer/twin trip odometerThe odometer and twin trip odometerare displayed on the vehicle informationdisplay when the ignition switch is in theON position.

The odometer records the total distance thevehicle has been driven.

The twin trip odometer records the distanceof individual trips.

Changing the display:

Pushing the TRIP RESET switch at thebottom left of the combination meter panelchanges the display as follows:

TRIP A ? TRIP B ? TRIP A

Resetting the trip odometer:

Pushing the TRIP RESET switch for morethan 1 second resets the trip odometer tozero.

Average fuel economy and distance toempty information is also available. (See“Vehicle information display” (P.2-21).)



SIC4371

TACHOMETERThe tachometer indicates engine speed inrevolutions per minute (RPM). Do not revthe engine into the red zone .

CAUTION

When engine speed approaches the redzone, shift to a higher gear or reduceengine speed. Operating the engine inthe red zone may cause serious enginedamage.

SIC4372

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERA-

TURE GAUGEThe gauge indicates the engine coolanttemperature.

The engine coolant temperature is within thenormal range when the gauge needle pointswithin the zone shown in the illustration.

The engine coolant temperature varies withthe outside air temperature and drivingconditions.

CAUTION

If the gauge indicates engine coolanttemperature near the hot (H) end of thenormal range, reduce vehicle speed todecrease temperature. If gauge is overthe normal range, stop the vehicle assoon as safely possible. If the engine isoverheated, continued operation of thevehicle may seriously damage the engine.See “If your vehicle overheats” (P.6-14)for immediate action required.

SIC4374

FUEL GAUGEThe gauge indicates the approximate fuellevel in the tank.

The gauge may move slightly during braking,turning, acceleration, or going up or downhills.

The gauge needle returns to 0 (Empty) afterthe ignition switch is pushed to the OFFposition.

Refill the fuel tank before the gaugeregisters “0” (Empty).

The low fuel warning appears on thevehicle information display when the fueltank is getting low. Refuel as soon as it isconvenient, preferably before the gauge

reaches “0”. There will be a small reserve offuel in the tank when the fuel gauge needlereaches “0”.

The indicates that the fuel-filler door islocated on the driver’s side of the vehicle.

CAUTION

. If the vehicle runs out of fuel, themalfunction indicator light (MIL) maycome on. Refuel as soon as possible.After a few driving trips, thelight should turn off. If the lightremains on after a few driving trips,have the vehicle inspected. It isrecommended you visit an INFINITIretailer for this service.

. For additional information, see “Mal-function Indicator Light (MIL)” (P.2-19).

SIC4375

ENGINE OIL PRESSURE GAUGEThe gauge indicates the engine lubricationsystem oil pressure while the engine isrunning. When the engine speed is high, theengine oil pressure is also high. When it islow, the gauge indicates the low (L) oilpressure.

The engine oil pressure is normal when thegauge needle points within the zoneshown in the illustration.

CAUTION

. This gauge is not designed to indicatelow engine oil level. Use the dipstick



to check the oil level. (See “Engine oil”(P.8-6).)

. If the gauge needle does not movewith the proper amount of engine oil,have the vehicle checked. It is recom-mended you visit an INFINITI retailerfor this service. Continued vehicleoperation in such a condition couldcause serious damage to the engine.

SIC4376

VOLTMETERWhen the ignition switch is pushed to theON position, the volt meter indicates thebattery voltage. When the engine is running,it indicates the generator voltage.

While cranking the engine, the volt dropbelow the normal range. If the needle is notin the normal range (10.5 to 15.5 volt) whilethe engine is running, it may indicate that thecharging system is not functioning properly.Have the system checked. It is recommendedyou visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

METER/RING ILLUMINATION

AND NEEDLE SWEEPThe ring illumination surrounding meters andgauges illuminates when the driver’s door isclosed after getting into the vehicle with theIntelligent Key carried in.

When the engine is started, the indicatorneedles will sweep in the speedometer andtachometer and the ring illumination will bebrightened gradually. This function can beturned off. (See “Trip computer” (P.2-28).)

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warninglight

Intelligent Key warning light Front fog light indicator light

Lane Departure Warning (LDW) indica-tor light (orange; if so equipped)

Front passenger air bag status light

Automatic transmission check warninglight

Low tire pressure warning light High beam assist indicator light

Automatic Transmission (AT) oil tem-perature warning light

Master warning light High beam indicator light

Automatic Transmission (AT) parkwarning light

Seat belt warning lightLane Departure Prevention (LDP) ONindicator light (green; if so equipped)

Blind Spot Warning (BSW)/Blind SpotIntervention (BSI) system warning light(orange; if so equipped)

Supplemental air bag warning light Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)

Brake warning lightVehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warninglight

Security indicator light

Charge warning lightAdaptive Front lighting System (AFS)indicator light (if so equipped)

SNOW mode indicator light

Distance Control Assist (DCA) systemwarning light (orange; if so equipped)

Automatic transmission position indica-tor light

TOW mode indicator light

Engine oil pressure warning lightBlind Spot Intervention (BSI) ON indica-tor light (green; if so equipped)

Turn signal/hazard indicator lights

Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) warning light(4WD models)

Check suspension indicator lightVehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off in-dicator light

Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) sys-tem warning light

CRUISE indicator light (if so equipped)

Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) systemwarning light (orange; if so equipped)

Exterior light indicator


WARNING LIGHTS, INDICATORLIGHTS ANDAUDIBLE REMINDERS


CHECKING LIGHTSWith all doors closed, apply the parkingbrake, fasten the seat belts and place theignition switch in the ON position withoutstarting the engine. The following lights (ifso equipped) will come on:

, or , , , , ,

The following lights (if so equipped) willcome on briefly and then go off:

, or , , , , , ,, , ,

If any light does not come on or operates in away other than described, it may indicate aburned-out bulb and/or a system malfunc-tion. Have the system checked. It is recom-mended you visit an INFINITI retailer for thisservice.

Some indicators and warnings are alsodisplayed on the vehicle information displaybetween the speedometer and tachometer.(See “Vehicle information display” (P.2-21).)

WARNING LIGHTS

or Anti-lock BrakingSystem (ABS) warning lightWhen the ignition switch is in the ONposition, the Anti-lock Braking System(ABS) warning light illuminates and thenturns off. This indicates the ABS is opera-tional.

If the ABSwarning light illuminates while theengine is running, or while driving, it mayindicate the ABS is not functioning properly.Have the system checked. It is recommendedyou visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

If an ABS malfunction occurs, the anti-lockfunction is turned off. The brake system thenoperates normally, but without anti-lockassistance. (See “Brake system” (P.5-131).)

Automatic transmission checkwarning lightWhen the ignition switch is pushed to theON position, the light comes on for 2seconds. If the light comes on at any othertime, it may indicate the transmission is notfunctioning properly. It is recommend youvisit an INFINITI retailer to check and repairthe transmission.

Automatic Transmission (AT)

oil temperature warning lightThis light illuminates when the AutomaticTransmission (AT) oil temperature is toohigh. If the light illuminates while driving,reduce the vehicle speed as soon as safelypossible until the light turns off.

CAUTION

Continued vehicle operation when theAT oil temperature warning light is onmay damage the AT.

Automatic Transmission (AT)park warning light (4WD models)This light indicates that the AutomaticTransmission (AT) parking function is notengaged. If the transfer control is notsecured in any driving position while the ATshift lever is in the P (Park) position, thetransmission will disengage and the wheelswill not lock.

If the AT park warning light illuminates withthe shift lever in the P (Park) position, shiftthe Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) shift switchto the AUTO, 4H or 4L position again with

the shift lever in the N (Neutral) position.(See “INFINITI all-mode 4WD®” (P.5-120).)

Blind Spot Warning (BSW)/Blind Spot Intervention (BSI) system

warning light (orange; if soequipped)When the ignition switch is pushed to theON position, the indicator light will firstilluminate in orange and turn green beforeturning off. This indicates that the Blind SpotWarning (BSW) and Blind Spot Intervention(BSI) systems are operational.

If the light comes on in orange and remainson, it may indicate that the BSW and BSIsystems are not functioning properly.Although the vehicle is still driveable, havethe systems checked. It is recommended youvisit an INFINITI retailer for this service. See“Blind Spot Warning (BSW)” (P.5-32) and“Blind Spot Intervention® (BSI)” (P.5-42).

or Brake warning lightThis light functions for both the parkingbrake and the foot brake systems.

Parking brake indicator:

When the ignition switch is in the ONposition, the light comes on when theparking brake is applied.

Low brake fluid warning light:

When the ignition switch is in the ONposition, the light warns of a low brake fluidlevel. If the light comes on while the engine isrunning with the parking brake not applied,stop the vehicle and perform the following:

1. Check the brake fluid level. If brake fluidis low, add fluid and have the systemchecked. It is recommended you have thisservice performed by an INFINITI retai-ler. (See “Brake fluid” (P.8-9).)

2. If the brake fluid level is correct, have thewarning system checked. It is recom-mended you have this service performedby an INFINITI retailer.

Low hydraulic pressure warning indicator:

If the brake warning light illuminates whenthe engine is running, or while driving withthe parking brake is released, check thebrake fluid level. If the brake fluid level issufficient, it may indicate low hydraulicpressure in the brake booster. Have thebrake system checked. It is recommendedyou have this service performed by anINFINITI retailer.

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning

indicator:

When the parking brake is released and thebrake fluid level is sufficient, if both thebrake warning light and the Anti-lock Brak-

ing System (ABS) warning light illuminate, itmay indicate the ABS is not functioningproperly. Have the brake system checked,and if necessary repaired. It is recommendedyou visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.(See “Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warn-ing light” (P.2-12).)

WARNING

. Your brake system may not be work-ing properly if the warning light is on.Driving could be dangerous. If youjudge it to be safe, drive carefully tothe nearest service station for re-pairs. Otherwise, have your vehicletowed because driving it could bedangerous.

. Pressing the brake pedal with theengine stopped and/or low brakefluid level may increase your stoppingdistance and braking will requiregreater pedal effort as well as pedaltravel.

. If the brake fluid level is below theminimum or MIN mark on the brakefluid reservoir, do not drive until thebrake system has been checked. It isrecommended you visit an INFINITIretailer for this service.



Charge warning lightIf the light comes on while the engine isrunning, it may indicate the charging systemis not functioning properly. Turn the engineoff and check the alternator belt. If the belt isloose, broken, missing or if the light remainson, have your vehicle serviced immediately. Itis recommended you visit an INFINITI re-tailer for this service.

CAUTION

Do not continue driving if the alternatorbelt is loose, broken or missing.

Distance Control Assist (DCA)

system warning light (orange; if soequipped)This light comes on if there is a malfunctionin the Distance Control Assist (DCA) system.

If the warning light illuminates, park thevehicle in a safe place. Turn the engine off,restart the engine, resume driving and turnon the DCA system again.

If it is not possible to turn on the system orthe warning light stays on, it may indicatethat the system is malfunctioning. Although

the vehicle is still driveable under normalconditions, have the vehicle checked. It isrecommended you visit an INFINITI retailerfor this service.

See “Distance Control Assist (DCA)” (P.5-87).

Engine oil pressure warninglightThis light warns of low engine oil pressure. Ifthe light flickers or comes on during normaldriving, pull off the road in a safe area, stopthe engine immediately and call an INFINITIretailer or other authorized repair shop.

The engine oil pressure warning light is notdesigned to indicate a low oil level. Use thedipstick to check the oil level. (See “Engineoil” (P.8-6).)

CAUTION

Running the engine with the engine oilpressure warning light on could causeserious damage to the engine almostimmediately. Such damage is not cov-ered by warranty. Turn off the engine assoon as it is safe to do so.

Four-Wheel Drive (4WD)

warning light (4WD models)The warning light comes on when theignition switch is pushed to ON. It turns offsoon after the engine is started.

If the 4WD system malfunctions, or thediameter of the front and the rear wheels aredifferent, the warning light will either remainilluminated or blink. (See “INFINITI all-mode4WD®” (P.5-120).)

CAUTION

. If the warning light comes on whiledriving there may be a malfunction inthe 4WD system. Reduce the vehiclespeed and have your vehicle checkedas soon as possible. It is recom-mended you visit an INFINITI retailerfor this service.

. If the 4WD warning light turns onwhen driving on dry or hard surfacedroads:

— in the 4H(I) position, shift the4WD shift switch to AUTO

— in the 4L(O) position, stop thevehicle and shift the transmissionshift lever to the N (Neutral)position and shift the 4WD shift

switch to AUTO

. If the warning light is still on after theabove operations, have your vehiclechecked as soon as possible. It isrecommended you visit an INFINITIretailer for this service.

Forward Emergency Braking(FEB) system warning lightThis light comes on when the ignition switchis placed in the ON position. It turns off afterthe engine is started.

This light illuminates when the ForwardEmergency Braking (FEB) with pedestriandetection system is set to OFF on the centerdisplay.

If the light illuminates when the FEB withpedestrian detection system is ON, it mayindicate that the system is unavailable. See“Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) withpedestrian detection” (P.5-100) for moredetails.

Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)

system warning light (orange; if soequipped)This light comes on if there is a malfunctionin the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) sys-

tem.

If the warning light comes on, park thevehicle in a safe place. Turn the engine off,restart the engine, resume driving and setthe ICC system again.

If it is not possible to set the system or theindicator stays on, it may indicate that thesystem is malfunctioning. Although thevehicle is still driveable under normal con-ditions, have the vehicle checked. It isrecommended you visit an INFINITI retailerfor this service.

Intelligent Key warning lightAfter the ignition switch is pushed to the ONposition, this light comes on for about 2seconds and then turns off.

This light warns of a malfunction with theIntelligent Key system.

If the light comes on while the engine isstopped, it may be impossible to start theengine. If the light comes on while the engineis running, you can drive the vehicle. How-ever in these cases, it is recommended youvisit an INFINITI retailer for repair as soon aspossible.

Lane Departure Warning

(LDW) indicator light (orange; if soequipped)When the ignition switch is pushed to theON position, the light will come on in orange,turn green, and then turn off. This indicatesthat the Lane Departure Warning (LDW)and Lane Departure Prevention (LDP) sys-tems are operational.

While the LDW and/or LDP system is on,the light will blink in orange and a warningchime will sound if the vehicle is travelingclose to either the left or the right of atraveling lane with detectable lane markers.

If the light comes on in orange and remainson, it may indicate that the LDW and LDPsystems are not functioning properly.Although the vehicle is still driveable, havethe systems checked. It is recommended youvisit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

See “Lane Departure Warning (LDW)/LaneDeparture Prevention (LDP) ” (P.5-22).

Low tire pressurewarning lightYour vehicle is equipped with a Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS) that monitorsthe tire pressure of all tires except the spare.

The low tire pressure warning light warns oflow tire pressure or indicates that the TPMS



is not functioning properly.

After the ignition switch is pushed ON, thislight illuminates for about 1 second andturns off.

Low tire pressure warning:

If the vehicle is being driven with low tirepressure, the warning light will illuminate. ACHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning alsoappears in the vehicle information display.If you select the tire pressure information inthe center display, the Low Pressure infor-mation will be displayed. The tire pressurefor each tire will also be displayed.

When the low tire pressure warning lightilluminates, you should stop and adjust thetire pressure to the recommended COLD tirepressure shown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label. The low tire pressurewarning light does not automatically turnoff when the tire pressure is adjusted. Afterthe tire is inflated to the recommendedpressure, the vehicle must be driven atspeeds above 16MPH (25 km/h) to activatethe TPMS and turn off the low tire pressurewarning light. Use a tire pressure gauge tocheck the tire pressure.

The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning ap-pears each time the ignition switch is placedin the ON position as long as the low tirepressure warning light remains illuminated.

For additional information, see “Vehicleinformation display” (P.2-21), “Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS)” (P.5-5) and“Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ”(P.6-3).

TPMS malfunction:

If the TPMS is not functioning properly, thelow tire pressure warning light will flash forapproximately 1 minute when the ignitionswitch is pushed ON. The light will remain onafter 1 minute. Have the system checked. Itis recommended you visit an INFINITI re-tailer for this service. The CHECK TIREPRESSURE warning does not appear if thelow tire pressure warning light illuminates toindicate a TPMS malfunction.

For additional information, see “Tire Pres-sure Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P.5-5).

WARNING

. If the light does not illuminate withthe ignition switch pushed ON, havethe vehicle checked as soon as possi-ble. It is recommended you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.

. If the light illuminates or Low Pres-sure information is displayed on themonitor screen while driving, avoidsudden steering maneuvers or abrupt

braking, reduce vehicle speed, pull offthe road to a safe location and stopthe vehicle as soon as possible. Driv-ing with under-inflated tires maypermanently damage the tires andincrease the likelihood of tire failure.Serious vehicle damage could occurand may lead to an accident andcould result in serious personal injury.Check the tire pressure for all fourtires. Adjust the tire pressure to therecommended COLD tire pressureshown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label to turn the low tirepressure warning light OFF. If thelight still illuminates while drivingafter adjusting the tire pressure, atire may be flat or the TPMS may bemalfunctioning. If you have a flat tire,replace it with a spare tire as soon aspossible. If no tire is flat and all tiresare properly inflated, it is recom-mended you consult an INFINITIretailer.

. Since the spare tire is not equippedwith the TPMS, when a spare tire ismounted or a wheel is replaced, theTPMS will not function and the lowtire pressure warning light will flashfor approximately 1 minute. The lightwill remain on after 1 minute. Haveyour tires replaced and/or TPMS

system reset as soon as possible. It isrecommended you visit an INFINITIretailer for these services.

. Replacing tires with those not origin-ally specified by INFINITI could affectthe proper operation of the TPMS.

CAUTION

. The TPMS is not a substitute for theregular tire pressure check. Be sure tocheck the tire pressure regularly.

. If the vehicle is being driven at speedsof less than 16 MPH (25 km/h), theTPMS may not operate correctly.

. Be sure to install the specified size oftires to the four wheels correctly.

Master warning lightWhen the ignition switch is in the ONposition, the master warning light illumi-nates if any of the following are displayed onthe vehicle information display:

. No key warning

. Low fuel warning

. Low washer fluid warning

. Parking brake release warning

. Door/liftgate open warning

. Front radar obstruction warning

. Headlight warning

. Loose fuel cap warning

. Check tire pressure warning

. Back-up Collision Intervention (BCI) notavailable warning (if so equipped)

. Back-up Collision Intervention (BCI) mal-function warning (if so equipped)

. Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) sys-tem warning

. Extended storage fuse warning (if soequipped)

See “Vehicle information display” (P.2-21).

Seat belt warning light andchimeThe light and chime remind you to fastenseat belts. The light illuminates wheneverthe ignition switch is pushed to the ONposition, and will remain illuminated until thedriver’s seat belt is fastened. At the sametime, the chime will sound for about 6seconds unless the driver’s seat belt issecurely fastened.

The seat belt warning light for the frontpassenger will illuminate if the seat belt isnot fastened when the front passenger’sseat is occupied. For approximately 5 sec-

onds after the ignition switch is in the ONposition, the system does not activate thewarning light for the front passenger.

See “Seat belts” (P.1-18) for precautions onseat belt usage.

Supplemental air bag warninglightAfter pushing the ignition switch to the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warninglight will illuminate. The supplemental air bagwarning light will turn off after about 7seconds if the air bag and/or pretensionersystems are operational.

If any of the following conditions occur, theair bag and/or pretensioner systems needsservicing.

. The supplemental air bag warning lightremains on after approximately 7 sec-onds.

. The supplemental air bag warning lightflashes intermittently.

. The supplemental air bag warning lightdoes not come on at all.

It is recommended you visit an INFINITIretailer for these services.

Unless checked and repaired, the supple-mental restraint system (air bag system)and/or the pretensioners may not functionproperly.



For additional information, see “Supplemen-tal restraint system” (P.1-52).

WARNING

If the supplemental air bag warning lightis on, it could mean that the front airbag, side air bag, curtain air bag systemsand/or pretensioner systems will notoperate in an accident. To help avoidinjury to yourself or others, have yourvehicle checked by a retailer as soon aspossible.

Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) warning lightThe light will blink when the VDC system orthe traction control system is operating, thusalerting the driver that the vehicle is nearingits traction limits. The road surface may beslippery.

When the VDC warning light illuminateswhen the VDC system is turned on, this lightalerts the driver to the fact that the VDCsystem’s fail-safe mode is operating, forexample the VDC or hill start assist systemmay not be functioning properly. Have thesystem checked. It is recommended you visitan INFINITI retailer for this service. If a

malfunction occurs in the system, the VDCsystem function will be canceled but thevehicle is still driveable. For additionalinformation, see “Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) system” (P.5-133).

INDICATOR LIGHTS

Adaptive Front lighting Sys-tem (AFS) indicator light (if so

equipped)When the ignition switch is pushed to theON position, the Adaptive Front lightingSystem (AFS) indicator light will illuminate.The light will turn off in about 1 second if theAFS is operational.

If the AFS indicator light blinks, it mayindicate the AFS is not functioning properly.Have the system checked. It is recommendedyou visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

See “Adaptive Front lighting System (AFS)”(P.2-42).

Automatic transmission posi-

tion indicator lightWhen the ignition switch is pushed to theON position, the indicator shows the shiftlever position.

In the manual shift mode, when the trans-

mission does not shift to the selected geardue to a transmission protection mode, theAT position indicator light will blink and abuzzer will sound.

See “Automatic transmission” (P.5-18) forfurther details.

Blind Spot Intervention (BSI)ON indicator light (green; if so

equipped)The light comes on in green when the BlindSpot Intervention (BSI) system is turned on.The light turns off when the system is turnedoff.

NOTE:

This light is common with the BSW/BSIsystem warning light (orange). (See “BlindSpot Warning (BSW)/Blind Spot Interven-tion (BSI) system warning light” (P.2-13).)

For more details, see “Blind Spot Interven-tion® (BSI)” (P.5-42).

Check suspension indicator

lightWhen the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, the light comes on for 2 seconds.

Cruise indicator light (if so

equipped)

Cruise main switch indicator:

This light illuminates when the cruise controlmain switch is pushed. The light turns offwhen the main switch is pushed again. Whenthe cruise main switch indicator light illumi-nates, the cruise control system is opera-tional. (See “Cruise control” (P.5-65).)

Cruise malfunction:

If the cruise indicator light blinks while theengine is running, it may indicate the cruisecontrol system is not functioning properly.Have the system checked. It is recommendedyou visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.(See “Cruise control” (P.5-65).)

Exterior light indicatorThis indicator illuminates when the headlightswitch is turned to the AUTO, orposition and the front parking lights, instru-ment panel lights, rear combination lights,license plate lights or headlights are on. Theindicator turns off when these lights areturned off.

Front fog light indicator lightThe front fog light indicator light illuminateswhen the front fog lights are on. (See “Foglight switch” (P.2-44).)

Front passenger air bag statuslightThe front passenger air bag status light( ) located on the instrument panel will belit and the passenger front air bag will beOFF depending on how the front passengerseat is being used.

For front passenger air bag status lightoperation, see “INFINITI Advanced Air BagSystem (front seats)” (P.1-58).

High beam assist indicatorlightThe indicator light illuminates when theheadlights come on while the headlightswitch is in the AUTO position with the highbeam selected. This indicates that the highbeam assist system is operational. (See“High beam assist” (P.2-39).)

High beam indicator lightThis light comes on when the headlight highbeam is on and goes out when the low beam

is selected.

Lane Departure Prevention

(LDP) ON indicator light (green; ifso equipped)The light comes on in green when the LaneDeparture Prevention (LDP) system isturned on. The light turns off when thesystem is turned off.

NOTE:

This light is common with the Lane Depar-ture Warning (LDW) indicator light (or-ange). (See “Lane Departure Warning(LDW) indicator light” (P.2-15).)

For more details, see “Lane DepartureWarning (LDW)/Lane Departure Prevention(LDP) ” (P.5-22).

Malfunction Indicator Light

(MIL)If the malfunction indicator light comes onsteady or blinks while the engine is running,it may indicate a potential emission controlmalfunction.

The malfunction indicator light may alsocome on steady if the fuel-filler cap is looseor missing, or if the vehicle runs out of fuel.Check to make sure the fuel-filler cap is



installed and closed tightly, and that thevehicle has at least 3 US gallons (14 liters) offuel in the fuel tank.

After a few driving trips, the light shouldturn off if no other potential emissioncontrol system malfunction exists.

If this indicator light remains on for 20seconds and then blinks for 10 secondswhen the engine is not running, it indicatesthat the vehicle is not ready for an emissioncontrol system inspection/maintenance test.(See “Readiness for Inspection/Mainte-nance (I/M) test” (P.10-33).)

Operation:

The malfunction indicator light will come onin one of two ways:

. Malfunction indicator light on steady —An emission control system malfunctionhas been detected. Check the fuel-fillercap if the LOOSE FUEL CAP warningappears in the vehicle information dis-play. If the fuel-filler cap is loose ormissing, tighten or install the cap andcontinue to drive the vehicle. Thelight should turn off after a few drivingtrips. If the light does not turn offafter a few driving trips, have the vehicleinspected. It is recommended you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service. You donot need to have your vehicle towed tothe retailer.

. Malfunction indicator light blinking — Anengine misfire has been detected whichmay damage the emission control sys-tem.

To reduce or avoid emission controlsystem damage:

1) Do not drive at speeds above 45MPH (72 km/h).

2) Avoid hard acceleration or decelera-tion.

3) Avoid steep uphill grades.

4) If possible, reduce the amount ofcargo being hauled or towed.

The malfunction indicator light may stopblinking and remain on.

Have the vehicle inspected. It is recom-mended you visit an INFINITI retailer forthis service. You do not need to haveyour vehicle towed to the retailer.

CAUTION

Continued vehicle operation withouthaving the emission control systemchecked and repaired as necessary couldlead to poor driveability, reduced fueleconomy, and possible damage to theemission control system.

Security indicator lightThe light blinks when the ignition switch is inthe ACC, OFF and LOCK position. Thisfunction indicates the security systemequipped on the vehicle is operational.

If the security system is malfunctioning, thislight will remain on while the ignition switchis in the ON position. For additional informa-tion, see “Security systems” (P.2-31).

SNOW mode indicator lightWhen selecting SNOW mode while theengine is running, this light will illuminate.(See “SNOW mode” (P.5-130).)

TOW mode indicator lightThis light will illuminate when the TOWmode is selected while the engine is running.(See “TOW mode” (P.5-130).)

Turn signal/hazard indicatorlightsThe light flashes when the turn signal switchlever or hazard switch is turned on.

Vehicle Dynamic Control

(VDC) off indicator lightWhen the ignition switch is in the ONposition, the Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) off indicator light illuminates and thenturns off.

The light comes onwhen the vehicle dynamiccontrol off switch is pushed to OFF. Thisindicates that the vehicle dynamic controlsystem is not operating.

When the 4L position is selected with theFour-Wheel Drive (4WD) shift switch, theVDC system is disabled and the VDC offindicator light illuminates. (4WD models)

For additional information, see “VehicleDynamic Control (VDC) system” (P.5-133).

AUDIBLE REMINDERS

Key reminder chimeA chime will sound if the driver side door isopenedwhile the ignition switch is pushed tothe ACC position. Make sure the ignitionswitch is pushed to the OFF position, andtake the Intelligent Key with you whenleaving the vehicle.

Light reminder chimeA chime will sound when the driver side dooris opened with the light switch in the or

position and the ignition switch in theACC, OFF or LOCK position.

Turn the light switch off when you leave thevehicle.

Parking brake reminder chimeThe chime will sound if the vehicle is drivenat more than 4 MPH (7 km/h) with theparking brake applied. Stop the vehicle andrelease the parking brake.

Brake pad wear warningThe disc brake pads have audible wearwarnings. When a brake pad requires repla-cement, it will make a high pitched scrapingsound when the vehicle is in motion. Thisscraping sound will first occur only when thebrake pedal is depressed. After more wear ofthe brake pad, the sound will always beheard even if the brake pedal is notdepressed. Have the brakes checked as soonas possible if the warning sound is heard.

SIC4379

The vehicle information display locatedbetween the speedometer and odometer,and shows the indicators for the drivingsystems, Intelligent Key operation and var-ious warnings and information.

For detailed information about each system,see the following sections:

. Automatic Transmission (AT)

— “Warning lights, indicator lights andaudible reminders” (P.2-11).

— “Driving the vehicle” (P.5-17).

. Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) system

— “INFINITI all-mode 4WD®” (P.5-120).

. Back-up Collision Intervention (BCI) sys-tem


VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY


— “Back-up Collision Intervention (BCI)”(P.5-55).

. Cruise control system

— “Cruise control” (P.5-65).

. Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system

— “Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)” (P.5-66).

. Distance Control Assist (DCA) system

— “Distance Control Assist (DCA)” (P.5-87).

. Intelligent Key system

— “Intelligent Key system” (P.3-7).

— “Push-button ignition switch” (P.5-12).

. Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) withpedestrian detection system

— “Forward Emergency Braking (FEB)with pedestrian detection” (P.5-100).

. Predictive Forward Collision Warning(PFCW) system

— “Predictive Forward CollisionWarning(PFCW)” (P.5-110).

JVI1159X



OPERATIONAL INDICATORS

1. Engine start operation indicatorThis indicator appears when the shift lever isin the P (Park) position.

This indicator means that the engine willstart by pushing the ignition switch with thebrake pedal depressed.

2. NO KEY warningThis warning appears in either of thefollowing conditions.

No key inside the vehicle:

The warning appears when the door isclosed with the Intelligent Key left outsidethe vehicle and the ignition switch in theACC or ON position. Make sure that theIntelligent Key is inside the vehicle.

Unregistered Intelligent Key:

The warning appears when the ignitionswitch is pushed from the LOCK positionand the Intelligent Key cannot be recognizedby the system. You cannot start the enginewith an unregistered key. Use the registeredIntelligent Key.

See “Intelligent Key system” (P.3-7) for moredetails.

3. SHIFT “P” warningThis warning appears when the ignitionswitch is pushed to stop the engine withthe shift lever in any position except the P(Park) position.

If this warning appears, move the shift leverto the P (Park) position or push the ignitionswitch to the ON position.

An inside warning chimewill also sound. (See“Intelligent Key system” (P.3-7).)

4. “PUSH” warningThis warning appears when the shift lever ismoved to the P (Park) position with theignition switch in the ACC position after theSHIFT “P” warning appears.

To push the ignition switch to the OFFposition, perform the following procedure:

SHIFT “P” warning ? (Move the shift leverto “P”) ? PUSH warning ? (Push theignition switch ? ignition switch position isturned toON)?PUSHwarning? (Push theignition switch ? ignition switch position isturned to OFF)

5. Intelligent Key battery discharge

indicatorThis indicator appears when the IntelligentKey battery is running out of power.

If this indicator appears, replace the batterywith a new one. (See “Intelligent Key batteryreplacement” (P.8-21).)

6. Engine start operation for Intel-ligent Key system indicatorThis indicator appears when the IntelligentKey battery is running out of power andwhen the Intelligent Key System and vehicleare not communicating normally.

If this indicator appears, touch the ignitionswitch with the Intelligent Key while depres-sing the brake pedal. (See “Intelligent Keybattery discharge” (P.5-14).)

7. Remote engine start indicator (if

so equipped)This indicator appears when the engine hasbeen started using the remote engine startfunction. To start the vehicle, depress thebrake pedal and place the ignition switch inthe ON position.

For more details, see “Remote engine start”(P.3-19).

8. Parking brake release warningThis warning appears when the vehiclespeed is above 4 MPH (7 km/h) and theparking brake is applied.

9. Low fuel warningThis warning appears when the fuel level inthe tank is getting low. Refuel as soon as it isconvenient, preferably before the fuel gaugereaches the 0 (Empty) position.

There is a small reserve of fuel remaining inthe tank when the fuel gauge reaches the 0(Empty) position.

10. Low washer fluid warningThis warning appears when the washer tankfluid is at a low level. Add washer fluid asnecessary. (See “Windowwasher fluid” (P.8-10).)

11. Door/liftgate open warning

(ignition switch is in the ON posi-tion)This warning appears if any of the doorsand/or the liftgate are open or not closedsecurely. The vehicle icon indicates whichdoor or the liftgate is open on the display.

12. Loose fuel cap warningThis warning appears when the fuel-fillercap is not tightened correctly after thevehicle has been refueled. (See “Fuel-fillercap” (P.3-27).)

13. Check tire pressure warningThis warning appears when the low tirepressure warning light in the meter illumi-nates and low tire pressure is detected. Thewarning appears each time the ignitionswitch is placed in the ON position as longas the low tire pressure warning lightremains illuminated. If this warning appears,stop the vehicle and adjust the tire pressureto the recommended COLD tire pressureshown on the Tire and Loading Informationlabel. (See “Low tire pressure warning light”(P.2-15) and “Tire Pressure MonitoringSystem (TPMS)” (P.5-5).)

14. Extended storage fuse warning(if so equipped)This warning may appear if the extendedstorage fuse switch is not pushed in(switched on). When this warning appears,push in (switch on) the extended storagefuse switch to turn off the warning. Formore information, see “Extended storagefuse switch” (P.8-20).

15. Back-up Collision Intervention

(BCI) not available warning (if soequipped)This warning appears when the Back-upCollision Intervention (BCI) system is tem-

porarily not available.

For more details, see “Back-up CollisionIntervention (BCI)” (P.5-55).

16. Back-up Collision Intervention(BCI) malfunction warning (if so

equipped)This warning appears when the Back-upCollision Intervention (BCI) system is notfunctioning properly.


17. Headlight warningThis warning appears if the LED headlightsare malfunctioning. It is recommended youhave the system checked by an INFINITIretailer.

18. Front radar obstruction warningThis warning appears when the sensor areaof the front bumper is covered with dirt or isobstructed, making it impossible to detect avehicle ahead.

The following systems will be automaticallycanceled.

. Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system (ifso equipped)

. Distance Control Assist (DCA) system (ifso equipped)



. Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) withpedestrian detection system

. Predictive Forward Collision Warning(PFCW) system

For more details, see “Intelligent CruiseControl (ICC)” (P.5-66), “Distance ControlAssist (DCA)” (P.5-87), “Forward Emer-gency Braking (FEB) with pedestrian detec-tion” (P.5-100) or “Predictive ForwardCollision Warning (PFCW)” (P.5-110).

19. “TIMER” indicatorThis indicator appearswhen the set “TIMER”indicator activates. You can set the time forup to 6 hours. (See “Trip computer” (P.2-28).)

20. Low outside temperaturewarningThis warning appears if the outside tem-perature is below 37°F (3°C). The warningcan be set not to be displayed. (See “Tripcomputer” (P.2-28).)

21. Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) shiftindicator (4WD models)This indicator shows the Four-Wheel Drive(4WD) driving mode (AUTO, 4HI or 4LO)that is selected by the 4WD shift switch.(See “INFINITI all-mode 4WD®” (P.5-120).)

22. Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)

system MAIN switch indicator (if soequipped)The Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) systemmain switch indicator (CRUISE) is displayedwhen the ICC main switch is pushed. Whenthe main switch is pushed again, the indi-cator disappears. While the CRUISE indica-tor is displayed, the ICC system isoperational.

The cruise control set indicator (SET) isdisplayed while the vehicle is controlled bythe conventional (fixed speed) cruise controlmode of the ICC system.

For more details, see “Intelligent CruiseControl (ICC)” (P.5-66).

23. Distance Control Assist (DCA)

system switch indicator (if soequipped)The indicator is displayed when the DistanceControl Assist (DCA) system switch ispushed on.When the switch is pushed again,the indicator disappears. While the indicatoris displayed, the DCA system is operational.(See “Distance Control Assist (DCA)” (P.5-87) .)

24. Back-up Collision Intervention

(BCI) system indicator (if soequipped)The BCI ON indicator (SYSTEM ON) ap-pears when the shift lever is in the R(Reverse) positionwith the Back-up CollisionIntervention (BCI) system turned on.

If the BCI system is turned off, the BCI OFFindicator (SYSTEM OFF) appears.


SIC4325

MAINTENANCE INDICATORS

1. Engine oil replacement indicatorThis indicator appears when the customerset time comes for changing the engine oil.You can set or reset the distance forchanging the engine oil. (See “Trip computer”(P.2-28).)

2. Oil filter replacement indicatorThis indicator appears when the customerset time comes for replacing the oil filter.You can set or reset the distance forreplacing the oil filter. (See “Trip computer”(P.2-28).)

3. Tire replacement indicatorThis indicator appears when the customerset distance comes for replacing tires. Youcan set or reset the distance for replacingtires. (See “Trip computer” (P.2-28).)

WARNING

The tire replacement indicator is not asubstitute for regular tire checks, includ-ing tire pressure checks. See “Changingwheels and tires” (P.8-34). Many fac-tors including tire inflation, alignment,driving habits and road conditions affecttire wear and when tires should be

replaced. Setting the tire replacementindicator for a certain driving distancedoes not mean your tires will last thatlong. Use the tire replacement indicatoras a guide only and always performregular tire checks. Failure to performregular tire checks, including tire pres-sure checks could result in tire failure.Serious vehicle damage could occur andmay lead to a collision, which could resultin serious personal injury or death.

4. “OTHER” indicatorThis indicator appears when the customerset time comes for replacing items otherthan the engine oil, oil filter and tires. Youcan set or reset the distance for replacingthe items. (See “Trip computer” (P.2-28).)

More maintenance reminders are also avail-able on the center display. (See INFINITIInTouchTM Owner’s Manual.)



SIC4494

SIC4420

TRIP COMPUTERSwitches for the trip computer are locatedon the right side of the combination meterpanel. To operate the trip computer, pushthe switches as shown above.

switch

switch

When the ignition switch is pushed to theON position, modes of the trip computer canbe selected by pushing the switch .

Each time the switch is pushed, thedisplay will change as follows:

Current fuel consumption ? Average fuelconsumption and speed? Elapsed time andtrip odometer ? Distance to empty (dte) ?

Outside air temperature (ICY) ? Setting ?Warning check

1. Current and average fuel con-sumptionThe current and average fuel consumptionmode shows the current and average fuelconsumption.

2. Average fuel consumption (MPG

or l (liter)/100 km) and speed (MPHor km/h)

Fuel consumption:

The average fuel consumption mode showsthe average fuel consumption since the lastreset. Resetting is done by pushing theswitch for longer than 1 second. (Theaverage speed is also reset at the sametime.)

The display is updated every 30 seconds. Atabout the first 1/3 mile (500 m) after areset, the display shows “——”.

Speed:

The average speed mode shows the averagevehicle speed since the last reset. Resettingis done by pushing the switch forlonger than 1 second. (The average fuelconsumption is also reset at the same time.)

The display is updated every 30 seconds.

The first 30 seconds after a reset, thedisplay shows “——”.

3. Elapsed time and trip odometer(MILES or km)

Elapsed time:

The elapsed time mode shows the time sincethe last reset. The displayed time can bereset by pushing the switch for longerthan 1 second. (The trip odometer is alsoreset at the same time.)

Trip odometer:

The trip odometer mode shows the totaldistance the vehicle has been driven sincethe last reset. Resetting is done by pushingthe switch for longer than 1 second.(The elapsed time is also reset at the sametime.)

4. Distance to empty (dte — MILESor km)The distance to empty (dte) mode providesyou with an estimation of the distance thatcan be driven before refueling. The dte isconstantly being calculated, based on theamount of fuel in the fuel tank and the actualfuel consumption.

The display is updated every 30 seconds.

The dte mode includes a low range warningfeature. If the fuel level is low, the warning is

displayed on the screen.

When the fuel level drops even lower, thedte display will change to “——”.

. If the amount of fuel added is small, thedisplay just before the ignition switch ispushed to the OFF position may con-tinue to be displayed.

. When driving uphill or rounding curves,the fuel in the tank shifts, which maymomentarily change the display.

5. Outside air temperature (ICY — °F

or °C)The outside air temperature is displayed in °For °C in the range of −22 to 131°F (−30 to55°C).

The outside air temperature mode includes alow temperature warning feature. If theoutside air temperature is below 37°F(3°C), the warning is displayed on the screen.

The outside temperature sensor is located infront of the radiator. The sensor may beaffected by road or engine heat, winddirections and other driving conditions. Thedisplay may differ from the actual outsidetemperature or the temperature displayedon various signs or billboards.



6. SettingSetting is available while the engine isrunning.

Setting cannot be made while driving. Amessage “SETTING CAN ONLY BE OPER-ATED WHEN STOPPED” is also displayedon the vehicle information display.

The switch and switch are usedin the setting mode to select and decide amenu.

SKIP:

Push the switch to move to thewarning check mode.

Push the switch to select othermenus.

ALERT:

There are 3 submenus under the alert menu.

. BACK

Select this submenu to return to the toppage of the setting mode.

. TIMER

Select this submenu to specify when the“TIMER” indicator activates.

. ICY

Select this submenu to display the lowoutside temperature warning.

MAINTENANCE:

There are 5 submenus under the mainte-nance menu.

. BACK


. OIL

Select this submenu to set or reset thedistance for changing the engine oil.

. FILTER

Select this submenu to set or reset thedistance for replacing the oil filter.

. TIRE

Select this submenu to set or reset thedistance for replacing tires.

. OTHER

Select this submenu and set or reset thedistance for replacing items other thanthe engine oil, oil filter and tires.

OPTIONS:

There are 4 submenus under the displaymenu.

. BACK


. LANGUAGE

Select this submenu to choose English,French or Spanish for display.

. UNIT

Select this submenu to choose the unit.

. EFFECTS

Select this submenu to turn on and offthe needle sweep function when startingthe engine.

7. Warning check

SKIP:

Push the switch to move to thewarning check mode.

Push the switch to select othermenus.

DETAIL:

This item is available only when a warning isdisplayed.

Select this menu to see the details ofwarnings.

SIC2133

Your vehicle has two types of securitysystems, as follows:

. Vehicle security system

. INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System

The security condition will be shown by thesecurity indicator light.

VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEMThe vehicle security system provides visualand audio alarm signals if someone opensthe doors, hood, or liftgate when the systemis armed. It is not, however, a motiondetection type system that activates whena vehicle is moved or when a vibrationoccurs.

The system helps deter vehicle theft butcannot prevent it, nor can it prevent thetheft of interior or exterior vehicle compo-nents in all situations. Always secure yourvehicle even if parking for a brief period.Never leave your Intelligent Key(s) in thevehicle, and always lock it when unattended.Be aware of your surroundings, and park insecure, well-lit areas whenever possible.

Many devices offering additional protection,such as component locks, identificationmarkers, and tracking systems, are availableat auto supply stores and specialty shops.Your INFINITI retailer may also offer suchequipment. Check with your insurance com-pany to see if you may be eligible fordiscounts for various theft protection fea-tures.

SIC2045

How to arm the vehicle securitysystem1. Close all windows.

The system can be armed even if thewindows are open.

2. Push the ignition switch to the OFFposition.

3. Remove the Intelligent Key from thevehicle.

4. Close all doors, hood and liftgate. Lockall doors. The doors can be locked withthe Intelligent Key, door handle requestswitch, power door lock switch or me-chanical key.


SECURITY SYSTEMS


5. Confirm that the security indicator lightcomes on. The security indicator lightstays on for about 30 seconds. Thevehicle security system is now pre-armed. After about 30 seconds thevehicle security system automaticallyshifts into the armed phase. The securitylight begins to flash once every approxi-mately 3 seconds. If, during this 30-second pre-arm time period, the door isunlocked, or the ignition switch is pushedto ACC or ON, the system will not arm.

Even when the driver and/or passengersare in the vehicle, the system will activatewith all doors, hood, and liftgate lockedwith the ignition switch in the LOCKposition. When pushing the ignition switchto the ACC or ON position, the system willbe released.

Vehicle security system activationThe vehicle security system will give thefollowing alarm:

. The headlights blink and the horn soundsintermittently.

. The alarm automatically turns off afterapproximately 50 seconds. However, thealarm reactivates if the vehicle is tam-pered with again.

The alarm is activated by:

. Unlocking the door or opening the lift-gate without using the button on theIntelligent Key, the door handle requestswitch or the mechanical key. (Even if thedoor is opened by releasing the doorinside lock knob, the alarm will activate.)

. Opening the hood.

How to stop an activated alarmThe alarm will stop when a door is unlockedby pushing the unlock button on the Intelli-gent Key, the door handle request switch orusing the mechanical key, or when theignition switch is pushed to the ACC or ONposition.

If the system does not operate as describedabove, it is recommended you have itchecked by an INFINITI retailer.

INFINITI VEHICLE IMMOBILIZERSYSTEMThe INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer Systemwill not allow the engine to start withoutthe use of the registered Intelligent Key.Never leave these keys in the vehicle.

FCC Notice:

For USA:

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions: (1) This devicemay not cause harmful interference, and (2)this device must accept any interferencereceived, including interference that maycause undesired operation.

NOTE:

Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user’s authorityto operate the equipment.

For Canada:

This device complies with Industry Canadalicence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operationis subject to the following two conditions:(1) this device may not cause interference,and (2) this device must accept any inter-ference, including interference that maycause undesired operation of the device.

SIC2045

Security indicator lightThe security indicator light is located on themeter panel. It indicates the status of theINFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System.

The light blinks after the ignition switch wasin the ACC, OFF and LOCK position. Thisfunction indicates the security systemsequipped on the vehicle are operational.

If the INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System ismalfunctioning, this light will remain onwhile the ignition switch is in the ONposition.

If the light still remains on and/or theengine will not start, seek service for theINFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System as

soon as possible. Please bring all registeredkeys that you have. It is recommended youvisit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

WARNING

In freezing temperatures the washersolution may freeze on the window andobscure your vision which may lead to anaccident. Warm the window with thedefroster before you wash the window.

CAUTION

. Do not operate the washer continu-ously for more than 30 seconds.

. Do not operate the washer if thereservoir tank is empty.

. Do not fill the window washer re-servoir tank with washer fluid con-centrates at full strength. Somemethyl alcohol based washer fluidconcentrates may permanently stainthe grille if spilled while filling thewindow washer reservoir tank.

. Pre-mix washer fluid concentrateswith water to the manufacturer’srecommended levels before pouringthe fluid into the window washerreservoir tank. Do not use the win-dow washer reservoir tank to mix thewasher fluid concentrate and water.


WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH


If the windshield wiper operation is inter-rupted by snow or ice, the wiper may stopmoving to protect its motor. If this occurs,turn the wiper switch to the OFF positionand remove the snow or ice that is on andaround the wiper arms. In approximately 1minute, turn the switch on again to operatethe wiper.

JVI0738X

The windshield wiper and washer operateswhen the ignition switch is in the ONposition.

Push the lever down to operate the wiper atthe following speed:

AUTO — operates the rain-sensingauto wiper system. (See “Rain-sensingauto wiper system” (P.2-35).)

LO — continuous low speed operation

HI — continuous high speed operation

MIST — one sweep operation of thewiper

WASHER OPERATIONTo operate the washer, pull the lever towardthe back of the vehicle until the desiredamount of washer fluid is spread on thewindshield. The wiper will automaticallyoperate several times.

The headlight washer (if so equipped) willalso operate with operation of the wind-shield washer. (See “Headlight washer” (P.2-42).)

Wiper drip wipe system:

The wiper will also operate once about 3seconds after the washer and wiper areoperated. This operation is to wipe washerfluid that has dripped on the windshield.

JVI0739X

RAIN-SENSING AUTO WIPER

SYSTEMThe rain-sensing auto wiper system canautomatically turn on the wipers and adjustthe wiper speed depending on the rainfalland the vehicle speed by using the rainsensor located on the upper part of thewindshield.

To set the rain-sensing auto wiper system,push the lever down to the AUTO position. The wiper will sweep once while the

ignition switch is in the ON position.

The rain sensor sensitivity level can beadjusted by turning the knob toward thefront (High) or toward the rear (Low).

. High — High sensitive operation

. Low — Low sensitive operation

To turn the rain-sensing auto wiper systemoff, push up the lever to the OFF position, orpull down the lever to the LO or HI position.

CAUTION

Do not touch the rain sensor and aroundit when the wiper switch is in the AUTOposition and the ignition switch is in theON position. The wipers may operateunexpectedly and cause to an injury ormay damage a wiper.

. The rain-sensing auto wipers are in-tended for use during rain. If the switchis left in the AUTO position, the wipersmay operate unexpectedly when dirt,fingerprints, oil film or insects are stuckon or around the sensor. The wipers mayalso operate when exhaust gas ormoisture affect the rain sensor.

. The rain-sensing auto wipers may notoperate if rain does not hit the rainsensor even if it is raining.

. When the windshield glass is coatedwith water repellent, the speed of therain-sensing auto wipers may be highereven though the amount of the rainfall issmall.

. Be sure to turn off the rain-sensing autowiper system when you use a car wash.

. When the ignition switch is in the ONposition and the vehicle speed is belowapproximately 5 MPH (8 km/h) withthe shift lever in the N (Neutral) posi-tion, the rain-sensing auto wipers willnot operate.

. Using genuine wiper blades is recom-mended for proper operation of therain-sensing auto wiper system. (See“Windshield wiper blades” (P.8-16) forwiper blade replacement.)



JVI0972X

REAR WINDOW WIPER AND

WASHER OPERATIONIf the rear window wiper operation isinterrupted by snow etc., the wiper maystop moving to protect its motor. If thisoccurs, turn the wiper switch to OFF andremove the snow etc. on and around thewiper arms. After about 1 minute, turn theswitch ON again to operate the wiper.

The rear window wiper and washer operatewhen the ignition switch is in the ONposition.

Turn the switch clockwise from the OFFposition to operate the wiper.

Intermittent (INT) — intermittent op-eration (not adjustable)

Low (ON) — continuous low speedoperation

Push the switch forward to operate thewasher. Then the wiper will also operateseveral times.

SIC4385

REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDEMIRROR DEFROSTERTo defog/defrost the rear window glass andoutside mirrors, start the engine and pushthe switch on. The indicator light willcome on. Push the switch again to turn thedefroster off.

It will automatically turn off in approxi-mately 15 minutes.

CAUTION

When cleaning the inner side of the rearwindow, be careful not to scratch or

REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDEMIRROR DEFROSTER SWITCH

damage the rear window defroster.

SIC3267

HEADLIGHT SWITCH

LightingTurn the switch to the position:

The front parking, side marker, tail,license plate and instrument lights willcome on.

Turn the switch to the position:

Headlights will come on and all theother lights remain on.

SIC3268

Autolight systemThe autolight system allows the headlightsto be set so they turn on and off auto-matically.

To set the autolight system:

1. Make sure the headlight switch is in theAUTO position .

2. Push the ignition switch to the ONposition.

3. The autolight system automatically turnsthe headlights on and off.

To turn the autolight system off, turn theswitch to the OFF, or position.

The autolight system can turn on the head-


HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH


lights automatically when it is dark and turnoff the headlights when it is light.

For US models: The headlights will also beturned on automatically at twilight or inrainy weather (when the windshield wiper isoperated continuously).

If the ignition switch is pushed to the OFFposition and one of the doors is opened andthis condition is continued, the headlightsremain on for 5 minutes.

Automatic headlights off delay:

You can keep the headlights on for up to 180seconds after you push the ignition switch toOFF and open any door then close all thedoors.

You can adjust the period of the automaticheadlights off delay from 0 seconds (OFF)to 180 seconds. The factory default settingis 45 seconds.

For automatic headlights off delay setting,see INFINITI InTouchTM Owner’s Manual.

SIC3784A

Be sure not to put anything on top of thephoto sensor located on the top of theinstrument panel. The photo sensor controlsthe autolight; if it is covered, the photosensor reacts as if it is dark and the head-lights will illuminate.

SIC3269

Headlight beam selectTo select the low beam, put the lever inthe neutral position as shown.

To select the high beam, push the leverforward while the switch is in theposition. Pull it back to select the lowbeam.

Pulling the lever toward you will flashthe headlight high beam even when theheadlight switch is in the OFF position.

High beam assistThe high beam assist system will operatewhen the vehicle is driven at speeds ofapproximately 22 MPH (35 km/h) andabove. If an oncoming vehicle or leadingvehicle appears in front of your vehicle whenthe headlight high beam is on, the headlightwill be switched to the low beam automa-tically.

Precautions on high beam assist:

WARNING

. The high beam assist system is aconvenience but it is not a substitutefor safe driving operation. The drivershould remain alert at all times,ensure safe driving practices andswitch the high beams and low beammanually when necessary.

. The high beam or low beam may notswitch automatically under the fol-lowing conditions. Switch the highbeam and low beam manually.

— During bad weather (rain, fog,snow, wind, etc.).

— When a light source similar to aheadlight or tail light is in thevicinity of the vehicle.

— When the headlights of the on-coming vehicle or the leadingvehicle are turned off, when thecolor of the light is affected due toforeign materials on the lights, orwhen the light beam is out ofposition.

— When there is a sudden, contin-uous change in brightness.

— When driving on a road thatpasses over rolling hills, or a roadthat has level differences.

— When driving on a road withmany curves.

— When a sign or mirror-like sur-face is reflecting intense lighttowards the front of the vehicle.

— When the container, etc. beingtowed by a leading vehicle isreflecting intense light.

— When a headlight on your vehicleis damaged or dirty.

— When the vehicle is leaning at anangle due to a punctured tire,being towed, etc.

. The timing of switching the low beamand high beam may change under thefollowing situations.

— The brightness of the headlightsof the oncoming vehicle or leadingvehicle.

— The movement and direction ofthe oncoming vehicle and theleading vehicle.

— When only one light on the on-coming vehicle or the leadingvehicle is illuminated.

— When the oncoming vehicle or theleading vehicle is a two-wheeledvehicle.

— Road conditions (incline, curve,the road surface, etc.).

— The number of passengers andthe amount of luggage.



JVI0686X

High beam assist operations:

To activate the high beam assist system,turn the headlight switch to the AUTOposition and push the lever forward(high beam position). The high beam assistindicator light in the meter will illuminatewhile the headlights are turned on.

If the high beam assist indicator light doesnot illuminate in the above condition, it mayindicate that the system is not functioningproperly. It is recommended you have thesystem checked by an INFINITI retailer.

When the vehicle speed lowers to less thanapproximately 17MPH (27 km/h), the head-light remains the low beam.

To turn off the high beam assist system, turnthe headlight switch to the position orselect the low beam position by placing thelever in the neutral position.

JVI1740X

Ambient image sensor maintenance:

The ambient image sensor for the highbeam assist system is located as shown. Tokeep the proper operation of the high beamassist system and prevent a system mal-function, be sure to observe the following:

. Always keep the windshield clean.

. Do not attach a sticker (including trans-parent material) or install an accessorynear the ambient image sensor.

. Do not strike or damage the areas aroundthe ambient image sensor. Do not touchthe sensor lens that is located on theambient image sensor.

If the ambient image sensor is damaged dueto an accident, it is recommended you visit

an INFINITI retailer for this service.

Battery saver systemA chime will sound when the driver side dooris opened with the light switch in the or

position and the ignition switch in theOFF or LOCK position.

When the headlight switch is in the orposition while the ignition switch is in

the ON position, the lights will automaticallyturn off after a period of time when theignition switch has been pushed to the OFFposition.

When the headlight switch remains in theor position after the lights auto-

matically turn off, the lights will turn onwhen the ignition switch is pushed to the ONposition.

CAUTION

. When you turn on the headlightswitch again after the lights auto-matically turn off, the lights will notturn off automatically. Be sure toturn the light switch to the OFFposition when you leave the vehiclefor extended periods of time, other-wise the battery will be discharged.

. Never leave the light switch on whenthe engine is not running for ex-tended periods of time even if theheadlights turn off automatically.

SIC2275

Headlight aiming control (if so

equipped)Depending on the number of occupants inthe vehicle and the load it is carrying, theheadlight axis may be higher than desired. Ifthe vehicle is traveling on a hilly road, theheadlights may directly hit the rearviewmirror of the vehicle ahead or the windshieldof the oncoming vehicle. The light axis can belowered with the operation of the switch.

The larger the number designated on theswitch, the lower the axis.

When traveling with no heavy load or on aflat road, select position 0.



Daytime running light systemThe daytime running lights automaticallyilluminate when the engine is started withthe parking brake released. The daytimerunning lights operate with the headlightswitch in the OFF position or in theposition. Turn the headlight switch to the

position for full illumination when driv-ing at night.

If the parking brake is applied before theengine is started, the daytime running lightsdo not illuminate. The daytime running lightsilluminate once the parking brake is released.The daytime running lights will remain onuntil the ignition switch is pushed to the OFFposition.

WARNING

When the daytime running light systemis active, tail lights on your vehicle arenot on. It is necessary at dusk to turn onyour headlights. Failure to do so couldcause an accident injuring yourself andothers.

Adaptive Front lighting System(AFS) (if so equipped)The Adaptive Front lighting System (AFS)

will automatically adjust the headlights (lowbeam) toward the turning direction toimprove the driver’s view. When the head-light switch is ON and the driver operatesthe steering wheel in a turn, the AFS systemwill be activated.

The AFS will operate:

. when the headlight switch is ON.

. when the shift lever is in any positionother than P (Park) or R (Reverse).

. when the vehicle is driven at above 3MPH (5 km/h) for the left-side head-light. Note that the right-side low beamheadlight will swivel but the left-sideheadlight will not swivel when the vehicleis below 3 MPH (5 km/h) and thesteering wheel is turned.

AFSwill also adjust the headlight to a properaxis automatically, depending on the numberof occupants in the vehicle, the load thevehicle is carrying and the road conditions.

If the AFS OFF indicator light blinks afterthe ignition switch has been pushed to theON position, this may indicate that the AFSis not functioning properly. Have the systemchecked. It is recommended you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service. When theengine is started, the headlights will vibrateto check the system condition. This is not amalfunction.

HEADLIGHT WASHER (if so

equipped)The headlight washer operates when theheadlight is on and the ignition switch is inthe ON position.

Pull the windshield washer switch towardyou. The headlight washer operates with thewindshield washer operation. This operationactivates once each time either the ignitionswitch or the headlight switch is turned offand on.

After the first operation, the headlightwasher operates once at every fifth opera-tion of the windshield washer.

CAUTION

. Do not operate the washer continu-ously for longer than 30 seconds.

. Do not operate the headlight washerif the window washer fluid reservoiris empty.

SIC3270

SIC4378

INSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESS

CONTROLThe instrument brightness control switchcan be operated when the ignition switch isin the ON position. When the switch isoperated, the vehicle information displayswitches to the brightness adjustmentmode.

Push the upper switch to brighten theinstrument panel lights. The bar moves tothe + side. When reaching the maximumbrightness, “MAX” appears on the display .

Push the lower switch to dim the instru-ment panel lights. The bar moves to the −side. When reaching the minimum bright-

ness, “MIN” appears on the display .However, “MIN” does not appear duringthe nighttime.

The vehicle information display returns tothe normal display under the followingconditions:

. when the instrument brightness controlswitch is not operated for more than 5seconds.

. when the or switch on the rightside of the combination meter panel ispushed.



SIC3271

TURN SIGNAL SWITCH

Turn signalMove the lever up or down to signal theturning direction. When the turn is com-pleted, the turn signals cancel automatically.

Lane change signal. Move the lever up or down until the turn

signal begins to flash, but the lever doesnot latch, to signal a lane change. Holdthe lever until the lane change is com-pleted.

. Move the lever up or down until the turnsignal begins to flash, but the lever doesnot latch, and release the lever. The turn

signal will automatically flash threetimes.

Choose the appropriate method to signal alane change based on road and trafficconditions.

SIC3272

FOG LIGHT SWITCHTo turn the fog lights on, turn the headlightswitch to the position, then turn theswitch to the position. To turn them off,turn the switch to the OFF position.

The headlights must be on with the lowbeams selected for the fog lights to operate.The fog lights automatically turn off whenthe high beam headlights are selected.

JVI0395X

The heated steering wheel system is de-signed to operate only when the surfacetemperature of the steering wheel is below68°F (20°C).

Push the heated steering wheel switch towarm the steering wheel after the enginestarts. The indicator light on the switchwill illuminate.

If the surface temperature of the steeringwheel is below 68°F (20°C), the system willheat the steering wheel and cycle off and onto maintain a temperature above 68°F(20°C). The indicator light will remain on aslong as the system is on.

Push the switch again to turn the heatedsteering wheel system off manually. The

indicator light will turn off.

NOTE:

If the surface temperature of the steeringwheel is above 68°F (20°C) when the switchis turned on, the system will not heat thesteering wheel. This is not a malfunction.

SIC4444

To sound the horn, push the center pad areaof the steering wheel.

WARNING

Do not disassemble the horn. Doing socould affect proper operation of thesupplemental front air bag system. Tam-pering with the supplemental front airbag system may result in serious perso-nal injury.


HEATED STEERING WHEEL HORN


WARNING

Do not use or allow occupants to use theseat heater if you or the occupantscannot monitor elevated seat tempera-tures or have an inability to feel pain inbody parts that contact the seat. Use ofthe seat heater by such people couldresult in serious injury.

CAUTION

. The battery could run down if theseat heater is operated while theengine is not running.

. Do not use the seat heater forextended periods or when no one isusing the seat.

. Do not put anything on the seatwhich insulates heat, such as a blan-ket, cushion, seat cover, etc. Other-w i se , the seat may becomeoverheated.

. Do not place anything hard or heavyon the seat or pierce it with a pin orsimilar object. This may result indamage to the heater.

. Any liquid spilled on the heated seatshould be removed immediately witha dry cloth.

. When cleaning the seat, never usegasoline, thinner, or any similar ma-terials.

. If any malfunctions are found or theheated seat does not operate, turnthe switch off and have the systemchecked. It is recommended you visitan INFINITI retailer for this service.

SIC2770

FRONTThe front seats can be warmed by built-inheaters. The switches located on the instru-ment panel can be operated independentlyof each other.

1. Start the engine.

2. Select heat range.. For high heat, push the HI (High) side

of the switch .. For low heat, push the LO (Low) side

of the switch .. The indicator light will illuminate

when the heater is on.

3. To turn off the heater, push the “HI” or“LO” side (whichever is selected) of the

HEATED SEATS (if so equipped)

switch. Make sure the indicator lightturns off.

SIC2770

REARThe 2nd row outboard seats are warmed bybuilt-in heaters. The switches located on theback side of the center console can beoperated independently of each other.


2. Select heat range.

For high heat, push the HI (High) sideof the switch.

For low heat, push the LO (Low) sideof the switch.

The indicator light in the switch willilluminate when the heater is on.

3. To turn off the heater, return the switchto the level position. Make sure theindicator light goes off.

The heater is controlled by a thermostat,automatically turning the heater on andoff. The indicator light will remain on aslong as the switch is on.

When the vehicle’s interior is warmed, orbefore you leave the vehicle, be sure toturn off the switch.



SIC4334

The climate controlled seat warms up orcools down the front seats by built-inheaters or blowing cool air from the surfaceof the seat. The switches located on theinstrument panel can be operated indepen-dently of each other.


2. Turn the control knob to the heat sideor to the cool side . The indicator

light on the control knob will illumi-nate.

3. Adjust the temperature using the controlknob .

4. When the vehicle’s interior is warmed orcooled, and/or before you leave the

vehicle, be sure to turn the control knobto the OFF position (center). The indi-cator light on the control knob goesoff at the OFF position.

To check the air filter for the climatecontrolled seat, it is recommended youvisit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

WARNING

Do not use or allow occupants to use theseat heater if you or the occupantscannot monitor elevated seat tempera-tures or have an inability to feel pain inbody parts that contact the seat. Use ofthe seat heater by such people couldresult in serious injury.

CAUTION

. The battery could run down if theclimate controlled seat is operatedwhile the engine is not running.

. Do not use the climate controlled seatfor extended periods or when no oneis using the seat.

. Do not put anything on the seatwhich insulates heat, such as a blan-ket, cushion, seat cover, etc. Other-

w i se , the seat may becomeoverheated.

. Do not place anything hard or heavyon the seat or pierce it with a pin orsimilar object. This may result indamage to the climate controlledseat.

. Any liquid spilled on the seat shouldbe removed immediately with a drycloth.

. The climate controlled seat has an airfilter. Do not operate climate con-trolled seat without an air filter. Thismay result in damage to the system.

. When cleaning the seat, never usegasoline, thinner, or any similar ma-terials.

. If any malfunctions are found or theclimate controlled seat does not op-erate, turn the switch off and havethe system checked. It is recom-mended you visit an INFINITI retailerfor this service.

CLIMATE CONTROLLED SEATS(if so equipped)

SSD0956

The warning systems switch is used to turnon and off the warning systems (LaneDeparture Warning (LDW) and Blind SpotWarning (BSW) systems) that are activatedusing the settings menu on the centerdisplay.

When the warning systems switch is turnedoff, the indicator on the switch is off. Theindicator will also be off if all of the warningsystems are deactivated using the settingsmenu.

The LDW systemwill sound a warning chimeand blink the Lane Departure Warning(LDW) indicator light (orange) to alert thedriver if the vehicle is traveling close to eitherthe left or the right of a traveling lane with

detectable lane markers. (See “Lane Depar-ture Warning (LDW)/Lane Departure Pre-vention (LDP) ” (P.5-22).)

The BSW system will turn on the sideindicator lights, located next to the outsidemirrors, if the radar sensors detect a vehiclein the detection zone. If the turn signal isactivated in the direction of the detectedvehicle, a chime sounds twice and the sideindicator light will flash. (See “Blind SpotWarning (BSW)” (P.5-32).)

SIC4454

For driving or starting the vehicle on snowyroads or slippery areas, push on the SNOWmode switch. The SNOW mode indicatorlight will illuminate. When the SNOW modeis activated, engine output is controlled toavoid wheel spin.

Push off the SNOW mode for normaldriving.


WARNING SYSTEMS SWITCH (ifso equipped)

SNOW MODE SWITCH


SIC4474

TOW mode should be used when pulling aheavy trailer or hauling a heavy load. Drivingthe vehicle in TOW mode with no trailer/load or light trailer/light load will not causeany damage. However, fuel economymay bereduced, and the transmission/engine driv-ing characteristics may feel unusual.

Push the TOW mode switch to activateTOW mode. The indicator light on the TOWmode switch illuminates when TOWmode isselected. Push the TOW mode switch againto turn TOW mode off.

TOW mode is automatically canceled whenthe ignition switch is placed in the OFFposition.

SIC4455

The vehicle should be driven with the VehicleDynamic Control (VDC) system on for mostdriving conditions.

If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow, theVDC system reduces the engine output toreduce wheel spin. The engine speed will bereduced even if the accelerator is depressedto the floor. If maximum engine power isneeded to free a stuck vehicle, turn the VDCsystem off.

To turn off the VDC system, push the VDCOFF switch. The indicator will illumi-nate.

Push the VDC OFF switch again or restartthe engine to turn on the system. (See“Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system”

(P.5-133).)

TOW MODE SWITCHVEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL(VDC) OFF SWITCH

SIC3325

If the power supply is disconnected, theclock will not indicate the correct time.Readjust the time.

ADJUSTING THE TIME1. To set the clock forward, push the

button .

2. To set the clock backward, push thebutton .

3. To move forward or backward faster,push and hold the button more than 5seconds.

For details about display clock adjustment,see the INFINITI InTouchTM Owner’s Man-ual.

CAUTION

. Use power outlet with the enginerunning to avoid discharging thevehicle battery.

. Avoid using power outlet when theair conditioner, headlights or rearwindow defroster is on.

. Before inserting or disconnecting aplug, be sure the electrical accessorybeing used is turned OFF.

. When not in use, be sure to close thecap. Do not allow water or any liquidto contact the outlet.

SIC4445

Instrument panel

SIC4456

Back side of front console


CLOCK POWER OUTLET


SIC4391

Luggage room

Type A (if so equipped)

The power outlet is used for poweringelectrical accessories such as cellular tele-phones.

CAUTION

. The outlet and plug may be hotduring or immediately after use.

. Do not use with accessories thatexceed a combined power draw of12 volts, 120W (10A) for all thepower outlets. Do not use doubleadapters or more than one electrical

accessory.

. This power outlet is not designed foruse with a cigarette lighter unit.

. Push the plug in as far as it will go. Ifgood contact is not made, the plugmay overheat or the internal tem-perature fuse may blow.

SIC2648

Main switch

Type B (if so equipped)

The power outlet (plug type) is located onthe back side of the front console. It canoperate when the ignition switch in the ONposition and the main switch (located in theconsole box) is ON.

The specification of this power outlet is foruse of a 120 volt, 150W (1.25A) powerdraw.

To turn on or off the power supply to theoutlet, push the ON or OFF side of themain switch. When the switch is turned tothe ON position, the indicator light willilluminate.

JVI1638X

Power outlet

Pull up the cover and plug in.

After using the power outlet, be sure to turnoff the main switch.

CAUTION

. Do not use with accessories thatexceed a 120 volt, 150W (1.25A)power draw.

. Use this power outlet with the enginerunning. (If the engine is stopped, thiscould result in a discharged battery.)

JVI1604X

USB (Universal Serial Bus) CHAR-

GING CONNECTORThe USB connector can be used only forcharging an external device.

Open the cover to access the USB connec-tor.

Connect a USB device into the connector.Charging will start automatically (maximumoutput up to 5 volt, 12W, 2.4A).

The external device will be charged continu-ously while the ignition switch is in the ACCor ON position.

Some mobile devices cannot be chargeddepending on their specifications.

CAUTION

. Do not force a USB device into theconnector. Inserting the USB devicetilted or up-side-down into the con-nector may damage the connector.Make sure that the USB device isconnected correctly into the connec-tor.

. Do not use a reversible USB cable.Using the reversible USB cable maydamage the connector.

. Do not grab the USB connector coverwhen pulling the USB device out ofthe connector. This could damage theconnector and the cover.



CUP HOLDERS

CAUTION

. Avoid abrupt starting and brakingwhen the cup holder is being used toprevent spilling the drink. If the liquidis hot, it can scald you or yourpassenger.

. Use only soft cups in the cup holder.Hard objects can injure you in anaccident.

. Do not recline the rear seatbackwhenyou use the cup holders on the reararmrest. Doing so may cause thebeverages to spill over, and if theyare hot, they may scald the passen-gers.

JVI1688X

FrontTo open the cup holder, push the lid .

To close, lower the cup holder lid and push itdown lightly.

The cup holder is not designed to storepersonal items.

SIC3118

Type A

2nd row seat

Type A:

To open the cup holder, push the lid .

The flap will be folded down when insertinga large container.

To close, lower the cup holder lid and push itdown lightly.

To clean the front cup holder, pull up theinside tray and remove it.

The cup holder is not designed to storepersonal items.

STORAGE

SIC2915

Type B

Type B:

To open the cup holder, pull the lid.

SIC4419

3rd row seat

SIC4501

Soft bottle holder

CAUTION

. Do not use bottle holder for any otherobjects that could be thrown about inthe vehicle and possibly injure peopleduring sudden braking or an accident.

. Do not use bottle holder for openliquid containers.



JVI0619X

SUNGLASSES HOLDERTo open the sunglasses holder, push andrelease it. Only store one pair of sunglassesin the holder.

WARNING

Keep the sunglasses holder closed whiledriving to avoid obstructing the driver’sview and to help prevent an accident.

CAUTION

. Do not use for anything other thanglasses.

. Do not leave glasses in the sunglassesholder while parking in direct sun-light. The heat may damage theglasses.

SIC4393

GLOVE BOX

WARNING

Keep glove box lid closedwhile driving tohelp prevent injury in an accident or asudden stop.

To open the glove box, pull the handle .

To close, push the lid in until the lock latches.

To lock /unlock the glove box, use themechanical key. For the mechanical keyusage, see “Keys” (P.3-2).

JVI1711X

CONSOLE BOX

Front

Type A (if so equipped):

To open the console box lid, push up theknob and pull up the lid.

To close, push the lid down until the locklatches.

JVI1509X

Type B (if so equipped):

To open the console box lid from the frontseat, push up the knob and pull up the lid.

To open the console box lid from the 2ndrow seat, push the knob .




SIC4422

Rear (if so equipped)To open the lid, push the knob up and pullup the lid.


SIC4423

Pocket:

To open the pocket, pull the knob .

To close, push the lid until the lock latches.

JVI1687X

TRAYTo open the tray, push the lid . To close,push the lid down.

JVI1690X

To open the tray, push the lid . To close,push the lid down.

SIC3505

COAT HOOKSThe coat hooks are equipped at the rearassist grips.

CAUTION

Do not place items which are more than2 lb (1 kg) on the hook.

SIC4446

LUGGAGE HOOKS

WARNING

. Always make sure that the cargo isproperly secured. Use the suitableropes and hooks.

. Unsecured cargo can become danger-ous in an accident or sudden stop.

. Never allow anyone to ride in theluggage area. It is extremely danger-ous to ride in a cargo area inside of avehicle. In a collision, people riding inthese areas are more likely to beseriously injured or killed.



. Do not allow people to ride in anyarea of your vehicle that is notequipped with seats and seat belts.

. The child restraint top tether strapmay be damaged by contact withitems in the cargo area. Secure anyitems in the cargo area. Your childcould be seriously injured or killed in acollision if the top tether strap isdamaged.

. Be sure everyone in your vehicle is ina seat and using a seat belt properly.

CAUTION

Do not apply a total load of more than22 lb (10 kg) or 7 lb (3 kg) to thehook.

JVI0309X

CARGO FLOOR BOXPush the handle to open the cargo floorboard .

JVI1741X

ROOF RACKDo not apply any load directly to the roofside rails. Cross bars must be installed beforeapplying load/cargo/luggage to the roof ofthe vehicle. Genuine INFINITI accessorycross bars are available through an INFINITIretailer. It is recommended that you visit anINFINITI retailer for additional information.

The service load capacity for the roof siderails is 221 lb (100 kg), however do notexceed the accessory cross bars load capa-city.

Be careful that your vehicle does not exceedthe Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) orits Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR front

and rear). The GVWR and GAWR arelocated on the F.M.V.S.S. or C.V.M.S.S.certification label (located on the driver’sdoor pillar). For additional information re-garding GVWR and GAWR, refer to “Vehicleloading information” (P.10-14).

WARNING

. Always install the cross bars onto theroof side rails before loading cargo ofany kind. Loading cargo directly ontothe roof side rails or the vehicle’s roofmay cause vehicle damage.

. Drive extra carefully when the vehicleis loaded at or near the cargo carryingcapacity, especially if the significantportion of that load is carried on theroof rack.

. Heavy loading of the roof rack hasthe potential to affect the vehiclestability and handling during suddenor unusual handling maneuvers.

. Roof rack load should be evenlydistributed.

. Do not exceed maximum roof rackload weight capacity.

. Properly secure all cargo with ropesor straps to help prevent it fromsliding or shifting. In a sudden stop

or collision, unsecured cargo couldcause personal injury.

POWER WINDOWS

WARNING

. Make sure that all passengers havetheir hands, etc. inside the vehiclewhile it is in motion and beforeclosing the windows. Use the windowlock switch to prevent unexpecteduse of the power windows.

. To help avoid risk of injury or deaththrough unintended operation of thevehicle and or its systems, includingentrapment in windows or inadver-tent door lock activation, do notleave children, people who requirethe assistance of others or petsunattended in your vehicle. Addition-ally, the temperature inside a closedvehicle on a warm day can quicklybecome high enough to cause a sig-nificant risk of injury or death topeople and pets.

The power windows operate when theignition switch is in the ON position or forabout 45 seconds after the ignition switch ispushed to the OFF position. If the driver’s orfront passenger’s door is opened during thisperiod of about 45 seconds, power to thewindows is canceled.


WINDOWS


SIC4352

1. Driver side window

2. Front passenger side window

3. Rear left passenger side window

4. Rear right passenger side window

5. Window lock button

Main power window switch (dri-ver’s side)To open or close the window, push downor pull up the switch and hold it. The mainswitch (driver side switches) will open orclose all the windows.

Locking passengers’ windowsWhen the lock button is pushed in, onlythe driver side window can be opened orclosed. Push it in again to cancel.

SIC4353

Passenger side power window

switchThe passenger side switch will open or closeonly the corresponding window. To open orclose the window, push down or pull up theswitch and hold it.

SIC4354

Automatic operationTo fully open or close the window, comple-tely push down or pull up the switch andrelease it; it need not be held. The windowwill automatically open or close all the way.To stop the window, just push or lift theswitch in the opposite direction.

A light push or pull on the switch will causethe window to open or close until the switchis released.

Auto reverse function

WARNING

There are some small distances immedi-ately before the closed position whichcannot be detected. Make sure that allpassengers have their hands, etc., insidethe vehicle before closing the window.

If the control unit detects something caughtin the window as it is closing, the windowwill be immediately lowered.

The auto reverse function can be activatedwhen the window is closed by automaticoperation when the ignition switch is in theON position or for 45 seconds after theignition switch is pushed to the OFF posi-tion.

Depending on the environment or drivingconditions, the auto reverse function maybe activated if an impact or load similar tosomething being caught in the windowoccurs.

If the windows do not close auto-maticallyIf the power window automatic function(closing only) does not operate properly,perform the following procedure to initialize

the power window system.

1. Push the ignition switch to start theengine.

2. Close the door.

3. After starting the engine, open thewindow completely by operating thepower window switch.

4. Pull the powerwindow switch and hold itto close the window, and then hold theswitch more than 3 seconds after thewindow is closed completely.

5. Release the power window switch. Op-erate the window by the automaticfunction to confirm the initialization iscomplete.

6. Perform steps 2 through 5 above forother windows.

If the power window automatic functiondoes not operate properly after performingthe procedure above, have your vehiclechecked. It is recommended you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.



WARNING

. In an accident you could be thrownfrom the vehicle through an openmoonroof. Always use seat beltsand child restraints.

. Do not allow anyone to stand up orextend any portion of their body outof the moonroof opening while thevehicle is in motion or while themoonroof is closing.

CAUTION

. Remove water drops, snow, ice orsand from the moonroof beforeopening.

. Do not place any heavy object on themoonroof or surrounding area.

POWER MOONROOFThe moonroof only operates when theignition switch is in the ON position.

The moonroof is operational for about 45seconds, even if the ignition switch is pushedto the OFF position. If the driver’s door orthe passenger’s door is opened during thisperiod of about 45 seconds, power to themoonroof is canceled.

JVI0614X

SunshadeThe sunshade will open automatically whenthe moonroof is opened. However, it mustbe closed manually.

Tilting the moonroofTo tilt up, first close the moonroof, thenpush the switch to the TILT UP positionand release it; it need not be held. To tiltdown the moonroof, push the switch to theTILT DOWN position.

Sliding the moonroofTo fully open or close the moonroof, pushthe switch to the OPEN or CLOSEposition and release it; it need not be held.

MOONROOF

The roof will automatically open or close allthe way. To stop the roof, push the switchonce more while it is opening or closing.

Auto reverse function

WARNING

There are some small distances immedi-ately before the closed position whichcannot be detected. Make sure that allpassengers have their hands, etc., insidethe vehicle before closing the moonroof.

If the control unit detects something caughtin the moonroof when it is closing, themoonroof will be immediately opened.

The auto reverse function can be activatedwhen the moonroof is closed by automaticoperation when the ignition switch is in theON position or for about 45 seconds afterthe ignition switch is pushed to the OFFposition.

If the moonroof cannot be closed automa-tically when the auto reverse functionactivates due to a malfunction, push andhold the switch to the CLOSE position.

Depending on the environment or drivingconditions, the auto reverse function maybe activated if an impact or load similar to

something being caught in the moonroofoccurs.

If the moonroof does not operateIf the moonroof does not operate properly,perform the following procedure to initializethe moonroof operation system.

1. If the moonroof is open, close it fully byrepeatedly pushing the moonroof switchto the CLOSE position.

2. Push and hold the switch to the CLOSEposition.

3. Release the moonroof switch after themoonroof moves slightly up and down.

4. Push and hold the switch to the OPENposition to fully tilt the moonroof down.

5. Check if the moonroof switch operatesnormally.

If the moonroof does not operate properlyafter performing the procedure above, haveyour vehicle checked. It is recommended youvisit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

SIC3642

To activate or deactivate the welcome lightfunction, perform the following procedure.


2. Open the driver’s side door.

3. Within 20 seconds after the ignitionswitch is pushed to the ON position,push the door open request switch onthe driver’s side door handle for morethan 5 seconds with the driver’s dooropen.

4. A chime sounds when the setting iscompleted.

Once the welcome light function is active,the puddle light and the passenger cabin


WELCOME LIGHT


illumination will illuminate when you ap-proach the vehicle with the Intelligent Key(within approximately 3.3 ft (1 m) of theantenna built inside the door handles) andthe following conditions are met.

. All doors are closed and locked.

. The ignition switch is in the LOCK or OFFposition.

. The Intelligent Key is outside the vehicle.

. The puddle light operates within a setduration.

BATTERY SAVER SYSTEMThe welcome light function will be deacti-vated automatically to prevent battery dis-charge under the following conditions. Toactivate the welcome light function again,unlock any door.

. If the welcome light function does notoperate within a set duration. Note thatthe duration is set to 9 days as thefactory default setting.

. If the welcome light function is activated15 consecutive timeswhen you approachand leave the vehicle with the IntelligentKey without the doors being unlocked.

CAUTION

. Turn off the lights when you leavethe vehicle.

. Do not use the lights for extendedperiods of time with the enginestopped. This could result in a dis-charged battery.

JVI0760X

INTERIOR LIGHT SWITCH

ON switchWhen the ON switch is pushed in, the maplights and rear personal lights will illuminate.

DOOR OFF switchWhen the switch is not pushed in, the maplights and rear personal lights will illuminatefor a period of time under the followingconditions:

. when the ignition switch is placed in theOFF position.

. when doors are unlocked by pushing theUNLOCK button on the IntelligentKey or door handle request switch with

INTERIOR LIGHTS

the ignition switch in the OFF position.

. when any door is opened and then closedwith the ignition switch in the OFFposition.

. when any door is opened with theignition switch in the ACC or ON posi-tion.

— The lights will remain on while thedoor is opened. When the door isclosed, the lights will turn off.

When the “Lamp ON when Door Unlocks”key is set to the OFF position (see INFINITIInTouchTM Owner’s Manual), the lights willilluminate under the following condition:

. any door is opened with the ignitionswitch in any position

— remain on while the door is opened.When the door is closed, the lights gooff.

When the switch is pushed in, the maplights and rear personal lights will notilluminate under the above condition.

JVI0759X

CONSOLE LIGHTThe console light will turn on whenever theclearance lights or headlights are illumi-nated.

JVI0758X

MAP LIGHTSPush the button as illustrated to turn thelight on or off.



SIC3250

REAR PERSONAL LIGHTSPush the button as illustrated to turn thelight on or off.

SIC4448

The light on the vanity mirror will turn onwhen the cover on the vanity mirror isopened.

When the cover is closed, the light will turnoff.

The lights will also turn off after a period oftime when the lights remain illuminated toprevent the battery from becoming dis-charged.

SIC4418

The cargo light switch has three positions:ON , center and OFF .

ON position

When the switch is in the ON position , thecargo light will illuminate.

Center position

When the switch is in the center position ,the cargo light will illuminate when theliftgate is opened.

OFF position

When the switch is in the OFF position ,the cargo light will not illuminate.

VANITY MIRROR LIGHTS CARGO LIGHT

The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver pro-vides a convenient way to consolidate thefunctions of up to three individual hand-heldtransmitters into one built-in device.

HomeLink® Universal Transceiver:

. Will operate most Radio Frequency (RF)devices such as garage doors, gates,home and office lighting, entry doorlocks and security systems.

. Is powered by your vehicle’s battery. Noseparate batteries are required. If thevehicle’s battery is discharged or isdisconnected, HomeLink® will retain allprogramming.

When the HomeLink® Universal Transceiveris programmed, retain the original trans-mitter for future programming procedures(Example: new vehicle purchases). Uponsale of the vehicle, the programmedHomeLink® Universal Transceiver buttonsshould be erased for security purposes. Foradditional information, refer to “Program-ming HomeLink®” (P.2-69).

WARNING

. Do not use the HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver with any garage dooropener that lacks safety stop andreverse features as required by fed-eral safety standards. (These stan-

dards became effective for openermodels manufactured after April 1,1982.) A garage door opener whichcannot detect an object in the path ofa closing garage door and then auto-matically stop and reverse, does notmeet current federal safety stan-dards. Using a garage door openerwithout these features increases therisk of serious injury or death.

. During the programming procedureyour garage door or security gate willopen and close (if the transmitter iswithin range). Make sure that peopleor objects are clear of the garagedoor, gate, etc. that you are pro-gramming.

. Your vehicle’s engine should beturned off while programming theHomeLink® Universal Transceiver.Do not breathe exhaust gases; theycontain colorless and odorless carbonmonoxide. Carbon monoxide is dan-gerous. It can cause unconsciousnessor death.

PROGRAMMING HomeLink®

The following steps show generic instruc-tions how to program a HomeLink® button.If you have any questions or are havingdifficulty programming your HomeLink®

buttons, refer to the HomeLink® web siteat: www.homelink.com/infiniti or call 1-800-355-3515.

NOTE:

It is also recommended that a new batterybe placed in the hand-held transmitter ofthe dev ice be ing programmed toHomeLink® for quicker programming andaccurate transmission of the radio-fre-quency.

1. Position the end of your hand-heldtransmitter 1-3 in (26-76 mm) awayfrom the HomeLink® surface, keepingthe HomeLink® indicator light in view.


HomeLink® UNIVERSALTRANSCEIVER (Type A) (if so equipped)


JVI0428X

2. Using both hands, simultaneously pressand hold the desired HomeLink® buttonand handheld transmitter button. DONOT release until the HomeLink® indi-cator light flashes slowly and thenrapidly. When the indicator light flashesrapidly, both buttons may be released.(The rapid flashing indicates successfulprogramming.)

NOTE:Some devices to be programmed mayrequire you to replace Step 2 with thecycling procedure noted in the “Pro-gramming HomeLink® for Canadian cus-tomers and gate openers” (P.2-71).

JVI0429X

3. Press and hold the programmedHomeLink® button and observe the in-dicator light.. If the indicator light is solid/con-

tinuous, programming is completeand your device should activate whenthe HomeLink® button is pressed andreleased.

. If the indicator light blinks rapidlyfor two seconds and then turns to asolid/continuous light, continue withSteps 4-6 for a rolling code device. Asecond person may make the follow-ing steps easier. Use a ladder or otherdevice. Do not stand on your vehicleto perform the next steps.

4. At the receiver located on the garagedoor opener motor in the garage, locatethe “learn” or “smart” button (the nameand color of the button may vary bymanufacturer but it is usually locatednear where the hanging antenna wire isattached to the unit). If there is difficultylocating the button, reference the garagedoor opener’s manual.

5. Press and release the “learn” or “smart”button.

NOTE:Once the button is pressed, you haveapproximately 30 seconds to initiate thenext step.

6. Return to the vehicle and firmly pressand hold the programmed HomeLink®

button for two seconds and release.Repeat the “press/hold/release” se-quence up to 3 times to complete theprogramming process. HomeLink®

should now activate your rolling codeequipped device.

7. If you have any questions or are havingdifficulty programming your HomeLink®

buttons, refer to the HomeLink® website at: www. homelink.com/infiniti orcall 1-800-355-3515.

PROGRAMMING HomeLink® FOR

CANADIAN CUSTOMERS ANDGATE OPENERSCanadian radio-frequency laws requiretransmitter signals to “time-out” (or quit)after several seconds of transmission –which may not be long enough forHomeLink® to pick up the signal duringprogramming. Similar to this Canadian law,some U.S. gate operators are designed to“time-out” in the same manner.

If you live in Canada or you are havingdifficulties programming a gate operator orgarage door opener by using the “Program-ming HomeLink®” procedures, replace “Pro-gramming HomeLink®” Step 2 with thefollowing:

NOTE:

When programming a garage door opener,etc., unplug the device during the “cycling”process to prevent possible damage to thegarage door opener components.

Step 2: Using both hands, simultaneouslypress and hold the desired HomeLink®

button and the hand-held transmitter but-ton. During programming, your hand-heldtransmitter may automatically stop trans-mitting. Continue to press and hold thedesired HomeLink® button while you pressand re-press (“cycle”) your hand-held trans-

mitter every two seconds until the frequencysignal has been learned. The HomeLink®

indicator light will flash slowly and thenrapidly after several seconds upon success-ful programming. DO NOT release until theHomeLink® indicator light flashes slowly andthen rapidly. When the indicator light flashesrapidly, both buttons may be released. Therapid flashing indicates successful program-ming.

Proceed with “Programming HomeLink®”step 3 to complete.

Remember to plug the device back in whenprogramming is completed.

OPERATING THE HomeLink®

UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVERThe HomeLink® Universal Transceiver, afterit is programmed, can be used to activate theprogrammed device. To operate, simplypress and release the appropriate pro-grammed HomeLink® Universal Transceiverbutton. The amber indicator light will illumi-nate while the signal is being transmitted.

For convenience, the hand-held transmitterof the device may also be used at any time.

PROGRAMMING TROUBLE-

SHOOTINGIf the HomeLink® does not quickly learn thehand-held transmitter information:

. replace the hand-held transmitter bat-teries with new batteries.

. position the hand-held transmitter withits battery area facing away from theHomeLink® surface.

. press and hold both the HomeLink® andhand-held transmitter buttons withoutinterruption.

. position the hand-held transmitter 1-3 in(26-76 mm) away from the HomeLink®

surface. Hold the transmitter in thatposition for up to 15 seconds. IfHomeLink® is not programmed withinthat time, try holding the transmitter inanother position - keeping the indicatorlight in view at all times.

If you have any questions or are havingdifficulty programming your HomeLink®

buttons, refer to the HomeLink® web siteat: www. homelink.com/infiniti or 1-800-355-3515.



CLEARING THE PROGRAMMED

INFORMATIONThe following procedure clears the pro-grammed information from both buttons.Individual buttons cannot be cleared. How-ever, individual buttons can be repro-grammed, see “Reprogramming a singleHomeLink® button” (P.2-72).

To clear all programming1. Press and hold the two outer HomeLink®

buttons until the indicator light begins toflash in approximately 10 seconds. Donot hold for longer than 20 seconds.

2. Release both buttons.

HomeLink® is now in the programmingmodeand can be programmed at any time begin-ning with “Programming HomeLink®” - Step1.

REPROGRAMMING A SINGLEHomeLink® BUTTONTo reprogram aHomeLink® Universal Trans-ceiver button, complete the following.

1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink®

button. Do not release the button.

2. The indicator light will begin to flashafter 20 seconds. Without releasing theHomeLink® button, proceed with “Pro-gramming HomeLink®” - Step 1.

For questions or comments, contactHomeLink® at: www. homelink.com/infinitior 1-800-355-3515.

The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver but-ton has now been reprogrammed. The newdevice can be activated by pushing theHomeLink® button that was just pro-grammed. This procedure will not affectany other programmed HomeLink® buttons.

IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLENIf your vehicle is stolen, you should changethe codes of any non-rolling code device thathas been programmed into HomeLink®.Consult the Owner’s Manual of each deviceor call the manufacturer or retailer of thosedevices for additional information.

When your vehicle is recovered, you willneed to reprogram the HomeLink® Univer-sal Transceiver with your new transmitterinformation.

FCC Notice:

For USA:


NOTE:


For Canada:


The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver pro-vides a convenient way to consolidate thefunctions of up to three individual hand-heldtransmitters into one built-in device.

HomeLink® Universal Transceiver:

. Will operate most Radio Frequency (RF)devices such as garage doors, gates,home and office lighting, entry doorlocks and security systems.

. Is powered by your vehicle’s battery. Noseparate batteries are required. If thevehicle’s battery is discharged or isdisconnected, HomeLink® will retain allprogramming.

When the HomeLink® Universal Transceiveris programmed, retain the original trans-mitter for future programming procedures(Example: new vehicle purchases). Uponsale of the vehicle, the programmedHomeLink® Universal Transceiver buttonsshould be erased for security purposes. Foradditional information, refer to “Program-ming HomeLink®” (P.2-73).

WARNING

. Do not use the HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver with any garage dooropener that lacks safety stop andreverse features as required by fed-eral safety standards. (These stan-

dards became effective for openermodels manufactured after April 1,1982.) A garage door opener whichcannot detect an object in the path ofa closing garage door and then auto-matically stop and reverse, does notmeet current federal safety stan-dards. Using a garage door openerwithout these features increases therisk of serious injury or death.

. During the programming procedureyour garage door or security gate willopen and close (if the transmitter iswithin range). Make sure that peopleor objects are clear of the garagedoor, gate, etc. that you are pro-gramming.

. Your vehicle’s engine should beturned off while programming theHomeLink® Universal Transceiver.Do not breathe exhaust gases; theycontain colorless and odorless carbonmonoxide. Carbon monoxide is dan-gerous. It can cause unconsciousnessor death.

PROGRAMMING HomeLink®

The following steps show generic instruc-tions how to program a HomeLink® button.If you have any questions or are havingdifficulty programming your HomeLink®

buttons, refer to the HomeLink® web siteat: www.homelink.com/infiniti or call 1-800-355-3515.

NOTE:

It is also recommended that a new batterybe placed in the hand-held transmitter ofthe dev ice be ing programmed toHomeLink® for quicker programming andaccurate transmission of the radio-fre-quency.


HomeLink® UNIVERSALTRANSCEIVER (Type B) (if so equipped)


JVI1689X

HomeLink® buttons (1-3)

Indicator light (appears above eachHomeLink® button)

Status display (where the current con-dition of the HomeLink® is displayed)

JVI1639X

1. Press and release the desired HomeLink®

button. The indicator light flashes inorange and “TRAINING” is displayed onthe mirror.

2. Position the end of your hand-heldtransmitter 1 to 3 in (2 to 8 cm) awayfrom the HomeLink® button. For somedevices, it may have better communica-tion when the hand-held transmitter ispositioned 6 to 12 in (15 to 30 cm) awayfrom the HomeLink® button.

3. While the indicator light is flashing inorange, press and hold the hand-heldtransmitter button. DO NOT releaseuntil the HomeLink® indicator lightchanges from orange to green and

“TRAINED” is displayed on the mirror.When the indicator light illuminates ingreen, the hand-held transmitter buttonmay be released.

NOTE:Some devices to be programmed mayrequire you to replace the Step 3 withthe cycling procedure noted in “Pro-gramming HomeLink® for Canadian cus-tomers and gate openers” (P.2-75).

4. Press and hold the programmedHomeLink® button and observe the in-dicator light.. If the indicator light remains green

(solid/continuous), programming iscomplete and your device shouldactivate when the HomeLink® buttonis pressed and released.

. If the indicator light rapidly flashes ingreen, press and hold the pro-grammed HomeLink® button for 2seconds. Repeat the “press/hold/re-lease” sequence up to three times tocomplete the programming process. Ifthe device operates, the programmingis complete. If the device still does notoperate, continue with Steps 5-7 forthe device being programmed toHomeLink®. A second person maymake the following steps easier. Usea ladder or other device. Do not stand

on your vehicle to perform the nextsteps.

5. At the garage door opener motor in thegarage, locate the “Learn,” “Smart” or“Program” button (the name and color ofthe button may vary by manufacturerbut it is usually located near where thehanging antenna wire is attached to theunit). If there is difficulty locating thebutton, reference the garage door open-er’s manual.

6. Firmly press and then release the“Learn,” “Smart” or “Program” button.

NOTE:Once the button is pressed, you haveapproximately 30 seconds to initiate thenext step.

7. Return to the vehicle and firmly pressand hold the programmed HomeLink®

button for 2 seconds and release. Repeatthe “press/hold/release” sequence up tothree times to complete the program-ming process. Then your device shouldoperate when the HomeLink® button ispressed and released.

8. If you have any questions or are havingdifficulty programming your HomeLink®

buttons, refer to the HomeLink® website at: www.homelink.com/infiniti orcall 1-800-355-3515.

PROGRAMMING HomeLink® FOR

CANADIAN CUSTOMERS ANDGATE OPENERSCanadian radio-frequency laws requiretransmitter signals to “time-out” (or quit)after several seconds of transmission –which may not be long enough forHomeLink® to pick up the signal duringprogramming. Similar to this Canadian law,some U.S. gate operators are designed to“time-out” in the same manner.

If you live in Canada or you are havingdifficulties programming a gate operator orgarage door opener by using the “Program-ming HomeLink®” procedures, replace “Pro-gramming HomeLink®” Step 3 with thefollowing:

NOTE:

When programming a garage door opener,etc., unplug the device during the “cycling”process to prevent possible damage to thedevice components.

Step 3: While the HomeLink® indicator lightis flashing in orange, press and release(“cycling”) the hand-held transmitter buttonevery 2 seconds. Continue to press andrelease the hand-held transmitter buttonuntil the HomeLink® indicator light changesfrom orange to green. When the indicatorlight illuminates in green, hand-held trans-

mitter button may be released.

Proceed with “Programming HomeLink®”step 4 to complete.

Remember to plug the device back in whenprogramming is completed.

OPERATING THE HomeLink®

UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVERThe HomeLink® Universal Transceiver, afterit is programmed, can be used to activate theprogrammed device. To operate, firmly pressthe appropriate programmed HomeLink®

button. The indicator light will illuminate ingreen with three parenthesis on themirror while the signal is being transmitted.

PROGRAMMING TROUBLE-

SHOOTINGIf the HomeLink® does not quickly learn thehand-held transmitter information:

. replace the hand-held transmitter bat-teries with new batteries.

. position the hand-held transmitter withits battery area facing away from theHomeLink® button.

. press and hold the HomeLink® buttonand hand-held transmitter button ineach step without interruption.

. position the hand-held transmitter 1 to 3in (2 to 8 cm) away from the HomeLink®



button. Hold the transmitter in thatposition for up to 15 seconds. IfHomeLink® is not programmed withinthat time, try holding the transmitter inanother position - for example, 6 to 12 in(15 to 30 cm) away, keeping theHomeLink® button in view at all times.

If you have any questions or are havingdifficulty programming your HomeLink®

buttons, refer to the HomeLink® web siteat: www.homelink.com/infiniti or 1-800-355-3515.

CLEARING THE PROGRAMMEDINFORMATIONThe following procedure clears the pro-grammed information from three buttons.Individual buttons cannot be cleared. How-ever, individual buttons can be repro-grammed, see “Reprogramming a singleHomeLink® button” (P.2-76).

To clear all programming1. Press and hold the two outer HomeLink®

buttons until the indicator light begins toflash in green and “CLEARED” is dis-played on themirror, in approximately 10seconds. Do not hold for longer than 20seconds.

2. Release both buttons.

HomeLink® is now in the programmingmode

and can be programmed at any time begin-ning with “Programming HomeLink®” - Step1.

REPROGRAMMING A SINGLEHomeLink® BUTTONTo reprogram a HomeLink® button, com-plete the following.

1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink®

button. DO NOT release the button.

2. The indicator light will illuminate ingreen, and after 20 seconds it will beginto flash in orange and “TRAINING” isdisplayed on the mirror.

3. Release the HomeLink® button andp r o c e e d w i t h “ P r o g r a mm i n gHomeLink®” — Step 3.

For questions or comments, contactHomeLink® at: www.homelink.com/infinitior 1-800-355-3515.

The HomeLink® button has now been re-programmed. The new device can be acti-vated by pressing the HomeLink® buttonthat was just programmed. This procedurewill not affect any other programmedHomeLink® buttons.

If a new device is not programmed to theHomeLink® button, it will revert to thepreviously stored programming.

USING THE GARAGE DOOR

TWO-WAY COMMUNICATIONHomeLink® has the function of communi-cating with garage door opener systems. Ifyour garage door openers are compatiblewith HomeLink®, the HomeLink® can:

. receive and display “closing” or “opening”status from your garage door opener.

. recall and display the garage door being“closed” or “opened”.

HomeLink® can receive the status from agarage door opener at a range up to 820 ft(250 m), but it varies depending on theenvironment. You may need to reducevehicle speed to successfully receive thegarage door opener communication.

Programming two-way communi-

cationAfter programming a new HomeLink® but-ton , p roceed w i th “P rog rammingHomeLink®” Step 6 to enable two-waycommunication. If the garage door statusindicator appears on the left side on themirror when pressing the programmedHomeLink® button, the two-way commu-nication programming is complete.

JVI1640X

Using two-way communicationPress and hold the HomeLink® buttons (1and 2) simultaneously for 2 seconds to recalland display the last recorded garage doorstatus communicated to HomeLink®.HomeLink® will display the last recordedstatus for 3 seconds.

If two-way communication programming issuccessful, HomeLink® will display the sta-tus of your garage door opener with thestatus indicator , which changes dependingon the status. The garage door openerstatus indicator shows the garage dooropener status as follows:

Flashing in orange – Closing

Flashing in orange – Opening

Illuminating in green – Closed

Illuminating in green – Opened

The status indicator stops to flash after anopen/close signal is received or no signal isreceived within 30 seconds from the garagedoor opener.

IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLENIf your vehicle is stolen, you should changethe codes of any non-rolling code device thathas been programmed into HomeLink®.Consult the Owner’s Manual of each deviceor call the manufacturer or retailer of thosedevices for additional information.

When your vehicle is recovered, you willneed to reprogram the HomeLink® Univer-sal Transceiver with your new transmitterinformation.

FCC Notice:

For USA:


NOTE:


For Canada:




MEMO

3 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Keys ...................................................................................... 3-2

Intelligent Key .............................................................. 3-2

Valet hand-off ............................................................. 3-4

Doors .................................................................................... 3-4

Locking with mechanical key ................................... 3-4

Opening and closing windows with themechanical key ............................................................. 3-5

Locking with inside lock knob ................................. 3-5

Locking with power door lock switch ................... 3-5

Automatic door locks ................................................. 3-6

Child safety rear door lock ...................................... 3-6

Intelligent Key system ...................................................... 3-7

Intelligent Key operating range ............................... 3-9

Door locks/unlocks precaution ............................... 3-9

Intelligent Key operation ......................................... 3-10

Battery saver system ............................................... 3-12

Warning signals ......................................................... 3-12

Troubleshooting guide ............................................. 3-13

Remote keyless entry system ...................................... 3-15

How to use remote keyless entry system .......... 3-16

Remote engine start (if so equipped) ........................ 3-19

Remote engine start operating range ................. 3-19

Remote starting the engine ................................... 3-19

Extending engine run time ..................................... 3-20

Canceling a remote engine start ........................ 3-20

Conditions the remote engine start willnot work ................................................................... 3-20

Hood .................................................................................. 3-21

Liftgate ............................................................................. 3-22

Operating manual liftgate .................................... 3-22

Operating power liftgate ...................................... 3-22

Auto closure ............................................................ 3-25

Liftgate release lever ............................................. 3-26

Fuel-filler door ................................................................ 3-26

Opening the fuel-filler door ................................. 3-26

Fuel-filler cap ........................................................... 3-27

Tilt/telescopic steering ................................................. 3-29

Electric operation .................................................... 3-29

Sun visors ........................................................................ 3-30

Mirrors ............................................................................. 3-30

Inside mirror ............................................................. 3-30

Outside mirrors ........................................................ 3-37

Vanity mirror ............................................................ 3-39

Automatic drive positioner .......................................... 3-39

Entry/exit function ................................................. 3-39

Memory storage ..................................................... 3-40

Setting memory function ...................................... 3-41

System operation .................................................... 3-41

3-2 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

A key number plate is supplied with yourkeys. Record the key number and keep it in asafe place (such as your wallet), not in thevehicle. If you lose your keys, it is recom-mended you visit an INFINITI retailer forduplicates by using the key number. INFINITIdoes not record any key numbers so it is veryimportant to keep track of your key numberplate.

A key number is only necessary when youhave lost all keys and do not have one toduplicate from. If you still have a key, it canbe duplicated without knowing the keynumber.

SPA2717

Type A

JVP0155X

Type B

1. Intelligent Key (2)

2. Mechanical key (inside Intelligent Key)(2)

3. Key number plate (1)

INTELLIGENT KEYYour vehicle can only be driven with theIntelligent Keys which are registered to yourvehicle’s Intelligent Key system componentsand INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer Systemcomponents. As many as 4 Intelligent Keyscan be registered and used with one vehicle.The new keys must be registered by anINFINITI retailer prior to use with theIntelligent Key system and INFINITI VehicleImmobilizer System of your vehicle. Since theregistration process requires erasing allmemory in the Intelligent Key componentswhen registering new keys, be sure to takeall Intelligent Keys that you have to theINFINITI retailer.

CAUTION

. Be sure to carry the Intelligent Keywith you when driving. The Intelli-gent Key is a precision device with abuilt-in transmitter. To avoid dama-ging it, please note the following.

— The Intelligent Key is water re-sistant; however, wetting may

KEYS

damage the Intelligent Key. If theIntelligent Key gets wet, immedi-ately wipe until it is completelydry.

— Do not bend, drop or strike itagainst another object.

— If the outside temperature isbelow 14°F (−10°C), the batteryof the Intelligent Key may notfunction properly.

— Do not place the Intelligent Keyfor an extended period in a placewhere temperatures exceed140°F (60°C).

— Do not change or modify theIntelligent Key.

— Do not use a magnet key holder.

— Do not place the Intelligent Keynear an electric appliance such asa television set or personal com-puter.

— Do not allow the Intelligent Keyto come into contact with wateror salt water, and do not wash itin a washing machine. This couldaffect the system function.

. If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen,INFINITI recommends erasing the IDcode of that Intelligent Key. This will

prevent the Intelligent Key from un-authorized use to unlock the vehicle.For information regarding the eras-ing procedure, it is recommended youvisit an INFINITI retailer.

SPA2033

Mechanical keyTo remove the mechanical key, release thelock knob at the back of the Intelligent Key.

To install the mechanical key, firmly insert itinto the Intelligent Key until the lock knobreturns to the lock position.

Use the mechanical key to lock or unlock thedoors and the glove box.

See “Doors” (P.3-4), “Storage” (P.2-54).

CAUTION

Always carry the mechanical key in-stalled in the Intelligent Key.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-3


VALET HAND-OFFWhen you have to leave a key with a valet,give them the Intelligent Key itself and keepthe mechanical key with you to protect yourbelongings.

To prevent the glove box from being openedduring valet hand-off, follow the proceduresbelow.

1. Remove the mechanical key from theIntelligent Key.

2. Lock the glove box with the mechanicalkey.

3. Hand the Intelligent Key to the valet,keeping the mechanical key in yourpocket or bag for insertion into theIntelligent Key when you retrieve yourvehicle.

See “Storage” (P.2-54).

WARNING

. Always have the doors locked whiledriving. Along with the use of seatbelts, this provides greater safety inthe event of an accident by helping toprevent persons from being thrownfrom the vehicle. This also helps keepchildren and others from unintention-ally opening the doors, and will helpkeep out intruders.

. Before opening any door, always lookfor and avoid oncoming traffic.

. To help avoid risk of injury or deaththrough unintended operation of thevehicle and or its systems, includingentrapment in windows or inadver-tent door lock activation, do notleave children, people who requirethe assistance of others or petsunattended in your vehicle. Addition-ally, the temperature inside a closedvehicle on a warm day can quicklybecome high enough to cause a sig-nificant risk of injury or death topeople and pets.

SPA2457B

LOCKING WITH MECHANICAL

KEYThe power door lock system allows you tolock or unlock all doors simultaneously usingthe mechanical key.

. Turning the driver’s door key cylinder tothe front of the vehicle will lock alldoors.

. Turning the driver’s door key cylinderonce to the rear of the vehicle willunlock the driver’s door. After returningthe key to the neutral position , turningit to the rear again within 5 seconds willunlock all doors.

DOORS

. You can switch the lock system to themode that allows you to open all thedoors when the key is turned once. (SeeINFINITI InTouchTM Owner’s Manual.)

OPENING AND CLOSING WIN-

DOWS WITH THE MECHANICALKEYThe driver’s door key operation also allowsyou to open and close all door windows.

To open the windows, turn the driver’s doorkey cylinder to the rear of the vehicle forlonger than 1 second. The door is unlockedand the window keeps opening while turningthe key.

This function can also be performed bypushing and holding the door UNLOCKbutton of the Intelligent Key. (See “Remotekeyless entry system” (P.3-15).)

To close the windows, turn the driver’s doorkey cylinder to the front of the vehicle forlonger than 1 second. The door is locked andthe window keeps closing while turning thekey.

SPA2744

LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK

KNOBTo lock the door individually, move the insidelock knob to the lock position .

To unlock, move the inside lock knob to theunlock position .

Be sure not to leave the Intelligent Keyinside the vehicle.

JVP0319X

LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR

LOCK SWITCHOperating the power door lock switch willlock or unlock all the doors. The switches arelocated on the driver’s and front passenger’sdoor armrests.

To lock the doors, push the power door lockswitch to the lock position .

Be sure not to leave the Intelligent Keyinside the vehicle.

To unlock the doors including the fuel-fillerdoor, push the power door lock switch to theunlock position .



Lockout protectionWhen the power door lock switch (driver orfront passenger) is moved to the lockposition with any door open, all doors willlock and unlock automatically. With theIntelligent Key left in the vehicle and anydoor open, all doors will unlock automati-cally and a chime will sound after the door isclosed.

These functions help to prevent the Intelli-gent Key from being accidentally lockedinside the vehicle.

AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKS. All doors lock automatically when the

vehicle speed reaches 15 MPH (24km/h).

. All doors unlock automatically when theignition switch is placed in the OFFposition.

The automatic unlock function can bedeactivated or activated. To deactivate oractivate the automatic door unlock system,perform the following procedure:

1. Close all doors.

2. Place the ignition switch in the ONposition.

3. Within 20 seconds of performing Step 2,push and hold the power door lockswitch to the position (UNLOCK)

for more than 5 seconds.

4. When activated, the hazard indicator willflash twice. When deactivated, the ha-zard indicator will flash once.

5. The ignition switch must be placed in theOFF and ON position again betweeneach setting change.

When the automatic door unlock system isdeactivated, the doors do not unlock whenthe ignition switch is placed in the OFFposition. To unlock the door manually, usethe inside lock knob or the power door lockswitch (driver’s or front passenger’s side).

SPA2536

CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR

LOCKChild safety rear door locks help preventdoors from being opened accidentally, espe-cially when small children are in the vehicle.

When the levers are in the lock position ,the rear doors can be opened only from theoutside.

To disengage, move the levers to the unlockposition .

WARNING

. Radio waves could adversely affectelectric medical equipment. Thosewho use a pacemaker should contactthe electric medical equipment man-ufacturer for the possible influencesbefore use.

. The Intelligent Key transmits radiowaves when the buttons are pushed.The FAA advises that the radiowaves may affect aircraft navigationand communication systems. Do notoperate the Intelligent Key while onan airplane. Make sure the buttonsare not operated unintentionallywhen the unit is stored during aflight.

The Intelligent Key system can operate allthe door locks using the remote controllerfunction or pushing the request switch onthe vehicle without taking the key out from apocket or purse. The operating environmentand/or conditions may affect the IntelligentKey system operation.

Be sure to read the following before usingthe Intelligent Key system.

CAUTION

. Be sure to carry the Intelligent Keywith you when operating the vehicle.

. Never leave the Intelligent Key in thevehicle when you leave the vehicle.

The Intelligent Key is always communicatingwith the vehicle as it receives radio waves.The Intelligent Key system transmits weakradio waves. Environmental conditions mayinterfere with the operation of the IntelligentKey system under the following operatingconditions.

. When operating near a location wherestrong radio waves are transmitted, suchas a TV tower, power station and broad-casting station.

. When in possession of wireless equip-ment, such as a cellular telephone,transceiver, and CB radio.

. When the Intelligent Key is in contactwith or covered by metallic materials.

. When any type of radio wave remotecontrol is used nearby.

. When the Intelligent Key is placed nearan electric appliance such as a personalcomputer.

. When the vehicle is parked near a parkingmeter.

In such cases, correct the operating condi-tions before using the Intelligent Key func-tion or use the mechanical key.

Although the life of the battery variesdepending on the operating conditions, thebattery’s life is approximately 2 years. If thebattery is discharged, replace it with a newone.

Since the Intelligent Key is continuouslyreceiving radio waves, if the key is left nearequipment which transmits strong radiowaves, such as signals from a TV andpersonal computer, the battery life maybecome shorter.

For information regarding replacement of abattery, see “Intelligent Key battery replace-ment” (P.8-21).

As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can beregistered and used with one vehicle. Forinformation about the purchase and use ofadditional Intelligent Keys, contact anINFINITI retailer.

CAUTION

. Do not allow the Intelligent Key,which contains electrical compo-nents, to come into contact with


INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM


water or salt water. This could affectthe system function.

. Do not drop the Intelligent Key.

. Do not strike the Intelligent Keysharply against another object.

. Do not change or modify the Intelli-gent Key.

. Wetting may damage the IntelligentKey. If the Intelligent Key gets wet,immediately wipe until it is comple-tely dry.

. If the outside temperature is below14°F (−10°C), the battery of theIntelligent Key may not functionproperly.

. Do not place the Intelligent Key foran extended period in an area wheretemperatures exceed 140°F (60°C).

. Do not attach the Intelligent Keywith a key holder that contains amagnet.

. Do not place the Intelligent Key nearequipment that produces a magneticfield, such as a TV, audio equipmentand personal computers.

If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen, INFINITIrecommends erasing the ID code of thatIntelligent Key from the vehicle. This mayprevent the unauthorized use of the Intelli-

gent Key to operate the vehicle. For infor-mation regarding the erasing procedure, it isrecommended that you contact an INFINITIretailer.

SPA2074

INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATINGRANGEThe Intelligent Key functions can only beused when the Intelligent Key is within thespecified operating range from the requestswitch .

When the Intelligent Key battery is dis-charged or strong radio waves are presentnear the operating location, the IntelligentKey system’s operating range becomes nar-rower, and the Intelligent Key may notfunction properly.

The operating range is within 31.50 in (80cm) from each request switch .

If the Intelligent Key is too close to the door

glass, handle or rear bumper the requestswitches may not function.

When the Intelligent Key is within theoperating range, it is possible for anyonewho does not carry the Intelligent Key topush the request switch to lock/unlock thedoors.

SPA2326

DOOR LOCKS/UNLOCKS PRE-

CAUTION. Do not push the door handle request

switch with the Intelligent Key held inyour hand as illustrated. The close dis-tance to the door handle will cause theIntelligent Key system to have difficultyrecognizing that the Intelligent Key isoutside the vehicle.

. After locking with the door handle re-quest switch, verify the doors are se-curely locked by testing them.

. To prevent the Intelligent Key from beingleft inside the vehicle, make sure youcarry the key with you and then lock the



doors.

. Do not pull the door handle beforepushing the door handle request switch.The door will be unlocked but will notopen. Release the door handle once andpull it again to open the door.

. The Intelligent Key system (opening/closing doors with the door handlerequest switch) can be set to remaininactive. (See INFINITI InTouchTM Own-er’s Manual.)

SPA2408

INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATIONYou can lock or unlock the doors withouttaking the key out from your pocket or bag.

JVP0196X

JVP0197X

When you carry the Intelligent Key with you,you can lock or unlock all doors by pushingthe door handle request switch (driver’s orfront passenger’s) or the liftgate requestswitch within the range of operation.

When you lock or unlock the doors or theliftgate, the hazard indicator will flash andthe horn (or the outside chime) will sound asa confirmation. For details, see “Settinghazard indicator and horn mode” (P.3-17).

Welcome light and farewell light

functionWhen you lock or unlock the doors includingthe liftgate, the parking lights, tail lights andthe license plate light will illuminate for aperiod of time. The welcome light and fare-well light function can be disabled. Forinformation about disabling the welcomelight and farewell light function, it is recom-mended you see an INFINITI retailer.

Locking doors and fuel-filler door1. Move the shift lever to the P (Park)

position, push the ignition switch to theOFF position and make sure you carrythe Intelligent Key with you.*1

2. Close all the doors.*2

3. Push the door handle request switch(driver’s or front passenger’s) or theliftgate request switch while carrying

the Intelligent Key with you.*3

4. All the doors and fuel-filler door will lock.

5. The hazard indicator flashes twice andthe outside chime sounds twice.

*1: Doors will lock with the Intelligent Keywhile the ignition switch is in the ACC or ONposition.

*2: Doors will not lock with the IntelligentKey while any door is open.

*3: Doors will not lock by pushing the doorhandle request switch with the IntelligentKey inside the vehicle.

However, when an Intelligent Key is insidethe vehicle, doors can be lockedwith anotherregistered Intelligent Key.

CAUTION

. After locking the doors using therequest switch, make sure that thedoors have been securely locked byoperating the door handles.

. When locking the doors using therequest switch, make sure to have theIntelligent Key in your possessionbefore operating the request switchto prevent the Intelligent Key frombeing left in the vehicle.

. The request switch is operationalonly when the Intelligent Key hasbeen detected by the Intelligent Keysystem.

Lockout protection:

To prevent the Intelligent Key from beingaccidentally locked in the vehicle, lockoutprotection is equipped with the IntelligentKey system.

When the driver’s side door is open, thedoors are locked, and then the IntelligentKey is put inside the vehicle and all the doorsare closed; the lock will automatically unlockand the door buzzer sounds.

NOTE:

The doors may not lock when the IntelligentKey is in the same hand that is operating therequest switch to lock the door. Put theIntelligent Key in a purse, pocket or yourother hand.

CAUTION

The lockout protection may not functionunder the following conditions:

. When the Intelligent Key is placed ontop of the instrument panel.



. When the Intelligent Key is placedinside the glove box or a storage bin.

. When the Intelligent Key is placedinside the door pockets.

. When the Intelligent Key is placedinside or near metallic materials.

Unlocking doors and fuel-filler door1. Push the door handle request switch

(driver’s or front passenger’s) or theliftgate request switch once whilecarrying the Intelligent Key with you.

When you approach the vehicle with theIntelligent Key, the puddle light and thepassenger cabin illumination will illumi-nate and stay on for a short period oftime. (See “Welcome light” (P.2-65).)

2. The hazard indicator flashes once andoutside chime sounds once. The corre-sponding door will unlock.

The fuel-filler door will also unlock whenthe driver’s door handle request switch ispushed.

3. Push the door handle request switchagain within 60 seconds.

4. The hazard indicator flashes once andoutside chime sounds once again. All thedoors will unlock.

The liftgate can be unlocked and opened bypushing the liftgate opener switch. See“Liftgate” (P.3-22).

All doors will be locked automatically unlessone of the following operations is performedwithin 1 minute after pushing the requestswitch while the doors are locked. If duringthis 1-minute time period, the request switchis pushed, all doors will be locked automa-tically after another 1 minute.

. Opening any door

. Pushing the ignition switch

Power liftgate open1. Carry the Intelligent Key.

2. Push the power liftgate opener switch .

3. The liftgate will unlock and automaticallyopen.

4. The hazard indicator flashes 4 times andthe outside chime sounds.

BATTERY SAVER SYSTEMWhen all the following conditions are metfor a period of time, the battery saversystem will cut off the power supply toprevent battery discharge.

. The ignition switch is in the ACC position,and

. All doors are closed, and

. The shift lever is in the P (Park) position.

WARNING SIGNALSTo help prevent the vehicle from movingunexpectedly by erroneous operation of theIntelligent Key listed on the following chartor to help prevent the vehicle from beingstolen, chime or beep sounds inside andoutside the vehicle and a warning displays inthe vehicle information display.

When a chime or beep sounds or thewarningdisplays, be sure to check the vehicle andIntelligent Key.

See “Troubleshooting guide” (P.3-13) and“Vehicle information display” (P.2-21).

TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE

Symptom Possible cause Action to take

When pushing the ignitionswitch to stop the engine

The SHIFT P warning appears on thedisplay and the inside warning chimesounds continuously or for a few seconds.

The shift lever is not in the P (Park)position.

Shift the shift lever to the P (Park)position.

When shifting the shift lever tothe P (Park) position.

The inside warning chime sounds continu-ously.

The ignition switch is in the ACC orON position.

Push the ignition switch to the OFFposition.

When opening the driver’s doorto get out of the vehicle

The inside warning chime sounds continu-ously.

The ignition switch is in the ACCposition.


When closing the door aftergetting out of the vehicle

The NO KEY warning appears on thedisplay, the outside chime sounds 3 timesand the inside warning chime sounds for afew seconds.

The ignition switch is in the ACC orON position.


The SHIFT P warning appears on thedisplay and the outside chime soundscontinuously.

The ignition switch is in the ACC orOFF position and the shift lever is notin the P (Park) position.

Move the shift lever to the P (Park)position and push the ignition switch tothe OFF position.

When closing the door with theinside lock knob turned toLOCK

The outside chime sounds for a fewseconds and all the doors unlock.

The Intelligent Key is inside thevehicle or cargo area.

Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

When pushing the requestswitch or the LOCK but-ton on the Intelligent Key tolock the door

The outside chime sounds for a fewseconds.

The Intelligent Key is inside thevehicle.


A door is not closed securely. Close the door securely.

When pushing the door handlerequest switch to lock the door

The outside chime sounds for a fewseconds.

The Intelligent Key is inside thevehicle or cargo area.


A door is not closed securely. Close the door securely.

The door handle request switch ispushed before the door is closed.

Push the door handle request switchafter the door is closed.



Symptom Possible cause Action to take

When pushing the ignitionswitch to start the engine

The Intelligent Key battery indicator ap-pears on the display.

The battery charge is low.Replace the battery with a new one. (See“Battery” (P.8-11).)

The NO KEY warning appears on thedisplay and the inside warning chimesounds for a few seconds.

The Intelligent Key is not in thevehicle.


When pushing the ignitionswitch

The Intelligent Key system warning light inthe meter illuminates in yellow.

It warns of a malfunction with theIntelligent Key system.

It is recommended that you contact anINFINITI retailer.

WARNING

The Intelligent Key transmits radiowaves when the buttons are pushed.The FAA advises that radio waves mayaffect aircraft navigation and commu-nication systems. Do not operate theIntelligent Key while on an airplane.Make sure the buttons are not operatedunintentionally when the unit is storedfor a flight.

It is possible to lock/unlock all doors, fuel-filler door, activate the panic alarm and openthe windows by pushing the buttons on theIntelligent Key from outside the vehicle.

Before locking the doors, make sure theIntelligent Key is not left in the vehicle.

The LOCK/UNLOCK button on the Intelli-gent Key can operate at a distance ofapproximately 33 ft (10 m) from the vehicle.(The effective distance depends upon theconditions around the vehicle.)

As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be usedwith one vehicle. For information concerningthe purchase and use of additional Intelli-gent Keys, contact an INFINITI retailer.

The lock and unlock buttons on the Intelli-gent Key will not operate when:

. the distance between the Intelligent Keyand the vehicle is over 33 ft (10 m).

. the Intelligent Key battery runs down.

After locking with the remote keyless entryfunction, pull the door handle to make surethe doors are securely locked.

The LOCK/UNLOCK operating range variesdepending on the environment. To securelyoperate the lock and unlock buttons, ap-proach the vehicle to about 3 ft (1 m) fromthe door.


REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM


SPA2718

Type A

JVP0156X

Type B

LOCK button

UNLOCK button

Power liftgate button

PANIC button

Remote engine start button

HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESS

ENTRY SYSTEMWhen you lock or unlock the doors or theliftgate, the hazard indicator will flash andthe horn (or the outside chime) will sound asa confirmation. For details, see “Settinghazard indicator and horn mode” (P.3-17).

Locking doors and fuel-filler door1. Move the shift lever to the P (Park)

position, push the ignition switch to theOFF position and make sure you carrythe Intelligent Key with you.*

2. Close all the doors and the liftgate.

3. Push the LOCK button on theIntelligent Key.

4. All the doors, the liftgate and fuel-fillerdoor will lock.

5. The hazard indicator flashes twice andthe horn chirps once.

*: Doors will lock with the Intelligent Keywhile the ignition switch is in the ACC or ONposition.

Unlocking doors and fuel-filler door1. Push the UNLOCK button on the

Intelligent Key once.

2. The hazard indicator flashes once. Thedriver’s door and fuel-filler door willunlock.

The puddle light and the passenger cabinillumination will illuminate and stay onfor a short period of time.

3. Push the UNLOCK button on theIntelligent Key again within 60 seconds.

4. The hazard indicator flashes once again.All the doors will unlock.

All doors will be locked automatically unlessone of the following operations is performedwithin 1 minute after pushing the UNLOCKbutton on the Intelligent Key while the doorsare locked. If during this 1-minute timeperiod, the UNLOCK button on the Intelli-gent Key is pushed, all doors will be lockedautomatically after another 1 minute.

. Opening any door

. Pushing the ignition switch

Opening windowsTo open the windows, push the door UN-LOCK button on the Intelligent Key forabout 3 seconds after the door is unlocked.

To stop opening, release the UNLOCK

button.

Window cannot be closed using the Intelli-gent Key.

The door windows can be opened or closedby turning the mechanical key in a door lock.(See “Doors” (P.3-4).)

Opening/closing liftgate1. Push the power liftgate button

for more than 1 second.

2. The liftgate will automatically open.

The hazard indicator flashes 4 times and theoutside chime sounds for approximately 3seconds.

To close the liftgate, push the power liftgatebutton for more than 1 second.

The liftgate will automatically close.

If the button is pushed while theliftgate is being opened or closed, theliftgate will reverse.

Using panic alarmIf you are near your vehicle and feelthreatened, you may activate the alarm tocall attention as follows:

1. Push the PANIC button on theIntelligent Key for more than 1 second.

2. The theft warning alarm and headlightswill stay on for 25 seconds.

3. The panic alarm stops when:. It has run for 25 seconds, or. Any of the buttons on the Intelligent

Key are pushed. (Note: Panic buttonor power liftgate button should bepushed for more than 1 second.)

Remote engine start (if so equipped)The remote engine start button is onthe Intelligent Key if the vehicle has remoteengine start function. This function allowsthe engine to start from outside the vehicle.See “Remote engine start” (P.3-19).

Setting hazard indicator and horn

modeThis vehicle is set in hazard indicator andhornmodewhen you first receive the vehicle.

In hazard indicator and horn mode, when theLOCK button is pushed, the hazardindicator flashes twice and the horn chirpsonce. When the UNLOCK button ispushed, the hazard indicator flashes once.

If horns are not necessary, the system can beswitched to the hazard indicator mode.

In hazard indicator mode, when the LOCKbutton is pushed, the hazard indicator

flashes twice. When the UNLOCKbutton is pushed, neither the hazard indica-tor nor the horn operates.



Hazard indicator and horn mode:

DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK

Intelligent Key system(Using door handle request switch)

HAZARD - twiceOUTSIDE CHIME - twice

HAZARD - onceOUTSIDE CHIME - once

Remote keyless entry system(Using or button)

HAZARD - twiceHORN - once

HAZARD - onceHORN - none

Hazard indicator mode:

DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK

Intelligent Key system(Using door handle request switch)

HAZARD - twice HAZARD - none

Remote keyless entry system(Using or button) HAZARD - twice HAZARD - none

Switching procedure:

Push the LOCK and UNLOCKbuttons on the Intelligent Key simulta-neously for more than 2 seconds to switchthe mode from one to the other.

When pushing the buttons to set the hazardindicator mode, the hazard indicator flashes3 times.

When pushing the buttons to set the hazardindicator and horn mode, the hazard indica-tor flashes once and the horn chirps once.

WARNING

To avoid risk of injury or death, do notuse the remote engine start functionwhen the vehicle is in an enclosed areasuch as a garage.

JVP0445X

The remote engine start button is on theIntelligent Key if the vehicle has remoteengine start function. This function allowsthe engine to start from outside the vehicle.

Some systems, such as the air conditionersystem, will turn on during a remote enginestart, if the system was on the last time theignition switch was turned off.

Laws in some local communities may restrictthe use of remote engine starters. Forexample, some laws require a person usingremote engine start to have the vehicle inview. Check local regulations for any re-quirements.

Other conditions may affect the remoteengine start function. See “Conditions the

remote engine start will not work” (P.3-20).

Other conditions can affect the performanceof the Intelligent Key transmitter. See “In-telligent Key system” (P.3-7) for additionalinformation.

REMOTE ENGINE START OPER-ATING RANGEThe remote engine start function can only beused when the Intelligent Key is within thespecified operating range from the vehicle.

When the Intelligent Key battery is dis-charged or other strong radio wave sourcesare present near the operating location, theIntelligent Key operating range becomesnarrower, and the Intelligent Key may notfunction properly.

The remote engine start operating range isapproximately 197 ft (60 m) from thevehicle.

REMOTE STARTING THE ENGINETo use the remote engine start function tostart the engine, perform the following:

1. Aim the Intelligent Key at the vehicle.

2. Push the “LOCK” button to lock alldoors.

3. Within 5 seconds push and hold theremote engine start button untilthe turn signal lights flash and the tail


REMOTE ENGINE START (if so equipped)


lights illuminate. If the vehicle is notwithin view, push and hold the remoteengine start button for at least 2seconds.

The following events will occur when theengine starts:

. The front parking lights will turn on andremain on as long as the engine isrunning.

. The doors will be locked and the airconditioner system may turn on.

. The engine will continue to run for about10 minutes. Repeat the steps to extendthe time for an additional 10 minutes.See “Extending engine run time” (P.3-20).

Depress and hold the brake pedal, then placethe ignition switch in the ON position beforedriving. For further instructions, see “Drivingthe vehicle” (P.5-17).

EXTENDING ENGINE RUN TIMEThe remote engine start function can beextended one time by performing the stepslisted in “Remote starting the engine” (P.3-19). Run time will be calculated as follows:

. The first 10 minute run time will startwhen the remote engine start function isperformed.

. The second 10 minutes will start imme-diately when the remote engine start

function is performed. For example, ifthe engine has been running for 5minutes, and 10 minutes are added, theengine will run for a total of 15 minutes.

. Extending engine run time will counttowards the two remote engine startlimit.

A maximum of two remote engine starts, ora single start with an extension, are allowedbetween ignition cycles.

The ignition switch must be cycled to the ONposition and then back to the OFF positionbefore the remote engine start procedurecan be used again.

CANCELING A REMOTE ENGINE

STARTTo cancel a remote engine start, perform oneof the following:

. Aim the Intelligent Key at the vehicle andpush and hold the remote engine start

button until the front parking lightsturn off.

. Turn on the hazard indicator flashers.

. Cycle the ignition switch ON and thenOFF.

. The extended engine run time has ex-pired.

. The first 10 minute timer has expired.

. The engine hood has been opened.

. The shift lever is moved out of the P(Park) position.

. The theft alarm sounds due to illegalentry into the vehicle.

. The ignition switch is pushed without anIntelligent Key in the vehicle.

. The ignition switch is pushed with anIntelligent Key in the vehicle but thebrake pedal is not depressed.

CONDITIONS THE REMOTE EN-

GINE START WILL NOT WORKThe remote engine start will not operate ifany of the following conditions are present:

. The ignition switch is placed in the ONposition.

. The hood is not securely closed.

. The hazard indicator flashers are on.

. The engine is still running. The enginemust be completely stopped. Wait atleast 6 seconds if the engine goes fromrunning to off. This is not applicablewhen extending engine run time.

. The remote engine start button isnot pushed and held for at least 2seconds.

. The remote engine start button isnot pushed and held within 5 seconds ofpushing the “LOCK” button.

. The brake pedal is depressed.

. The doors are not closed and locked.

. The liftgate is open.

. The Intelligent Key system warning lightremains on in the meter.

. An Intelligent Key is left inside thevehicle.

. The theft alarm sounds due to illegalentry into the vehicle.

. Two remote engine starts, or a singleremote engine start with an extension,have already been used.

. The shift lever is not in the P (Park)position.

The remote engine start may display awarning or indicator in the vehicle informa-tion display. For an explanation of thewarning or indicator, see “Operational in-dicators” (P.2-24).

JVP0567X

1. Pull the hood lock release handlelocated below the instrument panel; thehood will then spring up slightly.

2. Pull the lever sideways at the front ofthe hood with your fingertips and raisethe hood.

3. When closing the hood, slowly close thehood down and make sure it locks intoplace.

WARNING

. Make sure the hood is completelyclosed and latched before driving.

Failure to do so could cause the hoodto fly open and result in an accident.

. If you see steam or smoke comingfrom the engine compartment, toavoid injury do not open the hood.


HOOD


WARNING

. Always be sure the liftgate has beenclosed securely to prevent it fromopening while driving.

. Do not drive with the liftgate open.This could allow dangerous exhaustgases to be drawn into the vehicle.See “Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide)”(P.5-4).


. Always be sure that hands and feetare clear of the door frame to avoidinjury while closing the liftgate.

JVP0569X

OPERATING MANUAL LIFTGATETo open the liftgate, unlock it and push theliftgate opener switch . Pull up the liftgateto open.

The liftgate can be unlocked by:

. pushing the unlock button on theIntelligent Key twice.

. pushing the liftgate request switch withthe Intelligent Key carried on you.

. pushing the door handle request switchtwice with the Intelligent Key carried onyou.

. pushing the power door lock switch tothe unlock position.

. inserting the mechanical key into thedriver’s door key cylinder and turning itto the rear of the vehicle twice.

To close the liftgate, pull down until itsecurely locks.

OPERATING POWER LIFTGATETo operate the power liftgate, the shift levermust be in the P (Park) position.

The power liftgate will not operate if thebattery voltage is low.

LIFTGATE

SPA2547

Power liftgate main switchThe power liftgate operation can be turnedon or off by the power liftgate main switchon the instrument panel.

When the power liftgate main switch ispushed to the OFF position, the poweroperation is not available by the powerliftgate switch on the liftgate and liftgateopener switch.

The liftgate can still be operated by thepower liftgate switch on the instrumentpanel and the power liftgate button on theIntelligent Key.

SPA2793

Power liftgate switch — Instrument panel

JVP0568X

Liftgate opener switch

JVP0214X

Intelligent Key

SPA2796

Power liftgate switch — Liftgate



Power openWhen the liftgate is fully closed, the liftgatewill fully open automatically by:

. pushing the power liftgate switch onthe instrument panel

. pushing the liftgate opener switch

. pushing the power liftgate button onthe Intelligent Key for more than 1second

The hazard flashes 4 times and the outsidechime sounds when the liftgate starts open-ing.

NOTE:

The liftgate can be opened by the powerliftgate switch , the liftgate opener switchor the liftgate button even if the

liftgate is locked. The liftgate will individu-ally unlock and open.

Power closeWhen the liftgate is fully opened, the liftgatewill fully close automatically by:


. pushing the liftgate release button onthe Intelligent Key for more than 1second

. pushing the power liftgate switch onthe lower part of the liftgate

The hazard flashes 4 times and the outsidechime sounds when the liftgate starts clos-ing.

NOTE:

When the liftgate is closed, it remainsunlocked. Manually lock the liftgate.

Reverse functionThe power liftgate will reverse immediatelyif one of the following actions is performedduring power open or power close.


. pushing the liftgate button onthe Intelligent Key.

. pushing the liftgate switch on thelower part of the liftgate

The outside chime sounds when the liftgatestarts to reverse.

Auto reverse functionThe auto-reverse function enables the lift-gate to automatically reverse when some-thing is caught in the liftgate as it is openingor closing. When the control unit detects anobstacle, the liftgate will reverse and returnto the full open or full close position.

If a second obstacle is detected, the liftgatemotion will stop and the drive motor willdisengage. The liftgate will enter the manual

mode.

A pinch sensor is mounted on each side ofthe liftgate. If an obstacle is detected by thepinch sensor during power close, the liftgatewill reverse and return to the full openposition immediately.

NOTE:

If the pinch sensor is damaged or removed,the power close function will not operate.

WARNING

There is a small distance immediatelybefore the closed position that cannot bedetected. Make sure that all passengerskeep their hands, etc., clear from theliftgate opening before closing the lift-gate.

Manual modeIf power operation is not available, theliftgate can be operated manually. Poweroperation may not be available if multipleobstacles have been detected in a singlepower cycle or if the battery voltage is low.When the power liftgate main switch is inthe OFF position, the liftgate can be openedmanually by pushing the liftgate openerswitch. If the power liftgate opener switch

is pushed during power open or close, thepower operation will be canceled and theliftgate can be operated manually.

SPA2777

Safe ModeIf the gas stays of the liftgate losepressure, the power liftgate safe mode isactivated. When the safe mode is activated,the liftgate intermittently closes. Then theliftgate will be pulled to the closed andlatched position by a motor.

The power liftgate cannot be opened usingthe switches at any time in the safe mode.

Do not operate the liftgate again until it ischecked. It is recommended you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.

CAUTION

. If the power liftgate does not stayopen or if the liftgate unexpectedlycloses at any time, do not operate theliftgate. There may be a pressure lossin one or both of the liftgate gasstays. Have the liftgate inspected. Itis recommended you visit an INFINITIretailer for this service.

. Do not activate the power liftgate ifone or both of the liftgate gas staysare removed. Damage to the liftgateor power liftgate mechanisms mayoccur.

AUTO CLOSUREIf the liftgate is pulled down to a partly openposition, the liftgate will pull itself to theclosed position.

Do not apply excessive force when the autoclosure is operating. Excessive force appliedmay cause the mechanism to malfunction.

CAUTION

. The liftgate will automatically closefrom a partly open position. To avoid



pinching, keep hands and fingersaway from liftgate opening.

. Do not let children operate the lift-gate.

SPA2778

LIFTGATE RELEASE LEVERIf the liftgate cannot be opened with thedoor lock switch due to a discharged battery,follow these steps.

1. Remove the cover inside of the liftgateusing a suitable tool.

2. Move the lever as illustrated to openthe liftgate.

It is recommended you contact an INFINITIretailer as soon as possible for repair.

OPENING THE FUEL-FILLERDOOR

CAUTION

Lock all doors before going throughautomatic car wash. Locking doors helpsprevent fuel-filler door from openingand becoming damaged.

FUEL-FILLER DOOR

SPA2752

To open the fuel-filler door, unlock the fuel-filler door by using one of the followingoperations, then push the right side of thedoor.

. Push the driver’s door handle requestswitch with the Intelligent Key carriedwith you.

. Push the passenger’s door handle re-quest switch or liftgate request switchtwice with the Intelligent Key carriedwith you.

. Push the UNLOCK button on the Intel-ligent Key.

. Insert the mechanical key into the doorlock cylinder and rotate it towards therear of the vehicle.

. Push the power door lock switch to theUNLOCK position.

To lock, close the fuel-filler door securelyand lock all doors by operating the doorhandle request switch, the LOCK button onthe Intelligent Key, the mechanical key or thepower door lock switch.

FUEL-FILLER CAP

WARNING

. Gasoline is extremely flammable andhighly explosive under certain condi-tions. You could be burned or ser-iously injured if it is misused ormishandled. Always stop engine anddo not smoke or allow open flames orsparks near the vehicle when refuel-ing.

. Do not attempt to top off the fueltank after the fuel pump nozzle shutsoff automatically. Continued refuel-ingmay cause fuel overflow, resultingin fuel spray and possibly a fire.

. Use only an original equipment typefuel-filler cap as a replacement. It hasa built-in safety valve needed forproper operation of the fuel systemand emission control system. An in-correct cap can result in a serious

malfunction and possible injury. Itcould also cause the malfunctionindicator light to come on.

. Never pour fuel into the throttle bodyto attempt to start your vehicle.

. Do not fill a portable fuel container inthe vehicle or trailer. Static electricitycan cause an explosion of flammableliquid, vapor or gas in any vehicle ortrailer. To reduce the risk of seriousinjury or death when filling portablefuel containers:

— Always place the container on theground when filling.

— Do not use electronic deviceswhen filling.

— Keep the pump nozzle in contactwith the container while you arefilling it.

— Use only approved portable fuelcontainers for flammable liquid.

CAUTION

. If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body,flush it away with water to avoidpaint damage.



. Insert the cap straight into the fuel-filler tube, then tighten until the fuel-filler cap clicks. Failure to tighten thefuel-filler cap properly may cause the

malfunction indicator light (MIL)to illuminate. If the light illumi-nates because the fuel-filler cap isloose or missing, tighten or install thecap and continue to drive the vehicle.The light should turn off after afew driving trips. If the light doesnot turn off after a few driving trips,have the vehicle inspected. It isrecommended you visit an INFINITIretailer for this service.

. The LOOSE FUEL CAP warning willappear if the fuel-filler cap is notproperly tightened. It may take a fewdriving trips for the message to bedisplayed. Failure to tighten the fuel-filler cap properly after the LOOSEFUEL CAP warning appears maycause the Malfunction IndicatorLight (MIL) to illuminate.

Turn the cap counterclockwise to remove.To tighten, turn the cap clockwise until asingle click is heard.

SPA2753

To remove the fuel-filler cap:

1. Turn the fuel-filler cap counterclockwiseto remove.

2. Put the fuel-filler cap on the cap holderwhile refueling.

To install the fuel-filler cap:

1. Insert the fuel-filler cap straight into thefuel-filler tube.

2. Turn the fuel-filler cap clockwise until asingle click is heard.

SPA2815

LOOSE FUEL CAP warningThe LOOSE FUEL CAP warning appears onthe vehicle information display when thefuel-filler cap is not tightened correctly afterthe vehicle has been refueled. It may take afew driving trips for the warning to bedisplayed.

To turn off the warning, perform thefollowing:

1. Remove and install the fuel-filler cap assoon as possible. (See “Fuel-filler cap”(P.3-27).)

2. Tighten the fuel-filler cap until it clicks.

3. Push the switch on the right sideof the combination meter panel for

longer than 1 second to turn off theLOOSE FUEL CAP warning after tigh-tening the fuel cap.

WARNING

. Do not adjust the steering wheelwhile driving. You could lose controlof your vehicle and cause an accident.

. Do not adjust the steering wheel anycloser to you than is necessary forproper steering operation and com-fort. The driver’s air bag inflates withgreat force. If you are unrestrained,leaning forward, sitting sideways orout of position in any way, you are atgreater risk of injury or death in acrash. You may also receive serious orfatal injuries from the air bag if youare up against it when it inflates.Always sit back against the seatbackand as far away as practical from thesteering wheel. Always use the seatbelts.

SPA2754

ELECTRIC OPERATION

Tilt or telescopic operationMove the lever to adjust the steeringwheel up or down, forward or rearward tothe desired position.

Entry/Exit function operation:

The automatic drive positioner system willmake the steering wheel move up automa-tically when the driver’s door is opened withthe ignition switch in the LOCK position.This lets the driver get into and out of theseat more easily.

For more information, see “Automatic drivepositioner” (P.3-39).


TILT/TELESCOPIC STEERING


SIC3451

CAUTION

. Do not store the main sun visorbefore storing the extension sunvisor.

. Do not pull the extension sun visorforcedly downward.

1. To block out glare from the front, swingdown the main sun visor .

2. To block glare from the side, remove themain sun visor from the center mountand swing it to the side .

3. Draw out the extension sun visor fromthe main sun visor to block from furtherglare.

SPA2447

INSIDE MIRRORAdjust the height and the angle of the insidemirror to the desired position.

SUN VISORS MIRRORS

SPA2450-A

Automatic anti-glare type (if soequipped)The inside mirror is designed so that itautomatically changes reflection accordingto the intensity of the headlights of thefollowing vehicle.

The anti-glare system will be automaticallyturned on when the ignition switch is pushedto the ON position.

When the anti-glare system is turned on, theindicator light will illuminate and excessiveglare from the headlights of the vehiclebehind you will be reduced.

Push the “*” switch to make the insiderearview mirror operate normally. The in-

dicator light will turn off. Push the “I” switchto turn the system on.

Do not allow any object to cover the sensorsor apply glass cleaner on them. Doing so

will reduce the sensitivity of the sensor,resulting in improper operation.

For the HomeLink® Universal Transceiveroperation, see “HomeLink® Universal Trans-ceiver (Type A)” (P.2-69).

Smart Rearview Mirror (if soequipped)

WARNING

. Failure to follow the warnings andinstructions for proper use of theSmart Rearview Mirror could resultin serious injury or death.

— The Smart Rearview Mirror is aconvenience feature but it is not asubstitute for proper vehicle op-eration. The system has areaswhere objects cannot be viewed.Check the blind spot of the SmartRearview Mirror before vehicleoperation. The driver is alwaysresponsible for safe driving.

— Do not disassemble or modify theSmart Rearview Mirror, the cam-

era unit or wirings. If you do, itmay result in accidents or fire. Incase you notice smoke or smellcoming from the Smart RearviewMirror, stop using the systemimmediately. It is recommendedthat you see an INFINITI retailerfor servicing.

— Do not operate the Smart Rear-view Mirror while driving. Doingso can be a distraction and it couldlose control of your vehicle andcause an accident or serious in-jury.

— Do not gaze into the Smart Rear-view Mirror display during driv-ing. It may cause a distraction andit could lose control of your vehi-cle and cause an accident orserious injury.

— Do not put a cigarette or flamesto the Smart RearviewMirror, thecamera unit or wirings. It maycause a fire.

. Be sure to adjust the Smart RearviewMirror before driving. Switch thesystem to the conventional rearviewmirror mode and be properly seatedon the driver’s seat. Then adjust themirror so as to see the rear window



properly. Driving without adjustingthe mirror may cause difficulty inwatching the display at Smart Rear-view Mirror mode (camera viewmode) due to the reflection from thesurface of the mirror.

. If the Smart Rearview Mirror mal-functions, immediately switch thesystem to the conventional rearviewmirror mode.

. When strong light (for example, sun-light or high beams from followingvehicles) enters the camera, a lightbeam or a glaring light may appear onthe monitor screen of the SmartRearview Mirror. In that case, switchthe system to the conventional rear-view mirror mode appropriately.

. If dirt, rain or snow accumulates onthe exterior glass surface coveringthe camera, the Smart RearviewMirror may not display objectsclearly. Use of the rear windowwiper/washer may improve visibility,but if not, switch the Smart RearviewMirror to the conventional rearviewmirror mode until a time the glasscovering the camera can be cleaned.

JVP0515X

MENU button

Left button

Right button

Mode select lever

HomeLink® buttons (1-3)

Components:

Smart Rearview Mirror provides a clearrearview from a camera located on the rearof the vehicle. Smart Rearview Mirror hastwo modes: conventional rearview mirrormode and Smart Rearview Mirror mode(camera view mode). You can switch thesetwo modes by the mode select lever .

For the operation of the HomeLink® buttons, see “HomeLink® Universal Transceiver

(Type B)” (P.2-73).

JVP0489X

How to change the mode:

The mode can be switched when the ignitionswitch is in the ON position.

. Pull the mode select lever to switch tothe Smart Rearview Mirror mode (cam-era view mode).

. Push the mode select lever to switch tothe conventional rearview mirror mode.

JVP0506X

How to make settings of Smart Rearview

Mirror:

You can choose display settings of the SmartRearview Mirror such as brightness, cameraangle, textual indication ON or OFF andlanguage.

When the Smart Rearview Mirror mode ison, setting menu can be selected by pushingthe MENU button . Each time the MENUbutton is pushed, the setting menu willchange as follows:

MENU (initial screen) ?BRIGHTNESS ?DOWN/UP ? ROTATION ? INDICATION? DIMMING MIRROR ? LANGUAGE ?MENU (initial screen)

NOTE:. To switch the image quality adjustment

items with the MENU button , pushthe button within 5 seconds aftercompleting the adjustment of the pre-vious item. If 5 seconds or more pass,the monitor will return to MENU (initialscreen).

. When one of the HomeLink® buttons ispushed, the monitor will display theHomeLink® screen.



JVP0507X

BRIGHTNESS

The brightness of the display screen can beadjusted.

. Push the left button to dim the screen.

. Push the right button to brighten thescreen.

JVP0508X

DOWN/UP

The vertical camera angle of the displayscreen can be adjusted.

. Push the left button to down thecamera angle.

. Push the right button to up the cameraangle.

JVP0510X

ROTATION

The camera angle of the display screen canbe rotated.

. Push the left button to rotate thecamera angle to the left.

. Push the right button to rotate thecamera angle to the right.

JVP0511X

INDICATION

The textual indication can be turned on oroff on the Smart Rearview Mirror displayscreen.

. Push the right button to disable thetextual indication on the display screen.

. Push the left button to enable thetextual indication on the display screen.

JVP0514X

DIMMING MIRROR

The mirror is designed so that it automati-cally changes reflection according to theintensity of the headlights of the followingvehicle. You can enable or disable theautomatic anti-glare mode.

. Push the left button to enable theautomatic anti-glare mode.

. Push the right button to disable theautomatic anti-glare mode.

JVP0512X

LANGUAGE

The language of the textual indication can beselected on the Smart Rearview Mirrordisplay screen.

Select the language by using the orbutton. You can select either English orFrench. The language setting will be retainedeven if the engine is restarted.

Smart RearviewMirror system precautions:

NOTE:. Long-term use of this system in stop-

ping engine may cause battery to bedischarged.

. Do not attach an antenna of wirelessdevice near the Smart Rearview Mirror.



Electric wave from wireless device maycause disturbed image in Smart Rear-view Mirror.

. Do not push buttons excessively oroperating the lever roughly may causea system failure or the Smart RearviewMirror itself to drop.

. Never turn the body of Smart RearviewMirror by 90° or more. It may damagethe Smart Rearview Mirror.

. Do not apply strong shocks to the bodyof Smart Rearview Mirror. It may causea system failure.

. Do not apply heavy load to the cameraand camera-cover on the rear of thevehicle. It may cause the camera to beremoved or may cause a system failure.

. If it is difficult to see the Smart RearviewMirror display screen because of astrong external light, switch the modeto the conventional rearview mirrormode for better use.

. Close the sunshade (if so equipped)when the Smart Rearview Mirror dis-play screen is unclear due to strongexternal light.

JVP0559X

Flicker image (example)

. When LED headlights are viewed on theSmart Rearview Mirror display, theimages may flicker. This is normal.

. Due to diffused reflection from externalenvironment, images on the screen mayflicker. This is not a malfunction.

. A quick movement of a thing may not beable to display on the camera viewscreen. This is not a malfunction.

. Turn on the headlights at twilight or in atunnel, etc.

. The Smart Rearview Mirror mode (cam-era view mode) display is different fromthe conventional rearview mirror. Ob-jects in the display may differ from

actual distance. Do not solely rely onthe Smart Rearview Mirror. Always relyon your own operation to avoid acci-dents.

. If the brightness of the camera viewdisplay is adjusted to excessive brightlevel, it may cause an eyestrain in thedriving. Adjust the brightness properly.

. Use the rear windowwiper when it rains.If the camera view image is still unclearwhen the rear window wiper is inoperation, check the deterioration ofthe rear window wiper blade.

. When using the rear window wiper,images on the screen may flicker. Thisis not a malfunction.

. Defog the rear window with defrosterwhen rear window is fogged. Use theconventional rearview mirror mode untilthe rear window is fully defogged.

. The display of the Smart RearviewMirror may become hot. This is not amalfunction.

. The color of an object in the distance orin the dark may be difficult to berecognized. This is not a malfunction.

System maintenance (Smart RearviewMirror):

. Always keep the mirror and camera areaof the rear window clean.

. Clean the mirror and the camera lenswith a dry soft cloth.

. When cleaning the camera area of therear window, use a soft cloth dampenedwith water and a neutral detergent. Thendry it with a dry soft cloth.

. If the image on the Smart RearviewMirror display screen is still unclear evenafter cleaning the camera area of therear window, an oil film may be adheringto the rear window glass. Clean the rearwindow glass with an oil film remover.

. Never use alcohol, benzine, thinner, orany similar material to clean the mirror orcamera lens. It will cause a discoloration,deterioration or a system malfunction.

. Do not attach a sticker (including trans-parent material) on the camera area ofthe rear window.

OUTSIDE MIRRORS

WARNING

. Objects viewed in the outside mirroron the passenger side are closer thanthey appear. Be careful when movingto the right. Using only this mirrorcould cause an accident. Use theinside mirror or glance over yourshoulder to properly judge distancesto other objects.

. Do not adjust the mirrors whiledriving. You could lose control ofyour vehicle and cause an accident.

SPA2739

Adjusting outside mirrorsThe outside mirror control switch is locatedon the driver’s door armrest.

The outside mirror will operate only whenthe ignition switch is in the ACC or ONposition.

Move the switch right or left to select theright or left side mirror , then adjust usingthe control switch .

Defrosting outside mirrorsThe outside mirrors will be heated when therear window defroster switch is operated.(See “Rear window and outside mirrordefroster switch” (P.2-36).)



SPA2738

Power foldable outside mirrors

CAUTION

. Do not touch the mirrors while theyare moving. Your hand may bepinched, and the mirror may malfunc-tion.

. Do not drive with the mirrors stored.You will be unable to see behind thevehicle.

. If the mirrors were folded or unfoldedby hand, there is a chance that themirror will move forward or back-ward during driving. If the mirrors

were folded or unfolded by hand, besure to adjust them again electricallybefore driving.

The outside rearview mirror remote controloperates when the ignition switch is in theACC or ON position.

To fold the outside rearview mirrors, pushthe outside rearviewmirror folding switch tothe “CLOSE” position . To unfold, push tothe “OPEN” position .

If mirrors are manually operated or bumped,the mirror body can become loose at thepivot point. To correct electronic mirroroperation, cycle the mirrors by pushing“CLOSE” until completely closed, then push“OPEN” until the mirrors are in the openposition.

Reverse tilt-down featureWhen backing up the vehicle, the right andleft outside mirrors will turn downwardautomatically to provide better rear visibility.


2. Move the shift lever to the R (Reverse)position.

3. Choose the right or left outside mirror byoperating the outside mirror controlswitch.

4. The outside mirror surfaces move down-ward.

When one of the following conditions hasoccurred, the outside mirror surfaces willreturn to their original positions.

. The shift lever is moved to any positionother than R (Reverse).

. The outside mirror control switch is set tothe center position.

. The ignition switch is placed in to theOFF position.

Automatic anti-glareThe outside rearviewmirrors are designed sothat its automatically change reflectionaccording to the intensity of the headlightsof the vehicle following you.

The anti-glare system will be automaticallyturned onwhen you place the ignition switchin the ON position.

SIC4448

VANITY MIRRORTo use the front vanity mirror, pull down thesun visor and pull up the cover.

JVP0250X

SET/memory switches

The automatic drive positioner system hasthree features:

. Entry/exit function

. Memory storage

. Setting memory function

ENTRY/EXIT FUNCTIONThis system is designed so that the driver’sseat and steering column will automaticallymove when the automatic transmission shiftlever is in the P (Park) position. This allowsthe driver to get into and out of the driver’sseat more easily.

The driver’s seat will slide backward and thesteering wheel will move up when thedriver’s door is opened with the ignitionswitch in the LOCK position.

The driver’s seat and steering wheel willreturn to the previous positions when theignition switch is pushed to the ACC posi-tion.

The driver’s seat will not return to theprevious positions if the seat or steeringadjusting switch is operatedwhen the seat isat the exit position.

Cancel or activate entry/exit func-

tionThe shift lever must be in the P (Park)position with the ignition switch in the OFFposition.

The entry/exit function can be activated orcanceled by pressing and holding the SETswitch for more than 10 seconds.

The entry/exit function can also be acti-vated or canceled if the “Lift Steering Wheel


AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER


on Exit” key or “Slide Driver’s Seat Back onExit” key is turned to ON or OFF in theVehicle settings on the center display. (SeeINFINITI InTouchTM Owner’s Manual.)

Initialize entry/exit functionIf the battery cable is disconnected, or if thefuse opens, the entry/exit function will notwork though this function was set on before.In such a case, after connecting the batteryor replacing with a new fuse, open and closethe driver’s door more than two times afterthe ignition switch is turned from the ONposition to the LOCK position. The entry/exit function will be activated.

MEMORY STORAGETwo positions for the driver’s seat, steeringcolumn and outside mirrors can be stored inthe automatic drive positioner memory.Follow these procedures to use the memorysystem.

1. Move the shift lever to the P (Park)position.

2. Adjust the driver’s seat, steering columnand outside mirrors to the desired posi-tions by manually operating each adjust-ing switch. For additional information,see “Seats” (P.1-3) and “Tilt/telescopicsteering” (P.3-29) and “Outside mirrors”(P.3-37).

3. Push the SET switch and, within 5seconds, push the memory switch (1 or2) fully for at least 1 second.

The indicator light for the pushed mem-ory switch will stay on for approximately5 seconds after pushing the switch.

When the memory is stored in thememory switch (1 or 2), a buzzer willsound.

If memory is stored in the same memoryswitch, the previous memory will bedeleted.

Linking Intelligent Key to a storedmemory positionThe Intelligent Key can be linked to a storedmemory position with the following proce-dure.

1. Follow the steps for storing a memoryposition.

2. While the indicator light for the memoryswitch being set is illuminated for 5seconds, push the button on theIntelligent Key. If the indicator lightblinks, the Intelligent Key is linked tothat memory setting.

Push the ignition switch to the OFF position,and then push the button on theIntelligent Key. The driver’s seat, steeringwheel and outside mirrors will move to the

memorized position.

Confirming memory storage. Push the ignition switch to the ON

position and push the SET switch. If themain memory has not been stored, theindicator light will come on for approxi-mately 0.5 second. When the memoryhas stored in position, the indicator lightwill stay on for approximately 5 seconds.

. If the battery cable is disconnected, or ifthe fuse opens, the memory will becanceled. In this case, reset the desiredposition using the previous procedure.

. If optional Intelligent Keys are added toyour vehicle, the memory storage proce-dure to switch 1 or 2 and linkingIntelligent Key procedure to a storedmemory position should be performedagain for each Intelligent Key. For addi-tional Intelligent Key information, see“Keys” (P.3-2).

Selecting the memorized position1. Move the shift lever to the P (Park)

position.

2. Use one of the following methods tomove the driver’s seat, the outsidemirrors and the steering wheel.. Push the memory switch (1 or 2) fully

for at least 1 second.

The driver’s seat, steering column andoutside mirrors will move to the memor-ized position or to the exit position whenthe entry/exit function is set to activewith the indicator light flashing, and thenthe light will stay on for approximately 5seconds.

SETTING MEMORY FUNCTIONThe status of the following settings can belinked to the Intelligent Key and the memor-ized settings can be available for eachIntelligent Key.

. Air conditioner system

. Navigation system

. Audio system

To use the memory function, lock the doorswith the Intelligent Key that is linked to thesettings.

To enable the memorized settings:

1. Carry the Intelligent Key that is linked tothe settings, and unlock the doors bypushing the driver’s door handle requestswitch or “UNLOCK” button on theIntelligent Key.

2. Place the ignition switch in the ONposition. “Connection with the key hasbeen done” will be displayed on thescreen and the memorized settings areavailable (only when a new IntelligentKey is used).

SYSTEM OPERATIONThe automatic drive positioner system willnot work or will stop operating under thefollowing conditions:

. When the vehicle speed is above 0 MPH(0 km/h) or 4 MPH (7 km/h) for somelimited functions such linking an Intelli-gent Key to the vehicle when the powersource is turned on from off or during theExit function.

. When any of the memory switches arepushed while the automatic drive posi-tioner is operating.

. When the adjusting switch for the dri-ver’s seat and steering column is turnedonwhile the automatic drive positioner isoperating.

. When the seat has already been movedto the memorized position.

. When no seat position is stored in thememory switch.

. When the shift lever is moved from the P(Park) position to any other position.



MEMO

4 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice re-cognition systems

INFINITI InTouchTM Owner’s Manual ........................ 4-2

Safety note ......................................................................... 4-2

Around View® Monitor ................................................... 4-3

Around View® Monitor system operation ........... 4-5

How to adjust the screen view ............................. 4-12

Around View® Monitor settings ........................... 4-12

Around View® Monitor system limitations ........ 4-14

System maintenance ................................................ 4-16

Camera aiding sonar function ..................................... 4-16

Sonar system operation .......................................... 4-17

Turning on and off the sonar function ............... 4-18

Sonar system limitations ......................................... 4-19

System temporarily unavailable ........................... 4-20

System maintenance ............................................... 4-20

Moving Object Detection (MOD) ............................. 4-20

MOD system operation ........................................... 4-21

Turning on and off the MOD system .................. 4-23

MOD system limitations ....................................... 4-23

System maintenance ............................................. 4-24

Ventilators ........................................................................ 4-25

Center ventilators ................................................... 4-25

Side ventilators ........................................................ 4-25

Rear ventilators ....................................................... 4-25

Heater and air conditioner .......................................... 4-26

Automatic climate control ................................... 4-28

Rear automatic air conditioning system ........... 4-31

Operating tips .......................................................... 4-35

Linking Intelligent Key ........................................... 4-35

In-cabin microfilter ................................................. 4-35

Servicing climate control ....................................... 4-35

Antenna ............................................................................ 4-36

Window antenna ..................................................... 4-36

Satellite antenna ..................................................... 4-36

Car phone or CB radio ................................................. 4-36

4-2 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

Refer to the INFINITI InTouchTM Owner’sManual that includes the following informa-tion.

. Audio system

. Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone system

. INFINITI InTouchTM Apps

. INFINITI InTouchTM Services

. SiriusXM® Travel Link

. SiriusXM TrafficTM

. SiriusXM® Satellite Radio

. Navigation system

. Voice Recognition System

. Information and settings viewable onINFINITI InTouchTM

WARNING

. Do not disassemble or modify thissystem. If you do, it may result inaccidents, fire, or electric shock.

. Do not use this system if you noticeany abnormality, such as a frozenscreen or lack of sound. Continueduse of the system may result inaccident, fire or electric shock.

. In case you notice any foreign objectin the system hardware, spill liquid onit, or notice smoke or smell comingfrom it, stop using the system im-mediately. It is recommended youvisit an INFINITI retailer for servi-cing. Ignoring such conditions maylead to accidents, fire, or electricshock.

. Park the vehicle in a safe location andapply the parking brake to view theimages on the front center displayscreen.

Do not attempt to operate the system inextreme temperature conditions [below−4°F (−20°C) and above 158°F (70°C)].Operating this system under these condi-tions may result in system malfunctions.

INFINITI INTOUCHTM OWNER’S MANUAL SAFETY NOTE

JVH1689X

1. CAMERA button

2. SETTING button

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings andinstructions for the proper use of theAround View® Monitor system couldresult in serious injury or death.

. The Around View® Monitor is aconvenience feature and is not asubstitute for proper vehicle opera-tion because it has areas whereobjects cannot be viewed. The fourcorners of the vehicle in particular,are areas where objects do not al-ways appear in the bird’s-eye, front,or rear views. Always check yoursurroundings to be sure that it is safeto move before operating the vehicle.Always operate the vehicle slowly.Always look out the windows andcheck mirrors to be sure that it is safeto move.

. The driver is always responsible forsafety during parking and othermaneuvers.

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-3

AROUND VIEW® MONITOR


CAUTION

Do not scratch the lens when cleaningdirt or snow from the front of thecamera.

The Around View® Monitor system is de-signed as an aid to the driver in situationssuch as slot parking or parallel parking.

The monitor displays various views of theposition of the vehicle in a split screenformat. All views are not available at alltimes.

Available views:

. Front view

An approximately 150-degree view ofthe front of the vehicle.

. Rear view

An approximately 150-degree view ofthe rear of the vehicle.

. Bird’s-eye view

The surrounding view of the vehicle fromabove.

. Front-side view

The view around and ahead of the frontpassenger’s side wheel.

. Front-wide view

An approximately 180-degree view of

the front of the vehicle.

. Rear-wide view

An approximately 180-degree view ofthe rear of the vehicle.

JVH1213X

To display the multiple views, the AroundView® Monitor system uses cameraslocated in the front grill, on the vehicle’soutside mirrors and one just above thevehicle’s license plate.

AROUND VIEW® MONITOR SYS-

TEM OPERATIONWith the ignition switch in the ON position,move the shift lever to the R (Reverse)position or push the CAMERA button tooperate the Around View® Monitor.

Available views

WARNING

. The distance guide lines and thevehicle width lines should be used asa reference only when the vehicle ison a paved, level surface. The appar-ent distance viewed on the monitormay be different than the actualdistance between the vehicle anddisplayed objects.

. Use the displayed lines and the bird’s-eye view as a reference. The lines andthe bird’s-eye view are greatly af-fected by the number of occupants,fuel level, vehicle position, road con-dition and road grade.

. If the tires are replaced with differentsized tires, the predictive course linesand the bird’s-eye view may be dis-played incorrectly.

. When driving the vehicle up a hill,objects viewed in the monitor arefurther than they appear. Whendriving the vehicle down a hill, objectsviewed in the monitor are closer thanthey appear.

. Objects in the monitor will appearvisually opposite compared to whenviewed in the rear view and outsidemirrors.

. Use the mirrors or actually look toproperly judge distances to otherobjects.

. The distance between objects viewedin the rear view differs from actualdistance because a wide-angle lens isused.

. On a snow-covered or slippery road,there may be a difference betweenthe predictive course line and theactual course line.

. The vehicle width and predictivecourse lines are wider than the actualwidth and course.

. The displayed lines on the rear viewwill appear slightly off to the rightbecause the rear view camera is notinstalled in the rear center of thevehicle.

SAA1840

Front view

SAA1896

Rear view



Front and rear view:

Guiding lines that indicate the approximatevehicle width and distances to objects withreference to the vehicle body line aredisplayed on the monitor.

Distance guide lines

Indicate distances from the vehicle body.

. Red line : approx. 1.5 ft (0.5 m)

. Yellow line : approx. 3 ft (1 m)

. Green line : approx. 7 ft (2 m)

. Green line (if so equipped): approx. 10ft (3 m)

Vehicle width guide lines

Indicates the approximate vehicle width.

Predictive course lines

Indicate the predictive course when operat-ing the vehicle. The predictive course lineswill be displayed on the monitor when thesteering wheel is turned. The predictivecourse lines will move depending on howmuch the steering wheel is turned and willnot be displayed while the steering wheel isin the straight-ahead position.

The front view will not be displayed whenthe vehicle speed is above 6MPH (10 km/h).

NOTE:

When the monitor displays the front viewand the steering wheel turns about 90degrees or less from the straight ahead

position, both the right and left predictivecourse lines are displayed. When thesteering wheel turns about 90 degrees ormore, a line is displayed only on theopposite side of the turn.

JVH1140X

Bird’s-eye view:

The bird’s-eye view shows the overheadview of the vehicle, which helps confirm thevehicle position and the predictive course toa parking space.

The vehicle icon shows the position of thevehicle. Note that the size of the vehicle iconon the bird’s-eye view may differ somewhatfrom the actual distance to the vehicle.

The areas that the cameras cannot coverare indicated in black.

The non-viewable area is highlighted inyellow for several seconds after the bird’s-eye view is displayed. It will be shown onlythe first time after the ignition switch isplaced in the ON position.

The driver can check the approximate direc-tion and angle of the tire on the display bytire icon when driving the vehicle forwardor backward.

Predictive course lines ( and ) indicatethe predictive course when operating thevehicle. The predictive course lines will bedisplayed on the monitor when the steeringwheel is turned. The predictive course lineswill move depending on how much thesteering wheel is turned and will not bedisplayed while the steering wheel is in thestraight-ahead position.

When the monitor displays the front viewand the steering wheel turns about 90degrees or less from the straight-aheadposition, the two green predictive courselines are shown in front of the vehicle.

When the steering wheel turns about 90degrees or more, one green predictive courseline is shown in front of the vehicle and theother green predictive course line is shownat side of the vehicle.

When the monitor displays the rear view, thepredictive course lines are shown at back ofthe vehicle.

WARNING

. Objects in the bird’s-eye view willappear further than the actual dis-tance.

. Tall objects, such as a curb or vehicle,may be misaligned or not displayed atthe seam of the views.

. Objects that are above the cameracannot be displayed.

. The view for the bird’s-eye view maybe misaligned when the camera posi-tion alters.

. A line on the ground may be mis-aligned and is not seen as beingstraight at the seam of the views.The misalignment will increase as theline proceeds away from the vehicle.

. Tire angle display does not indicatethe actual tire angle.

JVH1141X

Front-side view:

Guiding lines:

Guiding lines that indicate the width and thefront end of the vehicle are displayed on themonitor.

The front-of-vehicle line shows the frontpart of the vehicle.

The side-of-vehicle line shows the vehiclewidth including the outside mirrors.

The extensions of both the front andside lines are shown with a green dottedline.



CAUTION

The turn signal light may look like theside-of-vehicle line. This is not a mal-function.

JVH1142X

Front-wide view

JVH1143X

Rear-wide view

Front-wide/rear-wide view:

The front-wide/rear-wide view shows awider area on the entire screen and allowsthe checking of the blind corners on the rightand left sides. The front-wide/rear-wideview displays an approximately 180-degreearea while the front view and the rear viewdisplay an approximately 150-degree area.The predictive course lines are not displayedwhen using the front-wide/rear-wide view.

Distance guide lines

Indicates distances from the vehicle body.

. Red line : approx. 1.5 ft (0.5 m)

. Yellow line : approx. 3 ft (1 m)

. Green line : approx. 7 ft (2 m)

. Green line (if so equipped): approx. 10ft (3 m)

Vehicle width guide lines

Indicates the approximate vehicle width.

Difference between predicted and

actual distancesThe displayed guide lines and their locationson the ground are for approximate referenceonly. Objects on uphill or downhill surfacesor projecting objects will be actually locatedat distances different from those displayedin the monitor relative to the guide lines(refer to illustrations). When in doubt, turnaround and view the objects as you arebacking up, or park and exit the vehicle toview the positioning of objects behind thevehicle.

JVH1214X

Backing up on a steep uphill:

When backing up the vehicle up a hill, thedistance guide lines and the vehicle widthguide lines are shown closer than the actualdistance. Note that any object on the hill isfurther than it appears on the monitor.

JVH1215X

Backing up on a steep downhill:

When backing up the vehicle down a hill, thedistance guide lines and the vehicle widthguide lines are shown further than the actualdistance. Note that any object on the hill iscloser than it appears on the monitor.



SAA1923

Backing up near a projecting object:

The predictive course lines do not touchthe object in the display. However, thevehicle may hit the object if it projects overthe actual backing up course.

JVH1216X

Backing up behind a projecting object:

The position is shown further than theposition in the display. However, theposition is actually at the same distanceas the position . The vehicle may hit theobject when backing up to the position ifthe object projects over the actual backing

up course.

How to park with predictive course

lines

WARNING

. If the tires are replaced with differentsized tires, the predictive course linesmay be displayed incorrectly.

. On a snow-covered or slippery road,there may be a difference betweenthe predictive course line and theactual course line.

. If the battery is disconnected orbecomes discharged, the predictivecourse lines may be displayed incor-rectly. If this occurs, drive the vehicleon a straight road for more than 5minutes.

SAA1897

1. Visually check that the parking space issafe before parking your vehicle.

2. The rear view of the vehicle is displayedon the screen when the shift lever ismoved to the R (Reverse) position.

SAA1898

3. Slowly back up the vehicle adjusting thesteering wheel so that the predictivecourse lines enter the parking space .

4. Maneuver the steering wheel to makethe vehicle width guide lines parallel tothe parking space while referring tothe predictive course lines.

5. When the vehicle is parked in the spacecompletely, move the shift lever to the P(Park) position and apply the parkingbrake.



JVH1691X

How to switch the displayThe Around View® Monitor can display twosplit views as well as a single view of thefront-wide view or rear-wide view. Push theCAMERA button, change the shift leverposition, or select the “Change View” keyto switch between the available views.

For models with the Back-up CollisionIntervention (BCI) system, “ ” key maybe displayed on the Around View® Monitorscreen when the shift lever is in the Rposition. For details of the BCI system, see“Back-up Collision Intervention (BCI)” (P.5-55).

JVH1690X

HOW TO ADJUST THE SCREEN

VIEWThe display settings such as Brightness,Contrast, Black Level, Tint and Color of theAround View® Monitor can be adjusted.

1. Push the SETTING button with theAround View® Monitor turned on.

2. The Display settings menu is displayed.Select an item you wish to adjust.

3. Adjust the selected item using the “+” or“-” key.

Select the “Reset Settings” key to return allsettings to default.

NOTE:

Do not adjust any of the display settings ofthe Around View®Monitor while the vehicleis moving. Make sure the parking brake isfirmly applied.

Display settings menu can also be accessedwhile the Around View® Monitor screen isnot displayed. See “Around View® Monitorsettings” (P.4-12).

AROUND VIEW® MONITOR SET-TINGSTo set up the Around View®Monitor to yourpreferred settings, push the SETTING but-ton while the Around View® Monitor screenis not displayed, select the “Camera/Sonar”key.

Items displayed on the screen may varydepending on the specification and model.

Available setting items:

Setting item Action

Camera Back-up Collision Intervention Turns the Back-up Collision Intervention (BCI) system on/off. See “Back-upCollision Intervention (BCI)” (P.5-55).

Moving Object Detection Turns the MOD system on/off. See “Moving Object Detection (MOD)” (P.4-20).

Non-viewable Area Reminder When this item is turned on, the non-viewable area is highlighted in yellow forseveral seconds after the bird’s-eye view is displayed. It will be shown only the firsttime after the ignition switch is placed in the ON position.

Predictive Course Lines When this item is turned on, the predictive course lines are displayed in the frontand the rear view and bird’s-eye view.

Automatic Display with Sonar The automatic sonar display can be turned on/off.

Sonar For the information about the sonar, see “Sonar function settings” (P.4-19).

Display Brightness Adjust display settings by using the “+”/“-” key.

Contrast

Black Level

Tint

Color

Reset Settings Return all the settings to default.



AROUND VIEW® MONITOR SYS-

TEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitationsfor Around View® Monitor. Failure tooperate the vehicle in accordance withthese system limitations could result inserious injury or death.

. Do not use the Around View® Moni-tor with the outside mirrors in thestored position, and make sure thatthe liftgate is securely closed whenoperating the vehicle using theAround View® Monitor.

. The apparent distance between ob-jects viewed on the Around View®

Monitor differs from the actual dis-tance.

. The cameras are installed on thefront grille, the outside mirrors andabove the rear license plate. Do notput anything on the vehicle thatcovers the cameras.

. When washing the vehicle with highpressure water, be sure not to sprayit around the cameras. Otherwise,water may enter the camera unit

causing water condensation on thelens, a malfunction, fire or an electricshock.

. Do not strike the cameras. They areprecision instruments. Doing so couldcause a malfunction or cause damageresulting in a fire or an electric shock.

The following are operating limitations anddo not represent a system malfunction:

. The screen displayed on the AroundView® Monitor will automatically returnto the previous screen 3 minutes afterthe CAMERA button has been pushedwhile the shift lever is in a position otherthan the R (Reverse) position.

. There may be a delay when switchingbetween views.

. When the temperature is extremely highor low, the screen may not displayobjects clearly.

. When strong light directly shines on thecamera, objects may not be displayedclearly.

. The screen may flicker under fluorescentlight.

. The colors of objects on the AroundView® Monitor may differ somewhatfrom the actual color of objects.

. Objects on the monitor may not be clearand the color of the object may differ in adark environment.

. There may be differences in sharpnessbetween each camera view of the bird’s-eye view.

. When activating the Around View®

Monitor, the icons and the messagesmay not be displayed for a while.

. If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on thecamera, the Around View® Monitor maynot display objects clearly. Clean thecamera.

. Do not use wax on the camera lens. Wipeoff any wax with a clean cloth that hasbeen dampened with a diluted mildcleaning agent, then wipe with a drycloth.

JVH0964X

There are some areas where the system willnot show objects and the system does notwarn of moving objects.When in the front orthe rear view display, an object below thebumper or on the ground may not be viewed. When in the bird’s-eye view, a tall object

near the seam of the camera viewingareas will not appear in the monitor .

JVH1633X

System temporarily unavailableWhen the “ ” icon is displayed on thescreen, there will be abnormal conditions inthe Around View® Monitor. This will nothinder normal driving operation but thesystem should be inspected. It is recom-mended you visit an INFINITI retailer.

JVH1634X

When the “ ” icon is displayed on thescreen, the camera image may be receivingtemporary electronic disturbances from sur-rounding devices. This will not hinder normaldriving operation but the system should beinspected. It is recommended you visit anINFINITI retailer.



JVH1213X

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

CAUTION

. Do not use alcohol, benzine or thinnerto clean the camera. This will causediscoloration. To clean the camera,wipe with a cloth dampened withdiluted mild cleaning agent and thenwipe with a dry cloth.

. Do not damage the camera as themonitor screen may be adverselyaffected.

If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on any ofthe cameras , the Around View® Monitormay not display objects clearly. Clean thecamera by wiping with a cloth dampenedwith a diluted mild cleaning agent and thenwiping with a dry cloth.

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings andinstructions for proper use of the sonarfunction as outlined in this section couldresult in serious injury or death.

. The sonar is a convenience feature. Itis not a substitute for proper parking.

. This function is designed as an aid tothe driver in detecting large station-ary objects to help avoid damagingthe vehicle.

. The driver is always responsible forsafety during parking and othermaneuvers.

. Always look around and check that itis safe to move before parking.

. Read and understand the limitationsof the sonar as contained in thissection.

The sonar function helps to inform the driverof large stationary objects around thevehicle when parking by issuing an audibleand visual alert.

CAMERA AIDING SONAR FUNCTION

JVH1693X

1. Center display

2. Sonar indicator

3. CAMERA button

4. SETTING button

SONAR SYSTEM OPERATIONThe system gives the tone for front objectswhen the shift lever is in the D (Drive)position and both front and rear objectswhen the shift lever is in the R (Reverse)position.

When the camera image is shown on thecenter display, the system shows the sonarindicator regardless of the shift lever posi-tion.

The system is deactivated at speeds above 6MPH (10 km/h). It is reactivated at lowerspeeds.

The colors of the sonar indicators and thedistance guide lines in the front, front-wide,rear and rear-wide views indicate differentdistances to the object.

When the objects are detected, the indicator(green) appears and blinks and the tonesounds intermittently. When the vehiclemoves closer to the object, the color of theindicator turns yellow and the rate of theblinking and the rate of the tone increase.When the vehicle is very close to the object,the indicator stops blinking and turns red,and the tone sounds continuously.

The intermittent tone will stop after 3seconds when an object is detected by onlythe sonar and the distance does not change.

The tone will stop when the object is no



longer near the vehicle.

JVH1694X

TURNING ON AND OFF THE SO-

NAR FUNCTIONWhen the Sonar/MOD key is selected, theindicator will turn off and the sonar will beturned off temporarily. The Moving ObjectDetection (MOD) system will also be turnedoff at the same time. (See “Moving ObjectDetection (MOD)” (P.4-20).) When the keyis selected again, the indicator will turn

on and the sonar will turn back on.

In the below cases, the sonar will be turnedback on automatically:

. When the shift lever is placed in the R(Reverse) position.

. When the CAMERA button is pushedand a screen other than the camera viewis shown on the display.

. When vehicle speed decreases belowapproximately 6 MPH (10 km/h).

. When the ignition switch is placed in theOFF position and turned back to the ONposition again.

To deactivate the sonar system completely,use the “Sonar” settings. See “Sonar functionsettings” (P.4-19).

JVH1695X

Sonar function settingsTo set up the sonar function to yourpreferred settings, push the SETTING but-ton while the Around View® Monitor screenis not displayed, select the “Camera/Sonar”key and then select the “Sonar” key on thecenter display.

Sonar:

When this item is turned on, the front andrear sonar is activated. When this item isturned off (indicator turns off), the front andrear sonar is deactivated. The amber mar-kers are displayed at the corners of thevehicle icon and the sonar icon will disappearfrom the Sonar/MOD key. The next time the

ignition switch is placed in the ON position,“Sonar is OFF” is displayed briefly.

FR Sensor Only:

When this item is turned on, only the frontsonar is activated. The amber markers aredisplayed at the rear corners of the vehicleicon.

Interrupt Display:

When this item is turned on, the AroundView® Monitor will interrupt the currentview in the display to see the surroundingarea of the vehicle.

Sonar Sensitivity:

Adjust the sensitivity level of the sonar.

Sonar Volume:

Adjust the tone volume of the sonar.

SONAR SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitationsfor the sonar function. Failure to operatethe vehicle in accordance with thesesystem limitations could result in seriousinjury or death.

. Inclement weather or ultrasonicsources such as an automatic carwash, a truck’s compressed-air

brakes or a pneumatic drill may affectthe function of the system, includingreduced performance or a false acti-vation.

. This function is designed as an aid tothe driver in detecting large station-ary objects to help avoid damagingthe vehicle.

. The system is not designed to pre-vent contact with small or movingobjects.

. The system will not detect smallobjects below the bumper, and maynot detect objects close to the bum-per or on the ground.

. The system may not detect thefollowing objects:

— Fluffy objects such as snow,cloth, cotton, grass or wool.

— Thin objects such as rope, wire orchain.

— Wedge-shaped objects.

. If your vehicle sustains damage to thebumper fascia, leaving it misalignedor bent, the sensing zone may bealtered causing inaccurate measure-ment of objects or false alarms.



CAUTION

Excessive noise (such as audio systemvolume or an open vehicle window) willinterfere with the tone and it may not beheard.

SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNA-VAILABLEWhen the amber markers are displayed atthe corners of the vehicle icon and thefunction cannot be activated from the“Sonar” settings (the setting items aregrayed out), the sonar system may bemalfunctioning.

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

CAUTION

Keep the surface of the sonar sensors(located on the front and rear bumperfascia) free from accumulations of snow,ice and dirt. Do not scratch the surfaceof the sonar sensors when cleaning. Ifthe sensors are covered, the accuracy ofthe sonar function will be diminished.

JVH1689X

1. CAMERA button

2. SETTING button

MOVING OBJECT DETECTION (MOD)

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings andinstructions for proper use of the Mov-ing Object Detection system could resultin serious injury or death.

. The MOD system is not a substitutefor proper vehicle operation and isnot designed to prevent contact withthe objects surrounding the vehicle.When maneuvering, always use theoutside mirror and rearview mirrorand turn and check the surroundingto ensure it is safe to maneuver.

. The system is deactivated at speedsabove 6 MPH (10 km/h). It is reacti-vated at lower speeds.

. The MOD system is not designed todetect the surrounding stationaryobjects.

TheMovingObject Detection (MOD) systemcan inform the driver of the moving objectssurrounding the vehicle when driving out ofgarages, maneuvering into parking lots andin other such instances.

The MOD system detects moving objects byusing image processing technology on theimage shown on the display.

MOD SYSTEM OPERATIONThe MOD system will turn on automaticallyunder the following conditions:

. When the shift lever is in the R (Reverse)position.

. When vehicle speed decreases belowapproximately 5 MPH (8 km/h).

JVH1696X

Bird’s-eye view

JVH1697X

Front view / rear view



JVH1698X

Rear and front-side views

JVH1699X

Front-wide view / rear-wide view

When the MOD system detects movingobjects near the vehicle, the yellow framewill be displayed on the view where theobjects are detected and a chime will soundonce. While the MOD system continues todetect moving objects, the yellow framecontinues to be displayed.

In the bird’s-eye view, the yellow frame isdisplayed on each camera image (front, rear,right, left) depending on where movingobjects are detected.

The yellow frame is displayed on eachview in the front view, front-wide view, rearview and rear-wide view modes.

While the sonar is beeping, the MOD systemdoes not chime.

A blue MOD icon is displayed in the viewwhere the MOD system is operative. A grayMOD icon is displayed in the view wherethe MOD system is not operative.

If the MOD system is turned off, the MODicon is not displayed.

The MOD system operates in the followingconditions when the camera view is dis-played:

. When the shift lever is in the P (Park) or N(Neutral) position and the vehicle isstopped, the MOD system detects themoving objects in the bird’s-eye view.The MOD system will not operate if the

outside mirror is moving in or out or ifeither door is opened.

. When the shift lever is in the D (Drive)position and the vehicle speed is belowapproximately 5 MPH (8 km/h), theMOD system detects moving objects inthe front view or front-wide view.

. When the shift lever is in the R (Reverse)position and the vehicle speed is belowapproximately 5 MPH (8 km/h), theMOD system detects moving objects inthe rear view or rear-wide view. TheMOD system will not operate if theliftgate is open.

The MOD system does not detect movingobjects in the front-side view. TheMOD iconis not displayed on the screen when in front-side view.

JVH1712X

TURNINGONANDOFF THEMOD

SYSTEMWhen the MOD is active and the Sonar/MOD key is selected, theMOD systemwillturn off temporarily and the indicator willturn off. (A camera-aiding sonar will turn offat the same time.) When the Sonar/MODkey is selected again, the indicator willturn on and the MOD system will turn backon.

JVH1713X

MOD function settingTo set up the MOD function to yourpreferred settings, push the SETTING but-ton, select “Camera/Sonar” key, and thenselect the “Camera” key on the centerdisplay.

Moving Object Detection:

When this item is turned on, the MOD isactivated. When this item is turned off(indicator turns off), the MOD system isdeactivated. When the MOD system isdeactivated, “MOD” will disappear onthe Sonar/MOD key and the MOD iconwill disappear as well.

When the sonar is turned off on the setting

menu as well, the Sonar/MOD key willdisappear.

MOD SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitationsfor MOD. Failure to operate the vehiclein accordance with these system limita-tions could result in serious injury ordeath.

. Do not use the MOD system whentowing a trailer. The system may notfunction properly.

. Excessive noise (for example, audiosystem volume or open vehicle win-dow) will interfere with the chimesound, and it may not be heard.

. TheMOD system performance will belimited according to environmentalconditions and surrounding objectssuch as:

— When there is low contrast be-tween background and the mov-ing objects.

— When there is blinking source oflight.



— When strong light such as an-other vehicle’s headlight or sun-light is present.

— When camera orientation is not inits usual position, such as whenmirror is folded.

— When there is dirt, water drops orsnow on the camera lens.

— When the position of the movingobjects in the display is not chan-ged.

. The MOD system might detect flow-ing water droplets on the cameralens, white smoke from the muffler,moving shadows, etc.

. The MOD system may not functionproperly depending on the speed,direction, distance or shape of themoving objects.

. If your vehicle sustains damage to theparts where the camera is installed,leaving it misaligned or bent, thesensing zone may be altered and theMOD system may not detect objectsproperly.

. When the temperature is extremelyhigh or low, the screen may notdisplay objects clearly. This is not amalfunction.

JVH1213X

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

CAUTION

. Do not use alcohol, benzine or thinnerto clean the camera. This will causediscoloration. To clean the camera,wipe with a cloth dampened withdiluted mild cleaning agent and thenwipe with a dry cloth.

. Do not damage the camera as themonitor screen may be adverselyaffected.

If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on any ofthe cameras , the MOD system may notoperate properly. Clean the camera bywiping with a cloth dampened with a dilutedmild cleaning agent and then wiping with adry cloth.

SAA3348

CENTER VENTILATORSOpen/close the ventilators by moving thecontrol to either direction.

: This symbol indicates that the ventila-tors are closed. Moving the side controlto this direction will close the ventilators.

: This symbol indicates that the ventila-tors are open. Moving the side control tothis direction will open the ventilators.

Adjust the air flow direction of the ventila-tors by moving the center knob (up/down,left/right) until the desired position isachieved.

SAA3054

SIDE VENTILATORSOpen/close the ventilators by moving thecontrol to either direction.




JVH1313X

REAR VENTILATORSOpen/close the ventilators by moving thecontrol to either direction.




VENTILATORS


SAA3055


WARNING

. The air conditioner cooling functionoperates only when the engine isrunning.

. Do not leave children or adults whowould normally require the supportof others alone in your vehicle. Petsshould not be left alone either. Onhot, sunny days, temperatures in aclosed vehicle could quickly becomehigh enough to cause severe orpossibly fatal injuries to people oranimals.

. Do not use the recirculation mode forlong periods as it may cause theinterior air to become stale and thewindows to fog up.

. Do not adjust the heating and airconditioning controls while driving sothat full attention may be given tovehicle operation.

Start the engine and operate the automaticclimate control system.

NOTE:. Odors from inside and outside the

vehicle can build up in the air conditionerunit. Odor can enter the passenger

compartment through the ventilators.

. When parking, set the heater and airconditioner controls to turn off airrecirculation to allow fresh air into thepassenger compartment. This shouldhelp reduce odors inside the vehicle.

HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER

SAA3059

Without Advanced Climate Control System (if so equipped)

SAA3161

With Advanced Climate Control System (if so equipped)

1. “AUTO” automatic climate control ONbutton/Temperature control dial (dri-ver side)

2. “ ” front defroster button

3. “ ” rear window defroster button(See “Rear window and outside mirrordefroster switch” (P.2-36).)

4. “ ” fan speed decrease button

5. “OFF” button for climate control sys-tem

6. “ ” fan speed increase button

7. “ ” intake air control button

8. “ ” air recirculation button

9. “DUAL” zone control ON/OFF button/Temperature control dial (passengerside)

10. “MODE” manual air flow control but-ton

11. “REAR” control button

12. “A/C” air conditioner ON/OFF button

13. “ ” upper vent button

14. “ ” auto-recirculation button



AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CON-

TROL

Automatic operation

Cooling and/or dehumidified heating(AUTO):

This mode may be used all year round. Thesystem works automatically to control theinside temperature, air flow distribution andfan speed after the preferred temperature isset manually.

1. Push the “AUTO” button on. (The in-dicator on the button will illuminate andAUTO will be displayed.)

2. Turn the temperature control dial (driverside) to set the desired temperature.

The temperature of the passenger com-partment will be maintained automati-cally. Air flow distribution and fan speedwill also be controlled automatically.

3. You can individually set driver and frontpassenger side temperature using eachtemperature control button. When the“DUAL” button is pushed or the passen-ger side temperature control button isturned, the DUAL indicator will come on.To turn off the passenger side tempera-ture control, push the “DUAL” button.

4. To turn off the climate control system,push the “OFF” button.

A visible mist may be seen coming from theventilators in hot, humid conditions as the airis cooled rapidly. This does not indicate amalfunction.

Dehumidified defrosting or defogging:

1. Push the “ ” front defroster button.(The indicator light on the button willilluminate.)

2. Turn the temperature control dial to setthe desired temperature.

. To quickly remove ice from the outside ofthe windows, push the fan speed in-crease button “ ” and set it to themaximum position.

. As soon as possible after the windshieldis clean, push the “AUTO” button toreturn to the auto mode.

. When the “ ” front defroster button ispushed, the air conditioner will automa-tically be turned on at outside tempera-tures above 23°F (−5°C) to defog thewindshield, and the air recirculate modewill automatically be turned off.

Outside air is drawn into the passengercompartment to improve the defoggingperformance.

Manual operation

Fan speed control:

Push the fan speed increase “ ” ordecrease “ ” buttons to manually controlthe fan speed.

Push the “AUTO” button to return to auto-matic control of the fan speed.

Temperature control:

Turn the temperature control dial to set thedesired temperature.

Air flow control:

Pushing the “MODE”manual air flow controlbutton selects the air outlet to:

: Air flows from center and side ventilators.

: Air flows from center and side ventilatorsand foot outlets.

: Air flows mainly from foot outlets.

: Air flows from defroster and foot outlets.

Air intake control (Without Advanced Cli-mate Control System):

. Push the “ ” air recirculation button torecirculate interior air inside the vehicle.The “ ” indicator light on the buttonwill come on. The air recirculation modecannot be activated when the air condi-tioner is in the front defrosting mode“ ”.

. Push the “ ” outside air circulationbutton to draw outside air into thepassenger compartment. The “ ” in-dicator light on the button will come on.

. To control the air intake automatically,push and hold either the “ ” airrecirculation button or the “ ” outsideair circulation button (whichever indica-tor light is illuminated). The indicatorlights (both air recirculation and outsideair circulation buttons) will flash twice,and then the air intake will switch toautomatic control.

Air intake control (With Advanced Climate

Control System):

. Push the “ ” air recirculation button torecirculate interior air inside the vehicle.The “ ” indicator light on the buttonwill come on. The air recirculation modecannot be activated when the air condi-tioner is in the front defrosting mode“ ”.

. Push the “ ” air recirculation button(the indicator on the button will turn off)to draw outside air into the passengercompartment.

. To control the air intake automatically,push the “ ” auto-recirculation but-ton. The indicator light on the “”auto-recirculation button will illuminate.

Turning the system offPush the OFF button.

Upper vent systemWhen the upper vent “ ” button is pushed,the air flow against the driver’s or passen-ger’s upper body becomes gentle. Theindicator light on the button will illuminate.

In this mode, air from the upper ventilatorflows in order to control the cabin tempera-ture without blowing air directly on theoccupants.

Push the upper vent “ ” button when youwant the air conditioner to work quickly.

To turn the system off, push the upper vent“ ” button to turn the indicator light off.

Advanced Climate Control System(if so equipped)The Advanced Climate Control Systemkeeps the air inside of the vehicle clean,using the ion control and the automatic airintake control with exhaust gas detectingsensor.

JVH1780X

Ion control:

This unit generates highly concentratedPlasmacluster® ions into the air blown fromthe ventilators and reduces odor absorbedinto the interior trim.

The high-density Plasmacluster® ions gen-erated in the air conditioner’s air stream notonly suppress airborne bacteria and reducethe adherence of odors to the interior trim,but also have a proven skin moisture pre-serving effect.

When the air conditioner is turned on, thesystem generates Plasmacluster® ions auto-matically.

The amount of Plasmacluster® ions in-creases according to the amount of air flow.



When the air flow is high, “ ” is displayedon the screen and when the air flow is low,the indication in the screen changes to “ ”.

Plasmacluster® and Plasmacluster® ion areregistered trademarks of Sharp Corporation.

Exhaust gas/outside odor detection sensor:

This vehicle is equipped with an exhaust gasdetection sensor. When the automatic in-take air control is ON, the sensor detectsindustry odors such as pulp or chemicals, andexhaust gas such as gasoline or diesel. Whensuch odors or gas are detected, the systemautomatically changes from the outside aircirculation mode to the recirculation mode.

When the auto-recirculation button ispushed under the following conditions, theindicator light on the “ ” button willilluminate and the exhaust gas detectionsensor will turn on.

. The air flow control is not in the frontdefroster mode (the indicator light on the“ ” front defroster button is turnedoff).

. The outside temperature is about 32°F(0°C) or more.

When the automatic intake air control is ON,for the first 5 minutes, the recirculationmode is selected to prevent dust, dirt andpollen from entering the vehicle and cleansthe air inside of the vehicle with positive andnegative ions that are emitted from the

ventilator.

After the 5 minutes, the sensor detectsexhaust gas and automatically alternatesbetween the recirculation mode and outsideair circulation mode.

JVH1630X

Operations on touch panel screenClimate control settings can be operated onthe touch panel screen. Push the “CLIMATE”button and turn the display to the Climatescreen.

For details of the touch panel operation onthe center display, see the separate INFINITIInTouchTM Owner’s Manual.

JVH1780X

The following operations are available withthe touch panel screen.

Availability of the item depends on themodel and specifications.

Available items:

.Touch to change the air flow mode.

. - / +

Touch to change the fan speed of the airfrom the ventilators.

. Rear Climate

Touch to display the Rear Climatescreen. (See “Rear automatic air condi-tioning system” (P.4-31).)

. A/C

Touch to turn the air conditioner on/off.

. DUAL

Touch to turn the DUAL mode (passen-ger’s side temperature control) on/off.

. Upper Vent

Touch to turn the upper vent system on/off. (See “Upper vent system” (P.4-29).)

. Auto Recirc

Touch to turn the auto-recirculationmode on/off. (See “Advanced ClimateControl System” (P.4-29).)

JVH1621X

REAR AUTOMATIC AIR CONDI-

TIONING SYSTEMPush the “REAR” button on the front airconditioner control panel to turn on the rearautomatic air conditioning system. (TheREAR indicator light will illuminate.)

To control the rear automatic air condition-ing system with the front air conditionercontrol panel, push the “CLIMATE” buttonand touch “Rear Climate” key. The displaywill switch to the Rear Climate screen.

The rear automatic air conditioning systemcan be adjusted with the front air condi-tioner control panel when the Rear Climatescreen is displayed.



Push the “CLIMATE” button one more time,the display will return to the Climate screen.

The rear automatic air conditioning systemcan also be adjusted by using the rear airconditioner control panel located on the rearof the center console. (See “Rear air condi-tioner control panel operation” (P.4-34).)

This table shows the relation between thefront air conditioner control panel and therear air conditioner control panel.

Display status

Rear Climatescreen is dis-played

Rear Climatescreen is not dis-played (Climatescreen)

Front aircondition-er controlpanel

Only the rearautomatic airconditioningsystem can beoperated

Only the front airconditioner canbe operated

Rear aircondition-er controlpanel

Cannot be op-erated

Only the rearautomatic airconditioning sys-tem can be oper-ated

Front air conditioner control paneloperation

Automatic operation:

1. Push the “REAR” button to turn on rearautomatic air conditioning system. Push

the “CLIMATE” button and select the“Rear Climate” key to display the RearClimate screen.

2. Push the “AUTO” button. (The AUTOindicator light will illuminate and “AUTO”will appear on the display.)

3. Turn the temperature control dial (dri-ver’s side) to set the desired tempera-ture.

Cooling and dehumidified heating:

1. Push the “REAR” button to turn on therear automatic air conditioning system.Push the “CLIMATE” button and touch“Rear Climate” key to display the RearClimate screen.

2. Turn the temperature control dial (dri-ver’s side) to set the desired tempera-ture.

3. Switch the air flow mode to bypushing the “MODE” button.

4. Push the “CLIMATE” button one moretime to return to the Climate screen. Ifthe A/C indicator light does not illumi-nate, push the “A/C” button. (The A/Cindicator light will turn on.)

NOTE:

When the front air conditioner is off, therear automatic air conditioning system onlyoperates the fan. When you would like to

use the air conditioner, be sure to push the“A/C” button on the front air conditionercontrol panel to turn on the A/C indicatorlight.

Manual operation:

. Temperature control

Turn the temperature control dial (dri-ver’s side) to set the desired tempera-ture.

. Fan speed control

Push the fan speed control “ ” buttonor “ ” button to manually control thefan speed.

. Air flow control

Push the “MODE” button to change theair flow mode.

: The air outlet is fixed at foot level.

: The air outlet is fixed at both the head andfoot levels.

: The air outlet is fixed at the head level.

Touch panel operationThe rear automatic air conditioning systemcan also be controlled on the Rear Climatescreen.

Touch the “Rear Climate” key on the Climatescreen to display the Rear Climate screen.

JVH1719X

Rear Climate screen

Available items:

. Temp Down

Touch to decrease the temperature.

. Temp Up

Touch to increase the temperature.

. ON/OFF

Touch to turn the rear automatic airconditioning system on/off.

. Fan Down

The fan speed of the air from theventilators can be decreased.

. Fan Up

The fan speed of the air from theventilators can be increased.

. Auto

Touch to turn the auto mode on/off.

. Mode

Touch to select different air flow mode.

SAA3327

1. “OFF” button

2. Fan speed control button

3. “AUTO” button

4. Display

5. “MODE” button

6. “TEMP” button



Rear air conditioner control panel

operation

Rear control buttons:

The rear seat passengers can adjust the rearautomatic air conditioning system using thecontrol switches on the rear of the centerconsole.

The rear control buttons do not functionwhen the Rear Climate screen is shown onthe front display. To activate the rear controlbuttons, push the “CLIMATE” button andswitch the screen to the Climate screen.

. “OFF” button:

Rear automatic air conditioning systemoff

. “ ” button:

Rear fan speed control up/down

. “AUTO” button:

Rear automatic air conditioning systemon, AUTO mode on

. “MODE” button:

Rear air flow control change

. “TEMP” button:

Rear temperature control up/down

Turning the system offUse the following methods to turn the rearautomatic air conditioning system off.

. Operating the front air conditioner con-trol panel:

Push the “OFF” button on the front airconditioner control panel when the RearClimate screen is displayed.

. Operating the Rear Climate screen:

Touch the “ON/OFF” key on the RearClimate screen when the rear automaticair conditioning system is on.

. Operating the rear air conditioner controlpanel:

Push the “OFF” button on the rear airconditioner control panel when the RearClimate screen is not displayed. SAA3088

SAA3058

OPERATING TIPSWhen the engine coolant temperature andoutside air temperature are low, the air flowfrom the foot outlets may not operate.However, this is not a malfunction. Afterthe coolant temperature warms up, the airflow from the foot outlets will operatenormally.

The sensors and located on the instru-ment panel help maintain a constant tem-perature. Do not put anything on or aroundthe sensors.

LINKING INTELLIGENT KEYThe Climate control system settings can bememorized for each Intelligent Key. Formore details, see “Setting memory function”(P.3-41).

IN-CABIN MICROFILTERModels without Advanced Climate ControlSystem:

The climate control system is equipped withan in-cabin microfilter which collects dirt,pollen, dust, etc.

Models with Advanced Climate ControlSystem:

The climate control system is equipped witha natural grape seed polyphenol filter whichcollects and neutralizes dirt, pollen, dust, etc.

To make sure the air conditioner heats,defogs, and ventilates efficiently, replacethe filter in accordance with the specifiedmaintenance intervals listed in the “9. Main-tenance and schedules” section. If replace-ment is required, it is recommended you visitan INFINITI retailer for this service.

The filter should be replaced if the air flowdecreases significantly or if windows fog upeasily when operating the heater or airconditioner.

SERVICING CLIMATE CONTROLThe climate control system in your vehicle ischarged with a refrigerant designed with theenvironment in mind. This refrigerant willnot harm the earth’s ozone layer. However,special charging equipment and lubricant arerequired when servicing your air conditioner.Using improper refrigerants or lubricants willcause severe damage to your climate controlsystem. (See “Capacities and recommendedfluids/lubricants” (P.10-2) for climate con-trol system refrigerant and lubricant recom-mendations.)

Your INFINITI retailer will be able to serviceyour environmentally friendly climate controlsystem.

WARNING

The system contains refrigerant underhigh pressure. To avoid personal injury,any air conditioner service should bedone only by an experienced technicianwith the proper equipment.



WINDOW ANTENNAThe antenna pattern is printed inside the 3rdrow seat window.

CAUTION

. Do not place metalized film near the3rd row seat window or attach anymetal parts to it. This may cause poorreception or noise.

. When cleaning the inside of the 3rdrow seat window, be careful not toscratch or damage the 3rd row seatwindow antenna. Lightly wipe alongthe antenna with a dampened softcloth.

SAA3602

SATELLITE ANTENNAThere is a satellite antenna on the rear partof the vehicle roof.

When installing a car phone or a CB radio inyour vehicle, be sure to observe the follow-ing cautions, otherwise the new equipmentmay adversely affect the electronic controlmodules and electronic control system har-ness.

WARNING

. A cellular phone should not be usedfor any purpose while driving so fullattention may be given to vehicleoperation. Some jurisdictions prohibitthe use of cellular phones whiledriving.

. If you must make a call while yourvehicle is in motion, the hands-freecellular phone operational mode (if soequipped) is highly recommended.Exercise extreme caution at all timesso full attention may be given tovehicle operation.

. If a conversation in a moving vehiclerequires you to take notes, pull offthe road to a safe location and stopyour vehicle before doing so.

ANTENNA CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO

CAUTION

. Keep the antenna as far away aspossible from the electronic controlmodules.

. Keep the antenna wire more than 8 in(20 cm) away from the electroniccontrol system harness. Do not routethe antennawire next to any harness.

. Adjust the antenna standing-waveratio as recommended by the manu-facturer.

. Connect the ground wire from the CBradio chassis to the body.

. For details, it is recommended youvisit an INFINITI retailer.



MEMO

5 Starting and driving

Precautions when starting and driving ...................... 5-4

Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide) .............................. 5-4

Three-way catalyst ..................................................... 5-4

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ........... 5-5

Avoiding collision and rollover ................................. 5-8

On-pavement and off-roaddriving precautions ..................................................... 5-8

Off-road recovery ....................................................... 5-9

Rapid air pressure loss ............................................... 5-9

Drinking alcohol/drugs and driving ..................... 5-10

Driving safety precautions ..................................... 5-10

Push-button ignition switch ........................................ 5-12

Operating range for engine start function ........ 5-12

Push-button ignition switch positions ................ 5-13

Emergency engine shut off .................................... 5-14

Intelligent Key battery discharge .......................... 5-14

Before starting the engine ........................................... 5-15

Starting the engine ......................................................... 5-15

Remote start (if so equipped) ................................ 5-16

Driving the vehicle .......................................................... 5-17

Engine protection mode .......................................... 5-17

Automatic transmission ........................................... 5-18

Parking brake ................................................................... 5-22

Lane Departure Warning (LDW)/Lane DeparturePrevention (LDP) (if so equipped) ............................ 5-22

LDW system operation ......................................... 5-24

Turning the LDW system ON/OFF ................... 5-25

How to enable/disable the LDW system ........ 5-26

LDP system operation ........................................... 5-26

Turning the LDP system ON/OFF .................... 5-27

How to enable/disable the LDP system .......... 5-28

LDW/LDP system limitations ............................. 5-28

System temporarily unavailable ......................... 5-30

System malfunction ................................................ 5-31

System maintenance .............................................. 5-31

Blind Spot Warning (BSW) (if so equipped) ........... 5-32

BSW system operation .......................................... 5-34

Turning the BSW system ON/OFF ................... 5-35

How to enable/disable the BSW system ......... 5-35

BSW system limitations ........................................ 5-36

BSW driving situations .......................................... 5-37

System temporarily unavailable ......................... 5-40

System malfunction ............................................... 5-40

System maintenance .............................................. 5-41

Blind Spot Intervention® (BSI) (if so equipped) ..... 5-42

BSI system operation ............................................. 5-43

Turning the BSI system ON/OFF ........................ 5-45

How to enable/disable the BSI system .............. 5-46

BSI system limitations ............................................. 5-46

BSI driving situations ............................................... 5-47

System temporarily unavailable ............................ 5-53

System malfunction .................................................. 5-54


Back-up Collision Intervention (BCI) (ifso equipped) ..................................................................... 5-55

BCI system operation .............................................. 5-57

How to enable/disable the BCI system ............. 5-61

BCI system precautions ........................................... 5-62

System temporarily unavailable ............................ 5-63

System malfunction .................................................. 5-64


Cruise control (if so equipped) .................................... 5-65

Precautions on cruise control ................................ 5-65

Cruise control operations ....................................... 5-65

Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) (if so equipped) ..... 5-66

How to select the cruise control mode ............... 5-68

Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode ......... 5-68

Conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol mode ............................................................. 5-84

Distance Control Assist (DCA) (if so equipped) ..... 5-87

DCA system operation ........................................... 5-89

Turning the DCA system ON/OFF ...................... 5-92

How to enable/disable the DCA system ........... 5-93

DCA system display and indicators ..................... 5-93

DCA system limitations ........................................... 5-94

System temporarily unavailable .......................... 5-97

System malfunction ................................................ 5-99

Sensor maintenance ............................................... 5-99

Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) withpedestrian detection .................................................. 5-100

FEB with pedestrian detectionsystem operation .................................................. 5-102

Turning the FEB with pedestrian detectionsystem ON/OFF .................................................. 5-104

FEB with pedestrian detectionsystem limitations ................................................ 5-105

System temporarily unavailable ....................... 5-108

System malfunction ............................................. 5-109

System maintenance ........................................... 5-109

Predictive Forward CollisionWarning (PFCW) ......................................................... 5-110

PFCW system operation ..................................... 5-112

Turning the PFCW system ON/OFF .............. 5-113

PFCW system limitations ................................... 5-115

System temporarily unavailable ........................ 5-117

System malfunction .............................................. 5-117

System maintenance ............................................ 5-118

Break-in schedule ......................................................... 5-119

Fuel efficient driving tips ........................................... 5-119

Increasing fuel economy ........................................... 5-120

INFINITI all-mode 4WD® (if so equipped) .......... 5-120

INFINITI all-mode 4WD® system .................... 5-121

4WD shift switch .................................................. 5-125

4WD shift indicator .............................................. 5-126

4WD warning light ................................................. 5-126

Hill Start Assist system .............................................. 5-128

Parking/parking on hills .............................................. 5-129

TOW mode .................................................................... 5-130

SNOW mode ................................................................. 5-130

Power steering .............................................................. 5-131

Brake system .................................................................. 5-131

Braking precautions ................................................ 5-131

Parking brake break-in .......................................... 5-131

Brake assist .................................................................... 5-132

Brake assist ............................................................... 5-132

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) ......................... 5-132

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system ................ 5-133

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)OFF switch ............................................................. 5-135

Cold weather driving .................................................. 5-136

Freeing a frozen door lock ................................ 5-136

Antifreeze ............................................................... 5-136

Battery .................................................................... 5-136

Draining of coolant water ................................. 5-136

Tire equipment ...................................................... 5-136

Special winter equipment .................................. 5-136

Driving on snow or ice ........................................ 5-136

Engine block heater (if so equipped) ............... 5-137

5-4 Starting and driving

WARNING

. Do not leave children or adults whowould normally require the supportof others alone in your vehicle. Petsshould not be left alone either. Theycould accidentally injure themselvesor others through inadvertent opera-tion of the vehicle. Also, on hot,sunny days, temperatures in a closedvehicle could quickly become highenough to cause severe or possiblyfatal injuries to people or animals.


EXHAUST GAS (carbon monoxide)

WARNING

. Do not breathe exhaust gases; theycontain colorless and odorless carbonmonoxide. Carbon monoxide is dan-gerous. It can cause unconsciousnessor death.

. If you suspect that exhaust fumes areentering the vehicle, drive with allwindows fully open, and have thevehicle inspected immediately.

. Do not run the engine in closed spacessuch as a garage.

. Do not park the vehicle with theengine running for any extendedlength of time.

. Keep the liftgate closedwhile driving,otherwise exhaust gases could bedrawn into the passenger compart-ment. If you must drive with theliftgate open, follow these precau-tions:

1) Open all the windows.

2) Set the air recirculation tooff and the fan control to high tocirculate the air.

. If electrical wiring or other cableconnections must pass to a trailerthrough the seal on the liftgate or thebody, follow the manufacturer’s re-commendation to prevent carbonmonoxide entry into the vehicle.

. The exhaust system and body shouldbe inspected by a qualified mechanicwhenever:

— The vehicle is raised for service.

— You suspect that exhaust fumesare entering into the passengercompartment.

— You notice a change in the soundof the exhaust system.

— You have had an accident invol-ving damage to the exhaust sys-tem, underbody, or rear of thevehicle.

THREE-WAY CATALYSTThe three-way catalyst is an emission con-trol device installed in the exhaust system.Exhaust gases in the three-way catalyst areburned at high temperatures to help reducepollutants.

WARNING

. The exhaust gas and the exhaustsystem are very hot. Keep people,animals or flammable materials awayfrom the exhaust system compo-nents.

. Do not stop or park the vehicle overflammable materials such as drygrass, waste paper or rags. Theymay ignite and cause a fire.

PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTINGAND DRIVING

CAUTION

. Do not use leaded gasoline. Depositsfrom leaded gasoline seriously reducethe three-way catalyst’s ability tohelp reduce exhaust pollutants.

. Keep your engine tuned up. Malfunc-tions in the ignition, fuel injection, orelectrical systems can cause overrichfuel flow into the three-way catalyst,causing it to overheat. Do not keepdriving if the engine misfires, or ifnoticeable loss of performance orother unusual operating conditionsare detected. Have the vehicle in-spected promptly. It is recommendedyou visit an INFINITI retailer for thisservice.

. Avoid driving with an extremely lowfuel level. Running out of fuel couldcause the engine tomisfire, damagingthe three-way catalyst.

. Do not race the engine while warmingit up.

. Do not push or tow your vehicle tostart the engine.

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING

SYSTEM (TPMS)Each tire, including the spare (if provided),should be checked monthly when cold andinflated to the inflation pressure recom-mended by the vehicle manufacturer on thevehicle placard or tire inflation pressurelabel. (If your vehicle has tires of a differentsize than the size indicated on the vehicleplacard or tire inflation pressure label, youshould determine the proper tire inflationpressure for those tires.)

As an added safety feature, your vehicle hasbeen equipped with a Tire Pressure Mon-itoring System (TPMS) that illuminates a lowtire pressure telltale when one or more ofyour tires is significantly under-inflated.Accordingly, when the low tire pressuretelltale illuminates, you should stop andcheck your tires as soon as possible, andinflate them to the proper pressure. Drivingon a significantly under-inflated tire causesthe tire to overheat and can lead to tirefailure. Under-inflation also reduces fuelefficiency and tire tread life, and may affectthe vehicle’s handling and stopping ability.

Please note that the TPMS is not a sub-stitute for proper tire maintenance, and it isthe driver’s responsibility to maintain correcttire pressure, even if under-inflation has notreached the level to trigger illumination of

the TPMS low tire pressure telltale.

Your vehicle has also been equipped with aTPMS malfunction indicator to indicatewhen the system is not operating properly.The TPMS malfunction indicator is com-bined with the low tire pressure telltale.When the system detects a malfunction, thetelltale will flash for approximately oneminute and then remain continuously illumi-nated. This sequence will continue uponsubsequent vehicle start-ups as long as themalfunction exists. When the malfunctionindicator is illuminated, the system may notbe able to detect or signal low tire pressureas intended. TPMS malfunctions may occurfor a variety of reasons, including theinstallation of replacement or alternate tiresor wheels on the vehicle that prevent theTPMS from functioning properly. Alwayscheck the TPMS malfunction telltale afterreplacing one or more tires or wheels on yourvehicle to ensure that the replacement oralternate tires and wheels allow the TPMSto continue to function properly.

Additional information. Since the spare tire is not equipped with

the TPMS, the TPMS does not monitorthe tire pressure of the spare tire.

. The TPMS will activate only when thevehicle is driven at speeds above 16MPH (25 km/h). Also, this system may

Starting and driving 5-5


not detect a sudden drop in tire pressure(for example, a flat tire while driving).

. The low tire pressure warning light doesnot automatically turn off when the tirepressure is adjusted. After the tire isinflated to the recommended pressure,the vehicle must be driven at speedsabove 16MPH (25 km/h) to activate theTPMS and turn off the low tire pressurewarning light. Use a tire pressure gaugeto check the tire pressure.

. The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warningappears in the vehicle information dis-play when the low tire pressure warninglight is illuminated and low tire pressureis detected. The CHECK TIRE PRES-SURE warning turns off when the lowtire pressure warning light turns off.

The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warningappears each time the ignition switch isplaced in the ON position as long as thelow tire pressure warning light remainsilluminated.

The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warningdoes not appear if the low tire pressurewarning light illuminates to indicate aTPMS malfunction.

. Tire pressure rises and falls depending onthe heat caused by the vehicle’s opera-tion and the outside temperature. Do notreduce the tire pressure after drivingbecause the tire pressure rises after

driving. Low outside temperature canlower the temperature of the air insidethe tire which can cause a lower tireinflation pressure. This may cause thelow tire pressure warning light to illumi-nate. If the warning light illuminates inlow ambient temperature, check the tirepressure for all four tires.

. You can also check the pressure of alltires (except the spare tire) on the centerdisplay. (See INFINITI InTouchTM Own-er’s Manual.) The order of the tirepressure figures displayed on the screenmay not correspond with the actualorder of the tire position.

For additional information, see “Low tirepressure warning light” (P.2-15) and “TirePressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ” (P.6-3).

WARNING

. If the low tire pressure warning lightilluminates or Low Pressure informa-tion is displayed on the monitorscreen while driving, avoid suddensteering maneuvers or abrupt brak-ing, reduce vehicle speed, pull off theroad to a safe location and stop thevehicle as soon as possible. Drivingwith under-inflated tires may perma-

nently damage the tires and increasethe likelihood of tire failure. Seriousvehicle damage could occur and maylead to an accident and could result inserious personal injury. Check the tirepressure for all four tires. Adjust thetire pressure to the recommendedCOLD tire pressure shown on theTire and Loading Information label toturn the low tire pressure warninglight OFF. If the light still illuminateswhile driving after adjusting the tirepressure, a tire may be flat or theTPMS may be malfunctioning. If youhave a flat tire, replace it with a sparetire as soon as possible. If no tire isflat and all tires are properly inflated,it is recommended you consult anINFINITI retailer.

. Since the spare tire is not equippedwith the TPMS, when a spare tire ismounted or a wheel is replaced, theTPMS will not function and the lowtire pressure warning light will flashfor approximately 1 minute. The lightwill remain on after 1 minute. Haveyour tires replaced and/or TPMSsystem reset as soon as possible. Itis recommended you visit an INFINITIretailer for these services.

. Replacing tires with those not origin-ally specified by INFINITI could affect

the proper operation of the TPMS.

. Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosoltire sealant into the tires, as this maycause a malfunction of the tire pres-sure sensors.

CAUTION

. The TPMS may not function properlywhen the wheels are equipped withtire chains or the wheels are buried insnow.

. Do not place metalized film or anymetal parts (antenna, etc.) on thewindows. This may cause poor recep-tion of the signals from the tirepressure sensors, and the TPMS willnot function properly.

Some devices and transmitters may tem-porarily interfere with the operation of theTPMS and cause the low tire pressurewarning light to illuminate. Some examplesare:

. Facilities or electric devices using similarradio frequencies are near the vehicle.

. If a transmitter set to similar frequenciesis being used in or near the vehicle.

. If a computer (or similar equipment) or aDC/AC converter is being used in or nearthe vehicle.

Low tire pressure warning light may illumi-nate in the following cases.

. If the vehicle is equipped with a wheeland tire without TPMS.

. If the TPMS has been replaced and the IDhas not been registered.

. If the wheel is not originally specified byINFINITI.

FCC Notice:

For USA:


Note: Changes or modifications not ex-pressly approved by the party responsiblefor compliance could void the user’s author-ity to operate the equipment.

For Canada:

This device complies with Industry Canadalicence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operationis subject to the following two conditions:(1) this device may not cause interference,and (2) this device must accept any inter-

ference, including interference that maycause undesired operation of the device.

TPMS with Tire Inflation IndicatorWhen adding air to an under-inflated tire,the TPMS with Tire Inflation Indicatorprovides visual and audible signals outsidethe vehicle to help you inflate the tires to therecommended COLD tire pressure.

Vehicle set-up:

1. Park the vehicle in a safe and level place.

2. Apply the parking brake and place theshift lever in the P (Park) position.

3. Place the ignition switch in the ONposition. Do not start the engine.

Operation:

1. Add air to the tire.

2. After a few seconds, the hazard indica-tors will start flashing.

3. When the designated pressure isreached, the horn beeps once and thehazard indicators stop flashing.

4. Perform the above steps for each tire.

. If the tire is over-inflated more thanapproximately 4 psi (30 kPa), the hornbeeps and the hazard indicators flash 3times. To correct the pressure, push thecore of the valve stem on the tire brieflyto release pressure. When the pressure



reaches the designated pressure, thehorn beeps once.

. If the hazard indicator does not flashwithin approximately 15 seconds afterstarting to inflate the tire, it indicatesthat the Tire Inflation Indicator is notoperating.

. The TPMS will not activate the TireInflation Indicator under the followingconditions:

— If there is interference from an ex-ternal device or transmitter

— The air pressure from the inflationdevice such as those using a powersocket is not sufficient to inflate thetire

— If an electrical equipment is being usedin or near the vehicle

— There is a malfunction in the TPMSsystem

— There is a malfunction in the horn orhazard indicators

. If the Tire Inflation Indicator does notoperate due to TPMS interference, movethe vehicle about 3 ft (1m) backward orforward and try again.

If the Tire Inflation Indicator is not working,use a tire pressure gauge.

AVOIDING COLLISION AND

ROLLOVER

WARNING

Failure to operate this vehicle in a safeand prudent manner may result in loss ofcontrol or an accident.

Be alert and drive defensively at all times.Obey all traffic regulations. Avoid excessivespeed, high speed cornering, or suddensteering maneuvers, because these drivingpractices could cause you to lose control ofyour vehicle. As with any vehicle, a loss ofcontrol could result in a collision with othervehicles or objects, or cause the vehicle torollover, particularly if the loss of controlcauses the vehicle to slide sideways. Beattentive at all times, and avoid driving whentired. Never drive when under the influenceof alcohol or drugs (including prescription orover-the-counter drugs which may causedrowsiness). Always wear your seat belt asoutlined in the “Seat belts” (P.1-18), and alsoinstruct your passengers to do so.

Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury incollisions and rollovers. In a rollover crash,an unbelted or improperly belted person issignificantly more likely to be injured or

killed than a person properly wearing a seatbelt.

ON-PAVEMENT AND OFF-ROADDRIVING PRECAUTIONSUtility vehicles have a significantly higherrollover rate than other types of vehicles.

They have higher ground clearance thanpassenger cars to make them capable ofperforming in a variety of on-pavement andoff-road applications. This gives them ahigher center of gravity than ordinary cars.An advantage of higher ground clearance isa better view of the road, allowing you toanticipate problems. However, they are notdesigned for cornering at the same speeds asconventional passenger cars any more thanlow-slung sports cars are designed to per-form satisfactorily under off-road condi-tions. If at all possible, avoid sharp turns orabrupt maneuvers, particularly at highspeeds. As with other vehicles of this type,failure to operate this vehicle correctly mayresult in loss of control or vehicle rollover.Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury incollisions and rollovers. In a rollover crash, anunbelted or improperly belted person issignificantly more likely to be injured or killedthan a person properly wearing a seat belt.

Be sure to read “Driving safety precautions”(P.5-10).

OFF-ROAD RECOVERYWhile driving, the right side or left sidewheels may unintentionally leave the roadsurface. If this occurs, maintain control ofthe vehicle by following the procedurebelow. Please note that this procedure isonly a general guide. The vehicle must bedriven as appropriate based on the condi-tions of the vehicle, road and traffic.

1. Remain calm and do not overreact.

2. Do not apply the brakes.

3. Maintain a firm grip on the steeringwheel with both hands and try to holda straight course.

4. When appropriate, slowly release theaccelerator pedal to gradually slow thevehicle.

5. If there is nothing in the way, steer thevehicle to follow the road while thevehicle speed is reduced. Do not attemptto drive the vehicle back onto the roadsurface until vehicle speed is reduced.

6. When it is safe to do so, gradually turnthe steering wheel until both tires returnto the road surface. When all tires are onthe road surface, steer the vehicle to stayin the appropriate driving lane.. If you decide that it is not safe to

return the vehicle to the road surfacebased on vehicle, road or traffic

conditions, gradually slow the vehicleto a stop in a safe place off the road.

RAPID AIR PRESSURE LOSSRapid air pressure loss or a “blow-out” canoccur if the tire is punctured or is damageddue to hitting a curb or pothole. Rapid airpressure loss can also be caused by drivingon under-inflated tires.

Rapid air pressure loss can affect thehandling and stability of the vehicle, espe-cially at highway speeds.

Help prevent rapid air pressure loss bymaintaining the correct air pressure andvisually inspect the tires for wear anddamage. See “Wheels and tires” (P.8-27).

If a tire rapidly loses air pressure or “blows-out” while driving maintain control of thevehicle by following the procedure below.Please note that this procedure is only ageneral guide. The vehicle must be driven asappropriate based on the conditions of thevehicle, road and traffic.

WARNING

The following actions can increase thechance of losing control of the vehicle ifthere is a sudden loss of tire air pressure.Losing control of the vehicle may cause a

collision and result in personal injury.

. The vehicle generally moves or pullsin the direction of the flat tire.

. Do not rapidly apply the brakes.

. Do not rapidly release the acceleratorpedal.

. Do not rapidly turn the steeringwheel.

1. Remain calm and do not overreact.

2. Maintain a firm grip on the steeringwheel with both hands and try to holda straight course.

3. When appropriate, slowly release theaccelerator pedal to gradually slow thevehicle.

4. Gradually steer the vehicle to a safelocation off the road and away fromtraffic if possible.

5. Lightly apply the brake pedal to gradu-ally stop the vehicle.

6. Turn on the hazard warning flashers andeither contact a roadside emergencyservice to change the tire or see “Chan-ging a flat tire” (P.6-4).



DRINKING ALCOHOL/DRUGS

AND DRIVING

WARNING

Never drive under the influence of alco-hol or drugs. Alcohol in the bloodstreamreduces coordination, delays reactiontime and impairs judgement. Drivingafter drinking alcohol increases the like-lihood of being involved in an accidentinjuring yourself and others. Addition-ally, if you are injured in an accident,alcohol can increase the severity of theinjury.

INFINITI is committed to safe driving. How-ever, you must choose not to drive under theinfluence of alcohol. Every year thousands ofpeople are injured or killed in alcohol-relatedaccidents. Although the local laws vary onwhat is considered to be legally intoxicated,the fact is that alcohol affects all peopledifferently and most people underestimatethe effects of alcohol.

Remember, drinking and driving don’t mix!And that is true for drugs, too (over-the-counter, prescription, and illegal drugs).Don’t drive if your ability to operate yourvehicle is impaired by alcohol, drugs, or some

other physical condition.

DRIVING SAFETY PRECAUTIONSYour INFINITI is designed for both normaland off-road use. However, avoid driving indeep water or mud as your INFINITI ismainly designed for leisure use, unlike aconventional off-road vehicle.

Remember that Two-Wheel Drive (2WD)models are less capable than Four-WheelDrive (4WD) models for rough road drivingand extrication when stuck in deep snow,mud, or the like.

Please observe the following precautions:

WARNING

. Drive carefully when off the road andavoid dangerous areas. Every personwho drives or rides in this vehicleshould be seated with their seat beltfastened. This will keep you and yourpassengers in position when drivingover rough terrain.

. Do not drive across steep slopes.Instead drive either straight up orstraight down the slopes. Off-roadvehicles can tip over sideways muchmore easily than they can forward orbackward.

. Many hills are too steep for anyvehicle. If you drive up them, youmay stall. If you drive down them,you may not be able to control yourspeed. If you drive across them, youmay roll over.

. Do not shift ranges while driving ondownhill grades as this could causeloss of control of the vehicle.

. Stay alert when driving to the top ofa hill. At the top there could be adrop-off or other hazard that couldcause an accident.

. If your engine stalls or you cannotmake it to the top of a steep hill,never attempt to turn around. Yourvehicle could tip or roll over. Alwaysback straight down in R (Reverse)range. Never back down in N (Neu-tral), using only the brake, as thiscould cause loss of control.

. Heavy braking going down a hillcould cause your brakes to overheatand fade, resulting in loss of controland an accident. Apply brakes lightlyand use a low range to control yourspeed.

. Unsecured cargo can be thrownaround when driving over roughterrain. Properly secure all cargo soit will not be thrown forward and

cause injury to you or your passen-gers.

. To avoid raising the center of gravityexcessively, do not exceed the ratedcapacity of the roof rack (if soequipped) and evenly distribute theload. Secure heavy loads in the cargoarea as far forward and as low aspossible. Do not equip the vehiclewith tires larger than specified in thismanual. This could cause your vehicleto roll over.

. Do not grip the inside or spokes of thesteering wheel when driving off-road. The steering wheel could movesuddenly and injure your hands. In-stead drive with your fingers andthumbs on the outside of the rim.

. Before operating the vehicle, ensurethat the driver and all passengershave their seat belts fastened.

. Always drive with the floor mats inplace as the floor may became hot.

. Lower your speed when encounteringstrong crosswinds. With a highercenter of gravity, your INFINITI ismore affected by strong side winds.Slower speeds ensure better vehiclecontrol.

. Do not drive beyond the performancecapability of the tires, even with4WD engaged.

. For 4WD equipped vehicles, do notattempt to raise two wheels off theground and shift the transmission toany drive or reverse position with theengine running. Doing so may resultin drivetrain damage or unexpectedvehicle movement which could resultin serious vehicle damage or personalinjury.

. Do not attempt to test a 4WDequipped vehicle on a 2-wheel dy-namometer (such as the dynam-ometers used by some states foremissions testing), or similar equip-ment even if the other twowheels areraised off the ground. Make sure youinform test facility personnel thatyour vehicle is equipped with 4WDbefore it is placed on a dynamometer.Using the wrong test equipment mayresult in drivetrain damage or unex-pected vehicle movement which couldresult in serious vehicle damage orpersonal injury (4WD models).

. When a wheel is off the ground dueto an unlevel surface, do not spin thewheel excessively.

. Accelerating quickly, sharp steeringmaneuvers or sudden braking maycause loss of control.

. If at all possible, avoid sharp turningmaneuvers, particularly at highspeeds. Your vehicle has a highercenter of gravity than a conventionalpassenger car. The vehicle is notdesigned for cornering at the samespeeds as conventional passengercars. Failure to operate this vehiclecorrectly could result in loss of con-trol and/or a rollover accident.

. Always use tires of the same type,size, brand, construction (bias, bias-belted or radial), and tread patternon all four wheels. Install tire chainson the rear wheels when driving onslippery roads and drive carefully.

. Be sure to check the brakes immedi-ately after driving in mud or water.See “Brake system” (P.5-131) for wetbrakes.

. Avoid parking your vehicle on steephills. If you get out of the vehicle andit rolls forward, backward or side-ways, you could be injured.

. Whenever you drive off-roadthrough sand, mud or water as deepas the wheel hub, more frequentmaintenance may be required. See



the maintenance schedules shown inthe "9. Maintenance and schedules"section.

. Spinning the rear wheels on slipperysurfaces may cause the 4WD warn-ing light to flash. The 4WD systemmay also automatically switch fromthe 4WD mode to the 2WD mode.This could reduce traction. Be espe-cially careful when towing a trailer(4WD models).

WARNING

Do not operate the push-button ignitionswitch while driving the vehicle except inan emergency. (The engine will stopwhen the ignition switch is pushed 3consecutive times or the ignition switchis pushed and held for more than 2seconds.) If the engine stops while thevehicle is being driven, this could lead toa crash and serious injury.

Before operating the push-button ignitionswitch, be sure to move the shift lever to theP (Park) position.

SSD0436

OPERATING RANGE FOR EN-

GINE START FUNCTIONThe operating range for starting the engineinside the vehicle is shown in the illustra-tion.

. If the Intelligent Key is on the instrumentpanel, cargo area, inside the glove box ordoor pocket, or the corner of interiorcompartment, it may not be possible tostart the engine.

. If the Intelligent Key is near the door ordoor glass outside the vehicle, it may bepossible to start the engine.

PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH

SSD1021

When the ignition switch is pushed withoutdepressing the brake pedal, the ignitionswitch position will change as follows:

. Push center once to change to ACC.

. Push center two times to change to ON.

. Push center three times to change toOFF. (No position illuminates.)

. Push center four times to return to ACC.

. Open or close any door to return toLOCK during the OFF position.

The ignition lock is designed so that theignition switch position cannot be switchedto LOCK until the shift lever is moved to theP (Park) position.

When the ignition switch cannot be pushedtoward the LOCK position, proceed asfollows:

1. Move the shift lever into the P (Park)position.

2. Push the ignition switch to the OFFposition. The ignition switch positionindicator will not illuminate.

3. Open the door. The ignition switch willchange to the LOCK position.

The shift lever can be moved from the P(Park) position if the ignition switch is in theON position and the brake pedal is de-pressed.

If the battery of the vehicle is discharged,the push-button ignition switch cannot beturned from the LOCK position.

Some indicators and warnings for operationare displayed on the vehicle informationdisplay between the speedometer and tach-ometer. (See “Vehicle information display”(P.2-21).)

PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION

SWITCH POSITIONS

LOCK (Normal parking position)The ignition switch can only be locked in thisposition.

The ignition switch will be unlocked when itis pushed to the ACC position while carryingthe Intelligent Key.

ACC (Accessories)This position activates electrical accessoriessuch as the radio, when the engine is notrunning.

ACC has a battery saver feature that willturn the ignition switch to the OFF positionafter a period of time under the followingconditions:

. all doors are closed.

. shift lever is in P (Park).

. turn signal/hazard indicator lights arenot flashing.

The battery saver feature will be cancelled ifany of the following occur:

. any door is opened.

. shift lever is moved out of P (Park).

. ignition switch changes position.



ON (Normal operating position)This position turns on the ignition systemand electrical accessories.

ON has a battery saver feature that will turnthe ignition switch to the OFF position, if thevehicle is not running, after some time underthe following conditions:

. all doors are closed.

. shift lever is in P (Park).

. turn signal/hazard indicator lights arenot flashing.

The battery saver feature will be cancelled ifany of the following occur:

. any door is opened.

. shift lever is moved out of P (Park).

. ignition switch changes position.

OFFThe engine can be turned off in the position.

The ignition lock is designed so that theignition switch cannot be switched to theLOCK position until the shift lever is movedto the P (Park) position.

CAUTION

Do not leave the vehicle with the push-button ignition switch in ACC or ONpositions when the engine is not running

for an extended period. This can dis-charge the battery.

EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFFTo shut off the engine in an emergencysituation while driving, perform the follow-ing procedure:

. Rapidly push the push-button ignitionswitch 3 consecutive times in less than1.5 seconds, or

. Push and hold the push-button ignitionswitch for more than 2 seconds.

SSD0944

INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY DIS-

CHARGEIf the battery of the Intelligent Key isdischarged, or environmental conditions in-terfere with the Intelligent Key operation,start the engine according to the followingprocedure:


2. Firmly apply the foot brake.

3. Touch the ignition switch with theIntelligent Key as illustrated. (A chimewill sound.)

4. Push the ignition switchwhile depressing

the brake pedal within 10 seconds afterthe chime sounds. The engine will start.

After step 3 is performed, when the ignitionswitch is pushed without depressing thebrake pedal, the ignition switch position willchange to ACC.

NOTE:. When the ignition switch is pushed to

the ACC or ON position or the engine isstarted by the above procedures, theIntelligent Key battery discharge indi-cator appears on the vehicle informationdisplay even if the Intelligent Key isinside the vehicle. This is not a malfunc-tion. To turn off the Intelligent Keybattery discharge indicator, touch theignition switch with the Intelligent Keyagain.

. If the Intelligent Key battery dischargeindicator appears, replace the battery assoon as possible. (See “Battery” (P.8-11).)

. Make sure the area around the vehicle isclear.

. Check fluid levels such as engine oil,coolant, brake fluid and window washerfluid as frequently as possible, or at leastwhenever you refuel.

. Check that all windows and lights areclean.

. Visually inspect tires for their appearanceand condition. Also check tires for properinflation.

. Lock all doors.

. Position seat and adjust head restraints/headrests.

. Adjust inside and outside mirrors.

. Fasten seat belts and ask all passengersto do likewise.

. Check the operation of warning lightswhen the ignition switch is pushed to theON position. (See “Warning lights, in-dicator lights and audible reminders”(P.2-11).)

1. Apply the parking brake.

2. Move the shift lever to the P (Park) or N(Neutral) position. (P is recommended.)

The starter is designed not to operateunless the shift lever is in either of theabove positions.

3. Push the ignition switch to the ONposition. Firmly depress the brake pedaland push the ignition switch to start theengine.

To start the engine immediately, pushand release the ignition switch whiledepressing the brake pedal with theignition switch in any position.. If the engine is very hard to start in

extremely cold weather or when re-starting, depress the accelerator ped-al a little (approximately 1/3 to thefloor) and while holding, crank theengine. Release the accelerator pedalwhen the engine starts.

. If the engine is very hard to startbecause it is flooded, depress theaccelerator pedal all the way to thefloor and hold it. Push the ignitionswitch to the ON position to startcranking the engine. After 5 or 6seconds, stop cranking by pushingthe ignition switch to OFF. Aftercranking the engine, release the accel-erator pedal. Crank the engine with


BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE STARTING THE ENGINE


your foot off the accelerator pedal bydepressing the brake pedal and push-ing the push-button ignition switch tostart the engine. If the engine starts,but fails to run, repeat the aboveprocedure.

CAUTION

Do not operate the starter for more than15 seconds at a time. If the engine doesnot start, push the ignition switch toOFF and wait 10 seconds before crank-ing again, otherwise the starter could bedamaged.

4. Warm-up

Allow the engine to idle for at least 30seconds after starting. Do not race theengine while warming it up. Drive atmoderate speed for a short distancefirst, especially in cold weather. In coldweather, keep the engine running for aminimum of 2 - 3 minutes before shut-ting it off. Starting and stopping theengine over a short period of time maymake the vehicle more difficult to start.

When racing the engine up to 4,000 rpmor more under the no load condition, theengine will enter the fuel cut mode.

5. To stop the engine, shift the shift lever tothe P (Park) position and push theignition switch to the OFF position.

In preparation for the next engine start, theengine may have a slightly delayed shutoffafter placing the ignition switch in the OFFposition, depending on the driving condi-tions.

NOTE:

Care should be taken to avoid situationsthat can lead to potential battery dischargeand potential no-start conditions such as:1. Installation or extended use of electro-

nic accessories that consume batterypower when the engine is not running(Phone chargers, GPS, DVD players,etc.)

2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/oronly driven short distances.

In these cases, the battery may need to becharged to maintain battery health.

REMOTE START (if so equipped)Vehicles started with the remote enginestart function require the ignition switch tobe placed in the ON position before the shiftlever can be moved from the P (Park)position. To place the ignition switch in theON position, perform the following steps:

1. Make sure that the Intelligent Key is onyou.

2. Depress the brake pedal.

3. Push the ignition switch once to the ONposition.

For additional information about the remoteengine start function, see “Remote enginestart” (P.3-19).

ENGINE PROTECTION MODEThe engine has an engine protectionmode toreduce the chance of damage if the coolanttemperature becomes too high (for example,when climbing steep grades in high tem-perature with heavy loads, such as whentowing a trailer).

When the engine temperature reaches acertain level:

. The engine coolant temperature gaugewill move toward the H position.

. Engine power may be reduced.

. The air conditioning cooling function maybe automatically turned OFF for a shorttime (the blower will continue to oper-ate).

Engine power and, under some conditions,vehicle speed will decrease. Vehicle speedcan be controlled with the accelerator pedal,but the vehicle may not accelerate at thedesired speed. The transmission will down-shift or upshift as it reaches prescribed shiftpoints. You can also shift manually.

As driving conditions change and enginecoolant temperature is reduced, vehiclespeed can be increased using the acceleratorpedal, and air conditioning cooling functionwill automatically be turned back ON.

If:

1. The engine coolant temperature is notreduced.

2. The air conditioning cooling functiondoes not turn back ON.

3. The engine oil pressure warning lightilluminates or engine coolant tempera-ture gauge does not return to the normalrange from the H position, this mayindicate a malfunction. Move the vehicleoff the road to a safe area and allow theengine to cool. If after checking the oiland coolant, the remains on orengine coolant temperature does notreturn to the normal range, do notcontinue to drive. It is recommendedyou contact an INFINITI retailer.

The Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)may also come ON. You do not need to haveyour vehicle towed, unless it remains on, buthave it inspected soon. It is recommendedyou visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.See “Warning lights, indicator lights andaudible reminders” (P.2-11).

WARNING

Overheating can result in reduced enginepower and vehicle speed. The reducedspeed may be lower than other traffic,

which could increase the chance of acollision. Be especially careful whendriving. If the vehicle cannot maintain asafe driving speed, pull to the side of theroad in a safe area. Allow the engine tocool and return to normal operation. See“If your vehicle overheats” (P.6-14).

CAUTION

Running the engine with the engine oilpressure warning light on could causeserious damage to the engine almostimmediately. Such damage is not cov-ered by warranty. Turn off the engine assoon as it is safe to do so.


DRIVING THE VEHICLE


AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION

7 speed automatic transmissionThe automatic transmission in your vehicle iselectronically controlled by a transmissioncontrol module to produce maximum effi-ciency and smooth operation.

Shown on the following pages are therecommended operating procedures for thistransmission. Follow these procedures formaximum vehicle performance and drivingenjoyment.

Starting the vehicleAfter starting the engine, fully depress thefoot brake pedal and push the shift leverbutton before shifting the shift lever to the R(Reverse), N (Neutral), D (Drive) or Manualshift mode position. Be sure the vehicle isfully stopped before attempting to shift theshift lever.

This automatic transmission model is de-signed so that the foot brake pedal must bedepressed before shifting from P (Park) toany drive position while the ignition switchposition is ON.

The shift lever cannot be moved out of the P(Park) position and into any of the othergear positions if the ignition switch ispushed to the LOCK, OFF or ACC position.

1. Keep the foot brake pedal depressed andpush the shift lever button to shift into adriving gear.

2. Release the parking brake and footbrake, then gradually start the vehicle inmotion.

WARNING

. Do not depress the accelerator pedalwhile shifting from P (Park) or N(Neutral) to R (Reverse), D (Drive) ormanual shift mode. Always depressthe brake pedal until shifting iscompleted. Failure to do so couldcause you to lose control and havean accident.

. Cold engine idle speed is high, so usecaution when shifting into a forwardor reverse gear before the engine haswarmed up.

. Never shift to either P (Park) or R(Reverse) position while the vehicle ismoving forward and P (Park) or D(Drive) position while the vehicle ismoving reversing. This could cause anaccident or damage the transmission.

. Do not downshift abruptly on slip-pery roads. This may cause a loss ofcontrol.

CAUTION

. To avoid possible damage to yourvehicle; when stopping the vehicle onan uphill grade, do not hold thevehicle by depressing the acceleratorpedal. The foot brake should be usedfor this purpose.

. Except in an emergency, do not shiftto the N (Neutral) position whiledriving. Coasting with the transmis-sion in the N (Neutral) position maycause serious damage to the trans-mission.

JVS1140X

Shift lever

To move the shift lever,

: Push the button while depressing thebrake pedal,

: Push the button,

: Just move the shift lever.

ShiftingThe shift lever position indicator light (nextto the shift lever) will be illuminated forapproximately 30 minutes after the ignitionswitch is turned off. The indicator light mayalso illuminate when the vehicle receivesradio waves. This is not a malfunction.

After starting the engine, fully depress thebrake pedal and shift the shift lever from P

(Park) to R (Reverse), N (Neutral), D (Drive)or Manual shift mode position.

Push the button to shift into P (Park) or R(Reverse). All other positions can be selectedwithout pushing the button.

WARNING

Apply the parking brake if the shift leveris in any position while the engine is notrunning. Failure to do so could cause thevehicle to move unexpectedly or rollaway and result in serious personalinjury or property damage.

CAUTION

Make sure the vehicle is completelystopped and the transmission is in theP (Park) position.

P (Park) position:

Use this position when the vehicle is parkedor when starting the engine. Make sure thevehicle is completely stopped. The brakepedal must be depressed and the shift leverbutton pushed in to move the shift leverfrom the N (Neutral) position or any drive

position to the P (Park) position. Apply theparking brake. When parking on a hill, applythe parking brake first, then move the shiftlever to the P (Park) position.

CAUTION

Use this position only when the vehicle iscompletely stopped.

R (Reverse):

Use this position to back up. Always be surethe vehicle is completely stopped beforeselecting the R (Reverse) position. The brakepedal must be depressed and the shift leverbutton pushed in to move the shift leverfrom the P (Park) position, the N (Neutral)position or any drive position to the R(Reverse) position.

N (Neutral):

Neither forward nor reverse gear is engaged.The engine can be started in this position.Youmay shift to the N (Neutral) position andrestart a stalled engine while the vehicle ismoving.

D (Drive):

Use this position for all normal forwarddriving.



Manual shift modeWhen the shift lever is in the manual shiftgate, the transmission is ready for themanual shift mode. Shift ranges can beselected manually by moving the shift leverup or down.

When shifting up, move the shift lever to the+ (up) side. The transmission shifts to thehigher range.

When shifting down, move the shift lever tothe − (down) side. The transmission shifts tothe lower range.

When canceling the manual shift mode,return the shift lever to the D (Drive)position. The transmission returns to thenormal driving mode.

In the manual shift mode, the shift range isdisplayed on the position indicator in themeter.

Shift ranges up or down one by one asfollows:

M1?/

M2?/

M3?/

M4?/

M5?/

M6?/

M7

M7 (7th):

Use this position for all normal forwarddriving at highway speeds.

M6 (6th) and M5 (5th):

Use these positions when driving up longslopes, or for engine braking when drivingdown long slopes.

M4 (4th), M3 (3rd) and M2 (2nd):

Use these positions for hill climbing or enginebraking on downhill grades.

M1 (1st):

Use this position when climbing steep hillsslowly or driving slowly through deep snow,or for maximum engine braking on steepdownhill grades.

. Remember not to drive at high speeds forextended periods of time in lower than7th gear. This reduces fuel economy.

. Moving the shift lever rapidly to the sameside twice will shift the ranges in succes-sion.

. In the manual shift mode, the transmis-sion may not shift to the selected gearor may automatically shift to the othergear. This helps maintain driving per-formance and reduces the chance ofvehicle damage or loss of control.

. When the transmission does not shift tothe selected gear, the Automatic Trans-mission (AT) position indicator light (inthe vehicle information display) willblink and the buzzer will sound.

. In the manual shift mode, the transmis-sion automatically shifts down to 1stgear before the vehicle comes to a stop.When accelerating again, it is necessaryto shift up to the desired range.

Accelerator downshift — In D (Drive)position —For passing or hill climbing, fully depress theaccelerator pedal to the floor. This shifts thetransmission down into the lower gear,depending on the vehicle speed.

Fail-safeWhen the fail-safe operation occurs, notethat the transmission will be locked in any ofthe forward gears according to the condi-tion.

If the vehicle is driven under extremeconditions, such as excessive wheel spinningand subsequent hard braking, the fail-safesystem may be activated. This will occureven if all electrical circuits are functioningproperly. In this case, push the switch to theOFF position and wait for 3 seconds. Thenpush the ignition switch back to the ONposition. The vehicle should return to itsnormal operating condition. If it does notreturn to its normal operating condition,have the transmission checked and re-paired, if necessary. It is recommended you

visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

JVS1141X

Shift lock releaseIf the battery charge is low or discharged,the shift lever may not be moved from the P(Park) position even with the brake pedaldepressed and the shift lever button pushed.

To move the shift lever, perform the follow-ing procedure:

1. Push the ignition switch to the OFF orLOCK position.


3. Remove the shift lock cover using asuitable tool.

4. Push down the shift lock as illustrated.

5. Push the shift lever button and movethe shift lever to N (Neutral) positionwhile holding down the shift lock.

The vehicle may be moved to the desiredlocation.

If the lever cannot be moved out of P (Park),have the automatic transmission systemchecked as soon as possible. It is recom-mended you visit an INFINITI retailer for thisservice.



WARNING

. Be sure the parking brake is fullyreleased before driving. Failure to doso can cause brake failure and lead toan accident.

. Do not release the parking brakefrom outside the vehicle.

. Do not use the gear shift in place ofthe parking brake. When parking, besure the parking brake is fully en-gaged.

. To help avoid risk of injury or deaththrough unintended operation of thevehicle and/or its systems, do notleave children, people who require theassistance of others or pets unat-tended in your vehicle. Additionally,the temperature inside a closed ve-hicle on a warm day can quicklybecome high enough to cause a sig-nificant risk of injury or death topeople and pets.

SPA2331

To apply: Fully depress the parking brakepedal .

To release:

1. Firmly apply the foot brake .

2. Depress the parking brake pedal andthe parking brake will be released.

3. Before driving, be sure the brakewarninglight goes out.

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings andinstructions for proper use of the LDWand LDP systems could result in seriouspersonal injury or death.

. The LDW and LDP systems will notsteer the vehicle or prevent loss ofcontrol. It is the driver’s responsibilityto stay alert, drive safely, keep thevehicle in the traveling lane, and be incontrol of the vehicle at all times.

. The LDP system may activate if youchange lanes without first activatingyour turn signal or, for example, if aconstruction zone directs traffic tocross an existing lane marker. If thisoccurs, you may need to apply cor-rective steering to complete your lanechange.

. Because the LDP system may notactivate under the road, weather,and lane marker conditions describedin this section, it may not activateevery time your vehicle begins toleave its lane and you will need toapply corrective steering.

PARKING BRAKELANE DEPARTURE WARNING(LDW)/LANE DEPARTUREPREVENTION (LDP) (if so equipped)

. Lane Departure Warning (LDW) system

— warns the driver with a warning lightand chime that the vehicle is begin-ning to leave the driving lane.

. Lane Departure Prevention (LDP) system

— warns the driver with a warning lightand chime, and helps assist the driverto return the vehicle to the center ofthe traveling lane by applying thebrakes to the left or right wheelsindividually (for a short period oftime).

JVS1142X

The LDW and LDP systems use a camerainstalled behind the windshield to monitorthe lane markers of your traveling lane.



JVS1094X

LDP ON indicator light/LDW indicatorlight (on the instrument panel)

Warning systems switch

Dynamic driver assistance switch

Center multi-function control panel

LDW SYSTEM OPERATIONThe LDW system operates above approxi-mately 45 MPH (70 km/h) and the lanemarkings are clear.

If the vehicle approaches either the left orright side of the traveling lane, the LDWindicator light (orange) on the instrumentpanel will flash and a warning chime willsound.

NOTE:

The LDW system is not designed to warnwhen you operate the lane change signaland change traveling lanes in the directionof the signal. (The LDW system will becomeoperable again approximately 2 secondsafter the lane change signal is turned off.)

JVS1130X


Warning systems ON indicator light


TURNING THELDWSYSTEMON/

OFFThe warning systems switch is used toturn on and off the LDW system when it isactivated on the center display using thecenter multi-function control panel . See“How to enable/disable the LDW system”(P.5-26). When the warning systems switch

is turned off, the warning systems ONindicator light on the switch is off.

The warning systems switch will turn onand off the LDW and Blind Spot Warning(BSW) systems at the same time.



JVS1043X

HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE

LDW SYSTEMPerform the following steps to enable ordisable the LDW system.

1. Push the SETTING button .

2. Touch [Driver Assistance].

3. Touch [Lane Assist].

4. Touch [Lane Departure Warning] to turnthe system ON/OFF.

LDP SYSTEM OPERATIONThe LDP system operates above approxi-mately 45 MPH (70 km/h) and the lanemarkings are clear.

If the vehicle approaches either the left orright side of the traveling lane, the LDWindicator light (orange) on the instrumentpanel will flash and a warning chime willsound. Then, the LDP system will automa-tically apply the brakes for a short period oftime to help assist the driver to return thevehicle to the center of the traveling lane.

NOTE:. The LDP system is not designed to work

when you operate the lane change signaland change traveling lanes in the direc-tion of the signal. (The LDP system willbecome operable again approximately 2seconds after the lane change signal isturned off.)

. The LDP braking assist will not operateor will stop operating and only a warn-ing chime will sound under the followingconditions.

— When the brake pedal is depressed.

— When the steering wheel is turned asfar as necessary for the vehicle tochange lanes.

— When the accelerator pedal is de-pressed while brake control assist is

provided.

— When the Intelligent Cruise Control(ICC), Distance Control Assist (DCA),Blind Spot Intervention (BSI), BlindSpot Warning (BSW), Predictive For-ward Collision Warning (PFCW) orForward Emergency Braking (FEB)warnings sound.

— When the hazard warning flashersare operated.

— When driving on a curve at a highspeed.

. While the LDP system is operating, youmay hear a sound of brake operation.This is normal and indicates that theLDP system is operating properly.

JVS1095X

LDP ON indicator light (green) (on theinstrument panel)



TURNING THE LDP SYSTEM ON/

OFFTo turn on the LDP system, push thedynamic driver assistance switch on thesteering wheel after starting the engine. TheLDP ON indicator light (green) on theinstrument panel will illuminate. Push thedynamic driver assistance switch again toturn off the LDP system. The LDP ONindicator light (green) will turn off.

The dynamic driver assistance switch isused for the LDP, BSI and DCA systems.

When the dynamic driver assistance switchis pushed, the BSI and DCA systems will

also turn on or off simultaneously. The LDPsystem can be individually set to on or off onthe center display using the center multi-function control panel .

If the system is set to off, the systemwill notturn on even if the dynamic driver assistanceswitch is pushed to on. To set the systemto on or off on the center display, see “Howto enable/disable the LDP system” (P.5-28).



JVS1043X


LDP SYSTEMPerform the following steps to enable ordisable the LDP system.



3. Touch [Lane Assist].

4. Touch [Lane Departure Prevention] toturn the system ON/OFF.

LDW/LDP SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitationsfor the LDWand LDP systems. Failure tooperate the vehicle in accordance withthese system limitations could result inserious injury or death.

. The systemwill not operate at speedsbelow 45 MPH (70 km/h) or if itcannot detect lane markers.

. The LDP system is primarily intendedfor use on well-developed freewaysor highways. It may not detect thelane markers in certain roads, weath-er or driving conditions.

. Do not use the LDP system under thefollowing conditions as it may notfunction properly:

— During bad weather (rain, fog,snow, etc.).

— When driving on slippery roads,such as on ice or snow, etc.

— When driving on winding or un-even roads.

— When there is a lane closure dueto road repairs.

— When driving in a makeshift ortemporary lane.

— When driving on roads where thelane width is too narrow.

— When driving without normal tireconditions (for example, tire wear,low tire pressure, installation ofspare tire, tire chains, non-stan-dard wheels).

— When the vehicle is equippedwithnon-original brake parts or sus-pension parts.

— When you are towing a trailer orother vehicle.

. The camera may not detect lanemarkers in the following situationsand the LDW and LDP systems maynot operate properly.

— On roads where there are multi-ple parallel lane markers, lanemarkers that are faded or notpainted clearly, yellow paintedlane markers, non-standard lanemarkers, or lane markers coveredwith water, dirt, snow, etc.

— On roads where the discontinuedlane markers are still detectable.

— On roads where there are sharpcurves.

— On roads where there are sharplycontrasting objects, such as sha-dows, snow, water, wheel ruts,seams or lines remaining afterroad repairs. (The LDW and LDPsystems could detect these itemsas lane markers.)

— On roads where the traveling lanemerges or separates.

— When the vehicle’s traveling di-rection does not align with thelane marker.

— When traveling close to the ve-hicle in front of you, which ob-structs the lane camera unitdetection range.

— When rain, snow or dirt adheresto the windshield in front of thelane camera unit.

— When the headlights are notbright due to dirt on the lens orif the aiming is not adjustedproperly.

— When strong light enters the lanecamera unit. (For example, thelight directly shines on the frontof the vehicle at sunrise or sun-set.)

— When a sudden change in bright-ness occurs. (For example, whenthe vehicle enters or exits a tunnelor under a bridge.)

. Excessive noise will interfere with thewarning chime sound, and the chimemay not be heard.



JVS0658X

LDP ON indicator light (green) (on theinstrument panel)



SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNA-

VAILABLECondition A:

Under the following conditions, a beep willsound and the LDP system will be canceledautomatically. The LDP ON indicator light(green) will blink, and the LDP systemcannot be activated:

. When the VDC system (except TCSfunction) or ABS operates.

. When the VDC system is turned off.

. When the SNOW mode switch is turnedon.

. When the 4WD shift switch is in the 4Hor 4L position (for 4WD models).

Action to take:

When the above conditions no longer exist,turn off the LDP system. Push the dynamicdriver assistance switch again to turn theLDP system back on.

Condition B:

LDW system: If the vehicle is parked in directsunlight under high temperature conditions(over approximately 104°F (40°C)) and thenthe LDW system is turned on, the LDWsystem may be deactivated automatically,and the warning systems ON indicator lighton the switch will blink.

LDP system: If the vehicle is parked in direct

sunlight under high temperature conditions(over approximately 104°F (40°C)) and thenthe LDP system is turned on, the LDPsystem will be turned off automatically, abeep will sound and the LDP ON indicatorlight (green) will blink.

The LDW and LDP systems are not availableuntil the conditions no longer exist.

Action to take:

When the above conditions no longer exist,the LDW system will resume automatically.

For the LDP system, push the dynamic driverassistance switch again to turn the LDPsystem back on.

SYSTEM MALFUNCTIONLDW system: When the LDW system mal-functions, it will cancel automatically, andthe LDW indicator light (orange) will illumi-nate.

LDP system: When the LDP system mal-functions, it will be turned off automatically,a beep will sound, and the LDW indicatorlight (orange) will illuminate.

Action to take:

Stop the vehicle in a safe location, place thevehicle in the P (Park) position, turn theengine off and restart the engine. If the LDWindicator light (orange) continues to illumi-nate, have the system checked. It is recom-

mended you visit an INFINITI retailer for thisservice.

SSD0453

SYSTEM MAINTENANCEThe lane camera unit for the LDW/LDPsystems is located above the inside mirror.

To keep the proper operation of the LDW/LDP systems and prevent a system mal-function, be sure to observe the following:


. Do not attach a sticker (including trans-parent material) or install an accessorynear the camera unit.

. Do not place reflective materials, such aswhite paper or a mirror, on the instru-ment panel. The reflection of sunlightmay adversely affect the camera unit’scapability of detecting the lane markers.



. Do not strike or damage the areas aroundthe camera unit. Do not touch thecamera lens or remove the screw locatedon the camera unit. It is recommendedyou contact an INFINITI retailer if thecamera unit is damaged due to anaccident.

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings andinstructions for proper use of the BSWsystem could result in serious injury ordeath.

. The BSW system is not a replacementfor proper driving procedure and isnot designed to prevent contact withvehicles or objects. When changinglanes, always use the side and rearmirrors and turn and look in thedirection your vehicle will move toensure it is safe to change lanes.Never rely solely on the BSW system.

. There is a limitation to the detectioncapability of the radar. Not everymoving object or vehicle will bedetected. Using the BSW systemunder some road, ground, lane mar-ker, traffic or weather conditionscould lead to improper system opera-tion. Always rely on your own opera-tion to avoid accidents.

The BSW system helps alert the driver ofother vehicles in adjacent lanes when chan-ging lanes.

JVS1146X

The BSW system uses radar sensorsinstalled near the rear bumper to detectother vehicles in an adjacent lane.

BLIND SPOT WARNING (BSW) (ifso equipped)

SSD1030

Detection zone

The radar sensors can detect vehicles oneither side of your vehicle within the detec-tion zone shown as illustrated. This detec-tion zone starts from the outside mirror ofyour vehicle and extends approximately 10ft (3.0 m) behind the rear bumper, andapproximately 10 ft (3.0 m) sideways.



JVS1096X

Side indicator light

BSW system warning light



BSW SYSTEM OPERATIONThe BSW system operates above approxi-mately 20 MPH (32 km/h).

If the radar sensors detect a vehicle in thedetection zone, the side indicator lightilluminates.

If the turn signal is then activated, thesystem chimes (twice) and the side indicatorlight flashes. The side indicator light con-tinues to flash until the detected vehicleleaves the detection zone.

NOTE:. The side indicator light illuminates for a

few seconds when the ignition switch isplaced in the ON position.

. The brightness of the side indicator lightis adjusted automatically depending onthe brightness of the ambient light.

. If a vehicle comes into the detection zoneafter the driver activates the turnsignal, then only the side indicator lightflashes and no chime sounds. For addi-tional information, refer to “BSW sys-tem limitations” (P.5-36).

JVS1130X




TURNING THE BSWSYSTEMON/

OFFThe warning systems switch is used toturn on and off the BSW system when it isactivated on the center display using thecenter multi-function control panel . See“How to enable/disable the BSW system”(P.5-35). When the warning systems switch

is turned off, the warning systems ONindicator light on the switch is off.

The warning systems switch will turn onand off the Lane Departure Warning (LDW)and BSW systems at the same time.


BSW SYSTEMThe BSW system can be turned off perma-nently using the center display.



JVS1043X

Perform the following steps to enable ordisable the BSW system.



3. Touch [Blind Spot Assist].

4. Touch [Blind Spot Warning] to turn thesystem ON/OFF.

BSW SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitationsfor the BSW system. Failure to operatethe vehicle in accordance with thesesystem limitations could result in seriousinjury or death.

. The BSW system cannot detect allvehicles under all conditions.

. The radar sensors may not be able todetect and activate BSW when cer-tain objects are present such as:

— Pedestrians, bicycles, animals.

— Vehicles such as motorcycles, lowheight vehicles, or high groundclearance vehicles.

— Oncoming vehicles.

— Vehicles remaining in the detec-tion zone when you acceleratefrom a stop.

— A vehicle merging into an adja-cent lane at a speed approxi-mately the same as your vehicle.

— A vehicle approaching rapidlyfrom behind.

— A vehicle which your vehicle over-takes rapidly.

— A vehicle that passes through thedetection zone quickly.

. The radar sensor’s detection zone isdesigned based on a standard lanewidth. When driving in a wider lane,the radar sensors may not detectvehicles in an adjacent lane. Whendriving in a narrow lane, the radarsensors may detect vehicles drivingtwo lanes away.

. The radar sensors are designed toignore most stationary objects, how-ever objects such as guardrails, walls,foliage and parked vehicles may oc-casionally be detected. This is anormal operation condition.

. The following conditions may reducethe ability of the radar to detectother vehicles:

— Severe weather

— Road spray

— Ice/frost/snow build-up on thevehicle

— Dirt build-up on the vehicle

. Do not attach stickers (includingtransparent material), install acces-sories or apply additional paint near

the radar sensors. These conditionsmay reduce the ability of the radar todetect other vehicles.

. Excessive noise (for example, audiosystem volume, open vehicle window)will interfere with the chime sound,and it may not be heard.

BSW DRIVING SITUATIONS

Indicator on

Indicator off

Indicator flashing

JVS0737X

Illustration 1 – Approaching from behind

Another vehicle approaching from

behindIllustration 1: The side indicator light illumi-nates if a vehicle enters the detection zonefrom behind in an adjacent lane.

JVS0738X

Illustration 2 – Approaching from behind

Illustration 2: If the driver activates the turnsignal, then the system chimes (twice) andthe side indicator light flashes.

NOTE:. The radar sensors may not detect vehi-

cles which are approaching rapidly frombehind.

. If the driver activates the turn signalbefore a vehicle enters the detectionzone, the side indicator light will flashbut no chime will sound when the othervehicle is detected.



JVS0739X

Illustration 3 – Overtaking another vehicle

Overtaking another vehicleIllustration 3: The side indicator light illumi-nates if you overtake a vehicle and thatvehicle stays in the detection zone forapproximately 3 seconds.

The radar sensors may not detect slowermoving vehicles if they are passed quickly.

JVS0740X

Illustration 4 – Overtaking another vehicle

Illustration 4: If the driver activates the turnsignal while another vehicle is in the detec-tion zone, then the system chimes (twice)and the side indicator light flashes.

NOTE:. When overtaking several vehicles in a

row, the vehicles after the first vehiclemay not be detected if they are travel-ing close together.

. The radar sensors may not detect slowermoving vehicles if they are passedquickly.

. If the driver activates the turn signalbefore a vehicle enters the detectionzone, the side indicator light will flash

but no chime will sound when the othervehicle is detected.

JVS0741X

Illustration 5 – Entering from the side

Entering from the sideIllustration 5: The side indicator light illumi-nates if a vehicle enters the detection zonefrom either side.

JVS0742X

Illustration 6 – Entering from the side

Illustration 6: If the driver activates the turnsignal, then the system chimes (twice) andthe side indicator light flashes.

NOTE:. The radar sensors may not detect a

vehicle which is traveling at about thesame speed as your vehicle when itenters the detection zone.




JVS0687X

BSW system warning light (orange)


VAILABLEWhen radar blockage is detected, the systemwill be turned off automatically, a beep willsound and the BSW system warning light(orange) will blink. The system is notavailable until the conditions no longer exist.

The radar sensors may be blocked bytemporary ambient conditions such assplashing water, mist or fog. The blockedcondition may also be caused by objectssuch as ice, frost or dirt obstructing the radarsensors.

Action to take:

When the above conditions no longer exist,the system will resume automatically.

If the BSW system warning light (orange)continues to blink, have the system checked.It is recommended you visit an INFINITIretailer for this service.

SYSTEM MALFUNCTIONWhen the system malfunctions, it will beturned off automatically, a beep will soundand the BSW system warning light (orange)will illuminate.

Action to take:

Stop the vehicle in a safe location, place thevehicle in the P (Park) position, turn theengine off and restart the engine.

If the BSW system warning light continuesto illuminate, have the system checked. It isrecommended you visit an INFINITI retailerfor this service.

JVS1146X

SYSTEM MAINTENANCEThe two radar sensors for the BSWsystem are located near the rear bumper.Always keep the area near the radar sensorsclean.

The radar sensors may be blocked bytemporary ambient conditions such assplashing water, mist or fog.

The blocked condition may also be caused byobjects such as ice, frost or dirt obstructingthe radar sensors.

Check for and remove objects obstructingthe area around the radar sensors.

Do not attach stickers (including transparentmaterial), install accessories or apply addi-

tional paint near the radar sensors.

Do not strike or damage the area around theradar sensors.

It is recommended you visit an INFINITIretailer if the area around the radar sensorsis damaged due to a collision.

Radio frequency statementThis device complies with part 15 of the FCCRules and RSS-310 of Industry Canada.

Operation is subject to the following twoconditions:

1. This device may not cause harmfulinterference.

2. This device must accept any interferencereceived, including interference that maycause undesired operation.

Frequency of operation: 24.05GHz —24.25GHz

Field Strength: Not greater than 2.5V/mpeak (0.25V/m average) at a distance of 3m

The manufacturer is not responsible for anyradio or TV interference caused by un-authorized modifications to this equipment.Such modifications could void the user’sauthority to operate the equipment.



WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings andinstructions for proper use of the BSIsystem could result in serious injury ordeath.

. The BSI system is not a replacementfor proper driving procedures and isnot designed to prevent contact withvehicles or objects. When changinglanes, always use the side and rearmirrors and turn and look in thedirection your vehicle will move toensure it is safe to change lanes.Never rely solely on the BSI system.

. There is a limitation to the detectioncapability of the radar. Not everymoving object or vehicle will bedetected. Using the BSI system undersome road, ground, lane marker,traffic or weather conditions couldlead to improper system operation.Always rely on your own operation toavoid accidents.

The BSI system helps alert the driver of othervehicles in adjacent lanes when changinglanes and helps assist the driver to return thevehicle to the center of the traveling lane.

JVS1149X

The BSI system uses radar sensorsinstalled near the rear bumper to detectother vehicles in an adjacent lane. In additionto the radar sensors, the BSI system uses acamera installed behind the windshield tomonitor the lane markers of your travelinglane.

SSD1030

Detection zone

The radar sensors can detect vehicles oneither side of your vehicle within the detec-tion zone shown as illustrated.

This detection zone starts from the outsidemirror of your vehicle and extends approxi-mately 10 ft (3.0 m) behind the rear bumper,and approximately 10 ft (3.0 m) sideways.

BLIND SPOT INTERVENTION®

(BSI) (if so equipped)

JVS1097X


BSI ON indicator light (green)/BSIsystem warning light (orange)



BSI SYSTEM OPERATIONThe BSI system operates above approxi-mately 37 MPH (60 km/h).

If the radar sensors detect a vehicle in thedetection zone, the side indicator lightilluminates.

If the turn signal is then activated, thesystem chimes (twice) and the side indicatorlight flashes. The side indicator light con-tinues to flash until the detected vehicleleaves the detection zone.

If the BSI system is ON and your vehicleapproaches a lane marker while anothervehicle is in the detection zone, the systemchimes (three times) and the side indicatorlight flashes. Then the BSI system slightlyapplies the brakes to help return the vehicleback to the center of the driving lane. TheBSI system operates regardless of turnsignal usage.

NOTE:. Warning and system application of the

brakes will only be activated if the sideindicator light is already illuminatedwhen your vehicle approaches a lanemarker. If another vehicle comes intothe detection zone after your vehicle hascrossed a lane marker, no warning orsystem application of the brakes will beactivated. (See “BSI driving situations”



(P.5-47).)

. The BSI system is typically activatedearlier than the Lane Departure Preven-tion (LDP) system when your vehicle isapproaching a lane marker.

JVS1098X

BSI ON indicator light (green)



TURNING THE BSI SYSTEM ON/

OFFTo turn on the BSI system, push the dynamicdriver assistance switch on the steeringwheel after starting the engine. The BSI ONindicator light (green) on the instrumentalpanel will illuminate.

Push the dynamic driver assistance switchagain to turn off the BSI system. The BSI ONindicator light (green) will turn off.

The dynamic driver assistance switch isused for the BSI, Lane Departure Prevention(LDP) and Distance Control Assist (DCA)systems. When the dynamic driver assis-tance switch is pushed, the LDP and DCAsystems will also turn on or off simulta-neously. The BSI system can be individuallyset to on or off on the center display usingthe center multi-function control panel .

If the system is set to off, the systemwill notturn on even if the dynamic driver assistanceswitch is pushed to on. To set the systemto on or off on the center display, see “Howto enable/disable the BSI system” (P.5-46).



JVS1043X


BSI SYSTEMPerform the following steps to enable ordisable the BSI system.



3. Touch [Blind Spot Assist].

4. Touch [Blind Spot Intervention] to turnthe system ON/OFF.

BSI SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitationsfor the BSI system. Failure to operatethe vehicle in accordance with thesesystem limitations could result in seriousinjury or death.

. The BSI system cannot detect allvehicles under all conditions.

. The radar sensors may not be able todetect and activate BSI when certainobjects are present such as:

— Pedestrians, bicycles, animals.

— Vehicles such as motorcycles, lowheight vehicles, or high groundclearance vehicles.

— Vehicles remaining in the detec-tion zone when you acceleratefrom a stop.

— Oncoming vehicles.

— A vehicle merging into an adja-cent lane at a speed approxi-mately the same as your vehicle.

— A vehicle approaching rapidlyfrom behind.

— A vehicle which your vehicle over-takes rapidly.

— A vehicle that passes through thedetection zone quickly.

. The radar sensor’s detection zone isdesigned based on a standard lanewidth. When driving in a wider lane,the radar sensors may not detectvehicles in an adjacent lane. Whendriving in a narrow lane, the radarsensors may detect vehicles drivingtwo lanes away.

. The radar sensors are designed toignore most stationary objects, how-ever objects such as guardrails, walls,foliage and parked vehicles may oc-casionally be detected. This is anormal operation condition.

. The camera may not detect lanemarkers in the following situationsand the BSI system may not operateproperly.

— On roads where there are multi-ple parallel lane markers; lanemarkers that are faded or notpainted clearly; yellow paintedlane markers; non-standard lanemarkers; lane markers coveredwith water, dirt, snow, etc.

— On roads where discontinued lanemarkers are still detectable.

— On roads where there are sharpcurves.

— On roads where there are sharplycontrasting objects, such as sha-dows, snow, water, wheel ruts,seams or lines remaining afterroad repairs.

— On roads where the traveling lanemerges or separates.

— When the vehicle’s traveling di-rection does not align with thelane markers.

— When traveling close to the ve-hicle in front of you, which ob-structs the lane camera unitdetection range.

— When rain, snow or dirt adheresto the windshield in front of a lanecamera unit.

— When the headlights are notbright due to dirt on the lens orif aiming is not adjusted properly.

— When strong light enters a lanecamera unit. (For example: lightdirectly shines on the front of thevehicle at sunrise or sunset.)

— When a sudden change in bright-ness occurs. (For example: whenthe vehicle enters or exits a tunnelor under a bridge.)

. Do not use the BSI system under thefollowing conditions because the sys-tem may not function properly.

— During bad weather. (For exam-ple: rain, fog, snow, etc.)

— When driving on slippery roads,such as on ice or snow, etc.

— When driving on winding or un-even roads.

— When there is a lane closure dueto road repairs.

— When driving in a makeshift ortemporary lane.

— When driving on roads where thelane width is too narrow.

— When driving with a tire that isnot within normal tire conditions(for example, tire wear, low tirepressure, installation of spare tire,tire chains, non-standard wheels).


— When towing a trailer or othervehicle.


BSI DRIVING SITUATIONS

Indicator on

Indicator off

Indicator flashing



JVS0737X

Illustration 1 - Approaching from behind

Another vehicle approaching from

behindIllustration 1: The side indicator light illumi-nates if a vehicle enters the detection zonefrom behind in an adjacent lane.

JVS0738X


Illustration 2: If the driver activates the turnsignal then the system chimes (twice) andthe side indicator light flashes.

JVS0760X


Illustration 3: If the BSI system is on and yourvehicle approaches a lane marker whileanother vehicle is in the detection zone, thesystem chimes (three times) and the sideindicator light flashes. Then the BSI systemslightly applies the brakes to help return thevehicle back to the center of the driving lane.

NOTE:. The radar sensors may not detect vehi-

cles which are approaching rapidly frombehind.

. If the driver activates the turn signalbefore a vehicle enters the detectionzone, the side indicator light will flashbut no chime will sound when the other

vehicle is detected.

JVS0739X

Illustration 4 - Overtaking another vehicle

Overtaking another vehicleIllustration 4: The side indicator light illumi-nates if you overtake a vehicle and thatvehicle stays in the detection zone forapproximately 3 seconds.

JVS0740X


Illustration 5: If the driver activates the turnsignal while another vehicle is in the detec-tion zone, then the system chimes (twice)and the side indicator light flashes.



JVS0761X


Illustration 6: If the BSI system is on and yourvehicle approaches a lane marker whileanother vehicle is in the detection zone, thesystem chimes (three times) and the sideindicator light flashes. Then, the BSI systemslightly applies the brakes on the appropriateside to help return the vehicle back to thecenter of the driving lane.

NOTE:. When overtaking several vehicles in a

row, the vehicles after the first vehiclemay not be detected if they are travel-ing close together.

. The radar sensors may not detect slowermoving vehicles if they are passed

quickly.


JVS0741X

Illustration 7 - Entering from the side

Entering from the sideIllustration 7: The side indicator light illumi-nates if a vehicle enters the detection zonefrom either side.

NOTE:

The radar sensors may not detect a vehiclewhich is traveling at about the same speedas your vehicle when it enters the detectionzone.

JVS0742X


Illustration 8: If the driver activates the turnsignal while another vehicle is in the detec-tion zone, then the side indicator lightflashes and a chime will sound twice.

NOTE:

If the driver activates the turn signal beforea vehicle enters the detection zone, the sideindicator light will flash but no chime willsound when another vehicle is detected.

JVS0761X


Illustration 9: If the BSI system is on and yourvehicle approaches the lane marker whileanother vehicle is in the detection zone, thesystem chimes (three times) and the sideindicator light flashes. The BSI systemslightly applies the brakes on the appropriateside to help return the vehicle back to thecenter of the driving lane.

JVS0742X


Illustration 10: The BSI system will notoperate if your vehicle is on a lane markerwhen another vehicle enters the detectionzone. In this case only the BSW systemoperates.

NOTE:. The radar sensors may not detect a

vehicle which is traveling at about thesame speed as your vehicle when itenters the detection zone.




. BSI braking will not operate or will stopoperating and only a warning chime willsound under the following conditions.

— When the brake pedal is depressed.

— When the vehicle is accelerated dur-ing BSI system operation.

— When steering quickly

— When the ICC, DCA, PFCW or FEBwarnings sound.

— When the hazard warning flashersare operated.

— When driving on a curve at a highspeed.

JVS0687X

BSI ON indicator light (green)/BSIsystem warning light (orange)


VAILABLE. Under the following conditions, a chime

will sound, the BSI ON indicator light(green) will blink and the BSI systemwill be turned off automatically. The BSIsystem will not be available until theconditions no longer exist.

— When the VDC system (except TCSfunction) or ABS operates.

— When the VDC system is turned off.

Action to take:

Turn off the BSI system and turn it on againwhen the above conditions no longer exist.

. Under the following conditions, the BSIsystemwill be turned off automatically, achime will sound and the BSI systemwarning light (orange) will blink. TheBSI system is not available until theconditions no longer exist.

— When the camera detects that theinterior temperature is high (overapproximately 104°F (40°C)).

— When radar blockage is detected.

The radar sensors may be blocked bytemporary ambient conditions such assplashing water, mist or fog. The blockedcondition may also be caused by objectssuch as ice, frost or dirt obstructing the radarsensors.



Action to take:

When the above conditions no longer exist,turn the BSI system off and turn it on again.If the BSI system warning light (orange)continues to blink even after the BSI systemis turned on again, stop the vehicle in a safelocation, place the shift lever in the P (Park)position and turn the engine off. Check forand remove objects obscuring the radarsensors on the rear bumper, and restart theengine.

If the BSI system warning light (orange)continues to blink, have the BSI systemchecked. It is recommended you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.

SYSTEM MALFUNCTIONWhen the BSI system malfunctions, it will beturned off automatically, a chime will soundand the BSI system warning light (orange)will illuminate.

Action to take:

Stop the vehicle in a safe location, place theshift lever in the P (Park) position, turn theengine off and restart the engine.

If the warning light (orange) continues toilluminate, have the BSI system checked. It isrecommended you visit an INFINITI retailerfor this service.

JVS1149X

SYSTEM MAINTENANCEThe two radar sensors for the BSI systemare located near the rear bumper. Alwayskeep the area near the radar sensors clean.




Do not attach stickers (including transparentmaterial), install accessories or apply addi-tional paint near the radar sensors.



The lane camera unit for BSI system islocated above the inside mirror. To keep theproper operation of BSI and prevent asystem malfunction, be sure to observe thefollowing:


. Do not attach a sticker (including trans-parent material) or install an accessorynear the camera unit.

. Do not place reflective materials, such aswhite paper or a mirror, on the instru-ment panel. The reflection of sunlightmay adversely affect the camera unit’scapability of detecting the lane markers.

. Do not strike or damage the areas aroundthe camera unit. Do not touch thecamera lens or remove the screw locatedon the camera unit. It is recommendedyou contact an INFINITI retailer if thecamera unit is damaged due to anaccident.








WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings andinstructions for proper use of the BCIsystem could result in serious injury ordeath.

. The BCI system is not a replacementfor proper driving procedure, is notdesigned to prevent contact withvehicles or objects and does notprovide full brake power.When back-ing out of parking spaces, always usethe inside and rear mirrors and turnand look in the direction you willmove. Never rely solely on the BCIsystem.

. There is a limitation to the detectioncapability of the radar or the sonar.Using the BCI system under someroad, ground, traffic or weather con-ditions could lead to improper systemoperation. Always rely on your ownoperation to avoid accidents.

The BCI system can help alert the driver ofan approaching vehicle or objects behind thevehicle when the driver is backing out of aparking space.

JVS1152X

The BCI system uses radar sensorsinstalled on both sides near the rear bumperto detect an approaching vehicle and sonarsensors to detect objects in the rear.


BACK-UP COLLISIONINTERVENTION (BCI) (if so equipped)


JVS0173X

JVS0698X

The radar sensors detect an approachingvehicle from up to approximately 49 ft (15m) away. The sonar sensors detectstationary objects behind the vehicle up toapproximately 4.9 ft (1.5 m). Refer to theillustration for approximate zone coverageareas .

JVS1099X


BCI system indicator

BCI system key (on the center display)


JVS0173X

BCI SYSTEM OPERATIONWhen the shift lever is in the R (Reverse)position and the vehicle speed is less thanapproximately 5 MPH (8 km/h), the BCIsystem operates.

If the radar detects a vehicle approachingfrom the side or the sonar detects closestationary objects behind the vehicle, thesystem gives visual and audible warnings. Ifthe driver does not apply the brakes, thesystem automatically applies the brake for amoment when the vehicle is moving back-wards. After the automatic brake applica-tion, the driver must depress the brake pedalto maintain brake pressure. If the driver’sfoot is on the accelerator pedal, the system



pushes the accelerator upward before ap-plying the brake. If you continue to accel-erate, the system will not engage the brake.

JVS0304X

Center display

JVS0197X

BCI ON indicator

When the shift lever is placed in the R(Reverse) position, the indicator on the BCIsystem key illuminates on the centerdisplay and BCI ON indicator appears onthe vehicle information display.

SSD1086


JVS0307X

If the radar detects an approaching vehiclefrom the side, the system chimes (once), theside indicator light on the side the vehicle isapproaching from flashes and a yellowrectangular frame appears on the centerdisplay.

JVS0172X

Illustration 1

JVS0173X

Illustration 2



. In the case of several vehicles approach-ing in a row (Illustration 1) or in theopposite direction (Illustration 2), achime may not be issued to the BCIsystem after the first vehicle passes thesensors.

. The sonar system chime indicating thereis an object behind the vehicle has ahigher priority than the BCI chime (singlebeep) indicating an approaching vehicle.If the sonar system detects an objectbehind the vehicle and the BCI systemdetects an approaching vehicle at thesame time, the following indications areprovided:

— The sonar system chime sounds

— The side indicator light on the side ofthe approaching vehicle flashes, and

— A yellow rectangular frame appears inthe center display.

JVS0307X

If an approaching vehicle or close objectbehind the vehicle is detected when yourvehicle is backing up, a red frame willappear in the center display and the systemwill chime three times. Then, the brakes willbe applied momentarily. After the automaticbrake application, the driver must depressthe brake pedal to maintain brake pressure.

If the driver’s foot is on the acceleratorpedal, the system moves the acceleratorpedal upward before the braking is applied.However, if you continue to accelerate, thesystem will not engage the brakes.

The BCI system does not operate if theobject is very close to the bumper.

JVS0304X

JVS0182X

BCI OFF indicator

The BCI system can be turned off tempora-rily by touching the BCI system key on thecenter display. The indicator on the BCIsystem key turns off and the BCI OFFindicator appears on the vehicle informationdisplay.

When the shift lever is placed in the R(Reverse) position again, the BCI system isturned on.

HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THEBCI SYSTEMThe BCI system can be turned off perma-nently using the center display. JVS1043X

Perform the following steps to enable ordisable the BCI system.


2. Touch [Camera/Sonar].

3. Touch [Camera].

4. Touch [Back-up Collision Intervention]to turn the system ON/OFF.



JVS0479X

BCI SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitationsfor the BCI system. Failure to operate

the vehicle in accordance with thesesystem limitations could result in seriousinjury or death.

. Always check your surroundings andturn to check what is behind youbefore backing up.

. The radar sensors detect approach-ing (moving) vehicles. The radar sen-sors cannot detect every object suchas:

— Pedestrians, bicycles, animals orchild operated toy vehicles

— A vehicle that passing at speedsgreater than approximately 15MPH (24 km/h)

. The radar sensors may not detectapproaching vehicles in certain situa-tions:

— Illustration a. When a vehicleparked next to you obstructs thebeam of the radar sensor.

— Illustration b. When the vehicle isparked in an angled parking space.

— Illustration c. When the vehicle isparked on inclined ground.

— Illustration d.When an approach-ing vehicle turns into your vehi-cle’s parking lot aisle.

— Illustration e. When the angleformed by your vehicle and ap-proaching vehicle is small.

. The following conditions may reducethe ability of the radar sensors todetect other vehicles:

— Severe weather

— Road spray

— Ice/frost/dirt build up on thevehicle

. Do not attach stickers (includingtransparent material), install acces-sories or apply additional paint nearthe radar sensors. These conditionsmay reduce the ability of the radarsensors to detect other vehicles.

. The sonar sensors detect stationaryobjects behind the vehicle. The sonarsensor may not detect:

— Small or moving objects

— Wedge-shaped objects

— Object close to the bumper (lessthan approximately 1 ft (30 cm))

— Thin objects such as rope, wireand chain, etc.

. The brake engagement by the BCIsystem is not as effective on a slopeas it is on flat ground. When on asteep slope the system may notfunction properly.

. Do not use the BCI system under thefollowing conditions because the sys-tem may not function properly.

— When driving with a tire that isnot within normal tire conditions(for example, tire wear, low tirepressure, installation of spare tire,tire chains, non-standard wheels).




JVS0689X

Vehicle information display


VAILABLEUnder the following conditions, a chime willsound and “BCI NOT AVAILABLE” warningmessage will appear in the vehicle informa-tion display , and the BCI system will beturned off automatically.

. If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlightunder high temperature conditions (overapproximately 104°F (40°C)).

. When side radar blockage is detected.

Turn off the BCI system and turn it on againwhen the above conditions no longer exist.



SYSTEM MALFUNCTIONIf the BCI system malfunctions, it will turnoff automatically, a chime will sound and“BCI MALFUNCTION” warning messagewill appear in the vehicle information display.

Action to take

Stop the vehicle in a safe location and placethe shift lever in the P (Park) position. Turnthe engine off and restart the engine. If thewarning message continues to appear, havethe system checked. It is recommended youvisit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

JVS1146X

SYSTEM MAINTENANCEThe two radar sensors for the BCI systemare located near the rear bumper. Alwayskeep the area near the radar sensors clean.




Do not attach stickers (including transparentmaterial), install accessories or apply addi-tional paint near the radar sensors.










PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISECONTROL. If the cruise control system malfunctions,

it will cancel automatically. The CRUISEindicator light on the meter panel willthen blink to warn the driver.

. If the engine coolant temperature be-comes excessively high, the cruise con-t r o l s y s t em w i l l b e c a n c e l e dautomatically.

. If the CRUISE indicator light blinks, turnthe cruise control main switch off andhave the system checked. It is recom-mended you visit an INFINITI retailer forthis service.

. The CRUISE indicator light may some-times blink when the cruise control mainswitch is turned ON while pushing theACCELERATE/RESUME, COAST/SETor CANCEL switch. To properly set thecruise control system, perform the stepsbelow in the order indicated.

WARNING

Do not use the cruise control whendriving under the following conditions:

. when it is not possible to keep thevehicle at a set speed

. in heavy traffic or in traffic thatvaries in speed

. on winding or hilly roads

. on slippery roads (rain, snow, ice,etc.)

. in very windy areas

Doing so could cause a loss of vehiclecontrol and result in an accident.

JVS0090X

1. ACCELERATE/RESUME switch

2. COAST/SET switch

3. CANCEL switch

4. Cruise control MAIN switch

CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONSThe cruise control allows driving at a speedbetween 25 to 90 MPH (40 to 144 km/h)without keeping your foot on the acceleratorpedal.

To turn on the cruise control, push theMAIN switch on. The CRUISE indicator willcome on.

To set cruising speed, accelerate yourvehicle to the desired speed, push theCOAST/SET switch and release it. Take


CRUISE CONTROL (if so equipped)


your foot off the accelerator pedal. Yourvehicle will maintain the set speed.

. To pass another vehicle, depress theaccelerator pedal. When you release thepedal, the vehicle will return to thepreviously set speed.

. The vehicle may not maintain the setspeed on winding or hilly roads. If thishappens, drive without the cruise con-trol.

To cancel the preset speed, follow any ofthese methods:

1. Push the CANCEL switch.

2. Tap the brake pedal.

3. Move the shift lever to the N (Neutral)position.

4. Turn the MAIN switch off. The CRUISEindicator light will turn off.

. If you depress the brake pedal whilepushing the ACCELERATE/RESUMEor COAST/SET switch and reset at thecruising speed, the cruise control willdisengage. Turn the MAIN switch offonce and then turn it on again.

. The cruise control will automaticallycancel if the vehicle slows more than 8MPH (13 km/h) below the set speed.

. If you move the shift lever to N (Neutral)position, the cruise control will be can-celed.

To reset at a faster cruising speed, use oneof the following methods:

. Depress the accelerator pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed, pushand release the COAST/SET switch.

. Push and hold the ACCELERATE/RE-SUME switch. When the vehicle attainsthe speed you desire, release the switch.

. Push, then quickly release the ACCEL-ERATE/RESUME switch. Each time youdo this, the set speed will increase byabout 1 MPH (1.6 km/h).

To reset at a slower cruising speed, use oneof the following methods:

. Lightly tap the brake pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed, pushthe COAST/SET switch and release it.

. Push and hold the COAST/SET switch.Release the switch when the vehicleslows down to the desired speed.

. Push, then quickly release the COAST/SET switch. Each time you do this, theset speed will decrease by about 1 MPH(1.6 km/h).

To resume the preset speed, push andrelease the ACCELERATE/RESUMEswitch. The vehicle will resume the last setcruising speedwhen the vehicle speed is over25 MPH (40 km/h).

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings andinstructions for proper use of the ICCsystem could result in serious injury ordeath.

. ICC is not a collision avoidance orwarning device. For highway use onlyand it is not intended for congestedareas or city driving. Failure to applythe brakes could result in an accident.

. Always observe posted speed limitsand do not set the speed over them.

. Always drive carefully and atten-tively when using either cruise con-trol mode. Read and understand theOwner’s Manual thoroughly beforeusing the cruise control. To avoidserious injury or death, do not relyon the system to prevent accidents orto control the vehicle’s speed inemergency situations. Do not usecruise control except in appropriateroad and traffic conditions.

. In the conventional (fixed speed)cruise control mode, a warning chimewill not sound to warn you if you aretoo close to the vehicle ahead. Payspecial attention to the distancebetween your vehicle and the vehicle

INTELLIGENT CRUISE CONTROL(ICC) (if so equipped)

ahead of you or a collision couldoccur.

The ICC system maintains a selected dis-tance from the vehicle in front of you withinthe speed range of 0 to 90 MPH (0 to 144km/h) up to the set speed. The set speed canbe selected by the driver between 20 to 90MPH (32 to 144 km/h).

The vehicle travels at a set speed when theroad ahead is clear.

The ICC system can be set to one of twocruise control modes.

. Vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode:

For maintaining a selected distancebetween your vehicle and the vehicle infront of you up to the preset speed.

. Conventional (fixed speed) cruise controlmode:

For cruising at a preset speed.

JVS0659X

Displays and indicators

ICC switches

MAIN (ON·OFF) switch

Push the MAIN switch to choose thecruise control mode between the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode and the con-ventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode.

Once a control mode is activated, it cannotbe changed to the other cruise control mode.To change the mode, push the MAIN switchonce to turn the system off. Then push the

MAIN switch again to turn the systemback on and select the desired cruise controlmode.



Always confirm the setting in the ICC systemdisplay.

For the vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode, see “Vehicle-to-vehicle distance con-trol mode” (P.5-68).

For the conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol mode, see “Conventional (fixedspeed) cruise control mode” (P.5-84).

SSD1051

HOW TO SELECT THE CRUISECONTROL MODE

Selecting vehicle-to-vehicle dis-tance control modeTo choose the vehicle-to-vehicle distancecontrol mode , quickly push and release theMAIN switch .

Selecting the conventional (fixed

speed) cruise control modeTo choose the conventional (fixed speed)cruise control mode , push and hold theMAIN switch for longer than approxi-mately 1.5 seconds. See “Conventional (fixed

speed) cruise control mode” (P.5-84).

VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE DIS-

TANCE CONTROL MODEIn the vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode, the ICC system automatically main-tains a selected distance from the vehicletraveling in front of you according to thatvehicle’s speed (up to the set speed), or atthe set speed when the road ahead is clear.

JVS1154X

The system is intended to enhance theoperation of the vehicle when following avehicle traveling in the same lane anddirection.

If the radar sensor detects a slowermoving vehicle ahead, the systemwill reducethe vehicle speed so that your vehiclefollows the vehicle in front at the selecteddistance.

The system automatically controls the throt-tle and applies the brakes (up to approxi-mately 40% of vehicle braking power) ifnecessary.

The detection range of the sensor is approxi-mately 650 ft (200 m) ahead.

Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control

mode operationThe vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode is designed to maintain a selecteddistance and reduce the speed to match theslower vehicle ahead; the system will de-celerate the vehicle as necessary and if thevehicle ahead comes to a stop, the vehicledecelerates to a standstill. However, the ICCsystem can only apply up to approximately40% of the vehicle’s total braking power.This system should only be used when trafficconditions allow vehicle speeds to remainfairly constant or when vehicle speedschange gradually. If a vehicle moves intothe traveling lane ahead or if a vehicletraveling ahead rapidly decelerates, thedistance between vehicles may becomecloser because the ICC system cannotdecelerate the vehicle quickly enough. If thisoccurs, the ICC system will sound a warningchime and blink the system display to notifythe driver to take necessary action.

The system will cancel and a warning chimewill sound if the speed is below approxi-mately 15 MPH (24 km/h) and a vehicle isnot detected ahead. The system will alsodisengage when the vehicle goes above themaximum set speed.

See “Approach warning” (P.5-76).

The following items are controlled in thevehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode:

. When there are no vehicles travelingahead, the vehicle-to-vehicle distancecontrol mode maintains the speed setby the driver. The set speed range isbetween approximately 20 and 90MPH(32 and 144 km/h).

. When there is a vehicle traveling ahead,the vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode adjusts the speed to maintain thedistance, selected by driver, from thevehicle ahead. The adjusting speed rangeis up to the set speed. If the vehicleahead comes to a stop, the vehicledecelerates to a standstill within thelimitations of the system. The systemwill cancel once it judges a standstill witha warning chime.

. When the vehicle traveling ahead hasmoved out from its lane of travel, thevehicle-to-vehicle distance control modeaccelerates and maintains vehicle speedup to the set speed.

The ICC system does not control vehiclespeed or warn you when you approachstationary and slow moving vehicles. Youmust pay attention to vehicle operation tomaintain proper distance from vehiclesahead when approaching toll gates or trafficcongestion.



SSD0964


mode switchesThe system is operated by a MAIN switchand four control switches, all mounted onthe steering wheel.

1. ACCELERATE/RESUME switch:

Resumes set speed or increases speedincrementally.

2. COAST/SET switch:

Sets desired cruise speed, reduces speedincrementally.

3. CANCEL switch:

Deactivates the system without erasingthe set speed.

4. DISTANCE switch:

Changes the vehicle’s following distance:. Long. Middle. Short

5. MAIN switch:

Master switch to activate the system

SSD1104


mode display and indicatorsThe display is located between the speed-ometer and tachometer.

1. MAIN switch indicator:

Indicates that the MAIN switch is ON.

2. Vehicle ahead detection indicator:

Indicates whether it detects a vehicle infront of you.

3. Set distance indicator:

Displays the selected distance betweenvehicles set with the DISTANCE switch.

4. Indicates your vehicle

5. Set vehicle speed indicator:

Indicates the set vehicle speed.

For Canadian models, the speed is dis-played in km/h.

6. ICC system warning light (orange):

The light comes on if there is a malfunc-tion in the ICC system.

SSD0979

When the ignition switch is pushed to theON position, the indicators come on asillustrated to check for a burned-out bulb,and it turns off when the engine is started.

SSD1052

Operating vehicle-to-vehicle dis-

tance control modeTo turn on the cruise control, quickly pushand release the MAIN switch on. TheMAIN switch indicator, set distance indica-tor and set vehicle speed indicator come onand in a standby state for setting.



SSD1053

To set cruising speed, accelerate yourvehicle to the desired speed, push theCOAST/SET switch and release it. (Vehicleahead detection indicator, set distance in-dicator and set vehicle speed indicator comeon.) Take your foot off the accelerator pedal.Your vehicle will maintain the set speed.

SSD1105

When the COAST/SET switch is pushedunder the following conditions, the systemcannot be set and the ICC indicators willblink for approximately 2 seconds:

. When traveling below 20 MPH (32km/h) and the vehicle ahead is notdetected

. When the shift lever is not in the D (Drive)or manual shift mode

. When the parking brake is applied

. When the brakes are operated by thedriver

SSD1106

When the COAST/SET switch is pushedunder the following conditions, the systemcannot be set.

A warning chime will sound and the ICCindicators will blink.

. When the SNOW mode is pushed(SNOW mode switch) (To use the ICCsystem, turn off the SNOW modeswitch, push the MAIN switch to turnoff the ICC and reset the ICC switch bypushing the MAIN switch again.)

For details about the SNOW modeswitch, see “SNOW mode” (P.5-130).

. When the 4WD shift switch is in the 4Hor 4L position. (To use the ICC system,place the 4WD shift switch in the AUTO

position, push the MAIN switch to turnoff the ICC system and reset the ICCswitch by pushing the MAIN switchagain (for 4WD models).

For details about the 4WD shift switch,see “INFINITI all-mode 4WD®” (P.5-120).

. When the VDC system is off (To use theICC system, turn on the VDC system.Push the MAIN switch to turn off theICC system and reset the ICC switch bypushing the MAIN switch again.)

For details about the VDC system, see“Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system”(P.5-133).

. When ABS or VDC (including the tractioncontrol system) is operating

. When a wheel is slipping (To use the ICCsystem, make sure the wheels are nolonger slipping. Push theMAIN switch toturn off the ICC, and reset the ICCsystem by pushing the MAIN switchagain.)

SSD1107

System set display with vehicle ahead

System set display without vehicleahead

System operationThe driver sets the desired vehicle speedbased on the road conditions. The ICCsystem maintains the set vehicle speed,similar to standard cruise control, as longas no vehicle is detected in the lane ahead.

The ICC system displays the set speed.

Vehicle detected ahead:

When a vehicle is detected in the lane ahead,the ICC system decelerates the vehicle bycontrolling the throttle and applying the

brakes to match the speed of a slowervehicle ahead. The system then controls thevehicle speed based on the speed of thevehicle ahead to maintain the driver selecteddistance.

The stoplights of the vehicle come on whenbraking is performed by the ICC system.

When the brake operates, a noise may beheard and/or vibration may be felt. This isnot a malfunction.

When a vehicle ahead is detected, thevehicle ahead detection indicator comes on.The ICC system will also display the setspeed and selected distance.

Vehicle ahead not detected:



When a vehicle is no longer detected ahead,the ICC system gradually accelerates yourvehicle to resume the previously set vehiclespeed. The ICC system then maintains theset speed.

When a vehicle is no longer detected thevehicle ahead detection indicator turns off.

If a vehicle ahead appears during accelera-tion to the set vehicle speed or any time theICC system is in operation, the systemcontrols the distance to that vehicle.

When a vehicle is no longer detected underapproximately 15 MPH (24 km/h), thesystem will be canceled. SSD1108

When passing another vehicle, the set speedindicator will flash when the vehicle speedexceeds the set speed. The vehicle detectindicator will turn off when the area aheadof the vehicle is open. When the pedal isreleased, the vehicle will return to thepreviously set speed.

Even though your vehicle speed is set in theICC system, you can depress the acceleratorpedal when it is necessary to accelerate yourvehicle rapidly.

How to change set vehicle speedTo cancel the preset speed, use any of thesemethods:

. Push the CANCEL switch. The set vehiclespeed indicator will go out.

. Tap the brake pedal. The set vehiclespeed indicator will go out.

. Turn the MAIN switch off. Both theMAIN switch indicator and set vehiclespeed indicator will go out.

To reset at a faster cruising speed, use oneof the following methods:

. Depress the accelerator pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed, pushand release the COAST/SET switch.

. Push and hold the ACCELERATE/RE-SUME switch. The set vehicle speed willincrease by approximately 5 MPH (5km/h for Canada).

. Push, then quickly release the ACCEL-ERATE/RESUME switch. Each time youdo this, the set speed will increase byapproximately 1 MPH (1 km/h for Ca-nada).

To reset at a slower cruising speed, use oneof the following methods:

. Lightly tap the brake pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed, pushthe COAST/SET switch and release it.

. Push and hold the COAST/SET switch.The set vehicle speed will decrease byapproximately 5 MPH (5 km/h forCanada).

. Push, then quickly release the COAST/SET switch. Each time you do this, theset speed will decrease by approximately1 MPH (1 km/h for Canada).


SSD0967

How to change set distance to

vehicle aheadThe distance to the vehicle ahead can beselected at any time depending on the trafficconditions.

Each time the DISTANCE switch ispushed, the set distance will change to long,middle, short and back to long again in thatsequence.



JVS0732X

. The distance to the vehicle ahead willchange according to the vehicle speed.The higher the vehicle speed, the longerthe distance.

. If the engine is stopped, the set distancebecomes “long”. (Each time the engine isstarted, the initial setting becomes“long”.)

Approach warningIf your vehicle comes closer to the vehicleahead due to rapid deceleration of thatvehicle or if another vehicle cuts in, thesystem warns the driver with the chime andICC system display. Decelerate by depres-sing the brake pedal to maintain a safe

vehicle distance if:

. The chime sounds.

. The vehicle ahead detection and setdistance indicator blink.

The warning chime may not sound in somecases when there is a short distance be-tween vehicles. Some examples are:

. When the vehicles are traveling at thesame speed and the distance betweenvehicles is not changing

. When the vehicle ahead is travelingfaster and the distance between vehiclesis increasing

. When a vehicle cuts in near your vehicle

The warning chime will not sound when:

. Your vehicle approaches other vehiclesthat are parked or moving slowly.

. The accelerator pedal is depressed, over-riding the system.

NOTE:

The approach warning chime may soundand the system display may blink when theradar sensor detects objects on the side ofthe vehicle or on the side of the road. Thismay cause the ICC system to decelerate oraccelerate the vehicle. The radar sensor maydetect these objects when the vehicle isdriven on winding roads, narrow roads, hillyroads or when entering or exiting a curve. Inthese cases you will have to manually

control the proper distance ahead of yourvehicle.

Also, the sensor sensitivity can be affectedby vehicle operation (steering maneuver ordriving position in the lane) or traffic orvehicle condition (for example, if a vehicle isbeing driven with some damage).

Automatic cancellationA chime sounds under the following condi-tions and the control is automatically can-celed.

. When the vehicle ahead is not detectedand your vehicle is traveling below thespeed of 15 MPH (24 km/h)

. When the system judges the vehicle is atstandstill

. When the shift lever is not in the D (Drive)or manual shift mode


. When the SNOW mode switch is pushedon.

. When the 4WD shift switch is in the 4Hor 4L position (for 4WD models)

. When the VDC system is turned off

. When ABS or VDC (including the tractioncontrol system) operates

. When distance measurement becomesimpaired due to adhesion of dirt orobstruction to the sensor

. When a wheel slips

. When the radar signal is temporarilyinterrupted

Vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode limitations

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitationsfor the ICC system. Failure to operatethe vehicle in accordance with thesesystem limitations could result in seriousinjury or death.

. The system is primarily intended foruse on straight, dry, open roads withlight traffic. It is not advisable to usethe system in city traffic or con-gested areas.

. This system will not adapt automati-cally to road conditions. This systemshould be used in evenly flowingtraffic. Do not use the system onroads with sharp curves, or on icyroads, in heavy rain or in fog.

. As there is a performance limit to thedistance control function, never relysolely on the ICC system. This systemdoes not correct careless, inattentiveor absent-minded driving, or over-

come poor visibility in rain, fog, orother bad weather. Decelerate thevehicle speed by depressing the brakepedal, depending on the distance tothe vehicle ahead and the surround-ing circumstances in order to main-tain a safe distance between vehicles.

. If the vehicle ahead comes to a stop,the vehicle decelerates to a standstillwithin the limitations of the system.The system will cancel once it judgesthat the vehicle has come to astandstill and sound a warning chime.To prevent the vehicle from moving,the driver must depress the brakepedal.

. Always pay attention to the opera-tion of the vehicle and be ready tomanually control the proper follow-ing distance. The vehicle-to-vehicledistance control mode of the ICCsystem may not be able to maintainthe selected distance between vehi-cles (following distance) or selectedvehicle speed under some circum-stances.

. Normally when controlling the dis-tance to a vehicle ahead, this systemautomatically accelerates or decele-rates your vehicle according to thespeed of the vehicle ahead. Depress



the accelerator to properly accelerateyour vehicle when acceleration isrequired for a lane change. Depressthe brake pedal when deceleration isrequired to maintain a safe distanceto the vehicle ahead due to its suddenbraking or if a vehicle cuts in. Alwaysstay alert when using the ICC system.

. The system may not detect thevehicle in front of you in certain roador weather conditions. To avoid ac-cidents, never use the ICC systemunder the following conditions:

— On roads where the traffic isheavy or there are sharp curves

— On slippery road surfaces such ason ice or snow, etc.

— During bad weather (rain, fog,snow, etc.)

— When rain, snow or dirt adhere tothe system sensor

— On steep downhill roads (thevehicle may go beyond the setvehicle speed and frequent brak-ing may result in overheating thebrakes)

— On repeated uphill and downhillroads

— When traffic conditions make itdifficult to keep a proper distancebetween vehicles because of fre-quent acceleration or deceleration

. Do not use the ICC system if you aretowing a trailer. The system may notdetect a vehicle ahead.

. In some road or traffic conditions, avehicle or object can unexpectedlycome into the sensor detection zoneand cause automatic braking. Youmay need to control the distancefrom other vehicles using the accel-erator pedal. Always stay alert andavoid using the ICC system when it isnot recommended in this section.

The radar sensor will not detect the follow-ing objects:

. Stationary and slow moving vehicles

. Pedestrians or objects in the roadway

. Oncoming vehicles in the same lane

. Motorcycles traveling offset in the travellane

The sensor generally detects the signalsreturned from the vehicle ahead. Therefore,if the sensor cannot detect the reflectionfrom the vehicle ahead, the ICC system maynot maintain the selected distance.

The following are some conditions in which

the sensor cannot detect the signals:

. When the snow or road spray fromtraveling vehicles reduces the sensor’svisibility

. When excessively heavy baggage isloaded in the rear seat or the luggagearea of your vehicle

. When your vehicle is towing a trailer, etc.

The ICC system is designed to automaticallycheck the sensor’s operation within thelimitation of the system. When the sensoris covered with dirt or is obstructed, thesystem will automatically be canceled. If thesensor is covered with ice, a transparent ortranslucent vinyl bag, etc., the ICC systemmay not detect them. In these instances, thevehicle-to-vehicle distance control modemay not cancel and may not be able tomaintain the selected following distancefrom the vehicle ahead. Be sure to checkand clean the sensor regularly.

SSD0252

The detection zone of the ICC sensor islimited. A vehicle ahead must be in thedetection zone for the vehicle-to-vehicledistance detection mode to maintain theselected distance from the vehicle ahead.

A vehicle ahead may move outside of thedetection zone due to its position within thesame lane of travel. Motorcycles may not bedetected in the same lane ahead if they aretraveling offset from the centerline of thelane. A vehicle that is entering the lane aheadmay not be detected until the vehicle hascompletely moved into the lane. If thisoccurs, the ICC system may warn you byblinking the system indicator and soundingthe chime. The driver may have to manually

control the proper distance away fromvehicle traveling ahead.



SSD0253

When driving on some roads, such as wind-ing, hilly, curved, narrow roads, or roadswhich are under construction, the ICC sensormay detect vehicles in a different lane, ormay temporarily not detect a vehicle travel-ing ahead. This may cause the ICC system todecelerate or accelerate the vehicle.

The detection of vehicles may also beaffected by vehicle operation (steering man-euver or traveling position in the lane, etc.) orvehicle condition. If this occurs, the ICCsystem may warn you by blinking thesystem indicator and sounding the chimeunexpectedly. You will have to manuallycontrol the proper distance away from thevehicle traveling ahead.

SSD0254

When driving on the freeway at a set speedand approaching a slower traveling vehicleahead, the ICC system will adjust the speedto maintain the distance, selected by thedriver, from the vehicle ahead. If the vehicleahead changes lanes or exits the freeway,the ICC system will accelerate and maintainthe speed up to the set speed. Pay attentionto the driving operation to maintain controlof the vehicle as it accelerates to the setspeed.

The vehicle may not maintain the set speedon winding or hilly roads. If this occurs, youwill have to manually control the vehiclespeed.

JVS0660X

Warning light and display (example)

MAIN (ON·OFF) switch

SSD1110



System temporarily unavailable

Condition A:

Under the following conditions, the ICCsystem is automatically canceled. The chimewill sound and the system will not be able tobe set.

. When the VDC is turned off

. When the ABS or VDC operates

. When a tire slips

. When the SNOW mode switch is pushedon



Action to take:

When the conditions listed above are nolonger present, turn the system off using theMAIN switch . Turn the ICC system backon to use the system.

JVS0481X

Condition B:

Under the following conditions, making itimpossible to detect a vehicle ahead, the ICCsystem is automatically canceled.

The chime will sound, the ICC systemwarning light (orange) will come on and the“FRONT RADAR OBSTRUCTION” warningmessage will appear in the vehicle informa-tion display.

. When the radar sensor area of the frontbumper is covered with dirt or is ob-structed.

Action to take:

If the warning light (orange) comes on orwarning message appears, stop the vehiclein a safe place, place the shift lever in the P(Park) position and turn the engine off.When the radar signal is temporarily inter-rupted, clean the sensor area of the frontbumper and restart the engine. If the warn-ing light (orange) stays on or warningmessage continues to be displayed, havethe ICC system checked. It is recommendedyou visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

. When driving on roads with limited roadstructures or buildings (for example, longbridges, deserts, snow fields, driving nextto long walls)

Action to take:

When the above conditions no longer exist,turn the ICC system back on to use thesystem.

SSD0979

Condition C:

When the ICC system is not operatingproperly, the chime sounds and the ICCsystem warning light (orange) will come on.

Action to take:

If the warning light comes on, park thevehicle in a safe place. Turn the engine off,restart the engine, resume driving and setthe ICC system again.

If it is not possible to set the system or theindicator stays on, it may indicate that theICC system is malfunctioning. Although thevehicle is still driveable under normal con-ditions, have the vehicle checked. It isrecommended you visit an INFINITI retailer

for this service.

JVS1154X

Sensor maintenanceThe sensor for the ICC system is locatedbehind the grille of the front bumper.

To keep the ICC system operating properly,be sure to observe the following:

. Always keep the sensor area of the frontbumper clean.

. Do not strike or damage the areas aroundthe sensor.

. Do not cover or attach stickers or similarobjects on the front bumper near thesensor area. This could cause failure ormalfunction.

. Do not attach metallic objects near thesensor area (brush guard, etc.). This



could cause failure or malfunction.

. Do not alter, remove or paint the frontbumper. Before customizing or restoringthe front bumper, it is recommended youcontact an INFINITI retailer.

Radio frequency statement

For USA:

FCC ID: OAYARS3-B

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmfulinterference, and

2. This device must accept any interfer-ence received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation.

FCC Warning

Changes or modification not expressly ap-proved by the party responsible for com-pliance could void the user’s authority tooperate the equipment.

For Canada:

This device complies with Industry Canadalicence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operationis subject to the following two conditions:

1. This device may not cause interference,and

2. This device must accept any interfer-ence, including interference that may

cause undesired operation of the device.

CONVENTIONAL (fixed speed)

CRUISE CONTROL MODEThis mode allows driving at a speed between25 to 90 MPH (40 to 144 km/h) withoutkeeping your foot on the accelerator pedal.

WARNING

. In the conventional (fixed speed)cruise control mode, a warning chimedoes not sound to warn you if you aretoo close to the vehicle ahead, asneither the presence of the vehicleahead nor the vehicle-to-vehicle dis-tance is detected.

. Pay special attention to the distancebetween your vehicle and the vehicleahead of you or a collision couldoccur.

. Always confirm the setting in the ICCsystem display.

. Do not use the conventional (fixedspeed) cruise control mode whendriving under the following condi-tions.

— when it is not possible to keep thevehicle at a set speed

— in heavy traffic or in traffic thatvaries in speed

— on winding or hilly roads

— on slippery roads (rain, snow, ice,etc.)

— in very windy areas

Doing so could cause a loss of vehiclecontrol and result in an accident.

SSD0968

Conventional (fixed speed) cruise

control switch1. ACCELERATE/RESUME switch:

Resumes set speed or increases speedincrementally.

2. COAST/SET switch:

Sets the desired cruise speed, reducesspeed incrementally.

3. CANCEL switch:

Deactivates the system without erasingthe set speed.

4. MAIN switch:

Master switch to activate the system.

SSD1013

Conventional (fixed speed) cruise

control mode display and indicatorsThe display is on the vehicle informationdisplay located between the speedometerand tachometer.

1. MAIN switch indicator:

Indicates that the MAIN switch is ON.

2. Cruise set switch indicator:

Displays while the vehicle speed is con-trolled by the conventional (fixed speed)cruise control mode of the ICC system.

3. Cruise system warning light:

Comes on if there is a malfunction in thecruise control system.

SSD0969

Operating conventional (fixed

speed) cruise control modeTo turn on the conventional (fixed speed)cruise control mode, push and hold theMAIN switch for longer than about 1.5seconds.

When pushing the MAIN switch on, theconventional (fixed speed) cruise controlmode display and the MAIN switch indicatorare displayed on the vehicle informationdisplay. After you hold the MAIN switch onfor longer than about 1.5 seconds, the ICCsystem display goes out. The MAIN switchindicator stays lit. You can now set yourdesired cruising speed. Pushing the MAIN



switch again will turn the system completelyoff.

When the ignition switch is pushed to theOFF position, the system is also automati-cally turned off.

To use the ICC system again, quickly pushand release the MAIN switch (vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode) or push andhold it (conventional cruise control mode)again to turn it on.

When the Distance Control Assist (DCA)system is on, the conventional (fixed speed)cruise control mode cannot be turned oneven though the MAIN switch is pushed andheld.

To turn on the conventional (fixed speed)cruise control mode, turn off the DCAsystem. See “Distance Control Assist(DCA)” (P.5-87).

CAUTION

To avoid accidentally engaging cruisecontrol, make sure to turn the MAINswitch off when not using the ICCsystem.

SSD0970

To set cruising speed, accelerate yourvehicle to the desired speed, push theCOAST/SET switch and release it. (TheSET indicator will come on in the display.)Take your foot off the accelerator pedal.Your vehicle will maintain the set speed.

. To pass another vehicle, depress theaccelerator pedal. When you release thepedal, the vehicle will return to thepreviously set speed.

. The vehicle may not maintain the setspeed when going up or down steep hills.If this happens, manually maintain vehi-cle speed.

To cancel the preset speed, use any of thefollowing methods:

1. Push the CANCEL switch. The SETindicator will turn off.

2. Tap the brake pedal. The SET indicatorwill turn off.

3. Turn the MAIN switch off. Both theMAIN switch indicator and SET indicatorwill turn off.

To reset at a faster cruising speed, use oneof the following three methods:

1. Depress the accelerator pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed, pushand release the COAST/SET switch.

2. Push and hold the ACCELERATE/RE-SUME set switch. When the vehicleattains the speed you desire, releasethe switch.

3. Push, then quickly release the ACCEL-ERATE/RESUME switch. Each time youdo this, the set speed will increase byabout 1 MPH (1.6 km/h).

To reset at a slower cruising speed, use oneof the following three methods:

1. Lightly tap the brake pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed, pushthe COAST/SET switch and release it.

2. Push and hold the COAST/SET switch.Release the switch when the vehicle

slows down to the desired speed.

3. Push, then quickly release the COAST/SET switch. Each time you do this, theset speed will decrease by about 1 MPH(1.6 km/h).


System temporarily unavailableUnder the following condition, a chime willsound and the system control is automati-cally canceled.

. When the vehicle slows down more than8 MPH (13 km/h) below the set speed

. When the shift lever is shifted to the N(Neutral) position


. When the VDC (including the tractioncontrol system) operates.

. When a wheel slips

JVS0661X

Warning lightWhen the system is not operating properly,the chime sounds and the system warninglight (orange) will come on.

Action to take:

If the warning light comes on, park thevehicle in a safe place. Turn the engine off,restart the engine, resume driving and thenperform the setting again.

If it is not possible to set or the indicatorstays on, it may indicate that the system ismalfunctioning. Although the vehicle is stilldriveable under normal conditions, have thevehicle checked. It is recommended you visitan INFINITI retailer for this service.

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings andinstructions for proper use of the DCAsystem could result in serious personalinjury or death.

. Always drive carefully and atten-tively when using the DCA system.Read and understand the Owner’sManual thoroughly before using theDCA system. To avoid serious injuryor death, do not rely on the system toprevent accidents or to control thevehicle’s speed in emergency situa-tions. Do not use the DCA systemexcept in appropriate road and trafficconditions.

. This system is only an aid to assist thedriver and is not a collisionwarning oravoidance device. It is the driver’sresponsibility to stay alert, drivesafely and be in control of the vehicleat all times.

. As there is a performance limit to thedistance control function, never relysolely on the DCA system. This sys-tem does not correct careless, inat-tentive or absent-minded driving, orovercome poor visibility in rain, fog,or other bad weather. Decelerate the


DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST(DCA) (if so equipped)


vehicle speed by depressing the brakepedal, depending on the distance tothe vehicle ahead and the surround-ing circumstances in order to main-tain a safe distance between vehicles.

. Always pay attention to the opera-tion of the vehicle and be ready tomanually decelerate to maintain theproper following distance. The DCAsystem may not be able to deceleratethe vehicle under some circum-stances.

. This system only brakes and movesthe accelerator pedal upward to helpassist the driver to maintain a follow-ing distance from the vehicle ahead.Acceleration should be operated bythe driver.

. The DCA system does not controlvehicle speed or warn you when youapproach stationary and slowmovingvehicles. You must pay attention tovehicle operation to maintain properdistance from vehicles ahead.

. The DCA system automatically de-celerates your vehicle to help assistthe driver to maintain a followingdistance from the vehicle ahead.Manually brake when deceleration isrequired to maintain a safe distanceupon sudden braking by the vehicle

ahead or when a vehicle suddenlyappears in front of you. Always stayalert when using the DCA system.

. If the vehicle ahead comes to a stop,the vehicle decelerates to a standstillwithin the limitations of the system.The systemwill cancel with a warningchime once it judges that the vehiclehas come to a standstill. To preventthe vehicle from moving, the drivermust depress the brake pedal.

JVS1154X

The DCA system is intended to assist thedriver in keeping a following distance fromthe vehicle ahead traveling in the same laneand direction.

If the radar sensor detects a slowermoving vehicle ahead, the systemwill reducethe vehicle speed to help assist the driver tomaintain a following distance.

The system automatically controls the throt-tle and applies the brakes (up to approxi-mately 40% of vehicle braking power) ifnecessary.

The detection range of the sensor is approxi-mately 650 ft (200 m) ahead.

JVS1100X

Indicators (on the vehicle informationdisplay)



DCA SYSTEM OPERATION

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings andinstructions for proper use of the DCAsystem could result in serious personalinjury or death.

. When the vehicle ahead detectionindicator light is not illuminated,system will not control the vehicleor warn the driver.

. Never place your foot under thebrake pedal. Your foot may be caughtwhen the system controls the brake.

. Depending on the position of theaccelerator pedal, the system maynot be able to assist the driver torelease the accelerator pedal appro-priately.

The DCA system brakes and moves theaccelerator pedal upward according to thedistance from and the relative speed of thevehicle ahead to help assist the driver inmaintaining a following distance. The sys-tem will decelerate as necessary and if thevehicle ahead comes to a stop, the vehicledecelerates to a standstill. However, theDCA system can only apply up to approxi-



mately 40% of the vehicle’s total brakingpower. If a vehicle moves into the travelinglane ahead or if a vehicle traveling aheadrapidly decelerates, the distance betweenvehicles may become closer because theDCA system cannot decelerate the vehiclequickly enough. If this occurs, the DCAsystem will sound a warning chime and blinkthe system display to notify the driver totake necessary action.

See “Approach warning” (P.5-91).

SSD0997

System set display with a vehicle ahead

System set display without a vehicleahead

The DCA system helps assist the driver tokeep a following distance to the vehicleahead by braking and moving the accelera-tor pedal upward in the normal drivingcondition.

When a vehicle ahead is detected:

The vehicle ahead detection indicator comeson.

When the vehicle approaches a vehicleahead:

. If the driver’s foot is not on the accel-erator pedal, the system activates the

brakes to decelerate smoothly as neces-sary. If the vehicle ahead comes to astop, the vehicle decelerates to a stand-still within the limitations of the system.

. If the driver’s foot is on the acceleratorpedal, the system moves the acceleratorpedal upward to assist the driver torelease the accelerator pedal.

When brake operation by the driver isrequired:

The system alerts the driver by a warningchime and blinking the vehicle ahead detec-tion indicator. If the driver’s foot is on theaccelerator pedal after the warning, thesystem moves the accelerator pedal upwardto assist the driver to switch to the brake

pedal.

NOTE:. The stop lights of the vehicle come on

when braking is performed by the DCAsystem.

. When the brake operates, a noisemay beheard and/or vibration may be felt. Thisis not a malfunction.

Overriding the system:

The following driver’s operation overridesthe system operation.

. When the driver depresses the accelera-tor pedal even further while the system ismoving the accelerator pedal upward,the DCA system control of the accel-erator pedal is canceled.

. When the driver’s foot is on the accel-erator pedal, the brake control by thesystem is not operated.

. When the driver’s foot is on the brakepedal, neither the brake control nor thealert by the system operates.

. When the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)system is set, the DCA system will becancelled.

Approach warningIf your vehicle comes closer to the vehicleahead due to rapid deceleration of thatvehicle or if another vehicle cuts in, the

system warns the driver with the chime andDCA system display. Decelerate by depres-sing the brake pedal to maintain a safevehicle distance if:

. The chime sounds.

. The vehicle ahead detection indicatorblinks.

The warning chime may not sound in somecases when there is a short distance be-tween vehicles. Some examples are:

. When the vehicles are traveling at thesame speed and the distance betweenvehicles is not changing

. When the vehicle ahead is travelingfaster and the distance between vehiclesis increasing

. When a vehicle cuts in near your vehicle

The warning chime will not sound when yourvehicle approaches vehicles that are parkedor moving slowly.

NOTE:

The approach warning chime may soundand the system display may blink when theradar sensor detects objects on the side ofthe vehicle or on the side of the road. Thismay cause the DCA system to decelerate oraccelerate the vehicle. The radar sensor maydetect these objects when the vehicle isdriven on winding roads, narrow roads, hillyroads or when entering or exiting a curve. In

these cases you will have to manuallycontrol the proper distance ahead of yourvehicle.

Also, the sensor sensitivity can be affectedby vehicle operation (steering maneuver ordriving position in the lane) or traffic orvehicle condition (for example, if a vehicle isbeing driven with some damage).



JVS1101X

DCA system switch indicator (on thevehicle information display)



TURNING THE DCA SYSTEM ON/

OFFTo turn on the DCA system, push thedynamic driver assistance switch on thesteering wheel after starting the engine. TheDCA system switch indicator in the vehicleinformation display will appear. Push thedynamic driver assistance switch again toturn off the DCA system. The DCA systemswitch indicator will turn off.

The system will start to operate after thevehicle speed is above approximately 3MPH(5 km/h).

The dynamic driver assistance switch isused for the Lane Departure Prevention(LDP), Blind Spot Intervention (BSI) andDCA systems. When the dynamic driverassistance switch is pushed, the BSI andLDP systems will also turn on or offsimultaneously. The DCA system can beindividually set to on or off on the centerdisplay using the center multi-function con-trol panel . If the system is set to off, thesystem will not turn on even if the dynamicdriver assistance switch is pushed to on.To set the system to on or off on the centerdisplay, see “How to enable/disable theDCA system” (P.5-93).

When the Conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol mode is operating, the DCA systemwill not operate. (To use the DCA system,

turn the conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol mode off, then push the dynamicdriver assistance switch .)

For details about the Conventional (fixedspeed) cruise control mode, see “IntelligentCruise Control (ICC)” (P.5-66).

When the engine is turned off, the system isautomatically turned off.

JVS1043X


DCA SYSTEMPerform the following steps to enable ordisable the DCA system.



3. Touch [Forward Assist].

4. Touch [Distance Control Assist] to turnthe system ON/OFF.

SSD0994

DCA SYSTEM DISPLAY AND IN-

DICATORSThe display is located between the speed-ometer and tachometer.

1. DCA system switch indicator:

Indicates that the dynamic driver assis-tance switch is ON.

2. Vehicle ahead detection indicator:

Indicates whether it detects a vehicle infront of you.

3. DCA system warning light (orange):

The light comes on if there is a malfunc-tion in the DCA system.



DCA SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitationsof the DCA system. Failure to operatethe vehicle in accordance with thesesystem limitations could result in seriousinjury or death.

. This system will not adapt automati-cally to road conditions. Do not usethe system on roads with sharpcurves, or on icy roads, in heavy rainor in fog.

. The DCA system will not apply brakecontrol while the driver’s foot is onthe accelerator pedal.

. As there is a performance limit to thedistance control function, never relysolely on the DCA system. This sys-tem does not correct careless, inat-tentive or absent-minded driving, orovercome poor visibility in rain, fog,or other bad weather. Decelerate thevehicle speed by depressing the brakepedal, depending on the distance tothe vehicle ahead and the surround-ing circumstances in order to main-tain a safe distance between vehicles.

. The system may not detect thevehicle in front of you in certain roador weather conditions. To avoid ac-cidents, never use the DCA systemunder the following conditions:

— On roads with sharp curves

— On slippery road surfaces such ason ice or snow, etc.

— On off-road surfaces such as onsand or rock, etc.

— During bad weather (rain, fog,snow, etc.)

— When rain, snow or dirt adhere tothe system sensor

— On steep downhill roads (fre-quent braking may result in over-heating the brakes)

— On repeated uphill and downhillroads

— When towing a trailer or othervehicle

. In some road or traffic conditions, avehicle or object can unexpectedlycome into the sensor detection zoneand cause automatic braking. Youmay need to control the distancefrom other vehicles using the accel-erator pedal. Always stay alert and

avoid using the DCA system when itis not recommended in this section.

The radar sensor will not detect the follow-ing objects:

. Stationary and slow moving vehicles

. Pedestrians or objects in the roadway

. Oncoming vehicles in the same lane

. Motorcycles traveling offset in the travellane

The following are some conditions in whichthe sensor cannot detect the signals:

. When the snow or road spray fromtraveling vehicles reduces the sensor’svisibility

. When excessively heavy baggage isloaded in the rear seat or the luggageroom of your vehicle

SSD0252

The detection zone of the sensor is limited. Avehicle ahead must be in the detection zonefor the system to operate.

A vehicle ahead may move outside of thedetection zone due to its position within thesame lane of travel. Motorcycles may not bedetected in the same lane ahead if they aretraveling offset from the centerline of thelane. A vehicle that is entering the lane aheadmay not be detected until the vehicle hascompletely moved into the lane. If thisoccurs, the system may warn you by blink-ing the system indicator and sounding thechime. The driver may have to manuallycontrol the proper distance away fromvehicle traveling ahead.



SSD0253

When driving on some roads, such as wind-ing, hilly, curved, narrow roads, or roadswhich are under construction, the sensormay detect vehicles in a different lane, ormay temporarily not detect a vehicle travel-ing ahead. This may cause the system towork inappropriately.

The detection of vehicles may also beaffected by vehicle operation (steering man-euver or traveling position in the lane, etc.) orvehicle condition. If this occurs, the systemmay warn you by blinking the systemindicator and sounding the chime unexpect-edly. You will have to manually control theproper distance away from the vehicletraveling ahead.

JVS0892X

Warning light and indicators


SSD0996


VAILABLECondition A:

Under the following conditions, the DCAsystem is automatically canceled. The chimewill sound and the DCA system switchindicator will blink. The system will not beable to be set.

. When the VDC system is off (To use theDCA system, turn on the VDC, then pushthe dynamic driver assistance switch.)

For details about the VDC system, see“Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system”(P.5-133).



. When the VDC or ABS (including thetraction control system) operates

. When the SNOWmode switch is ON (Touse the DCA system, turn off the SNOWmode switch, then turn on the dynamicdriver assistance switch .)

For details about the SNOW modeswitch, see “SNOW mode switch” (P.2-49).



Action to take:

When the conditions listed above are nolonger present, turn the system off with thedynamic driver assistance switch . Turn theDCA system back on to use the system.

JVS0482X

Condition B:

Under the following conditions, making itimpossible to detect a vehicle ahead, theDCA system is automatically canceled.

The chime will sound, the DCA systemwarning light (orange) will come on and the“FRONT RADAR OBSTRUCTION” warningmessage will appear in the vehicle informa-tion display.

. When the radar sensor area of the frontbumper is covered with dirt or is ob-structed

Action to take:

If the DCA system warning light (orange)comes on and the warning message appears,stop the vehicle in a safe place, place theshift lever in the P (Park) position and turnthe engine off. When the radar signal istemporarily interrupted, clean the sensorarea of the front bumper and restart theengine. If the warning message continues tobe displayed, have the DCA system checked.It is recommended you visit an INFINITIretailer for this service.


Action to take:

When the above conditions no longer exist,turn the DCA system back on to use thesystem.

SSD0999

SYSTEM MALFUNCTIONCondition:

When the DCA system is not operatingproperly, the chime sounds and the systemwarning light (“CRUISE” orange) will comeon.

Action to take:

If the warning light comes on, park thevehicle in a safe place. Turn the engine off,restart the engine, and turn on the DCAsystem again.

If it is not possible to set the system or theindicator stays on, it may indicate that thesystem is malfunctioning. Although thevehicle is still driveable under normal con-

ditions, have the vehicle checked. It isrecommended you visit an INFINITI retailerfor this service.

JVS1154X

SENSOR MAINTENANCEThe sensor for the DCA system is locatedbehind the grille of the front bumper.

The DCA system is designed to automati-cally check the sensor’s operation. When thesensor is covered with dirt or is obstructed,the system will automatically be canceled. Ifthe sensor is covered with ice, a transparentor translucent vinyl bag, etc., the DCAsystem may not detect them. In theseinstances, the DCA system may not be ableto decelerate the vehicle properly. Be sure tocheck and clean the sensor regularly.

To keep the DCA system operating properly,be sure to observe the following:






. Do not attach metallic objects near thesensor area (brush guard, etc.). Thiscould cause failure or malfunction.



For USA:

FCC ID: OAYARS3-B




FCC Warning

Changes or modification not expressly ap-proved by the party responsible for com-pliance could void the user’s authority to

operate the equipment.

For Canada:



2. This device must accept any interfer-ence, including interference that maycause undesired operation of the device.

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings andinstructions for proper use of the FEBwith pedestrian detection system couldresult in serious injury or death.

. The FEB with pedestrian detectionsystem is a supplemental aid to thedriver. It is not a replacement for thedriver’s attention to traffic condi-tions or responsibility to drive safely.It cannot prevent accidents due tocarelessness or dangerous drivingtechniques.

. The FEB with pedestrian detectionsystem does not function in all driv-ing, traffic, weather and road condi-tions.

The FEB with pedestrian detection systemcan assist the driver when there is a risk of aforward collision with the vehicle ahead inthe traveling lane or with a pedestrian.

FORWARD EMERGENCY BRAKING(FEB) WITH PEDESTRIAN DETECTION

JVS1158X

The FEB with pedestrian detection systemuses a radar sensor located behind thegrille of the front bumper to measure thedistance to the vehicle ahead in the samelane.

For pedestrians, the FEB system uses acamera installed behind the windshield inaddition to the radar sensor.



JVS1102X

Indicators and warnings (on the vehicleinformation display)

FEB system warning light (on theinstrument panel)


FEB WITH PEDESTRIAN DETEC-

TION SYSTEM OPERATIONThe FEB with pedestrian detection systemoperates at speeds above approximately 3MPH (5 km/h).

For the pedestrian detection function, theFEB with pedestrian detection system oper-ates at speeds between 6 – 37 MPH (10 –60 km/h).

If a risk of a forward collisionwith a vehicle isdetected, the FEB with pedestrian detectionsystem will firstly provide the warning to thedriver by blinking the vehicle ahead detectionindicator in the vehicle information displayand providing an audible alert. In addition,the FEB with pedestrian detection systempushes the accelerator pedal up. If the driverreleases the accelerator pedal, then thesystem applies partial braking. If the driverapplies the brakes quickly and forcefully, butthe FEB with pedestrian detection systemdetects that there is still the possibility of aforward collision, the system will automati-cally increase the braking force.

If the risk of a forward collision becomesimminent and the driver does not takeaction, the FEB with pedestrian detectionsystem issues the second visual (flashing)and audible alert, and then automaticallyapplies harder braking.

If a risk of a forward impact with apedestrian is detected, the FEB with pedes-trian detection system issues the secondvisual (flashing) and audible alert , and thesystemwill apply partial braking. If the driverapplies the brakes quickly and forcefully butthe FEB with pedestrian detection systemdetects that there is still the possibility of aforward impact with a pedestrian, thesystem will automatically increase the brak-ing force. If the risk of collision becomesimminent and the driver does not takeaction, the FEB with pedestrian detectionsystem automatically applies harder braking.

NOTE:

The vehicle’s stop lights come on whenbraking is performed by the FEB withpedestrian detection system.

Depending on vehicle speed and distance tothe vehicle or pedestrian ahead, as well asdriving and roadway conditions, the systemmay help the driver avoid a forward collisionor may help mitigate the consequences of acollision should one be unavoidable.

If the driver is handling the steering wheel,accelerating or braking, the FEB with pe-destrian detection system will function lateror will not function.

The automatic braking will cease under thefollowing conditions:

. When the steering wheel is turned as faras necessary to avoid a collision.

. When the accelerator pedal is depressed.

. When there is no longer a vehicle orpedestrian detected ahead.

If the FEB with pedestrian detection systemhas stopped the vehicle, the vehicle willremain at a standstill for approximately 2seconds before the brakes are released.



JVS1103X



TURNING THE FEB WITH PE-

DESTRIAN DETECTION SYSTEMON/OFFPerform the following steps to turn the FEBwith pedestrian detection system ON/OFF.

1. Push the SETTING button on the centermulti-function control panel .


3. Touch [Emergency Assist].

4. Touch [Forward emergency braking] toturn the system ON/OFF.

When the FEB with pedestrian detectionsystem is turned off, the FEB system warn-ing light (orange) illuminates.

NOTE:

The FEB with pedestrian detection systemwill be automatically turned ON when theengine is restarted. The Predictive ForwardCollision Warning (PFCW) system is inte-grated into the FEB with pedestrian detec-tion system. There is not a separateselection in the display for the PFCWsystem. When the FEB with pedestriandetection system is turned off, the PFCWsystem is also turned off.

FEB WITH PEDESTRIAN DETEC-

TION SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitationsfor the FEB with pedestrian detectionsystem. Failure to operate the vehicle inaccordance with these system limita-tions could result in serious injury ordeath.

. The FEB with pedestrian detectionsystem cannot detect all vehicles orpedestrians under all conditions.

. The radar sensor FEB with pedes-trian detection system does not de-tect the following objects:

— Small pedestrians (including smallchildren), animals and cyclists.

— Pedestrians in wheelchairs orusing mobile transport such asscooters, child-operated toys, orskateboards.

— Pedestrians who are seated orotherwise not in a full uprightstanding or walking position.

— Oncoming vehicles

— Crossing vehicles

— Obstacles on the roadside

. The FEB with pedestrian detectionsystem has some performance limita-tions.

— If a stationary vehicle is in thevehicle’s path, the FEB with pe-destrian detection system will notfunctionwhen the vehicle is drivenat speeds over approximately 50MPH (80 km/h).

— For pedestrian detection, theFEB with pedestrian detectionsystem will not function whenthe vehicle is driven at speedsover approximately 37 MPH (60km/h) or below approximately 6MPH (10 km/h).

. The FEB with pedestrian detectionsystem will not function for pedes-trians in darkness or in tunnels, evenif there is street lighting in the area.

. For pedestrians, the FEB with pedes-trian detection system will not issuethe first warning and will not pushthe accelerator pedal up.

. The FEB with pedestrian detectionsystem may not function if the vehi-cle ahead is narrow (for example a

motorcycle).

. The FEB with pedestrian detectionsystem may not function if speeddifference between the two vehiclesis too small.

. The radar sensor FEB with pedes-trian detection system may not func-tion properly or detect a vehicleahead in the following conditions:

— Poor visibility (conditions such asrain, snow, fog, dust storms,sandstorms, and road spray fromother vehicles)

— Driving on a steep downhill slopeor roads with sharp curves.

— Driving on a bumpy road surface,such as an uneven dirt road.

— If dirt, ice, snow or other materialis covering the radar sensor area.

— Interference by other radarsources.

— The camera area of windshield isfogged up, or covered with dirt,water drops, ice, snow, etc.

— Strong light (for example, sun-light or high beams from oncom-ing vehicles) enters the frontcamera. Strong light causes thearea around the pedestrian to be



cast in a shadow, making it diffi-cult to see.

— A sudden change in brightnessoccurs. (For example, when thevehicle enters or exits a tunnel or ashaded area or lightning flashes.)

— The poor contrast of a person tothe background, such as havingclothing color or pattern which issimilar to the background.

— The pedestrian’s profile is par-tially obscured or unidentifiabledue to the pedestrian transport-ing luggage, wearing bulky or veryloose-fitting clothing or acces-sories.


. The system performance may de-grade in the following conditions:

— The vehicle is driven on a slipperyroad.

— The vehicle is driven on a slope.

— Excessively heavy baggage isloaded in the rear seat or theluggage area of your vehicle.

. The system is designed to automati-cally check the sensor (radar and

camera)’s functionality, within cer-tain limitations. The system may notdetect blockage of sensor areas cov-ered by ice, snow or stickers, forexample. In these cases, the systemmay not be able to warn the driverproperly. Be sure that you check,clean and clear sensor areas regularly.

. In some road and traffic conditions,the FEB with pedestrian detectionsystem may unexpectedly apply par-tial braking. When acceleration isnecessary, depress the acceleratorpedal to override the system.

. Excessive noise will interfere with thewarning chime sound, and the chimemay not be heard.

. The FEB with Pedestrian Detectionsystem may react to a person on abicycle, detecting as a pedestrian.

JVS1182X

JVS1183X

WARNING

The FEB with Pedestrian Detectionsystem may operate under the followingconditions, detecting the possibility of aforward collision:

. A vehicle or a person is on the road-side at the beginning of a curve.

. A pedestrian approaches the drivinglane in front of the vehicle.

SSD0253

When driving on some roads, such as wind-ing, hilly, curved, narrow roads, or roadswhich are under construction, the radarsensor may detect vehicles in a differentlane, or may temporarily not detect a vehicletraveling ahead. This may cause the FEBwith pedestrian detection system to workinappropriately.

The detection of vehicles may also beaffected by vehicle operation (steering man-euver or traveling position in the lane, etc.) orvehicle condition. If this occurs, the systemmay warn you by blinking the vehicle aheaddetection indicator and sounding the chimeunexpectedly. You will have to manuallycontrol the proper distance away from the

vehicle traveling ahead.



JVS0675X


VAILABLE

Condition AIn the following conditions, the FEB systemwarning light (orange) will illuminate andthe system will be turned off automatically.

. The radar sensor picks up interferencefrom another radar source.

. The camera area of windshield is mistedor frozen.

. Strong light is shining from the front.

. The cabin temperature is over approxi-mately 104°F (40°C) in direct sunlight.

. The camera area of windshield glass iscontinuously covered with dirt, etc.

Action to take:

When the above conditions no longer exist,the FEB with pedestrian detection systemwill resume automatically.

NOTE:

When the inside of the windshield oncamera area is misted or frozen, it will takea period of time to remove it after airconditioner turns on. If dirt appears on thisarea, it is recommended you visit anINFINITI retailer.

Condition BUnder the following conditions, making itimpossible to detect a vehicle ahead, theFEB with pedestrian detection system isautomatically turned off.

The FEB system warning light (orange)will illuminate and the “FRONT RADAROBSTRUCTION” warning message will ap-pear in the vehicle information display.

. When the sensor area of the frontbumper is covered with dirt or is ob-structed

Action to take:

If the FEB system warning light (orange)comes on, stop the vehicle in a safe place,place the shift lever in the P (Park) position

and turn the engine off. Clean the radarcover below the front bumper with a softcloth, and restart the engine. If the FEBsystemwarning light continues to illuminate,have the FEB with pedestrian detectionsystem checked. It is recommended you visitan INFINITI retailer for this service.


Action to take:


Condition CWhen the accelerator pedal actuator detectsthat the internal motor temperature is high,the FEB with pedestrian detection system isautomatically turned off. The FEB systemwarning light (orange) will illuminate.

Action to take:


Condition DWhen VDC system is OFF, the FEB brakewill not operate. In this case only visible andaudible warning operates. The FEB system

warning light (orange) will illuminate.

Action to take:

When VDC system is ON, the FEB withpedestrian detection system will resumeautomatically.

SYSTEM MALFUNCTIONIf the FEB with pedestrian detection systemmalfunctions, it will be turned off automa-tically, a chime will sound, the FEB systemwarning light (orange) will illuminate.

Action to take:

If the warning light (orange) comes on,stop the vehicle in a safe location and placethe shift lever in the P (Park) position. Turnthe engine off and restart the engine. If thewarning light continues to illuminate, havethe FEB with pedestrian detection systemchecked. It is recommended you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.

NOTE:

If the FEBwith pedestrian detection systemstops working, the PFCW system will alsostop working.

JVS1158X

SYSTEM MAINTENANCEThe radar sensor is located behind thegrille of the front bumper. The camera islocated on the upper side of the windshield.

To keep the FEB with pedestrian detectionsystem operating properly, be sure to ob-serve the following:

. Always keep the sensor area of the frontbumper and windshield clean.

. Do not strike or damage the areas aroundthe sensors (ex. Bumper, windshield).


. Do not attach metallic objects near theradar sensor area (brush guard, etc.).This could cause failure or malfunction.

. Do not place reflective materials, such aswhite paper or a mirror, on the instru-ment panel. The reflection of sunlightmay adversely affect the camera unit’sdetection capability.

. Do not alter, remove or paint the frontbumper. It is recommended you contactan INFINITI retailer before customizingor restoring the front bumper.


For USA:

FCC ID: OAYARS3-B




FCC Warning




For Canada:



2. This device must accept any interfer-ence, including interference that maycause undesired operation of the device.

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings andinstructions for proper use of the PFCWsystem could result in serious injury ordeath.

. The PFCW system helps warn thedriver before a collision but will notavoid a collision. It is the driver’sresponsibility to stay alert, drivesafely and be in control of the vehicleat all times.

The PFCW system can help alert the driverwhen there is a sudden braking of a secondvehicle traveling in front of the vehicle aheadin the same lane.

JVS1154X

The PFCW system uses a radar sensorlocated behind the grille of the front bumperto measure the distance to a second vehicleahead in the same lane.

PREDICTIVE FORWARDCOLLISION WARNING (PFCW)

JVS1104X

Vehicle ahead detection indicator (onthe vehicle information display)





JVS0294X

PFCW SYSTEM OPERATIONThe PFCW system operates at speeds aboveapproximately 3 MPH (5 km/h).

If there is a potential risk of a forwardcollision, the PFCW system will warn thedriver by blinking the vehicle ahead detectionindicator, and sounding an audible alert.

JVS1103X



TURNING THE PFCW SYSTEM

ON/OFFPerform the following steps to turn thePFCW system on or off.

1. Push the SETTING button on the centermulti-function control panel .


3. Touch [Emergency Assist].

4. Touch [Forward emergency braking] toturn the system ON/OFF.

When the PFCW system is turned off, theFEB system warning light (orange) illumi-nates.

NOTE:

The PFCW system is integrated into theFEB with pedestrian detection system.There is not a separate selection in thedisplay for the PFCW system. When theFEB with pedestrian detection system isturned off, the PFCW system is also turnedoff.



JVS0295X

Illustration A

JVS0296X

Illustration B

JVS0297X

Illustration C

JVS0298X

Illustration D

PFCW SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitationsfor the PFCW system. Failure to operatethe vehicle in accordance with thesesystem limitations could result in seriousinjury or death.

. The PFCW system cannot detect allvehicles under all conditions.

. The radar sensor does not detect thefollowing objects:

— Pedestrians, animals or obstaclesin the roadway

— Oncoming vehicles

— Crossing vehicles

. (Illustration A) The PFCW systemdoes not function when a vehicleahead is a narrow vehicle, such as amotorcycle.

. The radar sensor may not detect avehicle ahead in the following condi-tions:

— Snow or heavy rain

— Dirt, ice, snow or other materialcovering the radar sensor

— Interference by other radarsources

— Snow or road spray from travel-ling vehicles.

— Driving in a tunnel

— Towing a trailer or other vehicle

. (Illustration B) When the vehicleahead is being towed.

. (Illustration C) When the distance tothe vehicle ahead is too close, thebeam of the radar sensor is ob-structed.

. (Illustration D) When driving on asteep downhill slope or roads withsharp curves.

. The system is designed to automati-cally check the sensor’s functionality,within certain limitations. The systemmay not detect some forms of ob-struction of the sensor area such asice, snow, stickers, for example. Inthese cases, the system may not beable to warn the driver properly. Besure that you check, clean and clearthe sensor area regularly.

. Excessive noise will interfere with thewarning chime sound, and the chime



may not be heard.

SSD0253

When driving on some roads, such as wind-ing, hilly, curved, narrow roads, or roadswhich are under construction, the radarsensor may detect vehicles in a differentlane, or may temporarily not detect a vehicletraveling ahead. This may cause the PFCWsystem to work inappropriately.

The detection of vehicles may also beaffected by vehicle operation (steering man-euver or traveling position in the lane, etc.) orvehicle condition. If this occurs, the systemmay warn you by blinking the vehicle aheaddetection indicator and sounding the chimeunexpectedly. You will have to manuallycontrol the proper distance away from thevehicle traveling ahead.

JVS0675X


VAILABLE

Condition AWhen the radar sensor picks up interferencefrom another radar source, making it im-possible to detect a vehicle ahead, thePFCW system is automatically turned off.The FEB system warning light (orange)will illuminate.

Action to take:

When the above conditions no longer exist,the PFCW systemwill resume automatically.

Condition BUnder the following conditions, making itimpossible to detect a vehicle ahead, thePFCW system is automatically turned off.

The FEB system warning light (orange)will illuminate and the “FRONT RADAROBSTRUCTION” warning message will ap-pear in the vehicle information display.

. When the sensor area of the frontbumper is covered with dirt or is ob-structed

Action to take:

If the FEB system warning light (orange)comes on, stop the vehicle in a safe place,place the shift lever in the P (Park) positionand turn the engine off. Clean the radarcover below the front bumper with a softcloth, and restart the engine. If the warninglight continues to illuminate, have the PFCWsystem checked. It is recommended you visitan INFINITI retailer for this service.


Action to take:

When the above conditions no longer exist,the PFCW systemwill resume automatically.

SYSTEM MALFUNCTIONIf the PFCW system malfunctions, it will beturned off automatically, a chime will sound,the FEB systemwarning light (orange) willilluminate.

Action to take:

If the warning light (orange) illuminates,stop the vehicle in a safe location and placethe shift lever in the P (Park) position. Turnthe engine off and restart the engine. If thewarning light continues to illuminate, havethe PFCW system checked. It is recom-mended you visit an INFINITI retailer for thisservice.



JVS1154X

SYSTEM MAINTENANCEThe sensor is located behind the grille ofthe front bumper.

To keep the system operating properly, besure to observe the following:




. Do not attach metallic objects near thesensor area (brush guard, etc.). This

could cause failure or malfunction.



For USA:

FCC ID: OAYARS3-B




FCC Warning


For Canada:



2. This device must accept any interfer-ence, including interference that may

cause undesired operation of the device.

CAUTION

During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km),follow these recommendations to obtainmaximum engine performance and en-sure the future reliability and economyof your new vehicle.

Failure to follow these recommendationsmay result in shortened engine life andreduced engine performance.

. Avoid driving for long periods at constantspeed, either fast or slow. Do not run theengine over 4,000 rpm.

. Do not accelerate at full throttle in anygear.

. Avoid quick starts.

. Avoid hard braking as much as possible.

. Do not tow a trailer for the first 500miles (805 km).

Follow these easy-to-use Fuel EfficientDriving Tips to help you achieve the mostfuel economy from your vehicle.

1. Use smooth accelerator and brake pedalapplication.. Avoid rapid starts and stops.. Use smooth, gentle accelerator and

brake application whenever possible.. Maintain constant speed while com-

muting and coast whenever possible.

2. Maintain constant speed.. Look ahead to try and anticipate and

minimize stops.. Synchronizing your speed with traffic

lights allows you to reduce yournumber of stops.

. Maintaining a steady speed can mini-mize red light stops and improve fuelefficiency.

3. Use air conditioning (A/C) at highervehicle speeds.. Below 40 MPH (64 km/h), it is more

efficient to open windows to cool thevehicle due to reduced engine load.

. Above 40 MPH (64 km/h), it is moreefficient to use A/C to cool thevehicle due to increased aerodynamicdrag.

. Recirculating the cool air in the cabinwhen the A/C is on reduces coolingload.

4. Drive at economical speeds and dis-tances.. Observing the speed limit and not

exceeding 60 MPH (97 km/h) (wherelegally allowed) can improve fuelefficiency due to reduced aerody-namic drag.

. Maintaining a safe following distancebehind other vehicles reduces unne-cessary braking.

. Safely monitoring traffic to anticipatechanges in speed permits reducedbraking and smooth accelerationchanges.

. Select a gear range suitable to roadconditions.

5. Use cruise control.. Using cruise control during highway

driving helps maintain a steady speed.. Cruise control is particularly effective

in providing fuel savings when drivingon flat terrains.

6. Plan for the shortest route.. Utilize a map or navigation system to

determine the best route to save time.

7. Avoid idling.. Shutting off your engine when safe

for stops exceeding 30-60 secondssaves fuel and reduces emissions.


BREAK-IN SCHEDULE FUEL EFFICIENT DRIVING TIPS


8. Buy an automated pass for toll roads.. Automated passes permit drivers to

use special lanes to maintain cruisingspeed through the toll and avoidstopping and starting.

9. Winter warm up.. Limit idling time to minimize impact to

fuel economy.. Vehicles typically need no more than

30 seconds of idling at start-up toeffectively circulate the engine oilbefore driving.

. Your vehicle will reach its ideal oper-ating temperature more quickly whiledriving versus idling.

10.Keeping your vehicle cool.. Park your vehicle in a covered parking

area or in the shade whenever possi-ble.

. When entering a hot vehicle, openingthe windows will help to reduce theinside temperature faster, resulting inreduced demand on your A/C system.

. Keep your engine tuned up.

. Follow the recommended scheduledmaintenance.

. Keep the tires inflated to the correctpressure. Low tire pressure increases tirewear and lowers fuel economy.

. Keep the wheels in correct alignment.Improper alignment increases tire wearand lowers fuel economy.

. Use the recommended viscosity engineoil. (See “Engine oil and oil filter recom-mendation” (P.10-6).)

WARNING

. Do not attempt to raise two wheelsoff the ground and shift the trans-mission to any drive or reverse posi-tion with the engine running. Doingso may result in drivetrain damage orunexpected vehicle movement whichcould result in serious vehicle damageor personal injury.

. Do not attempt to test a 4WDequipped vehicle on a 2-wheel dy-namometer or similar equipment evenif the other two wheels are raised offthe ground. Make sure you informtest facility personnel that your ve-hicle is equipped with 4WD before itis placed on a dynamometer. Usingthe wrong test equipment may resultin drivetrain damage or unexpectedvehicle movement which could resultin serious vehicle damage or personalinjury.

CAUTION

. Do not drive the vehicle in the 4HI or4LO position on dry hard surfaceroads. Driving on dry, hard surfaces

INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY INFINITI ALL-MODE 4WD® (if so equipped)

in 4HI or 4LOmay cause unnecessarynoise, tire wear and increased fuelconsumption.

If the Four-Wheel Drive (4WD)warning light turns on when drivingon dry hard surface roads:

— in the 4HI position, shift the4WD shift switch to AUTO.

— in the 4LO position, stop thevehicle and shift the transmissionlever to the N (Neutral) positionwith the brake pedal depressedand shift the 4WD shift switch toAUTO.

If the 4WDwarning light is still onafter the above operation, haveyour vehicle checked. It is recom-mended you visit an INFINITIretailer for this service.

. The transfer case may be damaged ifyou continue driving with the 4WDwarning light blinking.

See “On-pavement and off-road drivingprecautions” (P.5-8) for other precautionsfor offroad driving.

INFINITI ALL-MODE 4WD® SYS-

TEMThe all mode 4WD system provides 3positions (AUTO, 4HI and 4LO), so you canselect the desired drive mode according tothe driving conditions.

4WD shift procedure:



SSD1100

*1: The 4LO and 4HI indicator may flash alternately. Stop the vehicle and be sure to turn the 4WD shift switch after the transmission shiftlever has been shifted to the N (Neutral) position. If the indicator keeps flashing after the 4WD shift procedure, drive slowly without abruptmaneuvers for a while. Then the indicator will illuminate or turn off.

· Avoid making a turn or abrupt starts while shifting to the 4LO position. Otherwise the gears may grind, damaging the drive system.

*2: While changing in and out of the 4LO position, the engine must be running. Otherwise, the shift will not take place and the 4LO indicatorwill not be on or flashing.

*3: Make sure that the 4LO indicator turns on when shifting the 4WD shift switch to the 4L position. The Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) offindicator light will also turn on when 4L is selected. (See “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system” (P.5-133).)



The 4WD shift switch is used to select the4WD mode depending on the driving condi-tions. There are 3 types of drive modesavailable, AUTO, 4HI and 4LO.

The 4WD shift switch electronically controlsthe transfer case operation. Rotate theswitch to move between each mode, AUTO,4H and 4L.

You must depress the 4WD shift switch toselect 4L, and the vehicle MUST be sta-tionary and the shift lever in the N (Neutral)position when changing into or out of 4L.

WARNING

. When parking, apply the parkingbrake before stopping the engineand make sure that the 4WD shiftindicator is on and the ATP warninglight turns off. Otherwise, the vehiclecould unexpectedly move even if theautomatic transmission is in the P(Park) position.

. The 4LO and 4HI indicators muststop blinking and the 4LO or 4HIindicator must remain illuminated orturn off before shifting the transmis-sion into gear. If the shift lever isshifted from the N (Neutral) positionto any other gear while the 4LO and4HI indicators are blinking alter-

nately, the vehicle may move unex-pectedly.

CAUTION

. Never shift the 4WD shift switchbetween 4L and 4H while driving.

. The 4HI position provides greatertraction. Avoid excessive speed, as itwill cause increased fuel consumptionand higher oil temperatures, andcould damage drivetrain component.Speeds over 62 MPH (100 km/h) in4HI is not recommended.

. The 4LO position provides maximumtraction. Avoid raising vehicle speedexcessively, as the maximum speed isapproximately 31 MPH (50 km/h).

. When driving straight, shift the 4WDshift switch to the AUTO or 4Hposition. Do not move the 4WD shiftswitch when making a turn or rever-sing.

. Do not shift the 4WD shift switch(between AUTO and 4H) while driv-ing on steep downhill grades. Use theengine brake and low automatictransmission gears for engine brak-ing.

. Do not operate the 4WD shift switch(between AUTO and 4H) with therear wheels spinning.

. Do not drive on dry hard surfaceroads in the 4HI or 4LO position.Driving on dry hard surfaces in 4HI or4LO may cause unnecessary noiseand tire wear. INFINITI recommendsdriving in the AUTO position underthese conditions.

. The 4WD transfer case may not beshifted between 4HI and 4LO at lowambient temperatures and the 4LOand 4HI indicators may blink evenwhen the 4WD shift switch is shifted.After driving for a while you canchange the 4WD shift switch be-tween 4H and 4L.

When driving on rough roads,

. Drive carefully according to the roadsurface conditions.

When the vehicle is stuck,

. Place stones or wooden blocks under thetires to free the vehicle.

. Set the 4WD shift switch to 4H or 4L.

. If it is difficult to free the vehicle, repeatforward and backward movement toincrease the movement.

. If the vehicle is stuck deep in mud, tirechains may be effective.

CAUTION

. Do not spin the tires excessively.Tires will sink deep into the mud,making it difficult to free the vehicle.

. Avoid shifting gears with the enginerunning at high speeds as this maycause malfunction.

SSD1048

4WD SHIFT SWITCH. Shift the 4WD shift switch to either the

AUTO, 4H or 4L position, depending ondriving conditions.

. With the switch set to the AUTO posi-tion, distribution of torque to the frontand rear wheels changes automatically,depending on road conditions encoun-tered [ratio; 0 : 100 (2WD) ? 50 : 50(4WD)]. This results in improved drivingstability.

. When the vehicle is stopped after mak-ing a turn, youmay feel a slight jolt afterthe shift lever is shifted to N (Neutral) orP (Park) position. This occurs becausethe transfer clutch is released and not

because of a malfunction.

CAUTION

. When driving straight, shift the 4WDshift switch to the AUTO or 4Hposition. Do not move the 4WD shiftswitch when making a turn or rever-sing. If the 4WD shift switch isoperated while making a turn, accel-erating or decelerating or if theignition switch is placed in the OFFpositionwhile in the AUTO, 4H or 4L,you may feel a jolt. This is not amalfunction.

. Do not shift the 4WD shift switchwhile driving on steep downhillgrades. Use the engine brake andlow automatic transmission gearsfor engine braking.

. Do not operate the 4WD shift switchwith the rear wheels spinning.

. Before placing the 4WD shift switchin the 4H position from AUTO,ensure the vehicle speed is less than62MPH (100 km/h). Failure to do socan damage the 4WD system.

. Never shift the 4WD shift switchbetween 4L and 4H while driving.



. Engine idling speed is high whilewarming up the engine. Be especiallycareful when starting or driving onslippery surfaces with the 4WD shiftswitch in AUTO.

SSD1058

4WD shift indicator

4WD SHIFT INDICATORThe 4WD shift indicator is displayed in thevehicle information display.

The indicator should turn off within 1 secondafter placing the ignition switch in the ONposition.

While the engine is running, the 4WD shiftindicator will illuminate the position selectedby the 4WD shift switch. (See the 4WD shiftprocedure list shown in the “INFINITI all-mode 4WD® system” (P.5-121).)

. The 4WD shift indicator may blink whileshifting from one drive mode to theother. When the shifting is completed,

the 4WD shift indicator will come on. Ifthe indicator does not come on immedi-ately, make sure the area around thevehicle is safe, and drive the vehiclestraight, accelerate or decelerate ormove the vehicle in reverse, then shiftthe 4WD shift switch.

. If the 4WD warning light comes on, the4WD shift indicator turns off.

4WD WARNING LIGHT

Warning lightComes on orblinks when:

IlluminatesThere is a mal-function in the4WD system

Blinks rapidlyThe transfer caseoil temperature isabnormally high

Blinks slowlyThe difference inwheel rotation is

large

The 4WD warning light is located in themeter.

The 4WD warning light comes on when theignition switch is placed in the ON position.It turns off soon after the engine is started.

If anymalfunction occurs in the 4WD systemwhen the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, the 4WD warning light will eitherremain illuminated or blink.

If the 4WD warning light comes on, the4WD shift indicator turns off.

High-temperature transfer case oil makesthe 4WD warning light blink rapidly (abouttwice per second). If the warning light blinksrapidly during operation, stop the vehicle in asafe place immediately. Then if the lightturns off after a while, you can continuedriving.

A large difference between the diameters offront and rear wheels will make the 4WDwarning light blink slowly (about once pertwo seconds). Change the 4WD shift switchto AUTO and do not drive fast.

CAUTION

. If the 4WDwarning light comes on orblinks slowly during operation orrapidly after stopping the vehicle fora while, have your vehicle checked assoon as possible. It is recommendedyou visit an INFINITI retailer for thisservice.

. Shifting between 4HI and 4LO is notrecommended when the 4WD warn-ing light turns on.

. When the 4WD warning light comeson, the 2WD mode may be engagedeven if the 4WD shift switch is in

AUTO or 4H. Be especially carefulwhen driving. If corresponding partsare malfunctioning, the 4WD modewill not be engaged even if the 4WDshift switch is shifted.

. Do not drive the vehicle in the 4HI or4LO position on dry hard surfaceroads. Driving on dry, hard surfacesin 4HI or 4LOmay cause unnecessarynoise, tire wear and increased fuelconsumption.

If the 4WD warning light turns onwhen driving on dry hard surfaceroads:

— in the AUTO or 4HI position, shiftthe 4WD shift switch to AUTO.

— in the 4LO position, stop thevehicle and shift the transmissionshift lever to the N (Neutral)position and shift the 4WD shiftswitch to AUTO.

. If the 4WD warning light is still onafter the above operation, have yourvehicle checked as soon as possible. Itis recommended you visit an INFINITIretailer for this service.

. The transfer case may be damaged ifyou continue driving with the warn-ing light blinking.



WARNING

. Never rely solely on the hill startassist system to prevent the vehiclefrom moving backward on a hill.Always drive carefully and atten-tively. Depress the brake pedal whenthe vehicle is stopped on a steep hill.Be especially careful when stoppedon a hill on frozen or muddy roads.Failure to prevent the vehicle fromrolling backwards may result in a lossof control of the vehicle and possibleserious injury or death.

. The hill start assist system is notdesigned to hold the vehicle at astandstill on a hill. Depress the brakepedal when the vehicle is stopped ona steep hill. Failure to do so maycause the vehicle to roll backwardsand may result in a collision or seriouspersonal injury.

. The hill start assist system may notprevent the vehicle from rolling back-wards on a hill under all load or roadconditions. Always be prepared todepress the brake pedal to preventthe vehicle from rolling backwards.Failure to do so may result in acollision or serious personal injury.

The hill start assist system automaticallykeeps the brakes applied to help prevent thevehicle from rolling backwards in the time ittakes the driver to release the brake pedaland apply the accelerator when the vehicle isstopped on a hill.

The hill start assist system will operateautomatically under the following condi-tions:

. The transmission is shifted to a forwardor reverse gear.

. The vehicle is stopped completely on a hillby applying the brake.

The maximum holding time is 2 seconds.After 2 seconds the vehicle will begin to rollback and the hill start assist system will stopoperating completely.

The hill start assist system will not operatewhen the transmission is shifted to the N(Neutral) or P (Park) position or on a flat andlevel road.

When the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)warning light illuminates in the meter, the hillstart assist system will not operate. (See“Warning lights, indicator lights and audiblereminders” (P.2-11).)

HILL START ASSIST SYSTEM

SD1006MA

WARNING

. Do not stop or park the vehicle overflammable materials such as drygrass, waste paper or rags. Theymay ignite and cause a fire.

. Never leave the engine running whilethe vehicle is unattended.


. To help avoid risk of injury or deaththrough unintended operation of thevehicle and/or its systems, do notleave children, people who require theassistance of others or pets unat-tended in your vehicle. Additionally,the temperature inside a closed ve-hicle on a warm day can quicklybecome high enough to cause a sig-nificant risk of injury or death topeople and pets.

. Safe parking procedures require thatboth the parking brake be appliedand the transmission be placed in theP (Park) position. Failure to do so

could cause the vehicle to moveunexpectedly or roll away and resultin an accident.

. Make sure the automatic transmis-sion shift lever has been pushed as farforward as it can go and cannot bemoved without depressing the footbrake pedal.

1. Firmly apply the parking brake.


3. To help prevent the vehicle from rollinginto the street when parked on a slopingdrive way, it is a good practice to turn thewheels as illustrated.. HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB:

Turn the wheels into the curb and movethe vehicle forward until the curb sidewheel gently touches the curb.. HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB:

Turn the wheels away from the curb andmove the vehicle back until the curb sidewheel gently touches the curb.. HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL,

NO CURB:

Turn the wheels toward the side of theroad so the vehicle will move away fromthe center of the road if it moves.


PARKING/PARKING ON HILLS


4. Push the ignition switch to the OFFposition.

SIC4474

The TOWmode should be used when pullinga heavy trailer or hauling a heavy load.Driving the vehicle in the TOW mode withno trailer/load or light trailer/light load willnot cause any damage. However, fuel econ-omy may be reduced, and the transmission/engine driving characteristics may feel unu-sual.

Push the TOW mode switch to activateTOW mode. The indicator light on the TOWmode switch illuminates when the TOWmode is selected. Push the TOW modeswitch again to turn the TOW mode off.

TOW mode is automatically canceled whenthe ignition switch is placed in the OFFposition.

SIC4454

For driving or starting the vehicle on snowyroads or slippery areas, turn the SNOWmode on.

To turn the SNOW mode on, push theSNOW mode switch. The SNOW modeindicator light on the meter panel willilluminate. When the SNOW mode is acti-vated, engine output is controlled to avoidwheel spin.

To turn the SNOW mode off, push theswitch and the indicator on the meter panelwill turn off. Turn the SNOW mode off fornormal driving and fuel economy.

TOW MODE SNOW MODE

WARNING

If the engine is not running or is turnedoff while driving, the power assist forthe steering will not work. Steering willbe harder to operate.

The power assisted steering uses a hydraulicpump, driven by the engine, to assist steer-ing.

If the engine stops or the drive belt breaks,you will still have control of the vehicle.However, much greater steering effort isneeded, especially in sharp turns and at lowspeeds.

BRAKING PRECAUTIONSThe brake system has two separate hydrau-lic circuits. If one circuit malfunctions, youwill still have braking ability at two wheels.

You may feel a small click and hear a soundwhen the brake pedal is fully depressedslowly. This is not a malfunction and in-dicates that the brake assist mechanism isoperating properly.

Hydraulically-assisted brakesThe hydraulically-assisted brake system isdesigned to use a hydraulic pump drivenelectrically, to assist braking. If the enginestops, you can stop the vehicle by depressingthe foot brake pedal. However, greater footpressure on the foot brake pedal will berequired to stop the vehicle. The stoppingdistance will be longer.

Wet brakesWhen the vehicle is washed or driventhrough water, the brakes may get wet. Asa result, your braking distance will be longerand the vehicle may pull to one side duringbraking.

To dry brakes, drive the vehicle at a safespeed while lightly tapping the brake pedalto heat-up the brakes. Do this until thebrakes return to normal. Avoid driving thevehicle at high speeds until the brakes

function correctly.

PARKING BRAKE BREAK-INBreak in the parking brake shoes wheneverthe stopping effect of the parking brake isweakened or whenever the parking brakeshoes and/or drums/rotors are replaced, inorder to assure the best braking perfor-mance.

This procedure is described in the vehicleservice manual. It is recommended you visitan INFINITI retailer for this service.

Using the brakesAvoid resting your foot on the brake pedalwhile driving. This will cause overheating ofthe brakes, wearing out the brake and padsfaster and reduce gas mileage.

To help save the brakes and to prevent thebrakes from overheating, reduce speed anddownshift to a lower gear before goingdown a slope or long grade. Overheatedbrakes may reduce braking performance andcould result in loss of vehicle control.

WARNING

. While driving on a slippery surface,be careful when braking, acceleratingor downshifting. Abrupt braking oraccelerating could cause the wheels


POWER STEERING BRAKE SYSTEM


to skid and result in an accident.

. If the engine is not running or isturned off while driving, the powerassist for the brakes will not work.Braking will be harder.

BRAKE ASSISTWhen the force applied to the brake pedalexceeds a certain level, the Brake Assist isactivated generating greater braking forcethan a conventional brake booster even withlight pedal force.

WARNING

The Brake Assist is only an aid to assistbraking operation and is not a collisionwarning or avoidance device. It is thedriver’s responsibility to stay alert, drivesafely and be in control of the vehicle atall times.

ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM(ABS)

WARNING

. The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS)is a sophisticated device, but itcannot prevent accidents resultingfrom careless or dangerous drivingtechniques. It can help maintain ve-hicle control during braking on slip-pery surfaces. Remember thatstopping distances on slippery sur-

faces will be longer than on normalsurfaces even with ABS. Stoppingdistances may also be longer onrough, gravel or snow covered roads,or if you are using tire chains. Alwaysmaintain a safe distance from thevehicle in front of you. Ultimately,the driver is responsible for safety.

. Tire type and condition may alsoaffect braking effectiveness.

— When replacing tires, install thespecified size of tires on all fourwheels.

— When installing a spare tire, makesure that it is the proper size andtype as specified on the Tire andLoading Information label. See“Tire and loading information la-bel” (P.10-13).

— For detailed information, see“Wheels and tires” (P.8-27).

The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) controlsthe brakes so the wheels do not lock duringhard braking or when braking on slipperysurfaces. The system detects the rotationspeed at each wheel and varies the brakefluid pressure to prevent each wheel fromlocking and sliding. By preventing eachwheel from locking, the system helps the

BRAKE ASSIST

driver maintain steering control and helps tominimize swerving and spinning on slipperysurfaces.

Using the systemDepress the brake pedal and hold it down.Depress the brake pedal with firm steadypressure, but do not pump the brakes. TheABS will operate to prevent the wheels fromlocking up. Steer the vehicle to avoidobstacles.

WARNING

Do not pump the brake pedal. Doing somay result in increased stopping dis-tances.

Self-test featureThe ABS includes electronic sensors, electricpumps, hydraulic solenoids and a computer.The computer has a built-in diagnosticfeature that tests the system each time youstart the engine and move the vehicle at alow speed in forward or reverse. When theself-test occurs, you may hear a “clunk”noise and/or feel a pulsation in the brakepedal. This is normal and does not indicate amalfunction. If the computer senses a mal-function, it switches the ABS off and

illuminates the ABS warning light on theinstrument panel. The brake system thenoperates normally, but without anti-lockassistance.

If the ABS warning light illuminates duringthe self-test or while driving, have thevehicle checked. It is recommended you visitan INFINITI retailer for this service.

Normal operationThe ABS operates at speeds above 3 to 6MPH (5 to 10 km/h). The speed variesaccording to road conditions.

When the ABS senses that one or morewheels are close to locking up, the actuatorrapidly applies and releases hydraulic pres-sure. This action is similar to pumping thebrakes very quickly. You may feel a pulsationin the brake pedal and hear a noise fromunder the hood or feel a vibration from theactuator when it is operating. This is normaland indicates that the ABS is operatingproperly. However, the pulsation may indi-cate that road conditions are hazardous andextra care is required while driving.

The Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) systemuses various sensors to monitor driver inputsand vehicle motion. Under certain drivingconditions, the VDC system helps to performthe following functions.

. Controls brake pressure to reduce wheelslip on one slipping drive wheel so poweris transferred to a non slipping drivewheel on the same axle.

. Controls brake pressure and engine out-put to reduce drive wheel slip based onvehicle speed (traction control function).

. Controls brake pressure at individualwheels and engine output to help thedriver maintain control of the vehicle inthe following conditions:

— understeer (vehicle tends to not followthe steered path despite increasedsteering input)

— oversteer (vehicle tends to spin due tocertain road or driving conditions).

The VDC system can help the driver tomaintain control of the vehicle, but it cannotprevent loss of vehicle control in all drivingsituations.

When the VDC system operates, the VDCwarning light in the instrument panelflashes so note the following:

. The road may be slippery or the systemmay determine some action is required tohelp keep the vehicle on the steered path.


VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL(VDC) SYSTEM


. You may feel a pulsation in the brakepedal and hear a noise or vibration fromunder the hood. This is normal andindicates that the VDC system is workingproperly.

. Adjust your speed and driving to the roadconditions.

If a malfunction occurs in the system, theVDC warning light illuminates in theinstrument panel. The VDC system automa-tically turns off.

The VDC OFF switch is used to turn off theVDC system. The VDC off indicatorilluminates to indicate the VDC system is off.When the VDC switch is used to turn off thesystem, the VDC system still operates toprevent one drive wheel from slipping bytransferring power to a non slipping drivewheel. The VDC warning light flashes ifthis occurs. All other VDC functions are off,and the VDCwarning light will not flash.The VDC system is automatically reset to onwhen the ignition switch is placed in the offposition then back to the on position.

When the 4L position is selected with the4WD shift switch, the VDC system isdisabled and the VDC off indicator lightilluminates (for 4WD models).

See “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warn-ing light” (P.2-18) and “Vehicle DynamicControl (VDC) off indicator light” (P.2-21).

The computer has a built-in diagnosticfeature that tests the system each time youstart the engine and move the vehicleforward or in reverse at a slow speed. Whenthe self-test occurs, you may hear a “clunk”noise and/or feel a pulsation in the brakepedal. This is normal and is not an indicationof a malfunction.

WARNING

. The VDC system is designed to helpimprove driving stability but does notprevent accidents due to abruptsteering operation at high speeds orby careless or dangerous drivingtechniques. Reduce vehicle speedand be especially careful when drivingand cornering on slippery surfacesand always drive carefully.

. Do not modify the vehicle’s suspen-sion. If suspension parts such asshock absorbers, struts, springs, sta-bilizer bars, bushings and wheels arenot INFINITI recommended for yourvehicle or are extremely deteriorated,the VDC system may not operateproperly. This could adversely affectvehicle handling performance, andthe VDC warning light mayilluminate.

. If brake related parts such as brakepads, rotors and calipers are notINFINITI recommended or are extre-mely deteriorated, the VDC systemmay not operate properly and theVDC warning light may illumi-nate.

. If engine control related parts are notINFINITI recommended or are extre-mely deteriorated, the VDC warninglight may illuminate.

. When driving on extremely inclinedsurfaces such as higher banked cor-ners, the VDC system may not oper-ate properly and the VDC warninglight may illuminate. Do not driveon these types of roads.

. When driving on an unstable surfacesuch as a turntable, ferry, elevator orramp, the VDCwarning light mayilluminate. This is not a malfunction.Restart the engine after driving ontoa stable surface.

. If wheels or tires other than theINFINITI recommended ones areused, the VDC system may not oper-ate properly and the VDC warninglight may illuminate.

. The VDC system is not a substitutefor winter tires or tire chains on a

snow covered road.

SIC4455

VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL

(VDC) OFF SWITCHThe vehicle should be driven with the VehicleDynamic Control (VDC) system ON for mostdriving conditions.

When the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow,the VDC system reduces the engine outputto reduce wheel spin. The engine speed willbe reduced even if the accelerator is de-pressed to the floor. If maximum enginepower is needed to free a stuck vehicle, turnthe VDC system off.

To turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) system, push the VDC OFF switch.The VDC off indicator light will illumi-

nate.

Push the VDC OFF switch again or restartthe engine to turn ON the system.



FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCKTo prevent a door lock from freezing, applydeicer through the key hole. If the lockbecomes frozen, heat the key before insert-ing it into the key hole or use the IntelligentKey system.

ANTIFREEZEIn the winter when it is anticipated that theoutside temperature will drop below 32°F(0°C), check antifreeze to assure properwinter protection. For additional informa-tion, see “Engine cooling system” (P.8-4).

BATTERYIf the battery is not fully charged duringextremely cold weather conditions, the bat-tery fluid may freeze and damage thebattery. To maintain maximum efficiency,the battery should be checked regularly. Foradditional information, see “Battery” (P.8-11).

DRAINING OF COOLANT WATERIf the vehicle is to be left outside withoutantifreeze, drain the cooling system, includ-ing the engine block. Refill before operatingthe vehicle. For details, see “Engine coolingsystem” (P.8-4).

TIRE EQUIPMENTSUMMER tires have a tread designed toprovide superior performance on dry pave-ment. However, the performance of thesetires will be substantially reduced in snowyand icy conditions. If you operate yourvehicle on snowy or icy roads, INFINITIrecommends the use of MUD & SNOW orALL SEASON tires on all four wheels. It isrecommended you consult an INFINITI re-tailer for the tire type, size, speed rating andavailability information.

For additional traction on icy roads, studdedtires may be used. However, some U.S.states and Canadian provinces prohibit theiruse. Check local, state and provincial lawsbefore installing studded tires.

Skid and traction capabilities of studdedsnow tires, on wet or dry surfaces, may bepoorer than that of non-studded snow tires.

Tire chains may be used. For details, see“Tire chains” (P.8-33).

For four-wheel driveIf you install snow tires, they must also bethe same size, brand, construction and treadpattern on all four wheels.

SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENTIt is recommended that the following itemsbe carried in the vehicle during winter:

. A scraper and stiff-bristled brush toremove ice and snow from the windowsand wiper blades.

. A sturdy, flat board to be placed underthe jack to give it firm support.

. A shovel to dig the vehicle out ofsnowdrifts.

. Extra window washer fluid to refill thereservoir tank.

DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE

WARNING

. Wet ice (32°F, 0°C and freezing rain),very cold snow or ice can be slick andvery hard to drive on. The vehicle willhave much less traction or “grip”under these conditions. Try to avoiddriving on wet ice until the road issalted or sanded.

. Whatever the condition, drive withcaution. Accelerate and slow downwith care. If accelerating or down-shifting too fast, the drive wheels willlose even more traction.

COLD WEATHER DRIVING

. Allow more stopping distance underthese conditions. Braking should bestarted sooner than on dry pave-ment.

. Allow greater following distances onslippery roads.

. Watch for slippery spots (glare ice).These may appear on an otherwiseclear road in shaded areas. If a patchof ice is seen ahead, brake beforereaching it. Try not to brake while onthe ice, and avoid any sudden steer-ing maneuvers.

. Do not use the cruise control onslippery roads.

. Snow can trap dangerous exhaustgases under your vehicle. Keep snowclear of the exhaust pipe and fromaround your vehicle.

ENGINE BLOCK HEATER (if soequipped)Engine block heaters are used to assist incold temperature starting.

The engine block heater should be usedwhen the outside temperature is 20°F(−7°C) or lower.

To use the engine block heater1. Turn the engine off.

2. Open the hood and unwrap the engineblock heater cord.

3. Plug the engine block heater cord into agrounded 3-wire, 3-pronged extensioncord.

4. Plug the extension cord into a GroundFault Interrupt (GFI) protected,grounded 110-volt AC (VAC) outlet.

5. The engine block heater must be pluggedin for at least 2 - 4 hours, depending onoutside temperatures, to properly warmthe engine coolant. Use an appropriatetimer to turn the engine block heater on.

6. Before starting the engine, unplug andproperly store the cord to keep it awayfrom moving parts.

WARNING

. Do not use your engine block heaterwith an ungrounded electrical systemor a 2-pronged adapter. You can beseriously injured by an electricalshock if you use an ungroundedconnection.

. Disconnect and properly store theengine block heater cord before

starting the engine. Damage to thecord could result in an electrical shockand can cause serious injury.

. Use a heavy-duty 3-wire, 3-prongedextension cord rated for at least 10A.Plug the extension cord into a GroundFault Interrupt (GFI) protected,grounded 110-VAC outlet. Failureto use the proper extension cord ora grounded outlet can result in a fireor electrical shock and cause seriouspersonal injury.



MEMO

6 In case of emergency

Hazard warning flasher switch ..................................... 6-2

Roadside assistance program ....................................... 6-2

Emergency engine shut off ............................................ 6-3

Flat tire ................................................................................ 6-3

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) .......... 6-3

Changing a flat tire ..................................................... 6-4

Jump starting .................................................................. 6-11

Push starting ................................................................... 6-13

If your vehicle overheats .............................................. 6-14

Towing your vehicle ...................................................... 6-15

Towing recommended by INFINITI ................... 6-16

Vehicle recovery (freeing a stuck vehicle) ........ 6-18

6-2 In case of emergency

SIC2574

Push the switch on to warn other driverswhen you must stop or park under emer-gency conditions. All turn signal lights willflash.

WARNING

. If stopping for an emergency, be sureto move the vehicle well off the road.

. Do not use the hazard warningflashers while moving on the highwayunless unusual circumstances forceyou to drive so slowly that yourvehicle might become a hazard toother traffic.

. Turn signals do not work when thehazard warning flasher lights are on.

The flasher can be actuated with the ignitionswitch in any position.

When an impact that could activate thesupplemental air bags is detected, thehazard warning flasher lights blink automa-tically. If the hazardwarning flasher switch ispushed twice, the hazard warning flasherswill turn off.

WARNING

Do not turn the hazard warning flasherswitch to off until you can make surethat it is safe to do so. Also, the hazardflasher warning may not blink automa-tically depending on the force of impact.

Some state laws may prohibit the use of thehazardwarning flasher switchwhile driving.

In the event of a roadside emergency,Roadside Assistance Service is available toyou. Please refer to your Warranty Informa-tion Booklet (U.S.) or Warranty & RoadsideAssistance Information Booklet (Canada) fordetails.

HAZARDWARNING FLASHER SWITCH ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE PROGRAM

To shut off the engine in an emergencysituation while driving, perform the follow-ing procedure:

. Rapidly push the push-button ignitionswitch 3 consecutive times in less than1.5 seconds, or

. Push and hold the push-button ignitionswitch for more than 2 seconds.

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORINGSYSTEM (TPMS)This vehicle is equipped with the TirePressure Monitoring System (TPMS). Itmonitors tire pressure of all tires except thespare. When the low tire pressure warninglight is lit and the CHECK TIRE PRESSUREwarning appears in the vehicle informationdisplay, one or more of your tires is sig-nificantly under-inflated. If the vehicle isbeing driven with low tire pressure, theTPMS will activate and warn you of it bythe low tire pressure warning light. Thissystem will activate only when the vehicle isdriven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h).For more details, see “Warning lights, in-dicator lights and audible reminders” (P.2-11) and “Tire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS)” (P.5-5).

WARNING

. If the low tire pressure warning lightilluminates or Low Pressure informa-tion is displayed on the monitorscreen while driving, avoid suddensteering maneuvers or abrupt brak-ing, reduce vehicle speed, pull off theroad to a safe location and stop thevehicle as soon as possible. Driving

with under-inflated tires may perma-nently damage the tires and increasethe likelihood of tire failure. Seriousvehicle damage could occur and maylead to an accident and could result inserious personal injury. Check the tirepressure for all four tires. Adjust thetire pressure to the recommendedCOLD tire pressure shown on theTire and Loading Information label toturn the low tire pressure warninglight OFF. If the light still illuminateswhile driving after adjusting the tirepressure, a tire may be flat. If youhave a flat tire, replace it with a sparetire as soon as possible.



In case of emergency 6-3

EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFF FLAT TIRE


. Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosoltire sealant into the tires, as this maycause a malfunction of the tire pres-sure sensors.

CHANGING A FLAT TIREIf you have a flat tire, follow the instructionsbelow.

Stopping the vehicle1. Safely move the vehicle off the road and

away from traffic.

2. Turn on the hazard warning flashers.

3. Park on a level surface and apply theparking brake.Move the shift lever to theP (Park) position.

4. Turn off the engine.

5. Raise the hood to warn other traffic, andto signal professional road assistancepersonnel that you need assistance.

6. Have all passengers get out of thevehicle and stand in a safe place, awayfrom traffic and clear of the vehicle.

WARNING

. Make sure the parking brake issecurely applied and the automatic

transmission is in the P (Park) posi-tion.

. Never change tires when the vehicleis on a slope, ice or slippery areas.This is hazardous.

. Never change tires if oncoming traf-fic is close to your vehicle. Wait forprofessional road assistance.

MCE0001A

Blocking wheelsPlace suitable blocks at both the front andback of the wheel diagonally opposite theflat tire to prevent the vehicle from movingwhen it is jacked up.

WARNING

Be sure to block the wheel as the vehiclemay move and result in personal injury.

JVE0219X

Getting the spare tire and tools1. Open the liftgate.

2. Raise the cargo floor board using thehandle .

JVE0431X

WARNING

When removing jacking tools, be surethe rubber sound suppressor , used tocontrol jack stand from rattling againstmetal, is not attached to the jacking tool.

If rubber sound suppressor remains onjack when vehicle is being jacked up, thevehicle will be unstable and may fall offjack stand causing serious injury ofdeath.

3. Remove the cargo floor cover.

4. Remove the jacking tools.



JVE0423X

5. Securely screw to connect the T-shapedend of the jack rod and the extension baras illustrated.

6. Fit the square end of the jack rod into thesquare hole of the wheel nut wrench toform a handle .

7. Locate the oval opening above themiddle of the rear bumper.

8. Place the T-shaped end of the jack rodthrough the opening and direct it to-wards the spare wheel winch assembly,located directly above the spare wheel.

SCE0916

CAUTION

Do not insert the jack rod straight as it isdesigned to be inserted at an angle asshown.

9. Seat the T-shaped end of the jack rodinto the T-shaped opening of the sparewheel winch. Apply pressure to keep thejack rod engaged in the spare wheelwinch and turn the jack rod counter-clockwise to lower the spare wheel.

SCE0377

10.Once the spare wheel is completelylowered, remove the jack rod and reachunder the vehicle to remove the hangingplate.

11. Carefully slide the spare wheel fromunder the rear of the vehicle.

After preparing the spare tire, to remove therod, pull out the rod while moving the rod tothe right and left with the screw of theextension facing the side.

CAUTION

When storing the wheel, make sure thatthe hanging plate is in the center of the

wheel and then lift it up into the storagearea.

JVE0436X

CAUTION

When storing the wheel, be sure tomount the wheel horizontally. Securingthe wheel that is in a tilted position asillustrated may cause looseness and



dropping of the wheel while driving.Lower the wheel on the ground again,and make sure that the hanging plate isproperly set. Hang the wheel again andmake sure that the wheel is held hor-izontally, then store the wheel.

Jacking up the vehicle and removingthe damaged tire

WARNING

. Never get under the vehicle while it issupported only by the jack. If it isnecessary to work under the vehicle,support it with safety stands.

. Use only the jack provided with yourvehicle to lift the vehicle. Do not usethe jack providedwith your vehicle onother vehicles. The jack is designedfor lifting only your vehicle during atire change.

. Use the correct jack-up points. Neveruse any other part of the vehicle forjack support.

. Never jack up the vehicle more thannecessary.

. Never use blocks on or under the jack.

. Do not start or run the engine whilevehicle is on the jack, as it may causethe vehicle to move. This is especiallytrue for vehicles with limited slipdifferentials.

. Do not allow passengers to stay inthe vehicle while it is on the jack.

Carefully read the caution label attached tothe jack body and the following instruc-tions.

SCE0875

Jack-up point

1. Place the jack directly under the jack-uppoints as illustrated.

The jack should be used on level firmground.

SCE0876

2. Loosen each wheel nut one or two turnsby turning counterclockwise with thewheel nut wrench. Do not remove thewheel nuts until the tire is off theground.

NCE130

3. Install the assembled jack rod into thejack as shown.

4. Carefully raise the vehicle until theclearance between the tire and groundis achieved.

5. To lift the vehicle, securely hold the jacklever and rod with both hands and turnthe jack lever.

NOTE:

Before jacking up the vehicle, make sure theignition switch is placed in the OFF position.If the vehicle is lifted up with the enginerunning, the auto-leveling suspension willbecome disabled after 120 seconds. Toreset the auto-leveling suspension, cycle



the ignition switch ON/OFF one time.

SCE0910

Installing the spare tireThe full-size temporary use only spare tire(if so equipped) is designed for emergencyuse. (See specific instructions under theheading “Wheels and tires” (P.8-27).)

1. Clean any mud or dirt from the surfacebetween the wheel and hub.

2. Carefully put the spare tire on andtighten the wheel nuts finger tight.

3. With the wheel nut wrench, tightenwheel nuts alternately and evenly in thesequence illustrated ( , , , , , )until they are tight.

4. Lower the vehicle slowly until the tiretouches the ground. Then, with the

wheel nut wrench, tighten the wheelnuts securely in the sequence as illu-strated. Lower the vehicle completely.

WARNING

. Incorrect wheel nuts or improperlytightened wheel nuts can cause thewheel to become loose or come off.This could cause an accident.

. Do not use oil or grease on the wheelstuds or nuts. This could cause thenuts to become loose.

. Retighten the wheel nuts when thevehicle has been driven for 600 miles(1,000 km) (also in cases of a flat tire,etc.).

. As soon as possible, tighten the wheelnuts to the specified torque with atorque wrench.

Wheel nut tightening torque:98 ft-lb (133 N·m)

The wheel nuts must be kept tigh-tened to specification at all times. Itis recommended that wheel nuts betightened to specifications at eachlubrication interval.

. Adjust tire pressure to the COLDpressure.

COLD pressure:

After the vehicle has been parked forthree hours or more or driven lessthan 1 mile (1.6 km).

COLD tire pressures are shown onthe Tire and Loading Informationlabel affixed to the driver side centerpillar.

After adjusting tire pressure to the COLDtire pressure, the display of the tire pressureinformation may show higher pressure thanthe COLD tire pressure after the vehicle hasbeen driven more than 1 mile (1.6 km). This isbecause the tire pressurizes as the tiretemperature rises. This does not indicate asystem malfunction.

Stowing the damaged tire and tools1. Securely store the damaged tire, jack and

tools in the storage area.

2. Close the cargo floor cover.

3. Replace the cargo floor board.

4. Close the liftgate.

WARNING

. Always make sure that the spare tireand jacking equipment are properlysecured after use. Such items canbecome dangerous projectiles in an

accident or sudden stop.

. The full-size temporary use onlyspare tire (if so equipped) is designedfor emergency use. (See specific in-structions under the heading “Wheelsand tires” (P.8-27).)

To start your engine with a booster battery,the instructions and precautions below mustbe followed.

WARNING

. If done incorrectly, jump starting canlead to a battery explosion, resultingin severe injury or death. It could alsodamage your vehicle.

. Explosive hydrogen gas is alwayspresent in the vicinity of the battery.Keep all sparks and flames away fromthe battery.

. Do not allow battery fluid to comeinto contact with eyes, skin, clothingor painted surfaces. Battery fluid is acorrosive sulphuric acid solutionwhich can cause severe burns. If thefluid should come into contact withanything, immediately flush the con-tacted area with water.

. Keep the battery out of the reach ofchildren.

. The booster battery must be rated at12 volts. Use of an improperly ratedbattery can damage your vehicle.

. Whenever working on or near abattery, always wear suitable eyeprotectors (for example, goggles or


JUMP STARTING


industrial safety spectacles) and re-move rings, metal bands, or any otherjewelry. Do not lean over the batterywhen jump starting.

. Do not attempt to jump start afrozen battery. It could explode andcause serious injury.

. Your vehicle has an automatic enginecooling fan. It could come on at anytime. Keep hands and other objectsaway from it.

JVE0495X

WARNING

Always follow the instructions below.Failure to do so could result in damage tothe charging system and cause personalinjury.

1. Remove the engine compartment cover,if necessary. See “Engine compartmentcheck locations” (P.8-3).

2. If the booster battery is in anothervehicle , position the two vehicles (and ) to bring their batteries into closeproximity to each other.

Do not allow the two vehicles to touch.

3. Apply parking brake. Move the shift leverto the P (Park) position. Switch off allunnecessary electrical systems (light,heater, air conditioner, etc.).

4. Remove vent caps on the battery (if soequipped). Cover the battery with afirmly wrung out moist cloth to reduceexplosion hazard.

5. Connect jumper cables in the sequenceas illustrated ( ? ? ? ).

CAUTION

. Always connect positive (+) to posi-tive (+) and negative (−) to bodyground (as illustrated) — not to thebattery.

. Make sure the jumper cables do nottouch moving parts in the enginecompartment and that clamps donot contact any other metal.

6. Start the engine of the booster vehicleand let it run for a few minutes.

7. Keep the engine speed of the boostervehicle at about 2,000 rpm, and startthe engine of the vehicle being jumpstarted .

CAUTION

Do not keep the starter motor engagedfor more than 10 seconds. If the enginedoes not start right away, push theignition switch to the OFF position andwait 10 seconds before trying again.

8. After starting your engine, carefullydisconnect the negative cable and thenthe positive cable ( ? ? ? ).

9. Replace the vent caps (if so equipped).Be sure to dispose of the cloth used tocover the vent holes as it may becontaminated with corrosive acid.

10.Put the battery cover on.

Do not attempt to start the engine bypushing.

CAUTION

. Automatic transmission models can-not be push-started or tow-started.Attempting to do so may causetransmission damage.

. Three way catalyst equipped modelsshould not be started by pushingsince the three way catalyst may bedamaged.

. Never try to start the vehicle bytowing it; when the engine starts,the forward surge could cause thevehicle to collide with the tow vehi-cle.


PUSH STARTING


CAUTION

. Do not continue to drive if yourvehicle overheats. Doing so couldcause engine damage or a vehicle fire.

. To avoid the danger of being scalded,never remove the radiator cap orcoolant reservoir cap while the en-gine is still hot. When the radiatorcap or coolant reservoir cap is re-moved, pressurized hot water willspurt out, possibly causing seriousinjury.

. Do not open the hood if steam iscoming out.

If your vehicle is overheating (indicated by anextremely high temperature gauge reading),or if you feel a lack of engine power, detectabnormal noise, etc., take the followingsteps:

1. Move the vehicle safely off the road,apply the parking brake and move theshift lever to the P (Park) position.

Do not stop the engine.

2. Turn off the climate control. Open all thewindows, move the heater or air condi-tioner temperature control to maximumhot and fan control to high speed.

3. If engine overheating is caused by climb-ing a long hill on a hot day, run the engineat a fast idle (approximately 1,500 rpm)until the temperature gauge indicationreturns to normal.

4. Get out of the vehicle. Look and listen forsteam or coolant escaping from theradiator before opening the hood. (Ifsteam or coolant is escaping, turn off theengine.) Do not open the hood furtheruntil no steam or coolant can be seen.

5. Open the engine hood.

WARNING

If steam or water is coming from theengine, stand clear to prevent gettingburned.

6. Visually check drive belts for damage orlooseness. Also check if the cooling fan isrunning. The radiator hoses and radiatorshould not leak water. If coolant isleaking or the cooling fan does not run,stop the engine.

WARNING

Be careful not to allow your hands, hair,jewelry or clothing to come into contactwith, or get caught in, engine belts or theengine cooling fan. The engine coolingfan can start at any time.

7. After the engine cools down, check thecoolant level in the reservoir tank withthe engine running. Add coolant to thereservoir tank if necessary. Have yourvehicle repaired. It is recommended youvisit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS

When towing your vehicle, all State (Pro-vincial in Canada) and local regulations fortowing must be followed. Incorrect towingequipment could damage your vehicle. Tow-ing instructions are available from anINFINITI retailer. Local service operatorsare familiar with the applicable laws andprocedures for towing. To assure propertowing and to prevent accidental damage toyour vehicle, INFINITI recommends that youhave a service operator tow your vehicle. It isadvisable to have the service operator care-fully read the following precautions.

WARNING

. Never ride in a vehicle that is beingtowed.

. Never get under your vehicle after ithas been lifted by a tow truck.

CAUTION

. When towing, make sure that thetransmission, axles, steering systemand powertrain are in working con-dition. If any of these conditionsapply, dollies or a flatbed tow truckmust be used.

. Always attach safety chains beforetowing.

For information about towing your vehiclebehind a recreational vehicle (RV), see “Flattowing” (P.10-30).


TOWING YOUR VEHICLE


SCE0925

Two-wheel drive models

TOWING RECOMMENDED BY

INFINITI

Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) modelsINFINITI recommends that your vehicle betowed with the driving (rear) wheels off theground or place the vehicle on a flat bedtruck as illustrated.

CAUTION

. Never tow automatic transmissionmodels with the rear wheels on theground or four wheels on the ground

(forward or backward), as this maycause serious and expensive damageto the transmission. If it is necessaryto tow the vehicle with the frontwheels raised, always use towingdollies under the rear wheels.

. When towing rear wheel drive modelswith the front wheels on the groundor on towing dollies: Place the igni-tion in the ACC or ON position, andsecure the steering wheel in astraight-ahead position with a ropeor similar device.

SCE0907

Four-wheel drive models

Four-wheel Drive (4WD) modelsINFINITI recommends that towing dollies beused when towing your vehicle or the vehiclebe placed on a flat bed truck as illustrated.

CAUTION

Never tow 4WD models with any of thewheels on the ground as this may causeserious and expensive damage to the

powertrain.



JVE0433X

Front

JVE0434X

Rear

VEHICLE RECOVERY (freeing a

stuck vehicle)

WARNING

. Stand clear of a stuck vehicle.

. Do not spin your tires at high speed.This could cause them to explode andresult in serious injury. Parts of yourvehicle could also overheat and bedamaged.

Pulling a stuck vehicleIf your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud,etc., use a tow strap or other devicedesigned specifically for vehicle recovery.Always follow the manufacturer’s instruc-tions for the recovery device.

Attach the tow strap to the towing hook.

CAUTION

. Tow chains or cables must be at-tached only to the main structuralmembers of the vehicle or the towinghooks. Otherwise, the vehicle bodywill be damaged.

. Use the towing hook only to free avehicle stuck in sand, snow, mud, etc.Never tow the vehicle for a longdistance using only the towing hook.

. The towing hook is under tremendousforce when used to free a stuckvehicle. Never pull the hook at anangle.

. Always pull the cable straight outfrom the front or rear of the vehicle.

. Pulling devices should be routed sothey do not touch any part of thesuspension, steering, brake or coolingsystems.

. Pulling devices such as ropes orcanvas straps are not recommendedfor use in vehicle towing or recovery.

Rocking a stuck vehicleIf your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud,etc., use the following procedure:

1. Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) system.

2. Make sure the area in front and behindthe vehicle is clear of obstructions.

3. Turn the steering wheel right and left toclear an area around the front tires.

4. Slowly rock the vehicle forward andbackward.

. Shift back and forth between R (Re-verse) and D (Drive).

. Apply the accelerator as little aspossible to maintain the rocking mo-tion.

. Release the accelerator pedal beforeshifting between R and D.

. Do not spin the tires above 35 MPH(55 km/h).

5. If the vehicle cannot be freed after a fewtries, contact a professional towingservice to remove the vehicle.



MEMO

7 Appearance and care

Cleaning exterior ................................................................ 7-2

Washing .......................................................................... 7-2

Waxing ............................................................................ 7-3

Removing spots ............................................................ 7-3

Underbody ...................................................................... 7-3

Glass ................................................................................ 7-3

Wheels ............................................................................. 7-3

Chrome parts ................................................................ 7-4

Tire dressing ................................................................. 7-4

Cleaning interior ................................................................. 7-5

Air fresheners ................................................................ 7-5

Suede material (LIMITED models) ........................ 7-5

Open pore matte finish wood trim(LIMITED models) ...................................................... 7-6

Floor mats .................................................................... 7-6

Seat belts ...................................................................... 7-7

Corrosion protection ....................................................... 7-8

Most common factors contributing tovehicle corrosion ........................................................ 7-8

Environmental factors influence the rateof corrosion ................................................................. 7-8

To protect your vehicle from corrosion .............. 7-8

7-2 Appearance and care

In order to maintain the appearance of yourvehicle, it is important to take proper care ofit.

To protect the paint surface, wash yourvehicle as soon as you can:

. after a rainfall to prevent possible da-mage from acid rain

. after driving on coastal roads

. when contaminants such as soot, birddroppings, tree sap, metal particles orbugs get on the paint surface

. when dust or mud builds up on thesurface

Whenever possible, store or park yourvehicle inside a garage or in a covered area.

When it is necessary to park outside, park ina shady area or protect the vehicle with abody cover.

Be careful not to scratch the paint surfacewhen putting on or removing the bodycover.

WASHINGWash dirt off the vehicle with a wet spongeand plenty of water. Clean the vehiclethoroughly using a mild soap, a specialvehicle soap or general purpose dishwashingliquid mixedwith clean, lukewarm (never hot)water.

CAUTION

. Do not use car washes that use acid inthe detergent. Some car washes,especially brushless ones, use someacid for cleaning. The acid may reactwith some plastic vehicle compo-nents, causing them to crack. Thiscould affect their appearance, andalso could cause them not to functionproperly. Always check with your carwash to confirm that acid is not used.

. Do not wash the vehicle with stronghousehold soap, strong chemical de-tergents, gasoline or solvents.

. Do not wash the vehicle in directsunlight or while the vehicle body ishot, as the surface may becomewater-spotted.

. Avoid using tight-napped or roughcloths, such as washing mitts. Caremust be taken when removing caked-

on dirt or other foreign substances sothe paint surface is not scratched ordamaged.

. Lock all doors before going throughautomatic car wash. Locking doorshelps prevent fuel-filler door fromopening and becoming damaged.

Rinse the vehicle again with plenty of cleanwater.

Inside flanges, seams and folds on the doors,hatches and hood are particularly vulnerableto the effects of road salt. Therefore, theseareas must be regularly cleaned. Make surethat the drain holes in the lower edge of thedoor are open. Spray water under the bodyand in the wheel wells to loosen the dirt andwash away road salt.

Avoid leaving water spots on the paintsurface by using a damp chamois to dry thevehicle.

For LIMITED models, be sure to wash dirtoff the cylindrical part or lens of the side steplight with a high-pressure washing machine.Otherwise, the brightness of the lights maydecrease due to the adhesion of dirt.

CLEANING EXTERIOR

WAXINGRegular waxing protects the paint surfaceand helps retain new vehicle appearance.Polishing is recommended to remove built-up wax residue and to avoid a weatheredappearance before reapplying wax.

An INFINITI retailer can assist you in choos-ing the proper product.

. Wax your vehicle only after a thoroughwashing. Follow the instructions sup-plied with the wax.

. Do not use a wax containing any abra-sives, cutting compounds or cleanersthat may damage the vehicle finish.

Machine compound or aggressive polishingon a base coat/clear coat paint finish maydull the finish or leave swirl marks.

REMOVING SPOTSRemove tar and oil spots, industrial dust,insects, and tree sap as quickly as possiblefrom the paint surface to avoid lastingdamage or staining. Special cleaning pro-ducts are available at an INFINITI retailer orany automotive accessory stores.

UNDERBODYIn areas where road salt is used in winter, theunderbody must be cleaned regularly. Thiswill prevent dirt and salt from building upand causing the acceleration of corrosion onthe underbody and suspension. Before thewinter period and again in the spring, theunderseal must be checked and, if necessary,re-treated.

GLASSUse glass cleaner to remove smoke and dustfilm from the glass surfaces. It is normal forglass to become coated with a film after thevehicle is parked in the hot sun. Glass cleanerand a soft cloth will easily remove this film.

CAUTION

When cleaning the inside of the win-dows, do not use sharp-edged tools,abrasive cleaners or chlorine-based dis-infectant cleaners. They could damagethe electrical conductors, radio antennaelements or rear window defroster ele-ments.

WHEELSWash the wheels when washing the vehicleto maintain their appearance.

. Clean the inner side of the wheels whenthe wheel is changed or the underside ofthe vehicle is washed.

. Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents orcorrosion. Such damage may cause lossof pressure or poor seal at the tire bead.

. INFINITI recommends that the roadwheels be waxed to protect against roadsalt in areas where it is used duringwinter.

CAUTION

Do not use abrasive cleaners whenwashing the wheels.

Aluminum alloy wheelsWash regularly with a sponge dampened in amild soap solution, especially during wintermonths in areas where road salt is used. Saltcould discolor the wheels if not removed.

Appearance and care 7-3


CAUTION

Follow the directions below to avoidstaining or discoloring the wheels:

. Do not use a cleaner that uses strongacid or alkali contents to clean thewheels.

. Do not apply wheel cleaners to thewheels when they are hot. The wheeltemperature should be the same asambient temperature.

. Rinse the wheel to completely re-move the cleaner within 15 minutesafter the cleaner is applied.

Bright wheels (if so equipped)The bright wheels use a different coatingprocess than typical aluminum alloy wheeland they are not plated wheels. Thesewheels are clear-coated and require thefollowing special cleaning. They should beregularly washed with a soft sponge soakedin a lot of water. After washing with water,wipe clean with a dry, soft cloth and drycompletely. When there is chemical or tirewax, or dirt such as an antifreeze agent onthe surface, wash them with water as soonas possible.

CAUTION

. The surfaces of the wheels use adifferent coating process than typicalaluminum alloy wheels. Do not usealuminum alloy wheel cleaners orabrasive cleaners to clean the wheels.Using such cleaners could damage thewheel surfaces.

. Do not use an automatic car wash ifthe vehicle is equipped with brightwheels. The wheel coating may bedamaged.

. Do not use a brush to wash thewheels if the vehicle is equipped withbright wheels. The wheel coating maybe damaged.

CHROME PARTSClean chrome parts regularly with a non-abrasive chrome polish to maintain thefinish.

TIRE DRESSINGINFINITI does not recommend the use of tiredressings. Tire manufacturers apply a coat-ing to the tires to help reduce discolorationof the rubber. If a tire dressing is applied tothe tires, it may react with the coating and

form a compound. This compoundmay comeoff the tire while driving and stain the vehiclepaint.

If you choose to use a tire dressing, take thefollowing precautions:

. Use a water-based tire dressing. Thecoating on the tire dissolves more easilywith an oil-based tire dressing.

. Apply a light coat of tire dressing to helpprevent it from entering the tire tread/grooves (where it would be difficult toremove).

. Wipe off excess tire dressing using a drytowel. Make sure the tire dressing iscompletely removed from the tire tread/grooves.

. Allow the tire dressing to dry as recom-mended by tire dressing manufacturer.

Occasionally remove loose dust from theinterior trim, plastic parts and seats using avacuum cleaner or soft bristled brush. Wipethe vinyl and leather surfaces with a clean,soft cloth dampened in mild soap solution,then wipe clean with a dry soft cloth.

Regular care and cleaning is required in orderto maintain the appearance of the leather.

Before using any fabric protector, read themanufacturer’s recommendations. Somefabric protectors contain chemicals thatmay stain or bleach the seat material.

Use a cloth dampened only with water, toclean the meter and gauge lens.

WARNING

Do not use water or acidic cleaners (hotsteam cleaners) on the seat. This candamage the seat or occupant classifica-tion sensors. This can also affect theoperation of the air bag system andresult in serious personal injury.

CAUTION

. Never use benzine, thinner, or anysimilar material.

. For cleaning, use a soft cloth, dam-pened with water. Never use a roughcloth, alcohol, benzine, thinner or anykind of solvent or paper towel with achemical cleaning agent. They willscratch or cause discoloration to thelens.

. Do not spray any liquid such as wateron the meter lens. Spraying liquidmay cause the system tomalfunction.

. Small dirt particles can be abrasiveand damaging to the leather surfacesand should be removed promptly. Donot use saddle soap, car waxes,polishes, oils, cleaning fluids, sol-vents, detergents or ammonia-basedcleaners as they may damage theleather’s natural finish.

. Only use fabric protectors approvedby INFINITI.

. Do not use glass or plastic cleaner onmeter or gauge lens covers. It maydamage the lens cover.

AIR FRESHENERSMost air fresheners use a solvent that couldaffect the vehicle interior. If you use an airfreshener, take the following precautions:

. Hanging-type air fresheners can causepermanent discoloration when they con-tact vehicle interior surfaces. Place theair freshener in a location that allows itto hang free and not contact an interiorsurface.

. Liquid-type air fresheners typically clipon the vents. These products can causeimmediate damage and discolorationwhen spilled on interior surfaces.

Carefully read and follow the manufac-turer’s instructions before using air fresh-eners.

SUEDE MATERIAL (LIMITEDmodels)The ceiling, moonroof sunshade and pillartrim are made from a suede material.

Clean the suede material as follows:

CAUTION

To help prevent damaging the suedematerial parts while cleaning:


CLEANING INTERIOR


. Do not rub the material with a cloth.Doing so can damage the surface ofthe material or cause a stain tospread.

. Never use benzine, thinner or anysimilar chemical to clean the suede.This may discolor the material anddamage the surface.

. Clean water or oil based stains bypatting the surface with a clean softcloth dampened in warmwater. Pressa clean dry cloth onto the surface toremove as much dampness as possi-ble and then let air dry.

OPEN PORE MATTE FINISHWOOD TRIM (LIMITED models)The wood trim on the LIMITED models usesa different coating process than a typicalwood trim. Improper care can affect theappearance of the wood trim and causedamage to it.

CAUTION

. Do not hit the wood trim with a hardor sharp object.

. Do not rub the wood trim surfacehard.

. When cleaning, use a soft, dampenedcloth (such as a microfiber cloth). Drywith a clean soft cloth.

. Do not use waxes, polishes, com-pounds or solvents to clean the woodtrim.

FLOOR MATS

WARNING

To avoid potential pedal interferencethat may result in a collision, injury ordeath:

. NEVER place a floor mat on top ofanother floor mat in the driver frontposition or install them upside downor backwards.

. Use only genuine INFINITI floor matsor equivalent floor mats that arespecifically designed for use in yourvehicle model and model year.

. Properly position the mats in thefloorwell using the floor mat posi-tioning hooks. See “Floor mat instal-lation” (P.7-7).

. Make sure the floor mat does notinterfere with pedal operation.

. Periodically check the floor mats tomake sure they are properly installed.

. After cleaning the vehicle interior,check the floor mats to make surethey are properly installed.

The use of genuine INFINITI floor mats canextend the life of your vehicle carpet andmake it easier to clean the interior. Matsshould be maintained with regular cleaningand replaced if they become excessivelyworn.

JVA0034X

Front (example)

Floor mat installationYour vehicle is equipped with floor matpositioning hook(s). The number and shapeof the floor mat positioning hooks for eachseating position varies depending on thevehicle.

When installing genuine INFINITI floor mats,follow the installation instructions providedwith the floor mat and the following:

1. Position the floor mat in the floorwell sothat the mat grommet holes are alignedwith the hook(s).

2. Secure the grommet holes into the hook(s) and ensure that the floor mat is

properly positioned.

3. Make sure the floor mat does notinterfere with pedal operation. With theignition in the OFF position and the shiftlever in the P (Park) position, fully applyand release all pedals. The floor matmust not interfere with pedal operationor prevent the pedal from returning to itsnormal position. It is recommended yousee an INFINITI retailer for details aboutinstalling the floor mats in your vehicle.

SAI0052

Bracket positions

The illustration shows the location of thefloor mat positioning hooks.

SEAT BELTSThe seat belts can be cleaned by wipingthemwith a sponge dampened in a mild soapsolution. Allow the belts to dry completelybefore using them.

See “Seat belts” (P.1-18).

WARNING

Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up inthe retractor. NEVER use bleach, dye, orchemical solvents to clean the seat belts,



since these materials may severelyweaken the seat belt webbing.

MOST COMMON FACTORSCONTRIBUTING TO VEHICLE

CORROSION. The accumulation of moisture-retaining

dirt and debris in body panel sections,cavities, and other areas.

. Damage to paint and other protectivecoatings caused by gravel and stonechips or minor traffic accidents.

ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS IN-FLUENCE THE RATE OF COR-ROSION

MoistureAccumulation of sand, dirt and water on thevehicle body underside can accelerate corro-sion. Wet floor coverings will not drycompletely inside the vehicle, and should beremoved for drying to avoid floor panelcorrosion.

Relative humidityCorrosion will be accelerated in areas of highrelative humidity, especially those areaswhere the temperatures stay above freezingwhere atmospheric pollution exists, or whereroad salt is used.

TemperatureA temperature increase will accelerate therate of corrosion to those parts which arenot well ventilated.

Air pollutionIndustrial pollution, the presence of salt inthe air in coastal areas, or heavy road saltuse will accelerate the corrosion process.Road salt will also accelerate the disintegra-tion of paint surfaces.

TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE

FROM CORROSION. Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep

the vehicle clean.

. Always check for minor damage to thepaint and repair it as soon as possible.

. Keep drain holes at the bottom of thedoors open to avoid water accumulation.

. Check the underbody for accumulation ofsand, dirt or salt. If present, wash withwater as soon as possible.

CAUTION

. NEVER remove dirt, sand or otherdebris from the passenger compart-ment by washing it out with a hose.Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaner.

CORROSION PROTECTION

. Never allow water or other liquids tocome in contact with electronic com-ponents inside the vehicle as this maydamage them.

Chemicals used for road surface deicing areextremely corrosive. They accelerate corro-sion and deterioration of underbody compo-nents such as the exhaust system, fuel andbrake lines, brake cables, floor pan andfenders.

In winter, the underbody must be cleanedperiodically.

For additional protection against rust andcorrosion, which may be required in someareas, it is recommended you consult anINFINITI retailer.



MEMO

8 Do-it-yourself

Maintenance precautions ............................................... 8-2

Engine compartment check locations ......................... 8-3

VK56VD engine model .............................................. 8-3

Engine cooling system ..................................................... 8-4

Checking engine coolant level ................................. 8-5

Changing engine coolant .......................................... 8-5

Engine oil ............................................................................. 8-6

Checking engine oil level ........................................... 8-6

Changing engine oil and filter .................................. 8-6

Automatic Transmission Fluid (ATF) .......................... 8-8

Power steering fluid ......................................................... 8-8

Brake fluid ........................................................................... 8-9

Brake fluid .................................................................. 8-10

Window washer fluid ................................................... 8-10

Battery ............................................................................... 8-11

Jump starting ............................................................. 8-13

Variable voltage control system ................................. 8-13

Drive belts ......................................................................... 8-13

Spark plugs ....................................................................... 8-14

Replacing spark plugs .............................................. 8-14

Air cleaner ......................................................................... 8-15

Windshield wiper blades .............................................. 8-16

Cleaning ..................................................................... 8-16

Replacing ................................................................... 8-16

Rear window wiper blades .......................................... 8-17

Brakes ................................................................................ 8-17

Self-adjusting brakes ............................................. 8-17

Brake pad wear warning ....................................... 8-17

Brake booster ........................................................... 8-17

Fuses .................................................................................. 8-18

Engine compartment .............................................. 8-18

Passenger compartment ...................................... 8-20

Intelligent Key battery replacement ......................... 8-21

Lights ................................................................................. 8-23

Headlights ................................................................ 8-24

Exterior and interior lights ................................... 8-24

Wheels and tires ............................................................. 8-27

Tire pressure ............................................................. 8-27

Tire labeling .............................................................. 8-31

Types of tires ........................................................... 8-33

Tire chains ................................................................. 8-33

Changing wheels and tires .................................. 8-34

8-2 Do-it-yourself

When performing any inspection or main-tenance work on your vehicle, always takecare to prevent serious accidental injury toyourself or damage to the vehicle. Thefollowing are general precautions whichshould be closely observed.

WARNING

. Park the vehicle on a level surface,apply the parking brake securely andblock the wheels to prevent thevehicle from moving. Move the shiftlever to P (Park).

. Be sure the ignition switch is in theOFF or LOCK position when per-forming any parts replacement orrepairs.

. Never connect or disconnect thebattery or any transistorized compo-nent while the ignition switch is in theON position.

. Never leave the engine or automatictransmission related component har-nesses disconnected while the igni-tion switch is in the ON position.

. If you must work with the enginerunning, keep your hands, clothing,hair and tools away from movingfans, belts and any other moving

parts.

. It is advisable to secure or removeany loose clothing and remove anyjewelry, such as rings, watches, etc.before working on your vehicle.

. Always wear eye protection when-ever you work on your vehicle.

. If you must run the engine in anenclosed space such as a garage, besure there is proper ventilation forexhaust gases to escape.

. Never get under the vehicle while it issupported only by a jack. If it isnecessary to work under the vehicle,support it with safety stands.

. Keep smoking materials, flame andsparks away from fuel tank and thebattery.

. Your vehicle is equipped with anautomatic engine cooling fan. It maycome on at any time without warn-ing, even if the ignition key is in theOFF position and the engine is notrunning. To avoid injury, always dis-connect the negative battery cablebefore working near the fan.

. On gasoline engine models, the fuelfilter or fuel lines should be servicedbecause the fuel lines are under highpressure even when the engine is off.

It is recommended you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.

CAUTION

. Do notwork under the hoodwhile theengine is hot. Turn the engine off andwait until it cools down.

. Avoid direct contact with used en-gine oil and coolant. Improperly dis-posed engine oil, coolant, and/orother vehicle fluids can damage theenvironment. Always conform to lo-cal regulations for disposal of vehiclefluid.

This “8. Do-it-yourself” section gives in-structions regarding only those items whichare relatively easy for an owner to perform.

A genuine INFINITI Service Manual is alsoavailable. (See “Owner’s Manual/ServiceManual order information” (P.10-34).)

You should be aware that incomplete orimproper servicing may result in operatingdifficulties or excessive emissions, and couldaffect your warranty coverage. If in doubtabout any servicing, it is recommended youhave it done by an INFINITI retailer.

MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS

JVC0976X

VK56VD ENGINE MODEL1. Window washer fluid reservoir

2. Fuse/fusible link holder

3. Engine oil dipstick

4. Power steering fluid reservoir

5. Engine oil filler cap

6. Brake fluid reservoir

7. Fuse/fusible link holder

8. Battery

9. Radiator filler cap

10. Engine coolant reservoir

11. Drive belts

12. Air cleaner

Do-it-yourself 8-3

ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECKLOCATIONS

8-4 Do-it-yourself

The engine cooling system is filled at thefactory with a pre-diluted mixture of 50%Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) and 50% water to provideyear-round anti-freeze and coolant protec-tion. The antifreeze solution contains rustand corrosion inhibitors. Additional enginecooling system additives are not necessary.

WARNING

. Never remove the radiator or coolantreservoir cap when the engine is hot.Wait until the engine and radiatorcool down. Serious burns could becaused by high pressure fluid escap-ing from the radiator. See precau-tions in “If your vehicle overheats”(P.6-14).

. The radiator is equipped with apressure type radiator cap. To pre-vent engine damage, use only agenuine NISSAN radiator cap.

CAUTION

. Never use any cooling system addi-tives such as radiator sealer. Addi-tives may clog the cooling system andcause damage to the engine, trans-

mission and/or cooling system.

. When adding or replacing coolant, besure to use only Genuine NISSANLong Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue)or equivalent. Genuine NISSAN LongLife Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) is pre-diluted to provide antifreeze protec-tion to −34°F (−37°C). If additionalfreeze protection is needed due toweather where you operate yourvehicle, add Genuine NISSAN LongLife Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) con-centrate following the directions onthe container. If an equivalent cool-ant other than Genuine NISSAN LongLife Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) isused, follow the coolant manufac-turer’s instructions to maintain mini-mum antifreeze protection to −34°F(−37°C). The use of other types ofcoolant solutions other than GenuineNISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Cool-ant (blue) or equivalent may damagethe engine cooling system.

. The life expectancy of the factory-fillcoolant is 105,000 miles (168,000km) or 7 years. Mixing any other typeof coolant other than GenuineNISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Cool-ant (blue), including Genuine NISSANLong Life Antifreeze/Coolant(green), or the use of non-distilled

water will reduce the life expectancyof the factory-fill coolant. Refer tothe "9. Maintenance and schedules"section for more details.

ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM

JVM0744X

CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT

LEVELCheck the coolant level in the reservoirwhen the engine is cold. If the coolant levelis below MIN , open the reservoir tank capand add coolant up to theMAX level. If thereservoir tank is empty, check the coolantlevel in the radiator when the engine is cold.If there is insufficient coolant in the radiator,fill the radiator with coolant up to the filleropening and also add it to the reservoir tankup to the MAX level .

Tighten the cap securely after adding enginecoolant.

If the cooling system requires coolant fre-

quently, have it checked. It is recommendedyou visit an INFINITI retailer for thisservice.

CHANGING ENGINE COOLANTIt is recommended that major cooling systemrepairs be performed by an INFINITI retailer.The service procedures can be found in theappropriate INFINITI Service Manual.

Improper servicing can result in reducedheater performance and engine overheat-ing.

WARNING

. To avoid the danger of being scalded,never change the coolant when theengine is hot.

. Never remove the radiator cap orcoolant reservoir cap when the en-gine is hot. Serious burns could becaused by high pressure fluid escap-ing from the radiator.

. Avoid direct skin contact with usedcoolant. If skin contact is made, washthoroughly with soap or hand cleaneras soon as possible.

. Keep coolant out of reach of childrenand pets.

Engine coolant must be disposed of prop-erly. Check your local regulations.

Do-it-yourself 8-5

8-6 Do-it-yourself

JVM0728X

CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and

apply the parking brake.

2. Run the engine until it reaches operatingtemperature.

3. Turn off the engine. Wait more than 15minutes for the oil to drain back into theoil pan.

4. Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean.Reinsert it all the way.

5. Remove the dipstick again and check theoil level. It should be within the range .If the oil level is below , remove the oilfiller cap and pour recommended oilthrough the opening. Do not overfill .

6. Recheck oil level with the dipstick.

It is normal to add some oil between oilmaintenance intervals or during the break-in period, depending on the severity ofoperating conditions.

CAUTION

Oil level should be checked regularly.Operating the engine with an insuffi-cient amount of oil can damage theengine, and such damage is not coveredby warranty.

CHANGING ENGINE OIL AND

FILTER

Vehicle set-up1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and

apply the parking brake.

2. Run the engine until it reaches operatingtemperature.

3. Turn the engine off and wait more than15 minutes.

4. Raise and support the vehicle using asuitable floor jack and safety jack stands.. Place the safety jack stands under the

vehicle jack-up points.. A suitable adapter should be attached

to the jack stand saddle.

5. Remove the engine undercover.. Remove the bolts that hold the under-

cover in place.

CAUTION

Make sure the correct lifting and sup-port points are used to avoid vehicledamage.

ENGINE OIL

SDI2528

Engine oil and filter1. Place a large drain pan under the drain

plug.

2. Remove the oil filler cap.

3. Remove the drain plug with a wrenchand completely drain the oil.

CAUTION

Be careful not to burn yourself, as theengine oil is hot.

. Waste oil must be disposed of prop-erly.

. Check your local regulations.

4. (Perform steps 4 to 7 only when theengine oil filter change is needed.)

Loosen the oil filter with an oil filterwrench. Remove the oil filter by turning itby hand.

5. Wipe the engine oil filter mounting sur-face with a clean rag.

CAUTION

Be sure to remove any old rubber gasketremaining on the mounting surface ofthe engine. Failure to do so could lead toengine damage.

6. Coat the gasket on the new filter withclean engine oil.

7. Screw in the oil filter clockwise until aslight resistance is felt, then tightenadditionally more than 2/3 turn.

Oil filter tightening torque:11 to 15 ft-lb(15 to 21 N·m)

8. Clean and re-install the drain plug with anew washer. Securely tighten the drainplug with a wrench.

Drain plug tightening torque:22 to 29 ft-lb(29 to 39 N·m)

Do not use excessive force.

9. Refill engine with recommended oil andinstall the oil filler cap securely.

CAUTION

The dipstick must be inserted in place toprevent oil spillage from the dipstickhole while filling the engine with oil.

See “Capacities and recommendedfluids/lubricants” (P.10-2) for drain andrefill capacity. The drain and refill capa-city depends on the oil temperature anddrain time. Use these specifications forreference only. Always use the dipstickto determine the proper amount of oil inthe engine.

10.Start the engine and check for leakagearound the drain plug and the oil filter.Correct as required.

11. Turn the engine off and wait more than15 minutes. Check the oil level with thedipstick. Add engine oil if necessary.

Do-it-yourself 8-7

8-8 Do-it-yourself

After the operation1. Install the engine undercover into posi-

tion as the following steps.

a. Pull the center of the small plastic clipout.

b. Hold the engine undercover into posi-tion.

c. Insert the clip through the undercoverinto the hole in the frame, then pushthe center of the clip in to lock the clipin place.

d. Install the other bolts that hold theundercover in place. Be careful not tostrip the bolts or over-tighten them.

2. Lower the vehicle carefully to theground.

3. Dispose of waste oil and filter properly.

WARNING

. Prolonged and repeated contact withused engine oil may cause skin cancer.

. Try to avoid direct skin contact withused oil. If skin contact is made, washthoroughly with soap or hand cleaneras soon as possible.

. Keep used engine oil out of reach ofchildren.

When checking or replacement is required,we recommend an INFINITI retailer forservicing.

CAUTION

. It is recommended that you use onlyGenuine NISSAN Matic S ATF. Donot mix with other fluids.

. Using automatic transmission fluidother than Genuine NISSAN Matic SATF may cause deterioration in dri-veability and automatic transmissiondurability, and may damage theautomatic transmission. Damagecaused by the use of fluid other thanas recommended is not covered bythe INFINITI new vehicle limitedwarranty.

SDI1765A

Check the fluid level in the reservoir.

The fluid level should be checked using theHOT range ( : HOT MAX., : HOTMIN.) atfluid temperatures of 122 to 176°F (50 to80°C) or using the COLD range ( : COLDMAX., : COLD MIN.) at fluid temperaturesof 32 to 86°F (0 to 30°C).

If the fluid is below the MIN line, addGenuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent. Removethe cap and fill through the opening.

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSIONFLUID (ATF)

POWER STEERING FLUID

CAUTION

. Do not overfill.

. Use Genuine NISSAN PSF or equiva-lent.

For further brake fluid specification infor-mation, see “Capacities and recommendedfluids/lubricants” (P.10-2).

WARNING

. Use only new fluid from a sealedcontainer. Old, inferior or contami-nated fluid may damage the brakesystem. The use of improper fluidscan damage the brake system andaffect the vehicle’s stopping ability.

. Be sure to clean the filler cap beforeremoving.

. Brake fluid is poisonous and shouldbe stored carefully in marked con-tainers out of the reach of children.

CAUTION

. Do not add brake fluid with theignition switch in the ON position orthe engine running. Doing so couldmake the brake fluid overfill when theignition switch is turned off.

. Do not spill the fluid on paintedsurfaces. This will damage the paint.If fluid is spilled, wash the surface

with water.

Do-it-yourself 8-9

BRAKE FLUID

8-10 Do-it-yourself

SDI2513

BRAKE FLUIDCheck the fluid level in the reservoir. If thefluid is below the MIN line or the brakewarning light comes on, add GenuineNISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid orequivalentDOT 3 fluid up to theMAX line .

To add brake fluid:

1. Be sure the ignition switch is in the OFFor LOCK position.

2. Depress and release the foot brake pedalmore than 40 times.

3. Open the reservoir filler cap and addbrake fluid up to the MAX line . (See“Capacities and recommended fluids/lubricants” (P.10-2) for the recom-

mended types of brake fluid.)

NOTE:

When the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition after adding brake fluid up to theMAX line in the reservoir, the brake fluiddecreases below the MAX line . This isnormal.

If fluid must be added frequently, the systemshould be checked. It is recommended youvisit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

SDI2517

WARNING

Antifreeze is poisonous and should bestored carefully in marked containersout of the reach of children.

Fill the window washer fluid reservoir per-iodically. Add windowwasher fluid when thelow window washer fluid warning illumi-nates.

To fill the window washer fluid reservoir, liftthe cap off the reservoir tank and pour thewindow washer fluid into the tank opening.

Add a washer solvent to the washer for

WINDOW WASHER FLUID

better cleaning. In the winter season, add awindshield washer antifreeze. Follow themanufacturer’s instructions for the mixtureratio.

Refill the reservoir more frequently whendriving conditions require an increasedamount of window washer fluid.

Recommended fluid is Genuine NISSANWindshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner &Antifreeze or equivalent.

CAUTION

. Do not substitute engine anti-freezecoolant for window washer solution.This may result in damage to thepaint.

. Do not fill the window washer re-servoir tank with washer fluid con-centrates at full strength. Somemethyl alcohol based washer fluidconcentrates may permanently stainthe grille if spilled while filling thewindow washer reservoir tank.

. Pre-mix washer fluid concentrateswith water to the manufacturer’srecommended levels before pouringthe fluid into the window washerreservoir tank. Do not use the win-dow washer reservoir tank to mix the

washer fluid concentrate and water.. Keep the battery surface clean and dry.

Clean the battery with a solution ofbaking soda and water.

. Make certain the terminal connectionsare clean and securely tightened.

. If the vehicle is not to be used for 30 daysor longer, disconnect the negative (−)battery terminal cable to prevent dis-charging it.

NOTE:





WARNING

. Do not expose the battery to flamesor electrical sparks. Hydrogen gasgenerated by the battery is explosive.Do not allow battery fluid to contactyour skin, eyes, fabrics, or painted

Do-it-yourself 8-11

BATTERY

8-12 Do-it-yourself

surfaces. After touching a battery orbattery cap, do not touch or rub youreyes. Thoroughly wash your hands. Ifthe acid contacts your eyes, skin orclothing, immediately flush withwater for at least 15 minutes andseek medical attention.

. Do not operate the vehicle if the fluidin the battery is low. Low batteryfluid can cause a higher load on thebattery which can generate heat,reduce battery life, and in some caseslead to an explosion.

. When working on or near a battery,always wear suitable eye protectionand remove all jewelry.

. Battery posts, terminals and relatedaccessories contain lead and leadcompounds. Wash hands after hand-ling.

. Keep the battery out of the reach ofchildren.

DI0137MA

Check the fluid level in each cell (Remove thebattery cover if it is necessary). It should bebetween the UPPER LEVEL and LOWERLEVEL lines.

If it is necessary to add fluid, add onlydistilled water to bring the level to theindicator in each filler opening. Do notoverfill.

SDI1480C

1. Remove the cell plugs .

2. Add distilled water up to the UPPERLEVEL line.

If the side of the battery is not clear,check the distilled water level by lookingdirectly above the cell; the conditionindicates OK and the conditions needsmore to be added.

3. Tighten cell plugs .

Vehicles operated in high temperatures orunder severe conditions require frequentchecks of the battery fluid level.

JUMP STARTINGIf jump starting is necessary, see “Jumpstarting” (P.6-11). If the engine does notstart by jump starting, the battery may haveto be replaced. It is recommended you visitan INFINITI retailer for this service.

CAUTION

. Do not ground accessories directly tothe battery terminal. Doing so willbypass the variable voltage controlsystem and the vehicle battery maynot charge completely.

. Use electrical accessories with theengine running to avoid dischargingthe vehicle battery.

The variable voltage control system mea-sures the amount of electrical dischargefrom the battery and controls voltage gen-erated by the generator.

SDI2533

1. Power steering fluid pump

2. Water pump

3. Alternator

4. Crankshaft pulley

5. Air conditioner compressor

WARNING

Be sure the ignition switch is in the OFFor LOCK position before servicing drivebelts. The engine could rotate unexpect-edly.

1. Visually inspect each belt for signs ofunusual wear, cuts, fraying or looseness.

Do-it-yourself 8-13

VARIABLE VOLTAGE CONTROL SYSTEM DRIVE BELTS

8-14 Do-it-yourself

If the belt is in poor condition or loose,have it replaced or adjusted. It is recom-mended you visit an INFINITI retailer forthis service.

2. Have the belts checked regularly forcondition and tension in accordance withthe maintenance schedule shown in the“9. Maintenance and schedules” section.

WARNING

Be sure the engine and the ignitionswitch are off and that the parkingbrake is engaged securely.

CAUTION

Be sure to use the correct socket toremove the spark plugs. An incorrectsocket can damage the spark plugs. SDI2020

REPLACING SPARK PLUGSIf replacement is required, it is recommendedyou visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

Iridium-tipped spark plugsIt is not necessary to replace the iridium-tipped spark plugs as frequently as theconventional type spark plugs since they willlast much longer. Follow the maintenanceschedule shown in the “9. Maintenance andschedules” section, but do not reuse them bycleaning or regapping.

Always replace spark plugs with recom-mended or equivalent ones.

SPARK PLUGS

SDI2515

To remove the filter, release the lock pinsand pull the unit upward .

The filter element should not be cleaned andreused. Replace it according to the main-tenance intervals. See “9. Maintenance andschedules” section for maintenance inter-vals. When replacing the filter, wipe theinside of the air cleaner housing and thecover with a damp cloth.

WARNING

. Operating the engine with the aircleaner removed can cause you orothers to be burned. The air cleaner

not only cleans the air, it stops flameif the engine backfires. If it isn’tthere, and the engine backfires, youcould be burned. Do not drive withthe air cleaner removed, and be care-ful when working on the engine withthe air cleaner removed.

. Never pour fuel into the throttle bodyor attempt to start the engine withthe air cleaner removed. Doing socould result in serious injury.

Do-it-yourself 8-15

AIR CLEANER

8-16 Do-it-yourself

CLEANINGIf your windshield is not clear after using thewindshield washer or if a wiper bladechatters when running, wax or other materi-al may be on the blade or windshield.

Clean the outside of the windshield with awasher solution or a mild detergent. Yourwindshield is clean if beads do not formwhen rinsing with clear water.

Clean each blade by wiping it with a clothsoaked in a washer solution or a milddetergent. Then rinse the blade with clearwater. If your windshield is still not clearafter cleaning the blades and using thewiper, replace the blades.

Worn windshield wiper blades can damagethe windshield and impair driver vision.

When a washer nozzle is cloggedIt is recommended you see an INFINITIretailer if a washer nozzle is clogged or anymalfunction occurs. Do not attempt to cleanthe nozzle using a needle or a pin. Doing somay damage the nozzle.

SDI2048

REPLACINGReplace the wiper blades if they are worn.

1. Pull the wiper arm.

2. Push the release tab , and then movethe wiper blade down the wiper armwhile pushing the release tab to remove.

3. Insert the new wiper blade onto thewiper arm until a click sounds.

4. Rotate the wiper blade so the dimple is inthe groove.

CAUTION

. After wiper blade replacement, re-turn the wiper arm to its originalposition;

otherwise it may be damaged whenthe hood is opened.

. Make sure the wiper blades contactthe glass; otherwise the arm may bedamaged from wind pressure.

WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES

It is recommended you visit an INFINITIretailer if checking or replacement is re-quired.

If the brakes do not operate properly, havethe brakes checked. It is recommended thatyou visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

SELF-ADJUSTING BRAKESYour vehicle is equipped with self-adjustingbrakes.

The disc-type brakes self-adjust every timethe brake pedal is applied.

WARNING

Have your brake system checked if thebrake pedal height does not return tonormal. It is recommended you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.

BRAKE PAD WEAR WARNINGThe disc brake pads have audible wearwarnings. When a brake pad requires repla-cement, it will make a high pitched scrapingsound when the vehicle is in motion. Thisscraping sound will first occur only when thebrake pedal is depressed. After more wear ofthe brake pad, the sound will always beheard even if the brake pedal is notdepressed. Have the brakes checked as soonas possible if the wear warning sound isheard.

Under some driving or climate conditions,

occasional brake squeak, squeal or othernoise may be heard. Occasional brake noiseduring light to moderate stops is normal anddoes not affect the function or performanceof the brake system.

Proper brake inspection intervals should befollowed. For additional information, see themaintenance schedules shown in the “9.Maintenance and schedules” section.

BRAKE BOOSTERCheck the brake booster function as follows:

1. With the engine off, depress and releasethe foot brake pedal more than 20 times.When the foot brake pedal movement(distance of travel) remains the samefrom one pedal application to the next,continue on to the next step.

2. While depressing the foot brake pedal,start the engine.

3. With the foot brake pedal depressed,stop the engine. Keep the pedal de-pressed for about 30 seconds.

4. Run the engine for 1 minute withoutdepressing the foot brake pedal, thenturn it off. Depress the foot brake pedalseveral times. The pedal travel distancewill decrease gradually with each de-pression as the hydraulic pressure de-creases.

Do-it-yourself 8-17

REAR WINDOW WIPER BLADES BRAKES

8-18 Do-it-yourself

If the brakes do not operate properly, havethe brakes checked. It is recommended thatyou visit an INFINITI retailer for repair.

SDI2518

SDI2532

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

WARNING

Never use a fuse of a higher or loweramperage rating than that specified onthe fuse box cover. This could damagethe electrical system or electronic con-trol units or cause a fire.

If any electrical equipment does not operate,check for an open fuse.

1. Be sure the ignition switch is pushed tothe OFF or LOCK position and theheadlight switch is turned to OFF.

2. Open the engine hood and remove thecover on the battery.

3. Remove the fuse/fusible link holdercover , or .

4. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller.

FUSES

SDI1753

Type A

SDI1754

Type B

5. If the fuse is open , replace it with anew fuse . Spare fuses are stored in thepassenger compartment fuse box.

6. If a new fuse also opens, have theelectrical system checked and repaired.It is recommended you visit an INFINITIretailer for this service.

Fusible linksIf any electrical equipment does not operateand fuses are in good condition, check thefusible links. If any of these fusible links aremelted, replace only with genuine INFINITIparts.

Do-it-yourself 8-19

8-20 Do-it-yourself

JVM0200X

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT

WARNING

Never use a fuse of a higher or loweramperage rating than that specified onthe fuse box cover. This could damagethe electrical system or electronic con-trol units or cause a fire.

If any electrical equipment does not operate,check for an open fuse.

1. Be sure the ignition switch is pushed tothe OFF or LOCK position and theheadlight switch is turned to OFF.

2. Open the fuse box lid.

3. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller .

4. If the fuse is open, replace it with a newfuse.

5. If a new fuse also opens, have theelectrical system checked and repaired.It is recommended you visit an INFINITIretailer for this service. Spare fuses arestored in the fuse box.

SDI2704

Extended storage fuse switch (if so

equipped)To reduce battery drain, the extendedstorage fuse switch comes from the factoryswitched off. Prior to delivery of yourvehicle, the switch is pushed in (switchedon) and should always remain on.

If the extended storage fuse switch is notpushed in (switched on), the “SHIPPINGMODE ON, PUSH STORAGE FUSE” warn-ing may appear on the vehicle informationdisplay (if so equipped). See “Vehicle infor-mation display” (P.2-21).

If any electrical equipment does not operate,remove the extended storage fuse switch

and check for an open fuse.

NOTE:

If the extended storage fuse switch mal-functions or if the fuse is open, it is notnecessary to replace the switch. In this case,remove the extended storage fuse switchand replace it with a new fuse of the samerating.

How to remove the extended storage fuseswitch:

1. To remove the extended storage fuseswitch, be sure the ignition switch is inthe OFF or LOCK position.

2. Be sure the headlight switch is in theOFF position.

3. Remove the fuse box cover.

4. Pinch the locking tabs found on eachside of the storage fuse switch.

5. Pull the storage fuse switch straight outfrom the fuse box .

CAUTION

Be careful not to allow children toswallow the battery and removed parts.

SDI2451

Replace the battery as follows:

1. Release the lock knob at the back of theIntelligent Key and remove the mechan-ical key.

2. Insert a small screwdriver into the slit ofthe corner and twist it to separate theupper part from the lower part. Use a

Do-it-yourself 8-21

INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERYREPLACEMENT

8-22 Do-it-yourself

cloth to protect the casing.

3. Replace the battery with a new one.

Recommended battery: CR2025 orequivalent.. Do not touch the internal circuit and

electric terminals as it could cause amalfunction.

. Hold the battery by the edges. Hold-ing the battery across the contactpoints will seriously deplete the sto-rage capacity.

. Make sure that the + side faces thebottom of the case.

SDI2452

4. Align the tips of the upper and lowerparts , and then push them togetheruntil it is securely closed .

5. Push the buttons two or three times tocheck its operation.

It is recommended you visit an INFINITIretailer if you need any assistance forreplacement.

FCC Notice:

For USA:

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions: (1) This devicemay not cause harmful interference, and (2)this device must accept any interference

received, including interference that maycause undesired operation.

Note: Changes or modifications not ex-pressly approved by the party responsiblefor compliance could void the user’s author-ity to operate the equipment.

For Canada:


JVM0854X

1. Map light

2. Front parking light/daytime runninglight/front turn signal light

3. Headlight (high-beam)

4. Fog light

5. Headlight (low-beam)

6. Front side marker light

7. Puddle light

8. Step light

9. Side turn signal light

10. Front armrest light

11. Rear armrest light

12. Cargo light

13. High-mounted stop light

14. Side step light (if so equipped)

15. Rear personal light

16. Rear combination light (tail/stop/sidemarker light)

17. Rear turn signal light

18. Back-up light

19. License plate light

Do-it-yourself 8-23

LIGHTS

8-24 Do-it-yourself

HEADLIGHTSIf replacement is required, it is recommendedyou visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS

Item Wattage (W) Bulb No.

Headlight*

High beams LED —

Low beams LED —

Front turn signal light* LED —

Fog light* LED —

Front parking light* LED —

Front side marker light* LED —

Rear combination light*

tail LED —

back-up LED —

stop/tail LED —

side marker LED —

Rear turn signal light* 21 PY21W

License plate light* 5 W5W

Puddle light* LED —

Front and rear armrest light* LED —

Map light* LED —

Rear personal light 8 —

Cargo light 8 —

Vanity mirror light 2 —

Step light* 5 —

Side step light* (if so equipped) LED —

High-mounted stop light* LED —

*: It is recommended you visit an INFINITI retailer for replacement.

NOTE:Always check with the Parts Department at an INFINITI retailer for the latestinformation about parts.

Do-it-yourself 8-25

8-26 Do-it-yourself

Replacement proceduresAll other lights are either type A, B, C, D, E orF. When replacing a bulb, first remove thelens and/or cover.

SDI1679

SDI2031

Rear personal light

SDI1729

Cargo light

SDI2032

Vanity mirror light

If you have a flat tire, see “Flat tire” (P.6-3).

TIRE PRESSURE

Tire Pressure Monitoring System

(TPMS)This vehicle is equipped with the TirePressure Monitoring System (TPMS). Itmonitors tire pressure of all tires except thespare. When the low tire pressure warninglight is lit and the CHECK TIRE PRESSUREwarning appears in the vehicle informationdisplay, one or more of your tires is sig-nificantly under-inflated.

The TPMS will activate only when thevehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH(25 km/h). Also, this system may not detecta sudden drop in tire pressure (for example, aflat tire while driving).

For more details, see “Low tire pressurewarning light” (P.2-15), “Tire Pressure Mon-itoring System (TPMS)” (P.5-5) and “TirePressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ” (P.6-3).

Tire inflation pressure

Check the pressure of the tires (in-cluding the spare) often and alwaysprior to long distance trips. Therecommended tire pressure specifica-tions are shown on the Tire and

Loading Information label under the“Cold Tire Pressure” heading. The Tireand Loading Information label isaffixed to the driver side center pillar.Tire pressures should be checkedregularly because:

. Most tires naturally lose air overtime.

. Tires can lose air suddenly whendriven over potholes or other ob-jects or if the vehicle strikes a curbwhile parking.

The tire pressures should be checkedwhen the tires are cold. The tires areconsidered COLD after the vehiclehas been parked for 3 or more hours,or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km) atmoderate speeds.

TPMS with Tire Inflation Indicatorprovides visual and audible signalsoutside the vehicle for inflating thetires to the recommended COLD tirepressure. (See “TPMS with Tire Infla-tion Indicator” (P.5-7) about theTPMS with Tire Inflation Indicator.)

Incorrect tire pressure, including un-der inflation, may adversely affect

Do-it-yourself 8-27

WHEELS AND TIRES

8-28 Do-it-yourself

tire life and vehicle handling.

WARNING

. Improperly inflated tires can failsuddenly and cause an accident.

. The Gross Vehicle Weight rat-ing (GVWR) is located on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certifica-tion label. The vehicle weightcapacity is indicated on the Tireand Loading Information label.Do not load your vehicle beyondthis capacity. Overloading yourvehicle may result in reducedtire life, unsafe operating con-ditions due to premature tirefailure, or unfavorable handlingcharacteristics and could alsolead to a serious accident.Loading beyond the specifiedcapacity may also result in fail-ure of other vehicle compo-nents.

. Before taking a long trip, orwhenever you heavily load yourvehicle, use a tire pressure

gauge to ensure that the tirepressures are at the specifiedlevel.

. For additional information re-garding tires, refer to “Impor-tant Tire Safety Information”(US) or “Tire Safety Informa-tion” (Canada) in the WarrantyInformation Booklet.

SDI2496

Tire and Loading Information labelSeating capacity: The maximumnumber of occupants that can beseated in the vehicle.Vehicle load limit: See “Vehicleloading information” (P.10-14).

Original size: The size of the tiresoriginally installed on the vehicleat the factory.Cold tire pressure: Inflate thetires to this pressure when thetires are cold. Tires are consid-ered COLD after the vehicle has

been parked for 3 or more hours,or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km)at moderate speeds. The recom-mended cold tire inflation is setby the manufacturer to providethe best balance of tire wear,vehicle handling, driveability, tirenoise, etc., up to the vehicle’sGVWR.Tire size — see “Tire labeling”(P.8-31).

Spare tire size or compact sparetire size (if so equipped)

Do-it-yourself 8-29

8-30 Do-it-yourself

SDI1949

Checking the tire pressure

1. Remove the valve stem cap fromthe tire.

2. Press the pressure gauge squarelyonto the valve stem. Do not presstoo hard or force the valve stemsideways, or air will escape. If thehissing sound of air escaping fromthe tire is heard while checking thepressure, reposition the gauge toeliminate this leakage.

3. Remove the gauge.

4. Read the tire pressure on thegauge stem and compare it to thespecification shown on the Tireand Loading Information label.

5. Add air to the tire as needed. If toomuch air is added, press the core ofthe valve stem briefly with the tipof the gauge stem to releasepressure. Recheck the pressureand add or release air as needed.

6. Install the valve stem cap.

7. Check the pressure of all othertires, including the spare.

SIZE

COLDTIRE IN-FLA-TIONPRES-SURE

FRONTORIGI-NALTIRE

P275/50R22111H

240 kPa,35 PSI

P275/60R20114H

240 kPa,35 PSI

REARORIGI-NALTIRE

P275/50R22111H

240 kPa,35 PSI

P275/60R20114H

240 kPa,35 PSI

SPARETIRE

275/60R20115M

240 kPa,35 PSI

P275/60R20114H

240 kPa,35 PSI

SDI1575

Example

TIRE LABELING

Federal law requires tire manufac-turers to place standardized informa-tion on the sidewall of all tires. Thisinformation identifies and describesthe fundamental characteristics ofthe tire and also provides the tireidentification number (TIN) for safetystandard certification. The TIN can beused to identify the tire in case of arecall.

SDI1606

Example

Tire size (example: P215/60R1694H)

1. P: The “P” indicates the tire isdesigned for passenger vehicles.(Not all tires have this informa-tion.)

2. Three-digit number (215): Thisnumber gives the width in milli-meters of the tire from sidewalledge to sidewall edge.

3. Two-digit number (60): This num-ber, known as the aspect ratio,gives the tire’s ratio of height to

width.

4. R: The “R” stands for radial.

5. Two-digit number (16): This num-ber is the wheel or rim diameter ininches.

6. Two- or three-digit number (94):This number is the tire’s load index.It is a measurement of how muchweight each tire can support. Youmay not find this information on alltires because it is not required bylaw.

7. H: Tire speed rating. You shouldnot drive the vehicle faster thanthe tire speed rating.

Do-it-yourself 8-31

8-32 Do-it-yourself

JVM0694X

Example

TIN (Tire Identification Number)for a new tire (example: DOT XXXX XXX XXXX)

1. DOT: Abbreviation for the “De-partment of Transportation”. Thesymbol can be placed above, be-low or to the left or right of theTire Identification Number.

2. Two-digit code: Manufacturer’sidentification mark

3. Two-digit code: Tire size

4. Three-digit code: Date of Manu-facture

5. Four numbers represent the weekand year the tire was built. Forexample, the numbers 3103means the 31st week of 2003. Ifthese numbers are missing, thenlook on the other sidewall of thetire.Tire ply composition and materialThe number of layers or plies ofrubber-coated fabric in the tire.Tire manufacturers also must in-dicate the materials in the tire,which include steel, nylon, polye-ster, and others.

Maximum permissible inflationpressureThis number is the greatestamount of air pressure thatshould be put in the tire. Do notexceed the maximum permissibleinflation pressure.Maximum load ratingThis number indicates the max-imum load in kilograms andpounds that can be carried bythe tire. When replacing the tireson the vehicle, always use a tire

that has the same load rating asthe factory installed tire.Term of “tubeless” or “tube type”Indicates whether the tire re-quires an inner tube (“tube type”)or not (“tubeless”).The word “radial”The word “radial” is shown, if thetire has radial structure.Manufacturer or brand nameManufacturer or brand name isshown.

Other tire-related terminology:

In addition to the many terms that aredefined throughout this section, In-tended Outboard Sidewall is (1) thesidewall that contains a whitewall,bears white lettering or bears manu-facturer, brand and/or model namemolding that is higher or deeper thanthe same molding on the other side-wall of the tire, or (2) the outwardfacing sidewall of an asymmetricaltire that has a particular side thatmust always face outward whenmounted on a vehicle.

TYPES OF TIRES

WARNING

. When changing or replacing tires, besure all four tires are of the same type(Example: Summer, All Season orSnow) and construction. An INFINITIretailer may be able to help you withinformation about tire type, size,speed rating and availability.

. Replacement tires may have a lowerspeed rating than the factoryequipped tires, and may not matchthe potential maximum vehicle speed.Never exceed the maximum speedrating of the tire.


. For additional information regardingtires, refer to “Important Tire SafetyInformation” (US) or “Tire SafetyInformation” (Canada) in the War-ranty Information Booklet.

All season tiresINFINITI specifies all season tires on somemodels to provide good performance all

year, including snowy and icy road condi-tions. All Season tires are identified by ALLSEASON and/or M&S (Mud and Snow) onthe tire sidewall. Snow tires have bettersnow traction than All Season tires and maybe more appropriate in some areas.

Summer tiresINFINITI specifies summer tires on somemodels to provide superior performance ondry roads. Summer tire performance issubstantially reduced in snow and ice. Sum-mer tires do not have the tire traction ratingM&S on the tire sidewall.

If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowyor icy conditions, INFINITI recommends theuse of SNOW tires or ALL SEASON tires onall four wheels.

Snow tiresIf snow tires are needed, it is necessary toselect tires equivalent in size and load ratingto the original equipment tires. If you do not,it can adversely affect the safety andhandling of your vehicle.

Generally, snow tires will have lower speedratings than factory equipped tires and maynot match the potential maximum vehiclespeed. Never exceed the maximum speedrating of the tire.

If you install snow tires, they must be the

same size, brand, construction and treadpattern on all four wheels.

For additional traction on icy roads, studdedtires may be used. However, some U.S.states and Canadian provinces prohibit theiruse. Check local, state and provincial lawsbefore installing studded tires. Skid andtraction capabilities of studded snow tires,on wet or dry surfaces, may be poorer thanthat of non-studded snow tires.

TIRE CHAINSUse of tire chains may be prohibited accord-ing to location. Check the local laws beforeinstalling tire chains. When installing tirechains, make sure they are the proper sizefor the tires on your vehicle and are installedaccording to the chain manufacturer’s sug-gestions. Use only SAE Class S chains. Class“S” chains are used on vehicles with re-stricted tire to vehicle clearance. Vehiclesthat can use Class “S” chains are designed tomeet the SAE standard minimum clearancesbetween the tire and the closest vehiclesuspension or body component required toaccommodate the use of a winter tractiondevice (tire chains or cables). The minimumclearances are determined using the factoryequipped tire size. Other types may damageyour vehicle. Use chain tensioners whenrecommended by the tire chain manufac-turer to ensure a tight fit. Loose end links of

Do-it-yourself 8-33

8-34 Do-it-yourself

the tire chain must be secured or removed toprevent the possibility of whipping actiondamage to the fenders or underbody. Ifpossible, avoid fully loading your vehiclewhen using tire chains. In addition, drive ata reduced speed. Otherwise, your vehiclemay be damaged and/or vehicle handlingand performance may be adversely affected.

Tire chains must be installed only on therear wheels and not on the front wheels.

Never install tire chains on the full-sizetemporary use only spare tire (if soequipped).

Do not use tire chains on dry roads. Drivingwith tire chains in such conditions can causedamage to the various mechanisms of thevehicle due to some overstress.

SDI1662

CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES

Tire rotation

INFINITI recommends rotating thetires every 5,000 miles (8,000 km).(See “Flat tire” (P.6-3) for tire repla-cing procedures.)

As soon as possible, tighten thewheel nuts to the specified torquewith a torque wrench.

Wheel nut tightening torque:98 ft-lb (133 N·m)

The wheel nuts must be kept tigh-tened to the specification at all times.It is recommended that wheel nuts betightened to the specification at eachtire rotation interval.

WARNING

. After rotating the tires, checkand adjust the tire pressure.

. Retighten the wheel nuts whenthe vehicle has been driven for600 miles (1,000 km) (also incases of a flat tire, etc.).

. Do not include the full-sizetemporary use only spare tire(if so equipped) in the tirerotation.


SDI1663

1. Wear indicator2. Wear indicator location mark

Tire wear and damage

WARNING

. Tires should be periodically in-spected for wear, cracking, bul-ging or objects caught in thetread. If excessive wear, cracks,bulging or deep cuts are found,the tire(s) should be replaced.

. The original tires have built-in

tread wear indicators. Whenwear indicators are visible, thetire(s) should be replaced.

. Tires degrade with age and use.Have tires, including the spare,over 6 years old checked by aqualified technician, becausesome tire damage may not beobvious. Replace the tires asnecessary to prevent tire failureand possible personal injury.

. Improper service of the sparetire may result in serious perso-nal injury. If it is necessary torepair the spare tire, it is re-commended you vis it anINFINITI retailer for this ser-vice.


Replacing wheels and tiresWhen replacing a tire, use the same size,tread design, speed rating and load carryingcapacity as originally equipped. (See “Speci-fications” (P.10-8) for recommended typesand sizes of tires and wheels.)

WARNING

. The use of tires other than thoserecommended or the mixed use oftires of different brands, construc-tion (bias, bias-belted or radial), ortread patterns can adversely affectthe ride, braking, handling, groundclearance, body-to-tire clearance,tire chain clearance, speedometercalibration, headlight aim and bum-per height. Some of these effects maylead to accidents and could result inserious personal injury.

. For Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) models,if your vehicle was originallyequipped with 4 tires that were thesame size and you are only replacing2 of the 4 tires, install the new tireson the rear axle. Placing new tires onthe front axle may cause loss ofvehicle control in some driving condi-tions and cause an accident andpersonal injury.

Do-it-yourself 8-35

8-36 Do-it-yourself

. If the wheels are changed for anyreason, always replace with wheelswhich have the same off-set dimen-sion. Wheels of a different off-setcould cause premature tire wear,degrade vehicle handling character-istics and/or interference with thebrake discs/drums. Such interferencecan lead to decreased braking effi-ciency and/or early brake pad/shoewear. See “Wheels and tires” (P.10-9) for wheel off-set dimensions.



. The TPMS sensor may be damaged ifit is not handled correctly. Be carefulwhen handling the TPMS sensor.

. When replacing the TPMS sensor, theID registration may be required. It is

recommended you visit an INFINITIretailer for ID registration.

. Do not use a valve stem cap that isnot specified by INFINITI. The valvestem cap may become stuck.

. Be sure that the valve stem caps arecorrectly fitted. Otherwise the valvemay be clogged up with dirt andcause a malfunction or loss of pres-sure.

. Do not install a damaged or deformedwheel or tire even if it has beenrepaired. Such wheels or tires couldhave structural damage and could failwithout warning.

. The use of retread tire is not recom-mended.

. For additional information regardingtires, refer to “Important Tire SafetyInformation” (US) or “Tire SafetyInformation” (Canada) in the War-ranty Information Booklet.

Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) models

CAUTION

. Always use tires of the same type,size, brand, construction (bias, bias-belted or radial), and tread patternon all four wheels. Failure to do somay result in a circumference differ-ence between tires on the front andrear axles which will cause excessivetire wear and may damage the trans-mission, transfer case and differentialgears.

. ONLY use spare tires specified forthe 4WD model.

If excessive tire wear is found, it is recom-mended that all four tires be replaced withtires of the same size, brand, constructionand tread pattern. The tire pressure andwheel alignment should also be checked andcorrected as necessary. It is recommendedyou visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

Wheel balanceUnbalancedwheels may affect vehicle hand-ling and tire life. Even with regular use,wheels can get out of balance. Therefore,they should be balanced as required.

Wheel balance service should be performedwith the wheels off the vehicle. Spinbalancing the wheels on the vehicle couldlead to mechanical damage.

For additional information regarding tires,refer to “Important Tire Safety Information”(US) or “Tire Safety Information” (Canada) inthe INFINITI Warranty Information Booklet.

Care of wheelsSee “Cleaning exterior” (P.7-2) for detailsabout care of the wheels.

Spare tireSince the spare tire is not equipped with theTPMS, when a spare tire is mounted (TEM-PORARY USE ONLY or conventional), theTPMS will not function.

Spare tire (FULL-SIZE TEMPORARY USE

ONLY spare tire) (Applies ONLY to vehiclesequipped with P275/50R22 tires):

Observe the following precautions if the full-size temporary use only spare tire must beused, otherwise your vehicle could be da-maged or involved in an accident.

WARNING

. The full-size temporary use onlyspare tire should be used for emer-

gency use. It should be replaced withthe standard tire at the first oppor-tunity to avoid possible tire or differ-ential damage

. Drive carefully while the spare tire isinstalled. Avoid sharp turns andabrupt braking while driving. Thevehicle driving performance may beaffected when driving on wet orsnow covered roads.

. When the spare tire is installed, thefollowing systems may not workcorrectly.

— Tire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS)

— Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)System

. Periodically check spare tire inflationpressure. Always keep the spare tireinflated to the pressure specificationshown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label. For Tire and Load-ing Information label location, see“Tire and Loading Information label”in the index of this manual.

. With the spare tire installed do notdrive your vehicle at speeds fasterthan 50 MPH (80 km/h).

. When driving on roads covered withsnow or ice, the spare tire should be

used on the front wheels and originaltire used on the rear wheels (drivewheels). Use tire chains only on thetwo rear original tires.

. Do not use the spare tire on othervehicles.

. Do not use more than one spare tireat the same time.

CAUTION

Do not use tire chains on the spare tire.Tire chains will not fit properly and maycause damage to the vehicle.

Do-it-yourself 8-37

8-38 Do-it-yourself

MEMO

9 Maintenance and schedules

Maintenance requirement .............................................. 9-2

General maintenance ................................................. 9-2

Scheduled maintenance ............................................. 9-2

Where to go for service ............................................ 9-2

General maintenance ....................................................... 9-2

Explanation of maintenance items ......................... 9-2

Explanation of scheduled maintenance items .......... 9-5

Emission control system maintenance .................. 9-5

Chassis and body maintenance ............................... 9-5

Maintenance schedules .................................................. 9-6

Additional maintenance items for severeoperating conditions ................................................ 9-6

Standard maintenance .................................................... 9-7

Emission control system maintenance ................ 9-8

Chassis and body maintenance ........................... 9-10

Maintenance under severe driving conditions ....... 9-13

Maintenance log ............................................................. 9-14

9-2 Maintenance and schedules

Some day-to-day and regular maintenanceis essential to maintain your vehicle’s goodmechanical condition, as well as its emissionand engine performance.

It is the owner’s responsibility to make surethat the scheduled maintenance, as well asgeneral maintenance, is performed.

As the vehicle owner, you are the only onewho can ensure that your vehicle receivesthe proper maintenance. You are a vital linkin the maintenance chain.

GENERAL MAINTENANCEGeneral maintenance includes those itemswhich should be checked during normal day-to-day operation. They are essential forproper vehicle operation. It is your respon-sibility to perform these procedures regularlyas prescribed.

Performing general maintenance checks re-quires minimal mechanical skill and only afew general automotive tools.

These checks or inspections can be done byyourself, a qualified technician or, if youprefer, an INFINITI retailer.

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCEThe maintenance items listed in this sectionare required to be serviced at regular inter-vals. However, under severe driving condi-t ions, addit ional or more frequentmaintenance will be required.

WHERE TO GO FOR SERVICEIf maintenance service is required or yourvehicle appears to malfunction, have thesystems checked and serviced. It is recom-mended you visit an INFINITI retailer for thisservice.

INFINITI technicians are well-trained spe-cialists and are kept up to date with thelatest service information through technicalbulletins, service tips, and training programs.They are completely qualified to work onINFINITI vehicles before work begins.

You can be confident that an INFINITIretailer’s service department performs thebest job to meet the maintenance require-ments on your vehicle.

During the normal day-to-day operation ofthe vehicle, general maintenance should beperformed regularly as prescribed in thissection. If you detect any unusual sounds,vibrations or smells, be sure to check for thecause and have it checked promptly. It isrecommended to have an INFINITI retailerdo it promptly. In addition, it is recom-mended you visit an INFINITI retailer if youthink that repairs are required.

When performing any checks or mainte-nance work, closely observe “Maintenanceprecautions” (P.8-2).

EXPLANATION OF MAINTE-NANCE ITEMSAdditional information on the followingitems with “*” is found in the “8. Do-ityourself” section of this manual.

Outside the vehicleThe maintenance items listed here should beperformed from time to time, unless other-wise specified.

Doors and engine hood: Check that all doorsand the engine hood, operate properly. Alsoensure that all latches lock securely. Lubri-cate hinges, latches, latch pins, rollers andlinks if necessary. Make sure that thesecondary latch keeps the hood from open-ing when the primary latch is released.

MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENT GENERAL MAINTENANCE

When driving in areas using road salt orother corrosive materials, check lubricationfrequently.

Lights*: Clean the headlights on a regularbasis. Make sure that the headlights, stoplights, tail lights, turn signal lights, and otherlights are all operating properly and installedsecurely. Also check headlight aim.

Road wheel nuts (lug nuts)*:When checkingthe tires, make sure no wheel nuts aremissing, and check for any loose wheel nuts.Tighten if necessary.

Tire rotation*: Tires should be rotated every5,000 miles (8,000 km).

Tires*: Check the pressure with a gaugeoften and always prior to long distance trips.If necessary, adjust the pressure in all tires,including the spare, to the pressure speci-fied. Check carefully for damage, cuts orexcessive wear.

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)transmitter components: Replace the TPMStransmitter grommet seal, valve core andcap when the tires are replaced due to wearor age.

Wheel alignment and balance: If the vehicleshould pull to either side while driving on astraight and level road, or if you detectuneven or abnormal tire wear, there may bea need for wheel alignment.

If the steering wheel or seat vibrates atnormal highway speeds, wheel balancingmay be needed.

For additional information regarding tires,refer to “Important Tire Safety Information”(US) or “Tire Safety Information” (Canada) inthe INFINITI Warranty Information Booklet.

Windshield: Clean the windshield on aregular basis. Check the windshield at leastevery six months for cracks or other damage.Have a damaged windshield repaired by aqualified repair facility.

Windshield wiper blades*: Check for cracksor wear if they do not wipe properly.

Inside the vehicleThe maintenance items listed here should bechecked on a regular basis, such as whenperforming periodic maintenance, cleaningthe vehicle, etc.

Accelerator pedal: Check the pedal forsmooth operation and make sure the pedaldoes not catch or require uneven effort.Keep the floor mat away from the pedal.

Automatic transmission P (Park) mechan-ism: On a fairly steep hill, check that yourvehicle is held securely with the shift lever inthe P (Park) position without applying anybrakes.

Brake pedal: Check the pedal for smoothoperation. If the brake pedal suddenly goes

down further than normal, the pedal feelsspongy or the vehicle seems to take longer tostop, have your vehicle checked immediately.It is recommended you visit an INFINITIretailer for this service. Keep the floor mataway from the pedal.

Brakes:Check that the brakes do not pull thevehicle to one side when applied.

Parking brake: Check the parking brakeoperation regularly. The vehicle should besecurely held on a fairly steep hill with onlythe parking brake applied. If the parkingbrake needs adjusted, it is recommended youvisit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

Seat belts: Check that all parts of the seatbelt system (for example, buckles, anchors,adjuster and retractors) operate properlyand smoothly, and are installed securely.Check the belt webbing for cuts, fraying,wear or damage.

Seats: Check seat position controls such asseat adjusters, seatback recliner, etc. toensure they operate smoothly and that alllatches lock securely in every position. Checkthat the head restraints/headrests move upand down smoothly and that the locks (if soequipped) hold securely in all latched posi-tions.

Steering wheel: Check for changes in thesteering conditions, such as excessive freeplay, hard steering or strange noises.

Maintenance and schedules 9-3


Warning lights and chimes: Make sure thatall warning lights and chimes are operatingproperly.

Windshield defroster: Check that the aircomes out of the defroster outlets properlyand in sufficient quantity when operatingthe heater or air conditioner.

Windshield wiper and washer*: Check thatthe wipers and washer operate properly andthat the wipers do not streak.

Under the hood and vehicleThe maintenance items listed here should bechecked periodically (for example, each timeyou check the engine oil or refuel).

Battery*: Check the fluid level in each cell. Itshould be between the MAX and MIN lines.Vehicles operated in high temperatures orunder severe condition require frequentchecks of the battery fluid level.

NOTE:





Brake fluid level*:Make sure that the brakefluid level is between theMAX andMIN lineson the reservoir.

Engine coolant level*: Check the coolantlevel when the engine is cold.

Engine drive belt*:Make sure that no belt isfrayed, worn, cracked or oily.

Engine oil level*: Check the level afterparking the vehicle on a level spot andturning off the engine. Wait more than 15minutes for the oil to drain back into the oilpan.

Exhaust system: Make sure there are noloose supports, cracks or holes. If the soundof the exhaust seems unusual or there is asmell of exhaust fumes, immediately havethe exhaust system inspected. It is recom-mended you visit an INFINITI retailer for thisservice. (See “Precautions when starting anddriving” (P.5-4) for exhaust gas (carbonmonoxide).)

Fluid leaks: Check under the vehicle for fuel,oil, water or other fluid leaks after thevehicle has been parked for a while. Waterdripping from the air conditioner after use isnormal. If you should notice any leaks or if

gasoline fumes are evident, check for thecause and have it corrected immediately.

Power steering fluid level* and lines: Checkthe level when the fluid is cold, with theengine off. Check the lines for properattachment, leaks, cracks, etc.

Radiator and hoses: Check the front of theradiator and clean off any dirt, insects,leaves, etc., that may have accumulated.Make sure the hoses have no cracks, defor-mation, rot or loose connections.

Underbody: The underbody is frequentlyexposed to corrosive substances such asthose used on icy roads or to control dust. Itis very important to remove these sub-stances, otherwise rust will form on thefloor pan, frame, fuel lines and around theexhaust system. At the end of winter, theunderbody should be thoroughly flushedwith plain water, being careful to cleanthose areas where mud and dirt may accu-mulate. For additional information, see“Cleaning exterior” (P.7-2).

Windshield washer fluid*: Check that thereis adequate fluid in the reservoir.

The following descriptions are provided togive you a better understanding of thescheduled maintenance items that shouldbe regularly checked or replaced. The main-tenance schedule indicates at which mile-age/time intervals each item requiresservice.

In addition to scheduled maintenance, yourvehicle requires that some items be checkedduring normal day-to-day operation. Referto “General maintenance” (P.9-2).

Items marked with “*” are recommended byINFINITI for reliable vehicle operation. Youare not required to perform maintenance onthese items in order to maintain the warran-ties which come with your vehicle. Othermaintenance items and intervals are re-quired.

When applicable, additional information canbe found in the “8. Do-it yourself” section ofthis manual.

NOTE:

INFINITI does not advocate the use of non-OEM approved aftermarket flushing sys-tems and strongly advises against perform-ing these services on an INFINITI product.Many of the aftermarket flushing systemsuse non-OEM approved chemicals or sol-vents, the use of which has not beenvalidated by INFINITI.

For recommended fuel, lubricants, fluids,

grease, and refrigerant, refer to “Capacitiesand recommended fluids/lubricants” (P.10-2) of this manual.

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMMAINTENANCEDrive belt*:

Check engine drive belt for wear, fraying orcracking and for proper tension. Replace anydamaged drive belt.

Engine air filter:

Replace at specified intervals. When drivingfor prolonged periods in dusty conditions,check/replace the filter more frequently.

Engine coolant*

Replace coolant at the specified interval.When adding or replacing coolant, be sure touse only Genuine NISSAN Long Life Anti-freeze/Coolant (blue) or equivalent with theproper mixture. (Refer to “Engine coolingsystem” (P.8-4) to determine the propermixture for your area.)

NOTE:

Mixing any other type of coolant or the useof non-distilled water may reduce therecommended service interval of the cool-ant.

Engine oil and oil filter:

Replace engine oil and oil filter at thespecified intervals. For recommended oilgrade and viscosity refer to “Capacities andrecommended fluids/lubricants” (P.10-2).

Engine valve clearance*:

Inspect only if valve noise increases. Adjustvalve clearance if necessary.

Evaporative emissions control vapor lines*:

Check vapor lines for leaks or looseness.Tighten connections or replace parts asnecessary.

Fuel lines*:

Check the fuel hoses, piping and connectionsfor leaks, looseness, or deterioration. Tight-en connections or replace parts as necessary.

Spark plugs:

Replace at specified intervals. Install newplugs of the type as originally equipped.

CHASSIS AND BODY MAINTE-NANCEBrake lines and cables:

Visually inspect for proper installation.Check for chafing, cracks, deterioration,and signs of leaking. Replace any deterio-rated or damaged parts immediately.


EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULEDMAINTENANCE ITEMS


Brake pads and rotors:

Check for wear, deterioration and fluidleaks. Replace any deteriorated or damagedparts immediately.

Exhaust system:

Visually inspect the exhaust pipes, mufflerand hangers for leaks, cracks, deterioration,and damage. Tighten connections or replaceparts as necessary.

In-cabin microfilter:

Replace at specified intervals. When drivingfor prolonged periods in dusty conditions,replace the filter more frequently.

Propeller shaft(s):

Check for damage, looseness, and greaseleakage. (4WD/RWD)

Steering gear and linkage, axle and suspen-sion parts, drive shaft boots:

Check for damage, looseness, and leakageof oil or grease. Under severe driving condi-tions, inspect more frequently.

Tire rotation:

Tires should be rotated every 5,000 miles(8,000 km) according to the instructionsunder “Explanation of scheduled mainte-nance items” (P.9-5). When rotating tires,check for damage and uneven wear. Replaceif necessary.

Transmission fluid/oil, differential oil and

transfer case oil:

Visually inspect for signs of leakage atspecified intervals.

To help ensure smooth, safe and economicaldriving, INFINITI provides two maintenanceschedules that may be used, depending uponthe conditions in which you usually drive.These schedules contain both distance andtime intervals, up to 120,000 miles(192,000 km)/144 months. For most peo-ple, the odometer reading will indicate whenservice is needed. However, if you drive verylittle, your vehicle should be serviced at theregular time intervals shown in the schedule.

After 120,000 miles (192,000 km)/144months, continue maintenance at the samemileage/time intervals.

ADDITIONAL MAINTENANCEITEMS FOR SEVERE OPERATING

CONDITIONSAdditional maintenance items for severeoperating conditions; should be performedon vehicles that are driven under especiallydemanding conditions. Additional mainte-nance items should be performed if youprimarily operate your vehicle under thefollowing conditions:

. Repeated short trips of less than 5 miles(8 km).

. Repeated short trips of less than 10miles(16 km) with outside temperatures re-maining below freezing.

MAINTENANCE SCHEDULES

. Operating in hot weather in stop-and-go“rush hour” traffic.

. Extensive idling and/or low speed drivingfor long distances, such as police, taxi ordoor-to-door delivery use.

. Driving in dusty conditions.

. Driving on rough, muddy or salt spreadroads.

. Using a car-top carrier.

NOTE:

For vehicles operated in Canada, bothstandard and severe maintenance itemsshould be performed at every interval.

The following tables show the standardmaintenance schedule. Depending uponweather and atmospheric conditions, vary-ing road surfaces, individual driving habitsand vehicle usage, additional or more fre-quent maintenance may be required.

After 120,000 miles (192,000 km)/144months, continue maintenance at the samemileage/time intervals.


STANDARD MAINTENANCE


EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM MAINTENANCEAbbreviations: I = Inspect and correct or replace as necessary, R = Replace

MAINTENANCE OP-ERATIONPerform at number ofmiles, kilometers ormonths, whichevercomes first.

Miles × 1,000(km × 1,000)Months

MAINTENANCE INTERVAL

5(8)6

10(16)12

15(24)18

20(32)24

25(40)30

30(48)36

35(56)42

40(64)48

45(72)54

50(80)60

55(88)66

60(96)72

Drive belt See NOTE (1) I* I* I*

Air cleaner filter See NOTE (2) R R

EVAP vapor lines I* I* I*

Fuel lines I* I* I*

Fuel filter See NOTE (3)

Engine coolant* See NOTE (4)(5)

Engine oil R R R R R R R R R R R R

Engine oil filter R R R R R R R R R R R R

Spark plugs See NOTE (6) Replace every 105,000 miles (168,000 km)

Intake and exhaust valveclearance*

See NOTE (7)

MAINTENANCE OP-ERATIONPerform at number ofmiles, kilometers ormonths, whichevercomes first.



65(104)78

70(112)84

75(120)90

80(128)96

85(136)102

90(144)108

95(152)114

100(160)120

105(168)126

110(176)132

115(184)138

120(192)144

Drive belt See NOTE (1) I* I* I* I* I* I*

Air cleaner filter See NOTE (2) R R

EVAP vapor lines I* I* I*

Fuel lines I* I* I*

Fuel filter See NOTE (3)

Engine coolant* See NOTE (4)(5)

Engine oil R R R R R R R R R R R R

Engine oil filter R R R R R R R R R R R R

Spark plugs See NOTE (6) Replace every 105,000 miles (168,000 km)

Intake and exhaust valveclearance*

See NOTE (7)

NOTE:

(1) After 40,000 miles (64,000 km) or 48months, inspect every 10,000 miles(16,000 km) or 12 months. Replace thedrive belt if found damaged.

(2) If operating mainly in dusty conditions,more frequent maintenance may be re-quired.

(3) Periodic maintenance is not required.

(4) First replacement interval is 105,000miles (168,000 km) or 84 months. After

first replacement, replace every 75,000miles (120,000 km) or 60 months.

(5) Use only Genuine NISSAN Long LifeAntifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equivalentwith proper mixture ratio of 50% anti-freeze and 50% demineralized or distilledwater. Mixing any other type of coolant orthe use of non-distilled water may reducethe life expectancy of the factory fill cool-ant.

(6) Replace spark plug when the plug gapexceeds 0.053 in (1.35 mm) even if within

specified replacement mileage.

(7) Periodic maintenance is not required.However, if valve noise increases, inspectvalve clearance.

*: Maintenance items and intervals with “*”are recommended by INFINITI for reliablevehicle operation. The owner need not toperform such maintenance in order tomaintain the emission warranty or manu-facturer recall liability. Other maintenanceitems and intervals are required.



CHASSIS AND BODY MAINTENANCEAbbreviations: I = Inspect and correct or replace as necessary, R = Replace, L = Lubricate

MAINTENANCE OP-ERATIONPerform at of miles,kilometers or months,whichever comes first.



5(8)6

10(16)12

15(24)18

20(32)24

25(40)30

30(48)36

35(56)42

40(64)48

45(72)54

50(80)60

55(88)66

60(96)72

Brake lines and cables I I I I I I

Brake pads and rotors$ I I I I I I

Brake fluid$ R R R

Automatic transmissionfluid

See NOTE (1)

Transfer fluid and dif-ferential gear oil

See NOTE (2) I I I I I I

Steering gear and link-age, axle and suspensionparts$

I I I

Tire rotation See NOTE (3)

Propeller shaft and driveshaft boots (4WD mod-els)$

I I I I I I

Propeller shaft grease(4WD models)

L L L L L L

Exhaust system$ I I I

In-cabin microfilter R R R R

Intelligent Key battery R R R R

MAINTENANCE OP-ERATIONPerform at of miles, kilo-meters or months,whichever comes first.



65(104)78

70(112)84

75(120)90

80(128)96

85(136)102

90(144)108

95(152)114

100(160)120

105(168)126

110(176)132

115(184)138

120(192)144

Brake lines & cables I I I I I I

Brake pads & rotors$ I I I I I I

Brake fluid$ R R R

Automatic transmissionfluid

See NOTE (1)

Transfer fluid & differen-tial gear oil

See NOTE (2) I I I I I I

Steering gear & linkage,axle & suspension parts$

I I I

Tire rotation See NOTE (3)

Propeller shaft & driveshaft boots (4WD mod-els)$

I I I I I I

Propeller shaft grease(4WD models)

L L L L L L

Exhaust system$ I I I

In-cabin microfilter R R R R

Intelligent Key battery R R R R



NOTE:

Maintenance items with “$” should beperformed more frequently according to“Maintenance under severe driving condi-tions” (P.9-13).

(1) Periodic maintenance is not required.

(2) If towing trailer, using a camper or car-top carrier, or driving on rough or muddyroads, change (not just inspect) oil at every20,000 miles (32,000 km) or 24 months.

(3) Refer to “Tire rotation” under “Generalmaintenance” (P.9-2).

The maintenance intervals shown on thepreceding pages are for normal operatingconditions. If the vehicle is mainly operatedunder severe driving conditions as shownbelow, more frequent maintenance must beperformed on the following items as shownin the table.

Severe driving conditions

. Repeated short trips of less than 5 miles(8 km).

. Repeated short trips of less than 10miles(16 km) with outside temperatures re-maining below freezing.

. Operating in hot weather in stop-and-go“rush hour” traffic.

. Extensive idling and/or low speed drivingfor long distances, such as police, taxi ordoor-to-door delivery use.

. Driving in dusty conditions.

. Driving on rough, muddy, or salt spreadroads.

. Towing a trailer, using a camper or car-top carrier.

Maintenance operation: Inspect = Inspectand correct or replace as necessary.

Maintenance item Maintenance operation Maintenance interval

Brake fluid Replace Every 10,000 miles (16,000 km) or 12months

Brake pads & rotors Inspect Every 5,000 miles (8,000 km) or 6months

Steering gear & linkage, axle &suspension parts

Inspect Every 5,000 miles (8,000 km) or 6months

Propeller shaft & drive shaftboots (4WD models)

Inspect Every 5,000 miles (8,000 km) or 6months

Exhaust system Inspect Every 5,000 miles (8,000 km) or 6months


MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVEREDRIVING CONDITIONS


5,000 Miles (8,000 km) or 6 Months

Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:


Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:


Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:


Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:


Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:


Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:


Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:


Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:


Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:

MAINTENANCE LOG


Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:


Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:


Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:


Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:


Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:


Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:


Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:


Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:


Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:




Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:


Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:


Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:


Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:


Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:


Retailer Name:

Date:

Mileage:

RetailerStamp:

10 Technical and consumer information

Capacities and recommended fluids/lubricants ..... 10-2

Fuel information ....................................................... 10-4

Engine oil and oil filter recommendation ........... 10-6

Air conditioning system refrigerant andlubricant recommendations .................................... 10-7

Specifications .................................................................. 10-8

Engine .......................................................................... 10-8

Wheels and tires ........................................................ 10-9

Dimensions ............................................................... 10-10

When traveling or registering inanother country ............................................................. 10-11

Vehicle identification ................................................... 10-11

Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) plate ....... 10-11

Vehicle identification number(chassis number) ...................................................... 10-11

Engine serial number ............................................. 10-12

F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label ........ 10-12

Emission control information label ................... 10-12

Tire and loading information label .................... 10-13

Air conditioner specification label ..................... 10-13

Installing front license plate ..................................... 10-13

Vehicle loading information ...................................... 10-14

Terms ......................................................................... 10-14

Vehicle load capacity .......................................... 10-15

Securing the load ................................................. 10-16

Loading tips ............................................................ 10-17

Measurement of weights .................................... 10-17

Towing a trailer ........................................................... 10-18

Maximum load limits ........................................... 10-18

Maximum Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW)/maximum Gross Axle Weight (GAW) ............. 10-19

Towing load/specification ................................. 10-21

Towing safety ....................................................... 10-22

Flat towing ............................................................. 10-30

Uniform tire quality grading .................................... 10-30

Treadwear .............................................................. 10-30

Traction AA, A, B and C ..................................... 10-31

Temperature A, B and C .................................... 10-31

Emission control system warranty ......................... 10-31

Reporting safety defects .......................................... 10-32

Readiness for Inspection/Maintenance(I/M) test ....................................................................... 10-33

Event Data Recorders (EDR) ................................... 10-34

Owner’s Manual/Service Manualorder information ........................................................ 10-34

10-2 Technical and consumer information

The following are approximate capacities. The actual refill capacities may be a little different. When refilling, follow the procedureinstructed in the “8. Do-it-yourself” section to determine the proper refill capacity.

Fluid type

Capacity (approximate)

Recommended Fluids/LubricantsMetricMeasure

USMeasure

ImperialMeasure

Fuel 98.4 L 26 gal 21-5/8 gal See “Fuel information” (P.10-4).

Engine oil*1 With oil filter change 6.5 L 6-7/8 qt 5-3/4 qt Genuine “NISSAN Motor Oil 0W-20 SN” is recommended.If the above motor oil is not available, use an equivalent motor oil thatmatches the above grade and viscosity. For additional information,see “Engine oil and oil filter recommendation” (P.10-6).

Drain and refill*1: For additional information,see “Changing engine oil andfilter” (P.8-6). Without oil filter change 6.2 L 6-1/2 qt 5-1/2 qt

Engine coolantWith reservoir

16.3 L 17-1/4 qt 14-3/8 qt Pre-diluted Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) orequivalent

Automatic transmission fluid (ATF) — — — Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATFINFINITI recommends using Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF ONLY inINFINITI automatic transmissions. Do not mix with other fluids. Usingfluids that are not equivalent to Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF maydamage the automatic transmission. Damage caused by the use offluids other than as recommended is not covered under the INFINITI’sNew Vehicle Limited Warranty.

Transfer fluid — — — Genuine NISSAN Transfer Fluid for ATX90A transfer or equivalentUsing transfer fluid other than Genuine NISSAN Transfer Fluid (orequivalent) may damage the transfer, which is not covered by theINFINITI New Vehicle Limited Warranty.

Front differential gear oil — — — Genuine NISSAN Differential Oil Hypoid Super GL-5 80W-90 orequivalent conventional (non-synthetic) oil

Rear differential gear oil — — — Genuine NISSAN HYPOID FLUID·S1 GL-5 75W-80 or equivalent

Power steering fluid (PSF) Refill to the proper oil level according to the instructionsin the “8. Do-it-yourself” section.

Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalentDEXRONTM VI type ATF may also be used.

Brake fluid Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid*4 or equivalent DOT3*4: Available in mainland U.S.A. through an INFINITI retailer.

Suspension fluid — — — Genuine NISSAN Hydraulic Suspension Fluid or equivalentUsing Hydraulic Suspension fluid other than Genuine NISSANHydraulic Suspension Fluid (or equivalent) will damage the HydraulicSuspension, which is not covered by the INFINITI new vehicle limitedwarranty. See an INFINITI retailer for recommended hydraulicsuspension fluid.

Multi-purpose grease — — — NLGI No. 2 (Lithium soap base)

CAPACITIES ANDRECOMMENDEDFLUIDS/LUBRICANTS

Fluid type

Capacity (approximate)

Recommended Fluids/LubricantsMetricMeasure

USMeasure

ImperialMeasure

Air conditioning system refrigerant — — — HFC-134a (R-134a)For additional information, see “Vehicle identification” (P.10-11) forair conditioner specification label.

Air conditioning system lubricants — — — NISSAN A/C System Oil Type S or exact equivalent

Window washer fluid — — — Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner & Anti-freeze or equivalent

Technical and consumer information 10-3


FUEL INFORMATION

VK56VD engineINFINITI recommends the use of unleadedpremium gasoline with an octane rating of atleast 91 AKI (Anti-Knock Index) number(Research octane number 96).

If unleaded premium gasoline is not avail-able, you may use unleaded regular gasolinewith an octane rating of at least 87 AKInumber (Research octane number 91), butyou may notice a decrease in performance.

CAUTION

. Using a fuel other than that specifiedcould adversely affect the emissioncontrol system, and may also affectwarranty coverage.

. Under no circumstances should aleaded gasoline be used, because thiswill damage the three-way catalyst.

. Do not use E-15 or E-85 fuel in yourvehicle. Your vehicle is not designedto run on E-15 or E-85 fuel. Using E-15 or E-85 fuel in a vehicle notspecifically designed for E-15 or E-85 fuel can adversely affect theemission control devices and systemsof the vehicle. Damage caused by

such fuel is not covered by theINFINITI new vehicle limited war-ranty.

. Do not use fuel that contains theoctane booster methylcyclopentadie-nyl manganese tricarbonyl (MMT).Using fuel containing MMT mayadversely affect vehicle performanceand vehicle emissions. Not all fueldispensers are labeled to indicateMMT content, so you may have toconsult your gasoline retailer formore details. Note that Federal andCalifornia laws prohibit the use ofMMT in reformulated gasoline.

. U.S. government regulations requireethanol dispensing pumps to be iden-tified by a small, square, orange andblack label with the common abbre-viation or the appropriate percen-tage for that region.

Gasoline specificationsINFINITI recommends using gasoline thatmeets the World-Wide Fuel Charter(WWFC) specifications where it is available.Many of the automobile manufacturersdeveloped this specification to improveemission system and vehicle performance.Ask your service station manager if thegasoline meets the World-Wide Fuel Char-

ter (WWFC) specifications.

Reformulated gasolineSome fuel suppliers are now producingreformulated gasolines. These gasolines arespecially designed to reduce vehicle emis-sions. INFINITI supports efforts towardscleaner air and suggests that you usereformulated gasoline when available.

Gasoline containing oxygenatesSome fuel suppliers sell gasoline containingoxygenates such as ethanol, MTBE andmethanol with or without advertising theirpresence. INFINITI does not recommend theuse of fuels of which the oxygenate contentand the fuel compatibility for your INFINITIcannot be readily determined. If in doubt, askyour service station manager.

If you use oxygenate-blend gasoline, pleasetake the following precautions as the usageof such fuels may cause vehicle performanceproblems and/or fuel system damage.

. The fuel should be unleaded and have anoctane rating no lower than that re-commended for unleaded gasoline.

. If an oxygenate-blend, excepting amethanol blend, is used, it should con-tain no more than 10% oxygenate.(MTBE may, however, be added up to15%.)

. E-15 fuel contains more than 10%oxygenate. E-15 fuel will adverselyaffect the emission control devices andsystems of the vehicle and should not beused. Damage caused by such fuel is notcovered by the INFINITI new vehiclelimited warranty.

. If a methanol blend is used, it shouldcontain no more than 5% methanol(methyl alcohol, wood alcohol). It shouldalso contain a suitable amount of ap-propriate cosolvents and corrosion in-hibitors. If not properly formulated withappropriate cosolvents and corrosioninhibitors, such methanol blends maycause fuel system damage and/or vehi-cle performance problems. At this time,sufficient data is not available to ensurethat all methanol blends are suitable foruse in INFINITI vehicles.

If any undesirable driveability problems suchas engine stalling or hard hot starting areexperienced after using oxygenate-blendfuels, immediately change to a non-oxyge-nate fuel or a fuel with a low blend ofMTBE.

Take care not to spill gasoline duringrefueling. Gasoline containing oxygenatescan cause paint damage.

E-15 fuelE-15 fuel is a mixture of approximately 15%fuel ethanol and 85% unleaded gasoline. E-15 can only be used in vehicles designed torun on E-15 fuel. Do not use E-15 in yourvehicle. U.S. government regulations requirefuel ethanol dispensing pumps to be identi-fied with small, square, orange and blacklabel with the common abbreviation or theappropriate percentage for that region.

E-85 fuelE-85 fuel is a mixture of approximately 85%fuel ethanol and 15% unleaded gasoline. E-85 can only be used in a Flexible Fuel Vehicle(FFV). Do not use E-85 fuel in your vehicle.U.S. government regulations require fuelethanol dispensing pumps to be identifiedby a small, square, orange and black labelwith the common abbreviation or the appro-priate percentage for that region.

Fuel containing MMTMMT, or methylcyclopentadienyl manga-nese tricarbonyl, is an octane boostingadditive. INFINITI does not recommend theuse of fuel containing MMT. Such fuel mayadversely affect vehicle performance, in-cluding the emissions control system. Notethat while some fuel pumps label MMTcontent, not all do, so you may have to

consult your gasoline retailer for more de-tails.

Aftermarket fuel additivesINFINITI does not recommend the use of anyaftermarket fuel additives (Example: fuelinjector cleaner, octane booster, intake valvedeposit removers, etc.) which are sold com-mercially. Many of these additives intendedfor gum, varnish or deposit removal maycontain active solvent or similar ingredientsthat can be harmful to the fuel system andengine.

Octane rating tipsUsing unleaded gasoline with an octanerating lower than recommended above cancause persistent, heavy spark knock. (Sparkknock is a metallic rapping noise.) If severe,this can lead to engine damage. If youdetect a persistent heavy spark knock evenwhen using gasoline of the stated octanerating, or if you hear steady spark knockwhile holding a steady speed on level roads,it is recommended you have an INFINITIretailer correct the condition. Failure tocorrect the condition is misuse of thevehicle, for which INFINITI is not respon-sible.

Incorrect ignition timing will result in knock-ing, after-run or overheating. This in turnmay cause excessive fuel consumption or



damage to the engine. If any of the abovesymptoms are encountered, have your ve-hicle checked. It is recommended you visit anINFINITI retailer for servicing.

However, now and then you may noticelight spark knock for a short time whileaccelerating or driving up hills. This is nocause for concern, because you get thegreatest fuel benefit when there is lightspark knock for a short time under heavyengine load.

JVT0342X

API certification mark

API service symbol

ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTERRECOMMENDATION

Selecting the correct oilIt is essential to choose the correct grade,quality, and viscosity engine oil to ensuresatisfactory engine life and performance,see “Capacities and recommended fluids/lubricants” (P.10-2). INFINITI recommendsthe use of an energy conserving oil in orderto improve fuel economy.

Select only engine oils that meet the Amer-ican Petroleum Institute (API) certification

or International Lubricant Standardizationand Approval Committee (ILSAC) certifica-tion and SAE viscosity standard. These oilshave the API certification mark on the frontof the container. Oils which do not have thespecified quality label should not be used asthey could cause engine damage.

Oil additivesINFINITI does not recommend the use of oiladditives. The use of an oil additive is notnecessary when the proper oil type is usedand maintenance intervals are followed.

Oil which may contain foreign matter or hasbeen previously used should not be used.

Oil viscosityThe engine oil viscosity or thickness changeswith temperature. Because of this, it isimportant that the engine oil viscosity beselected based on the temperatures at whichthe vehicle will be operated before the nextoil change. Choosing an oil viscosity otherthan that recommended could cause seriousengine damage.

Selecting the correct oil filterYour new vehicle is equipped with a high-quality genuine NISSAN oil filter. Whenreplacing, use the genuine oil filter or itsequivalent for the reason described inchange intervals.

Change intervalsThe oil and oil filter change intervals for yourengine are based on the use of the specifiedquality oils and filters. Oil and filter otherthan the specified quality, or oil and filterchange intervals longer than recommendedcould reduce engine life. Damage to enginescaused by improper maintenance or use ofincorrect oil and filter quality and/or vis-cosity is not covered by the new INFINITIvehicle limited warranties.

Your engine was filled with a high qualityengine oil when it was built. You do not haveto change the oil before the first recom-

mended change interval. Oil and filterchange intervals depend upon how you useyour vehicle.

AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM RE-FRIGERANT AND LUBRICANT

RECOMMENDATIONSThe air conditioning system in your INFINITIvehicle must be charged with the refriger-ant HFC-134a (R-134a) and the lubricant,NISSAN A/C system oil Type S or the exactequivalents.

CAUTION

The use of any other refrigerant orlubricant may cause severe damage tothe air conditioning system and mayrequire the replacement of all air condi-tioner system components.

The refrigerant HFC-134a (R-134a) in yourINFINITI vehicle will not harm the earth’sozone layer. Although this refrigerant doesnot affect the earth’s atmosphere, certaingovernmental regulations require the recov-ery and recycling of any refrigerant duringautomotive air conditioning system service.Your INFINITI retailer has the trained tech-nicians and equipment needed to recover

and recycle your air conditioning systemrefrigerant.

It is recommended you visit an INFINITIretailer when servicing your air conditioningsystem.



ENGINE

Model VK56VD

Type Gasoline, 4-cycle

Cylinder arrangement 8-cylinder, V-slanted at 90°

Bore × Stroke in (mm) 3.858 × 3.622 (98 × 92)

Displacement cu in (cm3) 338.78 (5,552)

Firing order 1-8-7-3-6-5-4-2

Idle speed rpm See the emission control information labelon the underside of the hood.Ignition timing (B.T.D.C.) degree/rpm

Spark plug Standard DILKAR7B11

Spark plug gap (Normal) in (mm) 0.043 (1.1)

Camshaft operation Timing chain

This spark ignition system complies with the Canadian standard ICES-002.

STI0397B

SPECIFICATIONS

WHEELS AND TIRES

Road wheel

Type Size Offset in (mm)

Conventional20 × 8J

1.18 (30)22 × 8J

Spare 20 × 8J

Tire

Type Size Pressure PSI (kPa) [Cold]

ConventionalP275/60R20 114H

35 (240)P275/50R22 111H

Spare275/60R20 115M

P275/60R20 114H



DIMENSIONS

Overall length (with front license platebracket)

in (mm) 210.2 (5,340)

Overall length (without front license platebracket)

in (mm) 209.8 (5,330)

Overall width in (mm) 79.9 (2,030)

Overall height in (mm) 75.8 (1,925)

Front tread in (mm) 67.5 (1,715)

Rear tread in (mm) 67.9 (1,725)

Wheelbase in (mm) 121.1 (3,075)

If you plan to travel in another country, youshould first find out if the fuel available issuitable for your vehicle’s engine.

Using fuel with too low an octane ratingmaycause engine damage. All gasoline vehiclesmust be operated with unleaded gasoline.Therefore, avoid taking your vehicle to areaswhere appropriate fuel is not available.

When transferring the registration of yourvehicle to another country, state, provinceor district, it may be necessary to modify thevehicle to meet local laws and regulations.

The laws and regulations for motor vehicleemission control and safety standards varyaccording to the country, state, province ordistrict; therefore, vehicle specifications maydiffer.

When any vehicle is to be taken intoanother country, state, province or districtand registered, its modifications, transpor-tation, and registration are the responsi-bility of the user. INFINITI is not responsiblefor any inconvenience that may result.

STI0431

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUM-BER (VIN) PLATEThe vehicle identification number plate isattached as shown. This number is theidentification for your vehicle and is used inthe vehicle registration.

STI0708

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUM-

BER (chassis number)The number is stamped as shown.


WHENTRAVELINGORREGISTERINGIN ANOTHER COUNTRY

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION


STI0709

ENGINE SERIAL NUMBERThe number is stamped on the engine asshown.

STI0448

F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. CERTIFICA-TION LABELThe Federal/CanadianMotor Vehicle SafetyStandards (F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.) certifica-tion label is affixed as shown. This labelcontains valuable vehicle information, suchas: Gross Vehicle Weight Ratings (GVWR),Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR), monthand year of manufacture, Vehicle Identifica-tion Number (VIN), etc. Review it carefully.

JVT0541X

EMISSION CONTROL INFORMA-

TION LABELThe emission control information label isattached as shown.

STI0494

TIRE AND LOADING INFORMA-TION LABELThe cold tire pressure is shown on the Tireand Loading Information label affixed to thepillar as illustrated.

STI0739

AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICA-

TION LABELThe air conditioner specification label isattached as shown.

To install the front license plate bracket toyour vehicle, it is recommended you contactan INFINITI retailer.


INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE


WARNING

. It is extremely dangerous toride in a cargo area inside thevehicle. In a collision, peopleriding in these areas are morelikely to be seriously injured orkilled.

. Do not allow people to ride inany area of vehicle that is notequipped with seats and seatbelts.

. Be sure everyone in your vehicleis in a seat and using a seat beltproperly.

TERMS

It is important to familiarize yourselfwith the following terms before load-ing your vehicle:

. Curb Weight (actual weight ofyour vehicle) - vehicle weight in-cluding: standard and optionalequipment, fluids, emergencytools, and spare tire assembly. Thisweight does not include passen-

gers and cargo.

. GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) -curb weight plus the combinedweight of passengers and cargo.

. GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rat-ing) - maximum total combinedweight of the unloaded vehicle,passengers, luggage, hitch, trailertongue load and any other op-tional equipment. This informationis located on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. label.

. GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)- maximum weight (load) limitspecified for the front or rear axle.This information is located on theF.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. label.

. GCWR (Gross Combined WeightRating) - The maximum totalweight rating of the vehicle, pas-sengers, cargo, and trailer.

. Vehicle Capacity Weight, Loadlimit, Total load capacity - max-imum total weight limit specifiedof the load (passengers and cargo)for the vehicle. This is the max-imum combined weight of occu-

pants and cargo that can beloaded into the vehicle. If thevehicle is used to tow a trailer,the trailer tongue weight must beincluded as part of the cargo load.This information is located on theTire and Loading Information la-bel.

. Cargo capacity - permissibleweight of cargo, the weight oftotal occupants weight subtractedfrom the load limit.

VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION

STI0445

VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITY

Do not exceed the load limit of yourvehicle shown as “The combinedweight of occupants and cargo” onthe Tire and Loading Informationlabel. Do not exceed the number ofoccupants shown as “Seating Capa-city” on the Tire and Loading Infor-mation label.

To get “the combined weight ofoccupants and cargo”, add the weightof all occupants, then add the totalluggage weight. Examples are shownin the illustration.

Steps for determining correct loadlimit

1. Locate the statement “The com-bined weight of occupants andcargo should never exceed XXXkg or XXX lbs” on your vehicle’splacard.

2. Determine the combined weight ofthe driver and passengers that willbe riding in your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combined weight of



the driver and passengers fromXXX kg or XXX lbs.

4. The resulting figure equals theavailable amount of cargo andluggage load capacity. For exam-ple, if the XXX amount equals1400 lbs. and there will be five150 lb. passengers in your vehicle,the amount of available cargo andluggage load capacity is 650 lbs.(1400 − 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs) or(640 − 340 (5 x 70) = 300 kg.)

5. Determine the combined weight ofluggage and cargo being loaded onthe vehicle. That weight may notsafely exceed the available cargoand luggage load capacity calcu-lated in Step 4.

6. If your vehicle will be towing atrailer, load from your trailer willbe transferred to your vehicle.Consult this manual to determinehow this reduces the availablecargo and luggage load capacityof your vehicle.

Before driving a loaded vehicle, con-firm that you do not exceed the Gross

Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) or theGross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR)for your vehicle. (See “Measurementof weights” (P.10-17).)

Also check tires for proper inflationpressures. See the Tire and LoadingInformation label.

SIC4446

SECURING THE LOADThere are tie down hooks located in thecargo area as shown. The tie down hookscan be used to secure cargo with ropes orother types of straps.

Do not apply a total load of more than 22 lb(10 kg) to a single hook or 7 lb (3 kg) to asingle hook when securing cargo.

WARNING

. Properly secure all cargo with ropesor straps to help prevent it fromsliding or shifting. Do not place cargohigher than the seatbacks. In a sud-

den stop or collision, unsecured cargocould cause personal injury.

. The child restraint top tether strapmay be damaged by contact withitems in the cargo area. Secure anyitems in the cargo area. Your childcould be seriously injured or killed in acollision if the top tether strap isdamaged.

. Do not load your vehicle any heavierthan the GVWR or the maximumfront and rear GAWRs. If you do,parts of your vehicle can break, tiredamage could occur, or it can changethe way your vehicle handles. Thiscould result in loss of control andcause personal injury.

LOADING TIPS. The GVW must not exceed GVWR

or GAWR as specified on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification la-bel.

. Do not load the front and rear axleto the GAWR. Doing so will exceedthe GVWR.

WARNING

. Properly secure all cargo to helpprevent it from sliding or shift-ing. Do not place cargo higherthan the seatbacks. In a suddenstop or collision, unsecured car-go could cause personal injury.

. Do not load your vehicle anyheavier than the GVWR or themaximum front and rearGAWRs. If you do, parts ofyour vehicle can break, tiredamage could occur, or it canchange the way your vehiclehandles. This could result in lossof control and cause personalinjury.

. Overloading not only can short-en the life of your vehicle andthe tire, but can cause unsafevehicle handling and long brak-ing distance. This may cause apremature tire failure, whichcould result in a serious acci-dent and personal injury. Fail-

ures caused by overloading arenot covered by the vehicle’swarranty.

MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS

Secure loose items to prevent weightshifts that could affect the balance ofyour vehicle. When the vehicle isloaded, drive to a scale and weighthe front and the rear wheels sepa-rately to determine axle loads. Indivi-dual axle loads should not exceedeither of the gross axle weight ratings(GAWR). The total of the axle loadsshould not exceed the gross vehicleweight rating (GVWR). These ratingsare given on the vehicle certificationlabel. If weight ratings are exceeded,move or remove items to bring allweights below the ratings.



WARNING

Overloading or improper loading of atrailer and its cargo can adversely affectvehicle handling, braking and perfor-mance and may lead to accidents.

CAUTION

. Do not tow a trailer or haul a heavyload for the first 500miles (800 km).Your engine, axle or other parts couldbe damaged.

. For the first 500 miles (800 km) thatyou tow a trailer, do not drive over50 MPH (80 km/h) and do not makestarts at full throttle. This helps theengine and other parts of your vehiclewear in at the heavier loads.

Your new vehicle was designed to be usedprimarily to carry passengers and cargo.Remember that towing a trailer placesadditional loads on your vehicle’s engine,drivetrain, steering, braking and other sys-tems.

An INFINITI Towing Guide (U.S. only) isavailable on the website at

www.InfinitiUSA.com. This guide includesinformation on trailer towing capability andthe special equipment required for propertowing.

MAXIMUM LOAD LIMITS

Maximum trailer loadsNever allow the total trailer load to exceedthe value specified in the “Towing load/specification” (P.10-21). The total trailerload equals trailer weight plus its cargoweight.

. When towing a trailer load of 3,500 lbs(1,587 kg) or more, trailers with a brakesystem MUST be used.

The maximum Gross Combined WeightRating (GCWR) should not exceed the valuespecified in the following “Towing Load/Specification” chart.

STI0541

The GCWR equals the combined weight ofthe towing vehicle (including passengers andcargo) plus the total trailer load. Towingloads greater than these or using impropertowing equipment could adversely affectvehicle handling, braking and performance.

The ability of your vehicle to tow a trailer isnot only related to the maximum trailerloads, but also the places you plan to tow.Tow weights appropriate for level highwaydrivingmay have to be reduced on very steepgrades or for low traction situations (forexample, on slippery boat ramps).

Temperature conditions can also affecttowing. For example, towing a heavy trailerin high outside temperatures on graded

TOWING A TRAILER

roads can affect engine performance andcause overheating. The transmission highfluid temperature and engine protectionmode, which helps reduce the chance oftransmission and engine damage, couldactivate and automatically decrease enginepower. Vehicle speed may decrease underhigh load. Plan your trip carefully to accountfor trailer and vehicle load, weather and roadconditions.

WARNING

Overheating can result in reduced enginepower and vehicle speed. The reducedspeed may be lower than other traffic,which could increase the chance of acollision. Be especially careful whendriving. If the vehicle cannot maintain asafe driving speed, pull to the side of theroad in a safe area. Allow the engine tocool and return to normal operation. See“If your vehicle overheats” (P.6-14).

CAUTION

Vehicle damage resulting from impropertowing procedures is not covered byINFINITI warranties.

STI0542

Tongue loadWhen using a weight carrying or a weightdistributing hitch, keep the tongue loadbetween 10 to 15% of the total trailer loador use the trailer tongue load specified by thetrailer manufacturer. The tongue load mustbe within the maximum tongue load limitsshown in the following “Towing Load/Specification” chart. If the tongue loadbecomes excessive, rearrange cargo to allowfor proper tongue load.

TI1012M

MAXIMUM GROSS VEHICLE

WEIGHT (GVW)/MAXIMUMGROSS AXLE WEIGHT (GAW)The GVW of the towing vehicle must notexceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating(GVWR) shown on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label. The GVW equals thecombined weight of the unloaded vehicle,passengers, luggage, hitch, trailer tongueload and any other optional equipment. Inaddition, front or rear GAWmust not exceedthe Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR)shown on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certifi-cation label.

Towing capacities are calculated assuming a



base vehicle with driver and any optionsrequired to achieve the rating. Additionalpassengers, cargo and/or optional equip-ment, such as the trailer hitch, will addweight to the vehicle and reduce yourvehicle’s maximum towing capacity andtrailer tongue load.

The vehicle and trailer need to be weighed toconfirm the vehicle is within the GVWR,Front GAWR, Rear GAWR, Gross CombinedWeight Rating (GCWR) and Towing capa-city.

All vehicle and trailer weights can be mea-sured using platform type scales commonlyfound at truck stops, highway weigh sta-tions, building supply centers or salvageyards.

To determine the available payload capacityfor tongue/king pin load, use the followingprocedure.

1. Locate the GVWR on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label.

2. Weigh your vehicle on the scale with allof the passengers and cargo that arenormally in the vehicle when towing atrailer.

3. Subtract the actual vehicle weight fromthe GVWR. The remaining amount is theavailable maximum tongue/king pinload.

To determine the available towing capacity,use the following procedure.

1. Find the GCWR for your vehicle on the“Towing Load/Specification” chartfound later in this section.

2. Subtract the actual vehicle weight fromthe GCWR. The remaining amount is theavailable maximum towing capacity.

To determine the Gross Trailer Weight,weigh your trailer on a scale with allequipment and cargo, that are normally inthe trailer when it is towed. Make sure theGross trailer weight is not more than theGross Trailer Weight Rating shown on thetrailer and is not more than the calculatedavailable maximum towing capacity.

Also weigh the front and rear axles on thescale to make sure the Front Gross AxleWeight and Rear Gross Axle Weight are notmore than Front Gross Axle Weight andRear Gross Axle Weight on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label. The cargo inthe trailer and vehicle may need to be movedor removed to meet the specified ratings.

Example:

. Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW) as weighedon a scale - including passengers, cargoand hitch - 6,450 lb. (2,926 kg).

. Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)from F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certificationlabel - 7,300 lb. (3,311 kg).

. Gross Combined Weight Rating (GCWR)from “Towing Load/Specification” chart- 14,300 lb. (6,486 kg).

. Maximum Trailer towing capacity from“Towing Load/Specification” chart -8,500 lb. (3,856 kg).

7,300 lb. (3,311 kg) GVWR

− 6,450 lb. (2,926 kg) GVW

= 850 lb. (385 kg)Available for tongue

weight

14,300 lb. (6,486kg)

GCWR

− 6,450 lb. (2,926 kg) GVW

= 7,850 lb. (3,560 kg)Capacity available for

towing

850 lb. (385 kg) / Available tongue weight

7,850 lb. (3,560 kg) Available capacity

= 11 % tongue weight

The available towing capacity may be lessthan the maximum towing capacity due tothe passenger and cargo load in the vehicle.

Remember to keep trailer tongue weightbetween 10 - 15% of the trailer weight orwithin the trailer tongue load specificationrecommended by the trailer manufacturer. Ifthe tongue load becomes excessive, rear-range the cargo to obtain the proper tongueload. Do not exceed the maximum tongue

weight specification shown in the “Towingload/specification” chart even if the calcu-lated available tongue weight is greater than15%. If the calculated tongue weight is lessthan 10%, reduce the total trailer weight tomatch the available tongue weight.

Always verify that available capacities arewithin the required ratings.

TOWING LOAD/SPECIFICATION

WARNING

The towing capacities provided in thismanual are for general reference only.The safe towing capacity of your vehicleis affected by retailer and factory in-stalled options and passenger and cargoloads. You must weigh the vehicle andtrailer as described in this manual todetermine the actual vehicle towingcapacity. Do not exceed the publishedmaximum towing capacity, or the GCWRor the GVWR shown on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label. Doing socan result in an accident causing seriouspersonal injury or property damage.



TOWING LOAD/SPECIFICATION CHART

Unit: lb (kg)

US Canada

Two-Wheel Drive(2WD) model

Four-Wheel Drive(4WD) model

Four-Wheel Drive(4WD) model

MAXIMUM TOWING CAPA-CITY*1, *2

8,500 (3,856) 8,500 (3,856)

MAXIMUM TONGUE LOAD 850 (385) 850 (385)

GROSS COMBINED WEIGHTRATING

14,300 (6,486) 14,480 (6,568) 14,480 (6,568)

1: The towing capacity values are calculated assuming a base vehicle with driver and anyoptions required to achieve the rating. Additional passengers, cargo and/or optionalequipment will add weight to the vehicle and reduce your vehicle’s maximum towingcapacity.

2: Use of a weight-distributing hitch system is recommended when towing over 5,000 lb(2,267 kg).

TOWING SAFETY

Trailer hitchYour vehicle is equipped with a trailer towpackage. The trailer tow package includes areceiver-type frame mounted hitch. Thishitch is rated for the maximum towingcapacity of this vehicle when the propertowing equipment is used. Choose a properball mount and hitch ball that is rated for thetrailer to be towed. Genuine INFINITI ballmounts and hitch balls are available from anINFINITI retailer.

JVT0542X

To access the trailer hitch , remove thetrailer hitch cover located on the lower partof the rear bumper.

To remove the trailer hitch cover:

1. Remove the 2 clips by turning themcounterclockwise.

2. Pull the bottom of the cover straightbackward to remove the inner side andupper clips.

JVT0544X

To install the trailer hitch cover:

1. Insert the upper clips into the recesses ,and then push the cover to its originalposition.

2. Install the 2 clips by pushing them in asillustrated.

WARNING

Trailer hitch components have specificweight ratings. Your vehicle may becapable of towing a trailer heavier thanthe weight rating of the hitch compo-nents. Never exceed the weight rating ofthe hitch components. Doing so can



cause serious personal injury or propertydamage.

Hitch ballChoose a hitch ball of the proper size andweight rating for your trailer:

. The required hitch ball size is stamped onmost trailer couplers. Most hitch ballsalso have the size printed on top of theball.

. Choose the proper class hitch ball basedon the trailer weight.

. The diameter of the threaded shank ofthe hitch ball must be matched to the ballmount hole diameter. The hitch ballshank should be no more than 1/16”smaller than the hole in the ball mount.

. The threaded shank of the hitch ball mustbe long enough to be properly secured tothe ball mount. There should be at least 2threads showing beyond the lock washerand nut.

Ball mountThe hitch ball is attached to the ball mountand the ball mount is inserted into the hitchreceiver. Choose a proper class ball mountbased on the trailer weight. Additionally, theball mount should be chosen to keep thetrailer tongue level with the ground.

Weight carrying hitchesA weight carrying or “dead weight” ballmount is one that is designed to carry thewhole amount of tongue weight and grossweight directly on the ball mount and on thereceiver.

Weight distribution hitchThis type of hitch is also called a “load-leveling” or “equalizing” hitch. A set of barsattach to the ball mount and to the trailer todistribute the tongue weight (hitch weight)of your trailer. Many vehicles cannot carrythe full tongue weight of a given trailer, andneed some of the tongue weight transferredthrough the frame and pushing down on thefront wheels. This gives stability to the towvehicle.

A weight-distributing hitch system (Class IV)is recommended if you plan to tow trailerswith a maximum weight over 5,000 lbs(2,267 kg). Check with the trailer and towingequipment manufacturers to determine ifthey recommend the use of a weight-distributing hitch system.

NOTE:

A weight-distributing hitch system mayaffect the operation of trailer surge brakes.If you are considering use of a weight-distributing hitch system with a surge

brake-equipped trailer, check with thesurge brake, hitch or trailer manufacturerto determine if and how this can be done.

Follow the instructions provided by themanufacturer for installing and using theweight-distributing hitch system.

General set-up instructions are as follows:

1. Park unloaded vehicle on a level surface.With the ignition switch in the ONposition and the doors closed, allow thevehicle to stand for several minutes sothat it can level.

2. Measure the height of a reference pointon the front and rear bumpers at thecenter of the vehicle.

3. Attach the trailer to the vehicle andadjust the hitch equalizers so that thefront bumper height is within 0 - .5inches (0 - 13 mm) of the referenceheight measured in step 2. The rearbumper should be no higher than thereference height measured in step 2.

WARNING

Properly adjust the weight distributinghitch so the rear of the bumper is nohigher than the measured referenceheight when the trailer is attached. Ifthe rear bumper is higher than the

measured reference height when loaded,the vehicle may handle unpredictablywhich could cause a loss of vehiclecontrol and cause serious personal injuryor property damage.

Sway control deviceSudden maneuvers, wind gusts and buffet-ing caused by other vehicles can affecttrailer handling. Sway control devices maybe used to help control these affects. If youchoose to use one, contact a reputabletrailer hitch supplier to make sure the swaycontrol device will work with the vehicle,hitch, trailer and the trailer’s brake system.Follow the instructions provided by themanufacturer for installing and using thesway control device.

Class I hitchClass I trailer hitch equipment (receiver, ballmount and hitch ball) can be used to towtrailers of a maximum weight of 2,000 lb(907 kg).

Class II hitchClass II trailer hitch equipment (receiver, ballmount and hitch ball) can be used to towtrailers of a maximum weight of 3,500 lb(1,588 kg).

Class III hitchClass III trailer hitch equipment (receiver, ballmount and hitch ball) can be used to towtrailers of a maximum weight of 5,000 lb(2,267 kg).

Class IV hitchClass IV trailer hitch equipment (receiver, ballmount and hitch ball) can be used to towtrailers of a maximum weight of 10,000 lb(4,545 kg). A weight distributing hitchshould be used to tow trailers that weighover 5,000 lb (2,267 kg).

Your vehicle may be equipped with Class IVtrailer hitch equipment that has a 10,000 lb(4,545 kg) maximum weight rating, but yourvehicle is only capable of towing the max-imum trailer weights shown in the “TowingLoad/Specification” chart earlier in thissection.

CAUTION

. Do not use axle-mounted hitches.

. Do not modify the vehicle exhaustsystem, brake system, etc.

. Do not attach any additional hitchesto your vehicle because a hitch isalready mounted to your vehicle

frame.

Tire pressures

. When towing a trailer, inflate thevehicle tires to the recommendedcold tire pressure indicated on theTire and Loading Information la-bel.

. Trailer tire condition, size, loadrating and proper inflation pres-sure should be in accordance withthe trailer and tire manufacturers’specifications.

Safety chainsAlways use a suitable chain between yourvehicle and the trailer. The safety chainsshould be crossed and should be attached tothe hitch, not to the vehicle bumper or axle.Be sure to leave enough slack in the chains topermit turning corners.



STI0745

Trailer lightsYour vehicle is equipped with a towingpackage, which also includes the 7-pin trailerharness connector located under the trailerhitch cover on the rear bumper.

CAUTION

. When splicing into the vehicle elec-trical system, a commercially avail-able power-type module/convertermust be used to provide power forall trailer lighting. This unit uses thevehicle battery as a direct powersource for all trailer lights while using

the vehicle tail light, stoplight andturn signal circuits as a signal source.The module/converter must draw nomore than 15 milliamps from the stopand tail lamp circuits. Using a mod-ule/converter that exceeds thesepower requirements may damagethe vehicle’s electrical system. See areputable trailer retailer to obtain theproper equipment and to have itinstalled.

. Do not connect electrical devices thatdraw more than 40 amps to thevehicle. The fusible link may melt.

Trailer lights should comply with federaland/or local regulations. For assistance inhooking up trailer lights, contact an INFINITIretailer or reputable trailer retailer.

Trailer brakesWhen towing a trailer load of 3,500 lbs.(1,587 kg) or more, trailers with a brakesystem MUST be used. However, moststates require a separate braking system ontrailers with a loaded weight above aspecific amount. Make sure the trailer meetsthe local regulations and the regulationswhere you plan to tow.

Several types of braking systems are avail-able.

Surge Brakes - The surge brake actuator ismounted on the trailer tongue with ahydraulic line running to each trailer wheel.Surge brakes are activated by the trailerpushing against the hitch ball when the towvehicle is braking. Hydraulic surge brakes arecommon on rental trailers and some boattrailers. In this type of system, there is nohydraulic or electric connection for brakeoperation between the tow vehicle and thetrailer.

Electric Trailer Brakes - Electric brakingsystems are activated by an electronic signalsent from a trailer brake controller (specialbrake sensing module).

Have a professional supplier of towingequipment make sure the trailer brakes areproperly installed and demonstrate properbrake function testing.

WARNING

Never connect a trailer brake systemdirectly to the vehicle brake system.

Pre-towing tips. Be certain your vehicle maintains a level

position when a loaded or unloadedtrailer is hitched. Do not drive the vehicleif it has an abnormal nose-up or nose-

down condition; check for impropertongue load, overload, worn suspensionor other possible causes of either condi-tion.

. Always secure items in the trailer toprevent load shift while driving.

. Keep the cargo load as low as possible inthe trailer to keep the trailer center ofgravity low.

. Load the trailer so approximately 60% ofthe trailer load is in the front half and40% is in the back half. Also make surethe load is balanced side to side.

. Check your hitch, trailer tire pressure,vehicle tire pressure, trailer light opera-tion, and trailer wheel lug nuts every timeyou attach a trailer to the vehicle.

. Be certain your rearview mirrors conformto all federal, state or local regulations. Ifnot, install any mirrors required fortowing before driving the vehicle.

. Determine the overall height of thevehicle and trailer so the required clear-ance is known.

Trailer towing tipsIn order to gain skill and an understanding ofthe vehicle’s behavior, you should practiceturning, stopping and backing up in an areawhich is free from traffic. Steering stability,and braking performance will be somewhat

different than under normal driving condi-tions.

. Always secure items in the trailer toprevent load shift while driving.

. Lock the trailer hitch coupler with a pin orlock to prevent the coupler from inad-vertently becoming unlatched.

. Avoid abrupt starts, acceleration orstops.

. Avoid sharp turns or lane changes.

. Always drive your vehicle at a moderatespeed. Some states or provinces havespecific speed limits for vehicles that aretowing trailers. Obey the local speedlimits.

. When backing up, hold the bottom of thesteering wheel with one hand. Moveyour hand in the direction in which youwant the trailer to go. Make smallcorrections and back up slowly. If possi-ble, have someone guide you when youare backing up.

Always block the wheels on both vehicle andtrailer when parking. Parking on a slope isnot recommended; however, if you must doso:

CAUTION

If you move the shift lever to the P(Park) position before blocking thewheels and applying the parking brake,transmission damage could occur.

1. Apply and hold the brake pedal.

2. Have someone place blocks on thedownhill side of the vehicle and trailerwheels.

3. After the wheel blocks are in place,slowly release the brake pedal until theblocks absorb the vehicle load.


5. Shift the transmission into P (Park).

6. Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) models:

Make sure that the 4WD shift switch isengaged in the AUTO, 4HI or 4LOposition and the Automatic Transmission(AT) park warning light is turned off.

7. Turn off the engine.

To drive away:



3. Shift the transmission into gear.



4. Release the parking brake.

5. Drive slowly until the vehicle and trailerare clear from the blocks.


7. Have someone retrieve and store theblocks.

. While going downhill, the weight of thetrailer pushing on the tow vehicle maydecrease overall stability. Therefore, tomaintain adequate control, reduce yourspeed and shift to a lower gear. Avoidlong or repeated use of the brakes whendescending a hill, as this reduces theireffectiveness and could cause overheat-ing. Shifting to a lower gear insteadprovides “engine braking” and reducesthe need to brake as frequently.

. If the engine coolant temperature rises toa high temperature, see “If your vehicleoverheats” (P.6-14).

. Trailer towing requires more fuel thannormal circumstances.

. Avoid towing a trailer for your vehicle’sfirst 500 miles (800 km).

. Have your vehicle serviced more oftenthan at intervals specified in the recom-mended maintenance schedule shown inthe “9. Maintenance and schedules”section.

. When making a turn, your trailer wheelswill be closer to the inside of the turnthan your vehicle wheels. To compensatefor this, make a larger than normalturning radius during the turn.

. Crosswinds and rough roads will ad-versely affect vehicle/trailer handling,possibly causing vehicle sway. Whenbeing passed by larger vehicles, be pre-pared for possible changes in crosswindsthat could affect vehicle handling.

Do the following if the trailer begins to sway:

1. Take your foot off the accelerator pedalto allow the vehicle to coast and steer asstraight ahead as the road conditionsallow. This combination will help stabilizethe vehicle.. Do not correct trailer sway by steering

or applying the brakes.

2. When the trailer sway stops, gentlyapply the brakes and pull to the side ofthe road in a safe area.

3. Try to rearrange the trailer load so it isbalanced as described earlier in thissection.

. Be careful when passing other vehicles.Passing while towing a trailer requiresconsiderably more distance than normalpassing. Remember the length of thetrailer must also pass the other vehiclebefore you can safely change lanes.

. Use the TOW mode or downshift thetransmission to a lower gear for enginebraking when driving down steep or longhills. This will help slow the vehiclewithout applying the brakes.

. Avoid holding the brake pedal down toolong or too frequently. This could causethe brakes to overheat, resulting inreduced braking efficiency.

. Increase your following distance to allowfor greater stopping distances whiletowing a trailer. Anticipate stops andbrake gradually.

. INFINITI recommends that the cruisecontrol not be used while towing atrailer.

. While towing a trailer, do not use thefollowing systems (if so equipped):

— the Lane Departure Warning (LDW)system

— the Lane Departure Prevention (LDP)system

— the Blind Spot Warning (BSW) system

— the Blind Spot Intervention® (BSI)system

— the Back-up Collision Intervention(BCI) system

— the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)system

— the Distance Control Assist (DCA)system

— the Forward Emergency Braking(FEB) with pedestrian detection sys-tem

— the Predictive Forward CollisionWarning (PFCW) system

. Some states or provinces have specificregulations and speed limits for vehiclesthat are towing trailers. Obey the localspeed limits.

. Check your hitch, trailer wiring harnessconnections, and trailer wheel lug nutsafter 50 miles (80 km) of travel and atevery break.

. When launching a boat, do not allow thewater level to go over the exhaust tailpipe or rear bumper.

. Make sure you disconnect the trailerlights before backing the trailer into thewater or the trailer lights may burn out.

When towing a trailer, the transmissionfluid should be changed more frequently.For additional information, see “9. Main-tenance and schedules” section.

TOW modeUsing TOW mode is recommended whenpulling a heavy trailer or hauling a heavyload. Push the TOWmode switch to activateTOW mode. The TOW mode indicator lightin the meter illuminates when TOW mode isselected. Push the TOW mode switch again

to turn TOW mode off. TOW mode isautomatically cancelled when the ignitionswitch is placed in the OFF position.

TOW mode includes the following features:

. Grade logic — Adjusts transmission shiftswhen pulling a trailer or hauling a load upa grade.

. Downhill Speed Control (DSC) — auto-matically downshifts when driving downa grade with a trailer or heavy load tohelp control vehicle speed.

Driving the vehicle in the TOWmodewith notrailer/load or light trailer/light load will notcause any damage. However, fuel economymay be reduced and the transmission/engine driving characteristics may feel unu-sual.

When towing a trailer, the transmissionfluid should be changed more frequently.For additional information, see “9. Main-tenance and schedules” section.

Trailer Sway ControlTo minimize trailer sway, your vehicle mayapply braking to individual wheels based oninput from your vehicle sensors and vehiclespeed. Trailer Sway Control is a function ofthe Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) systemand is active when the VDC function isenabled.

CAUTION

If the VDC OFF switch is on (meaningVDC system OFF), the Trailer SwayControl is also disabled.

When Trailer Sway Control is in operation,the VDC warning light blinks. When vehiclecontrol is regained, VDC warning light willturn OFF.

For additional information about the VDCsystem, see “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)system” (P.5-133).

If Trailer Sway Control activates:

1. Take your foot off the accelerator pedalto allow the vehicle to coast and steer asstraight ahead as the road conditionsallow. This combination will help stabilizethe vehicle.

CAUTION

Do not try to correct trailer sway bysteering or applying the brakes.

2. When the trailer sway stops, gentlyapply the brakes and pull to the side ofthe road in a safe area.



3. Try to rearrange the trailer load so it isbalanced.

NOTE:

Trailer Sway Control cannot reduce trailersway in all situations.

FLAT TOWINGTowing your vehicle with all four wheels onthe ground is sometimes called flat towing.This method is sometimes usedwhen towinga vehicle behind a recreational vehicle, suchas a motor home.

CAUTION

. Failure to follow these guidelines canresult in severe transmission damage.

. Whenever flat towing your vehicle,always tow forward, never back-ward.

. DO NOT tow any automatic trans-mission vehicle with all four wheelson the ground (flat towing). Doing soWILL DAMAGE internal transmis-sion parts due to lack of transmissionlubrication.

. DO NOT tow a Four-Wheel Drive(4WD) vehicle with any of the wheelson the ground. Doing so may causeserious and expensive damage to the

powertrain.

. For emergency towing proceduresrefer to “Towing recommended byINFINITI” (P.6-16).

Automatic Transmission

Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) models:

Do not tow a 4WD vehicle with any of thewheels on the ground.

Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) models:

To tow a vehicle equippedwith an automatictransmission, an appropriate vehicle dollyMUST be placed under the towed vehicle’sdrive wheels. Always follow the dolly man-ufacturer’s recommendations when usingtheir product.

DOT (Department Of Transportation) Qual-ity Grades: All passenger car tires mustconform to federal safety requirements inaddition to these grades.

Quality grades can be found where applic-able on the tire sidewall between treadshoulder and maximum section width. Forexample:

Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A

TREADWEARThe treadwear grade is a comparative ratingbased on the wear rate of the tire whentested under controlled conditions on aspecified government test course. For ex-ample, a tire graded 150 would wear oneand one-half (1 1/2) times as well on thegovernment course as a tire graded 100.The relative performance of tires dependsupon actual conditions of their use, however,and may depart significantly from the normdue to variations in driving habits, servicepractices and differences in road character-istics and climate.

UNIFORMTIREQUALITY GRADING

TRACTION AA, A, B AND CThe traction grades, from highest to lowest,are AA, A, B and C. Those grades representthe tire’s ability to stop on wet pavement asmeasured under controlled conditions onspecified government test surfaces of as-phalt and concrete. A tire marked C mayhave poor traction performance.

WARNING

The traction grade assigned to this tire isbased on straight-ahead braking trac-tion tests, and does not include accel-eration, cornering, hydroplaning, or peaktraction characteristics.

TEMPERATURE A, B AND CThe temperature grades A (the highest), B,and C, representing the tire’s resistance tothe generation of heat and its ability todissipate heat when tested under controlledconditions on a specified indoor laboratorytest wheel. Sustained high temperature cancause the material of the tire to degenerateand reduce tire life, and excessive tempera-ture can lead to sudden tire failure. Thegrade C corresponds to a level of perfor-mance which all passenger car tires mustmeet under the Federal Motor Vehicle

Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and Arepresent higher levels of performance onthe laboratory test wheel than the minimumrequired by law.

WARNING

The temperature grade for this tire isestablished for a tire that is properlyinflated and not overloaded. Excessivespeed, under-inflation, or excessiveloading, either separately or in combina-tion, can cause heat build-up and possi-ble tire failure.

Your INFINITI is covered by the followingemission warranties.

For USA:

. Emission Defects Warranty

. Emissions Performance Warranty

Details of these warranties may be foundwith other vehicle warranties in your War-ranty Information Booklet that comes withyour INFINITI. If you did not receive aWarranty Information Booklet, or it hasbecome lost, you may obtain a replacementby writing to:

. INFINITI Division

Nissan North America, Inc.

Consumer Affairs Department

P.O. Box 685003

Franklin, TN 37068-5003

For Canada:

Emission Control System Warranty

Details of these warranties may be foundwith other vehicle warranties in your War-ranty and Roadside Assistance Informationthat comes with your INFINITI. If you did notreceive aWarranty and Roadside AssistanceInformation, or it has become lost, you mayobtain a replacement by writing to:

. Nissan Canada Inc.

5290 Orbitor Drive

Mississauga, Ontario,


EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMWARRANTY


L4W 4Z5 For USA

If you believe that your vehicle has adefect which could cause a crash orcould cause injury or death, youshould immediately inform the Na-tional Highway Traffic Safety Admin-istration (NHTSA) in addition tonotifying INFINITI.

If NHTSA receives similar complaints,it may open an investigation, and if itfinds that a safety defect exists in agroup of vehicles, it may order a recalland remedy campaign. However,NHTSA cannot become involved inindividual problems between you,your retailer, or INFINITI.

To contact NHTSA, you may call theVehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888- 327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to: Administrator,NHTSA, 400 Seventh Street, SW.,Washington, D.C. 20590. You canalso obtain other information aboutmotor vehicle safety from http://www.safercar.gov.

You may notify INFINITI by contact-

ing our Consumer Affairs Depart-ment, toll-free, at 1-800-662-6200.

For Canada

If you believe that your vehicle has adefect which could cause a crash orcould cause injury or death, youshould immediately inform TransportCanada in addition to notifyingINFINITI.

If Transport Canada receives com-plaints, it may open an investigation,and if it finds that a safety defectexists in a group of vehicles, it mayrequest that INFINITI conduct a recallcampaign. However, Transport Cana-da cannot become involved in indivi-dual problems between you, yourretailer, or INFINITI.

You may contact Transport Canada’sDefect Investigations and Recalls Di-vision toll free at 1-800-333-0510.You may also report safety defectsonline at:

https://wwwapps.tc.gc.ca/Saf-Sec-Sur/7/PCDB-BDPP/fc-cp.aspx?lan-g=eng (English speakers) or https://

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS

wwwapps.tc.gc.ca/Saf-Sec-Sur/7/PCDB-BDPP/fc-cp.aspx?lang=fra(French speakers).

Additional information concerningmotor vehicle safety may be obtainedfrom Transport Canada’s RoadSafety Information Centre at 1-800-333-0371 or online at www.tc.gc.ca/roadsafety (English speakers)or www.tc.gc.ca/securiteroutiere(French speakers).

To notify INFINITI of any safetyconcerns please contact our Consu-mer Information Centre toll free at 1-800-361-4792.

WARNING

A vehicle equipped with Four-WheelDrive (4WD) should never be testedusing a two wheel dynamometer (suchas the dynamometers used by somestates for emissions testing), or similarequipment. Make sure you inform testfacility personnel that your vehicle isequipped with 4WD before it is placedon a dynamometer. Using the wrong testequipment may result in transmissiondamage or unexpected vehicle move-mentwhich could result in serious vehicledamage or personal injury.

Due to legal requirements in some states andCanadian Provinces, your vehicle may berequired to be in what is called the “readycondition” for an Inspection/Maintenance(I/M) test of the emission control system.

The vehicle is set to the “ready condition”when it is driven through certain drivingpatterns. Usually, the “ready condition” canbe obtained by ordinary usage of the vehicle.

If a powertrain system component is re-paired or the battery is disconnected, thevehicle may be reset to a “not ready condi-tion”. Before taking the I/M test, check thevehicle’s inspection/maintenance test readi-

ness condition. Place the ignition switch inthe ON position without starting the engine.If the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)comes on steady for 20 seconds and thenblinks for 10 seconds, the I/M test conditionis “not ready”. If the MIL does not blink after20 seconds, the I/M test condition is“ready”.

It is recommended you visit an INFINITIretailer to set “ready condition” or to preparethe vehicle for testing.


READINESS FOR INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (I/M) TEST


This vehicle is equipped with an Event DataRecorder (EDR). The main purpose of anEDR is to record, in certain crash or nearcrash-like situations, such as an air bagdeployment or hitting a road obstacle, datathat will assist in understanding how avehicle’s systems performed. The EDR isdesigned to record data related to vehicledynamics and safety systems for a shortperiod of time, typically 30 seconds or less.The EDR in this vehicle is designed to recordsuch data as:

. How various systems in your vehicle wereoperating;

. Whether or not the driver and passengersafety belts were buckled/fastened;

. How far (if at all) the driver was depres-sing the accelerator and/or brake pedal;and,

. How fast the vehicle was traveling.

. Sounds are not recorded.

These data can help provide a better under-standing of the circumstances in whichcrashes and injuries occur.

NOTE: EDR data are recorded by yourvehicle only if a nontrivial crash situationoccurs; no data are recorded by the EDRunder normal driving conditions and nopersonal data (e.g. name, gender, age andcrash location) are recorded. However, otherparties, such as law enforcement, could

combine the EDR data with the type ofpersonally identifying data routinely ac-quired during a crash investigation.

To read data recorded by an EDR, specialequipment is required and access to thevehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition tothe vehicle manufacturer and INFINITI re-tailer, other parties, such as law enforce-ment, that have the special equipment, canread the information if they have access tothe vehicle or the EDR. EDR data will only beaccessed with the consent of the vehicleowner or lessee or as otherwise required orpermitted by law.

Genuine INFINITI Service Manual for thismodel year and prior can be purchased. Agenuine INFINITI Service Manual is the bestsource of service and repair information foryour vehicle. This manual is the same oneused by the factory-trained techniciansworking at INFINITI retailers. GenuineINFINITI Owner’s Manual can also be pur-chased.

For USA:

For current pricing and availability of genu-ine INFINITI Service Manuals, contact:

www.infiniti-techinfo.com

For current pricing and availability of genu-ine INFINITI Owner’s Manuals, contact:

1-800-247-5321

For Canada:

To purchase a copy of a genuine INFINITIService Manual or Owner’s Manual for thismodel year and prior, please contact anINFINITI retailer. For the phone numberand location of an INFINITI retailer in yourarea, call the INFINITI Satisfaction Center at1-800-361-4792 and a bilingual INFINITIrepresentative will assist you.

EVENT DATA RECORDERS (EDR)OWNER’S MANUAL/SERVICEMANUAL ORDER INFORMATION

MEMO



MEMO

11 Index

A

ABS (Anti-lock Braking System) ................... 5-132

Adaptive front lighting system (AFS) ............ 2-42

Advanced air bag system .................................. 1-58

Aiming control

Adaptive front lighting system (AFS) ...... 2-42

Headlights ........................................................ 2-41

Air bag system

Advanced air bag system ............................ 1-58

Front passenger air bag and

status light ....................................................... 1-60

Front-seat mounted side-impact

supplemental air bag system ..................... 1-65

Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and

rollover supplemental air bag system ...... 1-65

Air bag warning labels ....................................... 1-68

Air bag warning light ............................... 1-69, 2-17

Air cleaner housing filter ................................... 8-15

Air conditioner

Advanced Climate Control System ......... 4-29

Air conditioner service ................................. 4-35

Air conditioner specification label ......... 10-13

Air conditioning system refrigerant and

lubricant recommendations ............ 4-35, 10-7

Automatic climate control ............. 4-26, 4-28

In-cabin microfilter ........................................ 4-35

Alarm, How to stop alarm (see vehicle

security system) ................................................... 2-32

Alcohol, drugs and driving ................................ 5-10

Antenna .................................................................. 4-36

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) ................... 5-132

Anti-lock braking system (ABS)

warning light ......................................................... 2-12

Appearance care

Exterior appearance care ............................... 7-2

Interior appearance care ................................ 7-5

Armrest ................................................................... 1-10

Around View® Monitor ........................................ 4-3

Audible reminders ................................................ 2-21

Auto closure .......................................................... 3-25

Autolight system.................................................. 2-37

Automatic

Automatic Transmission Fluid (ATF) ......... 8-8

Climate control .................................. 4-26, 4-28

Door locks .......................................................... 3-6

Drive positioner .............................................. 3-39

Driving with automatic transmission ....... 5-18

Seat positioner ............................................... 3-39

Average fuel consumption and speed ........... 2-29

Avoiding collision and rollover ........................... 5-8

B

Back door (See liftgate) ..................................... 3-22

Back-up Collision Intervention

(BCI) system .......................................................... 5-55

Battery .................................................................... 8-11

Battery saver system........................ 2-41, 2-66

Intelligent Key ................................................. 8-21

Variable voltage control system ............... 8-13

Before starting the engine ................................ 5-15

Belts (See drive belts) ......................................... 8-13

Blind Spot Intervention (BSI) ON

indicator light ........................................................ 2-18

Blind Spot Intervention® (BSI) system .......... 5-42

Blind Spot Warning (BSW) system ................ 5-32

Blind Spot Warning (BSW)/Blind Spot

Intervention (BSI) system warning light ....... 2-13

Booster seats ........................................................ 1-48

Brake

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) ............. 5-132

Brake booster ................................................. 8-17

Brake fluid ............................................. 8-9, 8-10

Brake system ................................................ 5-131

Parking brake operation .............................. 5-22

Warning light .................................................. 2-13

Break-in schedule .............................................. 5-119

Brightness control

Instrument panel ............................................ 2-43

Bulb check/instrument panel ........................... 2-12

Bulb replacement ................................................. 8-23

C

Cabin air filter ....................................................... 4-35

Camera aiding sonar function ......................... 4-16

Capacities and

recommended fluids/lubricants ....................... 10-2

Car phone or CB radio ....................................... 4-36

11-2

Cargo floor box .................................................... 2-60

Cargo light ............................................................. 2-68

Catalytic converter, Three way catalyst ......... 5-4

Center ventilators ................................................ 4-25

Chassis and body maintenance ....................... 9-10

Child restraints ...................................................... 1-31

Booster seats .................................................. 1-48

LATCH system ............................................... 1-33

Precautions on child restraints .................. 1-31

Top tether strap............................................. 1-36

Child safety ........................................................... 1-29

Child safety rear door lock .................................. 3-6

Chimes

Audible reminders .......................................... 2-21

Seat belt warning light and chime ............ 2-17

Circuit breaker, Fusible link .............................. 8-19

Cleaning exterior and interior .................... 7-2, 7-5

Climate control


Clock........................................................................ 2-51

Coat hooks ............................................................ 2-59

Cockpit ...................................................................... 2-3

Cold weather driving ........................................ 5-136

Console box........................................................... 2-57

Console light ......................................................... 2-67

Coolant

Capacities and

recommended fluids/lubricants ................. 10-2

Changing engine coolant ............................... 8-5

Checking engine coolant level ...................... 8-5

Corrosion protection ............................................. 7-8

Cruise control ....................................................... 5-65

Fixed speed cruise control (on

ICC system) .................................................... 5-84

Intelligent cruise control (ICC) system .... 5-66

Cup holders ........................................................... 2-54

D

Daytime running light system .......................... 2-42

Dimensions ......................................................... 10-10

Distance Control Assist (DCA) system.......... 5-87

Distance Control Assist (DCA) system

warning light ......................................................... 2-14

Drive belts .............................................................. 8-13

Drive positioner .................................................... 3-39

Driving

Cold weather driving ................................. 5-136


On-pavement and off-road driving ........... 5-8

Precautions when starting and driving ..... 5-4

Safety precautions ........................................ 5-10

E

Economy, Fuel ................................................... 5-120

Elapsed time ......................................................... 2-29

Emission control information label ............... 10-12

Emission control system maintenance ............ 9-8

Emission control system warranty ............... 10-31

Engine

Before starting the engine .......................... 5-15

Break-in schedule ........................................ 5-119

Capacities and


Changing engine coolant ............................... 8-5

Changing engine oil and filter ...................... 8-6

Checking engine coolant level ...................... 8-5

Checking engine oil level ............................... 8-6

Coolant temperature gauge ......................... 2-8

Emergency engine shut off......................... 5-14

Engine block heater .................................... 5-137

Engine compartment check locations ........ 8-3

Engine cooling system ................................... 8-4

Engine oil ........................................................... 8-6

Engine oil and oil

filter recommendation .................................. 10-6

Engine oil replacement indicator ............... 2-27

Engine oil viscosity ........................................ 10-7

Engine serial number ................................. 10-12

Engine specifications ................................... 10-8

Engine start operation indicator ............... 2-24

If your vehicle overheats ............................. 6-14

Oil pressure gauge .......................................... 2-9

Protection mode ............................................ 5-17

Remote engine start

operation indicator ........................................ 2-24

Starting the engine ....................................... 5-15

Entry/exit function, Automatic

drive positioner .................................................... 3-39

Event Data Recorders (EDR) ........................ 10-34

Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide) ........................ 5-4

Explanation of scheduled

maintenance items ................................................. 9-5

Extended storage fuse warning ...................... 2-25

Extended storage switch .................................. 8-20

F

F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label .... 10-12

Filter

Air cleaner housing filter ............................. 8-15


Flashers (See hazard warning

flasher switch) ......................................................... 6-2

Flat tire ...................................................................... 6-3

Flat towing ......................................................... 10-30

Flexible seating ..................................................... 1-11

Floor mat cleaning ................................................. 7-6

Fluid


Brake fluid ............................................. 8-9, 8-10

Capacities and


Engine coolant.................................................. 8-4

Engine oil ........................................................... 8-6

Power steering fluid ....................................... 8-8

Window washer fluid .................................. 8-10

Fog light switch ................................................... 2-44

Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) with

pedestrian detection system ......................... 5-100

Forward Emergency Braking system

warning light ......................................................... 2-15

Front passenger air bag and status light ..... 1-60

Front power seat adjustment ............................. 1-4

Front seat

Front seat adjustment ........................ 1-4, 1-10

Front-seat active head restraint ...................... 1-17

Fuel

Capacities and


Fuel economy .............................................. 5-120

Fuel information ........................................... 10-4

Fuel octane rating ........................................ 10-4

Fuel-filler cap .................................................. 3-26

Fuel-filler door ............................................... 3-26

Gauge.................................................................. 2-9

LOOSE FUEL CAP warning ...................... 3-28

Fuel efficient driving tips................................. 5-119

Fuses ....................................................................... 8-18

Fusible links ........................................................... 8-19

G

Garage door opener

HomeLink®

Universal Transceiver ....................... 2-69, 2-73

Gas cap ................................................................... 3-26

Gauge......................................................................... 2-6

Engine coolant temperature gauge............ 2-8

Engine oil pressure gauge ............................. 2-9

Fuel gauge ......................................................... 2-9

Odometer ............................................................ 2-7

Speedometer ...................................................... 2-7

Tachometer ....................................................... 2-8

Trip computer ................................................. 2-28

General maintenance ............................................. 9-2

Glove box ............................................................... 2-56

H

Hazard warning flasher switch........................... 6-2

Head restraints/headrests ................................ 1-13

Headlight washer ................................................ 2-42

Headlights

Aiming control ................................................ 2-41

Aiming control (See adaptive front

lighting system (AFS)) .................................. 2-42

Bulb replacement .......................................... 8-24

Headlight switch ............................................ 2-37

Heated seats ......................................................... 2-46

Heated steering wheel ....................................... 2-45

Heater


Engine block heater .................................... 5-137

High beam assist ................................................. 2-39

Hill start assist system ..................................... 5-128

HomeLink® Universal Transceiver ...... 2-69, 2-73

Hood release ......................................................... 3-21

Hook

Coat hooks ...................................................... 2-59

Luggage hook ................................................. 2-59

Horn......................................................................... 2-45

I

Ignition switch (Push-button) .......................... 5-12

Immobilizer system.............................................. 2-32

In-cabin microfilter .............................................. 4-35

11-3

11-4

Indicator

Lights ................................................................ 2-18

Vehicle information display ........................ 2-21

Indicator light

Lane Departure Warning (LDW) indicator

light (green) ..................................................... 2-19

INFINITI InTouch™ Owner’s Manual ............... 4-2

INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System ............ 2-32

Inside mirror .......................................................... 3-30

Inspection/maintenance (I/M) test ............. 10-33

Instrument brightness control ......................... 2-43

Instrument panel ..................................................... 2-5

Intelligent cruise control (ICC) system .......... 5-66

Main switch indicator ................................... 2-26

Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system

warning light ......................................................... 2-15

Intelligent Key .......................................................... 3-2

Intelligent Key system ........................................... 3-7

Battery replacement ..................................... 8-21

Key operating range ....................................... 3-9

Key operation ................................................. 3-10

Warning light .................................................. 2-15

Warning signals.............................................. 3-12

Intelligent Key warning light ............................ 2-15

Interior light replacement .................................. 8-24

Interior light switch ............................................. 2-66

Interior lights ......................................................... 2-66

ISOFIX child restraint ......................................... 1-33

J

Jump starting......................................................... 6-11

K

Keyless entry (See remote keyless

entry system) ........................................................ 3-15

Keys ............................................................................ 3-2

For Intelligent Key system ............................. 3-7

L

Labels

Air bag warning labels ................................. 1-68

Air conditioner specification label ......... 10-13

Emission control information label ........ 10-12

Engine serial number ................................. 10-12

F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.

certification label ........................................ 10-12

Tire and Loading

information label ............................. 8-29, 10-13

Vehicle identification number (VIN) ....... 10-11


light (green) ........................................................... 2-19


light (orange) ......................................................... 2-15

Lane Departure Warning (LDW)/Lane

Departure Prevention (LDP) ........................... 5-22

LATCH system ..................................................... 1-33

License plate, Installing front

license plate......................................................... 10-13

Liftgate ................................................................... 3-22

Light

Air bag warning light .................................... 1-69

Bulb replacement ........................................... 8-23

Cargo light ....................................................... 2-68

Fog light switch ............................................ 2-44


Headlights bulb replacement .................... 8-24

Indicator lights ................................................ 2-18

Interior light switch ....................................... 2-66

Interior lights ................................................... 2-66

Map lights ........................................................ 2-67

Replacement ................................................... 8-23

Vanity mirror lights ....................................... 2-68

Warning/indicator lights and

audible reminders .......................................... 2-12

Lights, Exterior and interior

light replacement ................................................. 8-24

Linking Intelligent Key........................................ 4-35

Loading information (See vehicle

loading information) ........................................ 10-14

Lock

Automatic door locks ..................................... 3-6

Door locks .......................................................... 3-4

Liftgate lock .................................................... 3-22

Power door lock............................................... 3-4

Locking with mechanical key ............................. 3-4

Loose fuel cap warning ..................................... 3-26

Low outside temperature warning................. 2-26

Low tire pressure warning light ...................... 2-15

Low tire pressure warning system (See tire

pressure monitoring system (TPMS)) ............... 5-5

Luggage hooks ..................................................... 2-59

M

Maintenance

Battery .............................................................. 8-11

General maintenance ...................................... 9-2

Inside the vehicle ............................................. 9-3

Maintenance indicators ............................... 2-27

Maintenance log ............................................ 9-14

Maintenance precautions .............................. 8-2

Maintenance requirements ........................... 9-2

Maintenance schedules ................................. 9-6

Maintenance under severe

driving conditions .......................................... 9-13

Outside the vehicle ......................................... 9-2

Seat belt maintenance ................................. 1-28

Standard maintenance .................................... 9-7

Maintenance schedules ........................................ 9-6

Malfunction indicator light (MIL) .................... 2-19

Map lights .............................................................. 2-67

Master warning light ........................................... 2-17

Mechanical key (Intelligent Key system) .......... 3-3

Memory storage, Automatic

drive positioner ................................................... 3-40

Meter

Trip computer ................................................. 2-28

Meters and gauges ................................................ 2-6

Instrument brightness control ................... 2-43

Mirror

Inside mirror ................................................... 3-30

Outside mirrors .............................................. 3-37

Smart Rearview Mirror ................................ 3-31

Vanity mirror ................................................... 3-39

Monitor

Around View® Monitor .................................. 4-3

Moonroof ............................................................... 2-64

Moving Object Detection (MOD) ................... 4-20

N

New vehicle break-in ........................................ 5-119

O

Odometer .................................................................. 2-7

Off-road recovery .................................................. 5-9

Oil

Capacities and



Checking engine oil level ............................... 8-6

Engine oil ........................................................... 8-6

Engine oil pressure gauge ............................. 2-9

Engine oil viscosity ........................................ 10-7

Oil filter replacement indicator .................. 2-27

Operation, operational indicators ................... 2-24

Outside air temperature .................................... 2-29

Outside mirrors .................................................... 3-37

Overheat, If your vehicle overheats ............... 6-14

Owner’s Manual/Service Manual

order information ............................................. 10-34

P

Panic alarm............................................................ 3-17

Parking

Brake break-in .............................................. 5-131

Parking brake operation .............................. 5-22

Parking on hills ............................................. 5-129

Phone

Car phone or CB radio ................................. 4-36

Pocket ..................................................................... 2-58

Power

Front seat adjustment ................................... 1-4

Moonroof ......................................................... 2-64

Power door lock............................................... 3-4

Power outlet ................................................... 2-51


Power steering system .............................. 5-131

Power windows ............................................. 2-61

Precautions

Braking precautions .................................... 5-131

Child restraints ............................................... 1-31

Cruise control ................................................. 5-65

Driving safety ................................................. 5-10

Maintenance ..................................................... 8-2

On-pavement and off-road driving ........... 5-8

Seat belt usage .............................................. 1-18

Supplemental restraint system .................. 1-52

When starting and driving ............................ 5-4

11-5

11-6

Predictive Forward Collision

Warning (PFCW) ............................................... 5-110

Push starting......................................................... 6-13

Push-button ignition switch ............................. 5-12

R

Radio

Car phone or CB radio ................................. 4-36

Rain-sensing auto wiper system ..................... 2-35

Rapid air pressure loss .......................................... 5-9

Readiness for inspection/maintenance

(I/M) test ............................................................ 10-33

Rear door lock, Child safety rear door lock .... 3-6

Rear personal lights ............................................ 2-68

Rear ventilators .................................................... 4-25

Rear window wiper and washer switch ....... 2-36

Rear window wiper blades ............................... 8-17

Recorders, Event data .................................... 10-34

Registering your vehicle in

another country ................................................. 10-11

Remote engine start ................................ 3-17, 3-19

Remote keyless entry system .......................... 3-15

Reporting safety defects ................................ 10-32

Roadside assistance program ............................. 6-2

Rollover .................................................................... 5-8

Roof

Moonroof ......................................................... 2-64

Roof rack ........................................................ 2-60

S

Safety

Child seat belts ............................................... 1-29

Towing safety.............................................. 10-22

Seat adjustment

Front power seat adjustment ...................... 1-4

Front seats ............................................. 1-4, 1-10

Seat belt(s)

Child safety ..................................................... 1-29

Infants ............................................................... 1-30

Injured persons ............................................... 1-21

Larger children ............................................... 1-30

Precautions on seat belt usage ................. 1-18

Pregnant women ........................................... 1-21

Seat belt cleaning ............................................. 7-7

Seat belt extenders ....................................... 1-28

Seat belt maintenance ................................. 1-28


Seat belts ......................................................... 1-18

Seat belts with pretensioners .................... 1-67

Small children.................................................. 1-30

Three-point type ............................................ 1-21

Seat(s)

Climate controlled seats ............................. 2-48

Driver-side memory ...................................... 3-39

Heated seats ................................................... 2-46

Seats .................................................................... 1-3

Security system (INFINITI Vehicle

Immobilizer System), Engine start .................. 2-32

Security system, Vehicle security system ..... 2-31

Servicing climate control ................................... 4-35

Setting memory function, Automatic

drive positioner .................................................... 3-41

Shift lever, Shift lock release............................ 5-21

Shift lock release

Transmission ................................................... 5-21

Shifting, Automatic transmission .................... 5-18

Side ventilators .................................................... 4-25

Smart Rearview Mirror ...................................... 3-31

SNOW mode...................................................... 5-130

Snow mode switch .............................................. 2-49

Spare tire ................................................... 8-37, 10-9

Spark plugs ............................................................ 8-14

Speedometer ............................................................ 2-7

Standard maintenance .......................................... 9-7

Starting

Before starting the engine .......................... 5-15

Jump starting.................................................. 6-11

Precautions when starting and driving ..... 5-4

Push starting................................................... 6-13

Starting the engine ....................................... 5-15

Status light, Front passenger air bag ............ 1-60

Steering

Heated steering wheel ................................. 2-45


Power steering system .............................. 5-131

Tilt/telescopic steering ................................ 3-29

Storage ................................................................... 2-54

Sun visors ............................................................... 3-30

Sunglasses holder ................................................ 2-56

Supplemental air bag warning labels ............. 1-68

Supplemental air bag warning light .... 1-69, 2-17

Supplemental restraint system ........................ 1-52

Precautions on supplemental

restraint system ............................................. 1-52

Switch

Autolight switch............................................. 2-37

Fog light switch ............................................ 2-44

Hazard warning flasher switch.................... 6-2

Headlight aiming control ............................. 2-41


Ignition switch ................................................ 5-18

Power door lock switch ................................. 3-5

Snow mode switch ........................................ 2-49

Turn signal switch ........................................ 2-44

Vehicle dynamic control (VDC)

off switch ........................................................ 2-50

T

Tachometer ............................................................. 2-8

Temperature gauge, Engine coolant

temperature gauge ............................................... 2-8

Theft (INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System),

Engine start ........................................................... 2-32

Three-way catalyst ............................................... 5-4

Tilt/telescopic steering ...................................... 3-29

Tire

Pressure, Low tire pressure

warning light ................................................... 2-15

Tire replacement indicator .......................... 2-27

Tires

Flat tire ............................................................... 6-3

Low tire pressure warning system ............. 5-5

Tire and Loading

information label ............................. 8-29, 10-13

Tire chains........................................................ 8-33

Tire dressing ...................................................... 7-4

Tire pressure ................................................... 8-27

Tire pressure monitoring

system (TPMS) ........................................ 5-5, 6-3

Tire rotation ................................................... 8-34

Types of tires .................................................. 8-33

Uniform tire quality grading .................... 10-30

Wheel/tire size ............................................... 10-9

Wheels and tires ............................................ 8-27

Top

Tether strap child restraints ....................... 1-36

TOW mode ......................................................... 5-130

TOW mode switch .............................................. 2-50

Towing

Flat towing ................................................... 10-30

Tow truck towing .......................................... 6-15

Towing a trailer ........................................... 10-18

Towing safety.............................................. 10-22

TPMS, Tire pressure monitoring system ......... 5-5

TPMS with Tire Inflation Indicator ............. 5-7

TPMS, Tire pressure warning system .............. 6-3

Trailer towing .................................................... 10-18

Transceiver

HomeLink®

Universal Transceiver ....................... 2-69, 2-73

Transmission



Transmission shift lever lock release ....... 5-21

Transmitter (See remote keyless

entry system) ........................................................ 3-15

Traveling or registering your vehicle in

another country ................................................. 10-11

Trip computer ....................................................... 2-28

Trip odometer ....................................................... 2-29

Turn signal switch ............................................... 2-44

U

Underbody cleaning ............................................... 7-3

Uniform tire quality grading .......................... 10-30

USB (Universal Serial Bus)

charging connector ............................................. 2-53

V

Vanity mirror ......................................................... 3-39

Vanity mirror lights ............................................. 2-68

Variable voltage control system ..................... 8-13

Vehicle

Dimensions ................................................... 10-10

Identification number (VIN) ...................... 10-11

Loading information .................................. 10-14

Recovery (freeing a stuck vehicle) ............ 6-18

Security system .............................................. 2-31


off switch ........................................................ 2-50

Vehicle dynamic control

(VDC) system ................................................ 5-133

11-7

11-8


warning light ................................................... 2-18

Vehicle information display .............................. 2-21

Ventilators ............................................................. 4-25

Voltmeter ............................................................... 2-10

W

Warning

Check tire pressure warning....................... 2-25

Hazard warning flasher switch.................... 6-2

Lights ................................................................ 2-12

Loose fuel cap warning ............................... 2-25

Predictive Forward Collision

Warning (PFCW) ........................................ 5-110

Tire pressure monitoring

system (TPMS) ........................................ 5-5, 6-3

Vehicle information display ........................ 2-21

Warning lights, indicator lights and

audible reminders .......................................... 2-11

Warning labels, Air bag warning labels ........ 1-68

Warning light

4WD warning light ..................................... 5-126

Air bag warning light ......................... 1-69, 2-17

Anti-lock braking system (ABS)

warning light ................................................... 2-12

Brake warning light....................................... 2-13

Forward Emergency Braking system

warning light ................................................... 2-15

Intelligent Key warning light ...................... 2-15


light (orange) ................................................... 2-15

Low tire pressure warning light ................ 2-15


Warranty, Emission control

system warranty ................................................ 10-31

Washer switch

Rear window wiper and

washer switch ................................................ 2-36

Windshield wiper and washer switch ...... 2-33

Washing .................................................................... 7-2

Waxing....................................................................... 7-3

Welcome light ....................................................... 2-65

Wheel/tire size ..................................................... 10-9

Wheels and tires .................................................. 8-27

Care of wheels .................................................. 7-3

Cleaning aluminum alloy wheels .................. 7-3

Cleaning bright wheels .................................. 7-4

Window washer fluid ......................................... 8-10

Window(s)

Cleaning............................................................... 7-3

Power windows ............................................. 2-61

Windshield wiper and washer switch ............ 2-33

Wiper

Rain-sensing auto wiper system ............... 2-35

Rear window wiper and

washer switch ................................................ 2-36

Windshield wiper and washer switch ...... 2-33

Wiper blades ................................................... 8-16

MEMO

MEMO

MEMO

MEMO

MEMO

FUEL INFORMATION

VK56VD engineINFINITI recommends the use of unleadedpremium gasoline with an octane rating of atleast 91 AKI (Anti-Knock Index) number(Research octane number 96).

If unleaded premium gasoline is not avail-able, you may use unleaded regular gasolinewith an octane rating of at least 87 AKInumber (Research octane number 91), butyou may notice a decrease in performance.

CAUTION

. Using a fuel other than that specifiedcould adversely affect the emissioncontrol systems, and may also affectwarranty coverage.

. Under no circumstances should aleaded gasoline be used, because thiswill damage the three way catalyst.

. Do not use E-15 or E-85 fuel in yourvehicle. Your vehicle is not designedto run on E-15 or E-85 fuel. Using E-15 or E-85 fuel in a vehicle notspecifically designed for E-15 or E-85 fuel can adversely affect the

emission control devices and systemsof the vehicle. Damage caused bysuch fuel is not covered by theINFINITI new vehicle limited war-ranty.

. Do not use fuel that contains theoctane booster methylcyclopentadie-nyl manganese tricarbonyl (MMT).Using fuel containing MMT mayadversely affect vehicle performanceand vehicle emissions. Not all fueldispensers are labeled to indicateMMT content, so you may have toconsult your gasoline retailer formore details. Note that Federal andCalifornia laws prohibit the use ofMMT in reformulated gasoline.

. U.S. government regulations requireethanol dispensing pumps to be iden-tified by a small, square, orange andblack label with the common abbre-viation or the appropriate percen-tage for that region.

ENGINE OIL RECOMMENDA-TION:. Genuine “NISSAN Motor Oil 0W-20

SN”.

See “Capacities and recommended fluids/lubricants” (P.10-2) for engine oil and oilfilter recommendation.

COLD TIRE PRESSURES:The label is typically located on the driverside center pillar or on the driver’s door. Foradditional information, see “Wheels andtires” (P.8-27).

NEW VEHICLE BREAK-IN PRO-

CEDURES RECOMMENDATION:During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km) ofvehicle use, follow the recommendationsoutlined in the “Break-in schedule” (P.5-119). Follow these recommendations forthe future reliability and economy of yournew vehicle.

GAS STATION INFORMATION

Z62-D

Printing : July 2018Publication No.:

Printed in the U.S.A.OM19E0 0Z62U0

Documents

2019 OWNER’S MANUAL AND MAINTENANCE INFORMATION · 2019 OWNER’S MANUAL AND MAINTENANCE INFORMATION For your safety, read carefully and keep in this vehicle